Bangladesh National Building Code 2012 Part 08 - Building Services

Part8
BuildingServices 81
Chapter 1
ElectricalandElectronicEngineeringServicesfor
Buildings
1.1 Introduction
1.1.1 Aim of this section of Codes of Electrical and Electronic Engineering Installations
inBuildings
TheaimofthecodesforElectricalandElectronicEngineeringServicesforBuildingspresentedinthissectionisto
ensure that the related installation work becomes perfect safe for the persons residing in and around the
building.Thetermsafemeanssafeforthepersonsandsafefortheproperties.
ThecodesinthissectionhavebeenpresentedtosetminimumstandardsforElectricalandElectronicEngineering
Installations in Residential Buildings, Multistoried Apartment Buildings, Commercial Buildings, Office Buildings,
RailStations,AirportBuildings,FactoryBuildings,Warehouses,Jetties,ContainerYards,OtherYards,Parkinglots
andsimilarplaces.Allthesystemsandequipmentintendedforthesupplyofnormalpowerandstandbypowerto
alltheseplacesarecoveredbythesecodes.ElectricalandElectronicEngineeringInstallationsincludeLightingand
Illumination,FansCooling/Heatingsystem,NormalandStandbypowersupplysystem,SupplysystemfortheLifts,
TelecommunicationsSystems,DataCommunicationSystems,FireAlarmSystem,CCTVmonitoringSystem,Cable
TelevisionDistributionSystem,ElectronicAccessControlSystem,BurglarAlarmSystem.
Electricalwiring/cablingformamajorpartintheabovementionedinstallationworks.Electricalwiring/cabling
must be reasonably safe to persons and property. Installations, alteration, or extension of Electrical wiring /
cablingsystemsconformingtotheprovisionsofthiscodeshallbedeemedtobereasonablysafetopersonsand
property.
1.1.2 GuidingSourcesoftheCodesofElectricalandElectronicEngineeringInstallations
Significant Modification, Upgradation and Additions of the Previous Electrical Engineering Section of BNBC of
1993havebeenincorporatedinthisupdatedversion.
Whilemakingchangesandadditions,thefollowingdocuments/regulations/codeshavebeentakenasreference/
guidingsources:
a) BangladeshElectricityAct.
b) IEEwiringRegulation(17thedition)BS:76712008includingallparts.
c) BritishStandards(BS).
Inadditiontothese,thefollowingdocuments/regulations/codeshavealsobeentakenasreferencesasrequired:
a) NationalBuildingcodeofIndia2005.
b) BuildingcodeofPakistanlatestversion.
c) NationalElectricalCodeofUSAwithnecessarymodificationsforBangladesh.
d) International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC) standards for International Standards for all electrical,
electronicandrelatedtechnologiesasapplicabletoBangladesh.
e) ISO50001standardforEnergymanagementSystem.
f) InternationalElectrotechnicalCommission(IEC)specifiesthestandardsrelatedtoenergyproductionand
distribution, electronics, magnetics and electromagnetics, electroacoustics, multimedia and
telecommunication, as well as associated general disciplines such as terminology and symbols,
electromagnetic compatibility, measurement and performance, dependability, design and development,
safetyandtheenvironment.
PERSONAL COLLECTION OF
ENGR. PRANOY BARUA
BANGLADESH STEEL RE-ROLLING MILLS LTD
pranoy.barua@gmail.com
Part8
BuildingServices
82 Vol.3
g) VerbandDeutscherElektrotechniker(AssociationofGermanElectricalEngineers)(VDE).
However, efforts have been be given to accept a significant part of rules and practices mentioned in IEE wiring
Regulation (17th edition) BS: 7671 2008 including all parts with necessary modifications for our system and
suitableforourcountry.
Whilepreparingthisdocumentthefollowingstandardsandpracticesarekeptinmind.
a) For having safe domestic electrical systems, domestic electrical installations shall be designed and
installed according to the "fundamental principles" given in British Standard BS7671 Chapter 13. These
aresimilartothefundamentalprinciplesdefinedininternationalstandardIEC603641.Itisnecessaryto
applyBritishStandardBS7671(the"WiringRegulations"),includingcarryingoutadequateinspectionand
testingtothisstandardofthecompletedworks.
i. Tomeettheabovementionedrequirementsthefollowingrulesandguidanceshallbefollowed.
ii. TherulesoftheIEEwiringregulations(BS7671),colloquiallyreferredtoas"theregs"(BS7671:
2008,17thEdition).;
iii. The rules of an equivalent standard approved by a member of the European Economic Area
(e.g.,DIN/VDE0100);
b) Guidance given in installation manuals that are consistent with BS7671, such as the IEE OnSite Guide
andIEEGuidanceNotesNos1to7.
c) Installations in commercial and industrial premises must satisfy the requirements set in Electricity at
Work Regulations 1989 (UK) and must follow recognised standards and practices, such as BS7671
"WiringRegulations".
Apart from these, some modifications had to be made considering the weather and other local conditions,
practicesandpreviousexperiencesinthiscountry.
1.1.3 Designing an Electrical and Electronic Engineering Installations in Buildings and
relatedstructures
The codes presented in this section are not meant to provide adequate information to design Electrical and
ElectronicEngineeringInstallationsandSystemsinBuildingsandrelatedstructures.Theseshouldnotbetakento
beadequateorcompletefortheefficientdesignworkofinstallations.
Such design work, the required features, detailed technical specifications, schedule of items etc., should be
obtainedthroughtheservicesofanengineeradequatelyqualifiedinthisarea.Energyefficientappliancesshould
beconsideredduringelectricaldesigning.
1.2 LightingandIllumination
1.2.1 Determination of Illumination Levels for Different Application (Principle of
Lighting)
Theessentialfeaturesofanefficientlightingsystemare:
a) visualcomfortthroughadequateilluminationoftheworkingsurface,
b) preventionofglare,
c) avoidanceofshadows,and
d) easeofmaintenance.
Thedesignofalightingsystemshallinvolve:
a) carefulplanningofthebrightnessandcolourpatternwithinboththeworkingareasandthesurroundings
so that attention is drawn naturally to the important areas, so that details can be seen quickly and
accurately,andsothattheappearanceinsidetheroomisfreefromanysensemonotony,
b) useofdirectionallightingtoassistperceptionoftaskdetail,
c) controllingdirectandreflectedglarefromlightsourcestoeliminatevisualdiscomfort,
d) minimizingflickerfromcertaintypesoflampsandpayingattentiontothecolourrenderingpropertiesof
thelight,
ElectricalandElectronicEngineeringServicesforBuildings Chapter1
BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2011 83
e) the correlation of lighting throughout the building to prevent excessive differences between adjacent
areas,soastoreducetheriskofaccidents,and
f) theinstallationofemergencylightingsystems,wherevernecessary.
Table8.1.1showsthegeneralimpressionsassociatedwithdifferentilluminanceandcolourappearancesoflight.
Table8.1.2givesthevariouscolourrenderinggroupswithexamplesofuse.
Table8.1.1GeneralImpressionsAssociatedwithDifferentIlluminanceandColourAppearances
Illuminance AssociatedImpression
(lux) (ColourAppearance)
Warm Intermediate Cool
500
5001000
10002000
20003000
3000
pleasant
pleasanttostimulating
stimulating
stimulatingtounnatural
unnatural
neutral
neutraltopleasant
pleasant
pleasanttostimulating
stimulating
cool
cooltoneutral
neutral
neutraltopleasant
pleasant
TABLE8.1.2LampColourRenderingGroups
Colour
rendering
Group
Rangeof
IndexRa
Colour
Appearance
ExamplesofUse
Cool Textileindustries,paintandprintingindustries
1 R
a
85 Intermediate Shops,hospitals
Warm Homes,hotels,restaurants
2 70R
a
<85 Intermediate Offices,schools,departmentstore,fineindustrial
work
3 40R
a
<70 Interiorswherecolourrenderingisofcomparatively
minorimportance
Note: Certainapplications,e.g.colourmatching,maybeextremelycriticalwithregardtothecolour
renderingpropertiesofthelampsused.Here,theminimumcolourrenderingindexusedshallbe90.
1.2.2 PlanningtheBrightnessPattern
The brightness pattern seen within an interior is composed of three parts (i) brightness of the task itself, (ii)
brightness of the immediate background of the task and (iii) brightness of the general surroundings of walls,
ceiling,floor,equipment,furnishingetc.
1.2.2.1 Theilluminationofallworkareaswithinabuildingshallbeaminimumof150lux.
1.2.2.2 Where work takes place over the whole utilizable area of a room, the general illumination over that
areashallbereasonablyuniformandthediversityratioofminimumtomaximumilluminationshallnot
be less than 0.7. This diversity ratio does not however take into account of the effects of any local
lightingprovidedforspecifictasks.
1.2.2.3 When the brightness appropriate to an occupation has been determined, the brightness of the other
parts of the room shall be planned to give proper emphasis to visual comfort and interest. The
recommendedbrightnessratiosareshowninTable8.1.3.
Part8
BuildingServices
84 Vol.3
1.2.3 LightingCalculations
1.2.3.1 In order to determine the necessarynumber of lamps and luminaires for a specified illumination level
ortheaverageilluminanceobtainedfromaparticularlightingdesign,theLumenMethodofcalculation
shallbeemployed.
1.2.3.2 Unless the reflection factors are known to the lighting designer, the triplet 0.7/0.5/0.3 for the
reflectances of ceiling, walls and working plane respectively shall be used for offices and the triplet
0.7/0.5/0.1forotherpremises.TypicalreflectionfactorsofsmoothcolouredsurfacesaregiveninTable
8.1.4.
Table8.1.3BrightnessRatiosBetweenTask,AdjacentSourcesandSurroundings
Forhightaskbrightness(above100cd/m
2
):
Maximumratiobetweentaskbrightnessandtheadjacent
sourcesliketabletops
3to1
Maximumratiobetweentaskbrightnessandilluminationof
theremoteareasoftheroomnotbeingusedasworkareas
10to1
Forlowandmediumtaskbrightness(below100cd/m
2
) Thetaskmustbebrighterthanboththe
backgroundandthesurroundings;thelowerthe
taskbrightness,thelesscriticalisthe
relationship.
Table8.1.4ReflectionFactorsofSmoothColouredSurfaces
Colour ReflectionFactor Colour ReflectionFactor
Flatwhite
Ivory
Buff
Yellow
Lighttan
0.750.85
0.700.75
0.600.70
0.550.65
0.450.55
Lightgreen
Grey
Blue
Red
Darkbrown
0.400.50
0.300.50
0.250.35
0.150.20
0.100.15
1.2.4 RecommendedIlluminationValues
The recommended values of illumination required for buildings of different occupancies, based on activity, are
given in Tables 1.5 through 1.11. The initial illuminance should be higher than the recommended value to allow
for the fact that the illuminance will inevitably drop below this value by the end of the cleaning and replacing
period.
Agradualtransition(ratherthanasuddenchange)ofbrightnessfromoneportiontoanotherwithinthefieldof
visionisrecommendedsoastoavoidorminimizeglarediscomfort.
1.2.5 ArtificialLightingtoSupplementDaylight
Supplementarylightingshallbeusedwhenilluminationfromdaylightfallsbelow150luxontheworkingplane.
For providing supplementary artificial lighting when daylight availability becomes insufficient, cool daylight
fluorescent tubes with semidirect luminaires are recommended. To ensure a good distribution of illumination,
the mounting height should be between 1.5 and 2.0 m above the work plane with a separation of 2.0 to 3.0 m
betweentheluminaires.
1.2.6 SelectionofAppropriateLightFittings
1.2.6.1 LightFitting
An electric lamp and its fitting accessories, reflector, diffuser, mounting brackets, suspenders etc., shall be
regardedasoneunit;theyshallbedesignedtomatcheachotherandtogivethedesireddistributionoflight.Any
focusingfittingsusedwhichenablethelightdistributiontobevariedbyadjustmentofthelamppositionshallalso
bedesignedforthetypeandsizeoflamptobeused.
1.2.6.2 ClassificationofLightFittings
Light fittings shall be classified into five categories according to the proportion of the total light output in the
lowerhemisphere.Theseare:
a) Directfittings,giving90100percentlightdownwards;
b) Semidirectfittings,giving6090percentdownwards;
c) Generaldiffusingfittings,giving4060percentlightdownwards;
d) Semiindirectfittings,giving1040percentlightdownwards;
e) Indirectfittings,giving010percentlightdownwards.
1.2.6.2.1 Directfittings
Directfittingsshallbeusedinsituationswhereefficiencyofilluminationisthemajorcriterion,whilecontractof
thelightsourcewiththesurroundings,shadows,anddirect/reflectedglaremaybeconsideredtobeofrelatively
minorimportance.
1.2.6.2.2 Semidirectfittings
Semidirect fittings shall be used in areas where it felt that the reduction of contrast resulting from the small
indirectcomponentoflightdirectedtowardstheceilingshallbesufficientforthepurpose.
1.2.6.2.3 Generaldiffusingfittings
General diffusing fittings shall be used where, in addition to a substantial indirect component of light aiding
materially to the diffused character of the general illumination, an upward component providing a brighter
background against which to view the luminance, especially for interiors with lightcoloured ceiling and walls, is
desirable.
1.2.6.2.4 Semiindirectfittings
Semiindirectfittingsshallbeusedwhenacomfortablebrightnessratiobetweentheceilingandtheluminaireis
desirablebutanefficiencyofillumination,higherthanthatobtainablefromindirectfittingsisrequired.
1.2.6.2.5 Indirectfittings
Indirect fittings shall be used in situations where an environment of evenly distributed illumination is to be
achieved,efficiencyofilluminationnotbeingadominantfactor.
1.2.6.2.6 AngleLighting
Forgoodlightingonverticalsurfaces,avoidingshadows,creatingshadowsusingconcentratedsourceoflighting
forinteriororexteriorlighting
Table8.1.5RecommendedValuesofIlluminationforResidentialBuildings
AreaorActivity Illuminance(lux)
Dwellinghouses
Bedrooms
General
Bedhead,Dressingtable
Kitchens
Diningrooms(tables)
Bathrooms
General
Shaving,makeup
Stairs
Lounges
Garages&Porches
70
250
200
150
100
300
100
100
100
Part8
BuildingServices
86 Vol.3
BasementCarPark
Porches,Entrances
Sewinganddarning
Reading(casual)
Homeworkandsustainedreading
Hotels
Entrancehalls
Receptionandaccounts
Diningrooms(tables)
Lounges
Bedrooms
General
Dressingtables,bedheads,etc.
Writingrooms(tables)
Corridors
Stairs
Laundries
Kitchens
Foodstores
Workingareas
Goodsandpassengerlifts
Cloakroomsandtoilets
Bathrooms
Abovemirrorinbathrooms
100
70
600
150
300
150
300
150
150
100
250
300
70
100
200
100
250
70
100
100
300
Table8.1.6RecommendedValuesofIlluminationforEducationalBuildings
SchoolandCollegeAssemblyhalls
General
Whenusedforexaminations
Platforms
ClassandLectureRooms
Desks
Blackboards
Embroideryandsewingrooms
Laboratories
Artrooms
Offices
Staffroomsandcommonrooms
Corridors
Stairs
Gymnasia
General
Matches
Library
Livingquarters
150
300
300
300
250
500
300
400
300
150
70
100
150
300
seeTable8.1.8
seeTable8.1.5
Table8.1.7RecommendedValuesofIlluminationforHealthCareBuildings
HospitalsandClinics
Receptionandwaitingrooms
Outpatientdepartment
Wards
General
Beds
Operatingtheatres
General
Tables(withadjustableoperationlamplighting)
Minor
Major
Doctor'sexaminationrooms
Radiologydepartments
Casualty
Stairsandcorridors
Dispensaries
150
150
100
150
300
2000
5000
150
100
150
100
250
Table8.1.8RecommendedValuesofIlluminationforAssemblyBuildings
Cinemas
Foyers
Auditorium
Corridors
Stairs
Libraries
Shelves(stacks)
Readingrooms(newspapersandmagazines)
Readingtables
Bookrepairandbinding
Cataloguing,sortingandstockrooms
MuseumsandArtGalleries
Museums
General
Displays
Artgalleries
General
Paintings
Restaurant
Diningrooms
Cashdesks
Selfcarryingcounters
Kitchens
Cloakroomsandtoilets
Theatres
Foyers
Auditorium
150
70
90
150
100
200
300
300
150
200
speciallighting
250
250
100
300
300
200
100
150
70
Part8
BuildingServices
88 Vol.3
Corridors
Stairs
IndoorSportsCentre
Halls
Swimmingpools
Lawnortabletennis,badminton,volleyball
Tournament
Club
Recreational
Shootingranges
Ontarget
Firingpoint
Range
Football
90
150
200
250
300
200
150
300
200
100
500
TABLE8.1.9RecommendedValuesofIlluminationforBusinessandCommercialBuildings
AirportBuilding
Receptionareas(desks)
Baggage,customsandimmigrationhalls
Circulationareas,lounges
Banks
Counter,typingandaccountingbookareas
Publicareas,lobby
Offices
Bookbinding
Pasting,punchingandstitching
Bindingandfoldingandmiscellaneousmachines
Finishing,blockingandinlaying
DentalSurgeries
Waitingrooms
Surgeries
General
Chairs
Laboratories
Doctor'sSurgeries
Waitingroomsandconsultingrooms
Corridors
Stairs
Eyesighttesting(acuity)wallchartsandnearvisiontypes
Jewelleryandwatchmaking
Fineprocesses
Minuteprocesses
Gemcutting,polishingandsetting
Laundriesanddrycleaningworks
Receiving,sorting,washing,drying,ironing
(calendering)anddespatch
300
300
200
300
150
200
200
300
300
150
300
speciallighting
300
150
70
100
450
700
3000
1500
200
Drycleaningandbulkmachinework
Finehandironing,pressing,inspection,mendingandspotting
Offices
Entrancelobbyandreceptionareas
Conferenceroomsandexecutiveoffices
Generaloffices
Businessmachineoperation
Drawingoffice
General
Boardsandtracing
Corridorsandliftcars
Stairs
Liftlandings
Telephoneexchanges
Manualexchangerooms(ondesk)
Maindistributionframeroom
ShopsandStores
Generalareas
Stockrooms
Displaywindows
200
300
150
300
300
450
300
450
70
100
150
200
150
150to300
200
500
Table8.1.10RecommendedValuesofIlluminationforIndustrialBuildingsandProcesses
AircraftFactoriesandMaintenanceHangars
Stockpartsproductions 450
Drilling,riveting,screwfastening,sheetaluminiumlayoutandtemplatework,wing
sections,cowing,welding,subassembly,finalassemblyandinspection
300
Maintenanceandrepair(hangars) 300
AssemblyShops
Roughwork,forexampleframeassemblyandassemblyofheavymachinery 150
Mediumwork,forexamplemachinedparts,engineassembly 300
Finework,forexampleradioandtelephoneequipment,typewriter
andofficemachineryassembly
700
Veryfinework,forexampleassemblyofverysmallprecision
mechanismsandinstruments
1500
AutomobileManufacturing
Frameassembly
Chassisassemblyline
Finalassemblyandinspectionline
Bodymanufacturing
200
300
600
Parts
Assembly
Finishingandinspection
200
300
700
Part8
BuildingServices
810 Vol.3
AutomobileServiceGarages
Repairs
Activetrafficareas
Storage
250
100
25
Bakeries
Generalworkingarea
Decoratingandicing
150
250
BreweriesandDistilleries
Generalworkingareas
Brewhouse,bottlingandcanningplants
Bottleinspection
150
200
speciallighting
CarpetFactories
Windingandbeaming
Designing,Jacquardcardcutting,settingpattern,tufting,topping,cutting,
hemmingandfringing
Weaving,mendingandinspection
200
300
450
ChemicalWorks
Handfurnaces,boilingtanks,stationarydriers,stationaryandgravity
crystallizers
Mechanicalfurnaces,evaporators,filtration,mechanicalcrystallizers,bleaching
Tanksforcooking,extractors,percolators
150
200
200
ChocolateandConfectioneryFactories
Mixing,blendingandboiling
Chocolatehusking,winnowing,fatextraction,crushingandrefining,
feeding,beancleaning,sorting,millingandcreammaking
Handdecorating,inspection,wrappingandpacking
150
200
300
ClayProductsandCements
Grinding,filterpresses,kilnroomsmoulding,pressing,cleaningandtrimming
Enameling
Colourandglazingroughwork
Colourandglazingfinework
150
150
400
750
ClothingFactories
Matchingup 450
Cutting,sewing
Light
Medium
Dark
300
450
700
Inspection
Light
Medium
Dark
450
1000
1500
Handtailoring
Light
Medium
Dark
Pressing
450
1000
1500
300
Dairies
Generalworkingareas
Fillingandbottleinspection
Coolingequipment
Laboratories
Pasteurizers
Separators
200
450
150
450
150
150
ElectricalIndustries
Impregnating 250
Windingandinsulating 500
Assemblyworks
Fine
Veryfine
500
750
Testing 500
ElectricityGeneratingStations(IndoorLocations)
Turbinehalls
Auxiliaryequipment,batteryrooms,blowers,auxiliarygenerators,switchgearand
transformerchambers
Boilerhouse(includingoperatingfloors)platforms,coalconveyors,pulverizers,
feeders,precipitators,sootandslag
Boilerhouseandturbinehouse
Basements
Conveyorhouse,conveyorgantriesandjunctiontowers
150
150
100to150
150
100
80to100
Emergencylightingallareas 30
Controlrooms
Verticalcontrolpanels
Controldesks
Rearofcontrolpanels
Switchhouses
200to300
300
150
150
ElectricityGeneratingStations(OutdoorLocations)
Switchyard
Conveyors
Fueloildeliveryheaders
Oilstoragetanks
Catwalks
Platforms,boilerandturbinedecks
Transformerandoutdoorswitchgear
Emergencylightingallareas
70
70
70
70
70
70
100
50
Part8
BuildingServices
812 Vol.3
FlourMills
Rolling
Sifting
Packing
Purifying
Productcontrol
Cleaningscreens,manlifts,aislewaysandwalkways,binchecking
150
150
150
150
300
100
ForgeShopsandFoundries
Forgeshop
Annealing(furnaces)
Cleaning
Coremaking(fine)
Coremaking(medium)
Grindingandchipping
Inspection(fine)
Inspection(medium)
Moulding(medium)
Moulding(large)
Pouring
Sorting
Cupola
Shakeout
150
150
100
300
150
200
1000
300
300
150
150
200
100
150
Garages
Parkingareas(interior)
Washingandpolishing,greasing,generalservicingandpits
70
200
GasWorks
Retorthouses,oilgasplants,purifiers,cokescreeningandcokehandling
plants(indoor)
Governor,meter,compressor,boosterandexhausterhouses
70
100
Opentypeplants
Catwalks
Platforms
20
50
GlassWorks
Furnacerooms,bending,annealinglehrs
Mixingrooms,forming(blowing,drawing,pressingandrolling)
Cuttingtosize,grinding,polishingandtoughening
Finishing(bevelling,decorating,etchingandsilvering)
100
150
200
300
Brilliantcutting
General
Fine
Inspection,etchinganddecorating
200
500
500
GloveMaking
Pressing,knitting,sortingandcutting 300
Sewing
Light
Medium
Dark
300
450
700
Inspection
Light
Medium
Dark
450
1000
1500
HosieryandKnitwear
Circularandflatknittingmachines,universalwinders,cuttingout,folding
andpressing
300
Lockstitchandoverlockingmachines
Light
Medium
Dark
Mending
Examiningandhandfinishing,light,mediumanddark
Linkingorrunningon
300
450
700
1500
700
450
IronandSteelWorks
Manufacturingbyopenhearth
Stockyard
Chargingfloor
Slagpits
Controlplatforms
Mouldyard
Hottop
Hottopstorage
Strippingyard
Scrapstockyard
Mixerbuilding
Calciningbuilding
20
100
100
100
25
100
100
100
20
100
50
Rollingmills
Blooming,slabbing,hotstrip,hotsheet
Coldstrip,plate
Pipe,rod,tube,wiredrawing
Merchantandshearedplate
100
150
200
100
Tinplatemills
Tinningandgalvanizing
Coldstriprolling
Motorroom,machineroom
200
200
150
Sheetmetalworks
Miscellaneousmachines,ordinarybenchwork
Pressing,folding,stamping,shearing,punchingandmediumbenchwork
200
200
Part8
BuildingServices
814 Vol.3
Tinplateandgalvanizedsheetinspection 500
StructuralSteelFabrication
Fabricationandgeneralwork
Markingandcutting
150
300
Platingshops
Vat,baths,buffingandpolishing
Finalbuffingandpolishing
200
500
LeatherManufacturing
Cleaning,tanningandstretching,vats
Cutting,fleshingandstuffing
Finishingandscarfing
150
200
200
Machineshops
Roughbenchandmachinework
Mediumbenchandmachinework,ordinaryautomaticmachines,roughgrinding
mediumbuffingandpolishing
Finebenchandmachinework,fineautomaticmachines,mediumgrinding,
finebuffingandpolishing
Extrafinebenchandmachinework,grindingfinework
150
300
700
1000
PaintWorks
General,automaticprocesses
Specialbatchmixing
Colourmatching
200
450
700
PaperManufacturing
Beaters,grinding,calendering
Finishing,cutting,trimming,papermakingmachines
Handcounting,wetendofpapermachine
Papermachinereel,paperinspectionandlaboratories
Rewinder
Paperboxmanufacturing
150
200
350
500
500
200
PharmaceuticalsandFineChemicalWorks
Rawmaterialstorage
Grinding,granulating,mixinganddrying,tableting,sterilizing,
preparationofsolutions,filling,labelling,capping,wrappingandcartoning
Controllaboratoriesandtesting
Finechemicalprocessing
Finechemicalfinishing
200
300
300
200
300
PrintingIndustries
Photoengraving
Blockmaking,etchingandstaging
Finishing,routingandproofing
200
300
Maskingandtintlaying 300
ColourPrinting
Inspectionarea
700
Typefoundries
Matrixmaking,dressingtype
Frontassemblyandsorting
Handcasting
Machinecasting
250
200
300
200
Printingplants
Machinecompositionandimposingstones
Presses
Compositionroom
Proofreading
Colourinspectionandappraisal
200
300
450
300
1000
Electrotyping
Blockmaking,electroplating,washingandbaking
Moulding,finishingandrouting
200
300
RubberTyreandTubeManufacturing
Stockpreparation
Plasticating,milling
Calendering
100
150
FabricPreparation
Stockcutting,beadbuilding
Tubetubingmachines
Treadtubingmachines
250
250
250
Tyrebuilding
Solidtyre
Pneumatictyre
150
250
Curingdepartment
Tubingcuring,casingcuring 350
FinalInspection
Tube,casing
Wrapping
1000
200
ShoeManufacturing(Leather)
Cuttingandstitching
Cuttingtables
Marking,buttonholingskiving,sortingandcounting
450
450
Stitching
Lightmaterials 300
Darkmaterials 1000
Makingandfinishing
Nailers,solelayers,weltbeatersandscarfers,trimmers,welters,
lasters,edgesetters,sluggers,randers,wheelers,treers,cleaning,
spraying,buffing,polishing,embossing
600
Part8
BuildingServices
816 Vol.3
ShoeManufacturing(Rubber)
Washing,coating,millruncompounding
Varnishing,vulcanizing,calendering,upperandsolecutting
Solerolling,lining,makingandfinishingprocess
100
300
500
SoapFactories
Kettle houses and ancillaries, glycerine evaporation and distillation and continuous
indoorsoapmaking
Generalareas
Controlpanels
150
200to300
Batchorcontinuoussoapcooling,cuttinganddrying,soapmillingandplodding
Generalareas
Controlpanelsandkeyequipment
150
200to300
Soapstamping,wrappingandpacking,granulesmaking,granulesstorageand
handling,fillingandpackinggranules
Generalareas
Controlpanelsandmachines
Edibleproductsprocessingandpacking
150
200to300
200
TextileMills(Cotton)
Balebreakingandpicking
Cardinganddrawing
Slubbing,roving,spinning,spooling
150
200
200
Beamingandslashingoncomb
Greygoods
Denims
200
300
Weaving
Patternedclothandfinecounts,light
Patternedclothandfinecounts,dark
Plaingreycloth
Clothinspection
300
500
200
700
TextileMills(SilkandSynthetics)
Manufacturing
Soaking,fugitivetinting,conditioning,settingortwist
200
Winding,twisting,rewindingandcoining,quiltingandslashing
Lightthread
Darkthread
200
300
Warping(silkorcottonsystem)oncreel,onrunningends,onreel,onbeam,
onwarpatbeaming
300
Healding(drawingin)
Weaving
Inspection
700
300500
1000
TextileMills(WoollenandWorsted)
Scouring,carbonizing,testing,preparing,raising,brushing,pressing,backwashing,
gilling,crabbingandblowing
Blending,carding,combing(white),tentering,dryingandcropping
Spinning,roving,winding,warping,combing(coloured)andtwisting
Healding(drawingin)
150
200
450
700
Weaving
Fineworsteds
Mediumworstedsandfinewoollens
Heavywoollens
700
450
300
Burlingandmending 700
Perching
Grey
Final
700
2000
WoodWorking
Roughsawingandbenchwork
Sizing,planing,roughsanding,mediummachineandbenchworkglueing,veneering
Finebenchandmachinework,finesandingandfinishing
150
200
300
Table8.1.11RecommendedValuesofIlluminationforStorageBuildings
StorageRoomsofWareHouse
Inactive
Roughbulky
Medium
Fine
50
50
100
250
Table8.1.12RecommendedValuesofIlluminationforOutdoorStadiumsforColourTVbroadcasting
1 FootballStadium 1700
2 CricketStadium 2200
Table8.1.13RecommendedValuesofIlluminationforOutdooropenyards
1 OutdoorCarParkingLot 100
2 AirportApron 200
3 ContainerYard 200
4 Jetty 250
Table8.1.14RecommendedValuesofIlluminationforRoads
1 RoadsinsideaHousingArea 50100
Part8
BuildingServices
818 Vol.3
2 RoadsinaCongestedTown/CityArea 50100
3 WideRoadswithdividers 100120
4 Avenues 100120
1.2.7 IlluminationofExitSignsandMeansofEscape
1.2.7.1 ExitSigns
1.2.7.1.1 All required exit signs shall be illuminated at night, or during dark periods within the area
served.
1.2.7.1.2 Exitsignsmaybeilluminatedeitherbylampsexternaltothesignorbylampscontainedwithin
thesign.Thesourceofilluminationshallprovidenotlessthan50luxatthe illuminatedsurface
with a contrast of not less than 0.5. Approved selfluminous signs which provide evenly
illuminatedlettershavingaminimumluminanceof0.2cd/m2mayalsobeused.
1.2.7.1.3 Exitsignswithinanareawherethenormallightingmaybedeliberatelydimmedorextinguished,
suchasplacesofentertainment,shallbeilluminatedeitherbylampscontainedwithinthesignor
byapprovedselfluminoussigns.
1.2.7.2 MeansofEscapeLighting
1.2.7.2.1 Themeansofescapeandexitaccessinbuildingsrequiringmorethanoneexitshallbeequipped
with artificial lighting. The lighting facilities so installed shall provide the required level of
illuminationcontinuouslyduringtheperiodwhentheuseofthebuildingrequirestheexitstobe
available.
1.2.7.2.2 The intensity of illumination at floor level by means of escape lighting shall not be less than 10
lux, except that the minimum required floor level illumination of aisles in assembly halls,
theatres and cinema during projection of motion or still pictures by directed light shall not be
lessthan2lux.
1.2.7.2.3 The illumination of exit signs and the lighting of the means of escape and exit access shall be
powered by an alternate or emergency electrical system to ensure continued illumination for a
durationofnotlessthan30minutesafterthefailureofprimarypowersupply.
1.2.8 SelectionofAppropriateTypeofLamp
It is important to select appropriate types of lamps for each purpose. The lamps which are used for various
purposesare:
(i) GeneralServiceLamps(GLS)/IncandescentLamps
GeneralServiceLamps(GLS)arewellknownIncandescentLamps.Theseareavailableinanumberofwattratings.
However,mostcommonlyusedratingsare40W,60W,100W.150W&200Wratedlampsarealsousedforspecial
applications. These types of lamps are inefficient and should be avoided in design consideration. For Kitchen,
Cooking Areas of a Hotel, Serving Counters of a Food Shop or Hotel, Porche, Living Room, Toilet, Corridor,
Veranda,BedRoomthefollowinglampsperformbetterintermsoflightoutputtowattsratio.Thistypeoflamp
may be used for almost all interior and exterior applications but from energy saving point of view other lamps
performbetterintermsoflightoutputtowattsratio.
(ii) FluorescentLamps(FL):
These are available in 20W and 40W ratings. These lamps are strongly recommended for Reading Room,
Educational buildings, Laboratories, Office Room, Commercial Space applications, Factory illumination,
IlluminationofareasaroundIndustrialPlantandMachineries,ExteriorLightingapplications.
40W FL should be used wherever possible because a 40W FL is more energy efficient compared to a 20W FL.
Thesearelonglifelamps,havewideapplicationsandareadvantageousinmanyrespects.
(iii) CompactFluorescentLamp(CFL)EnergySavingLamps:
CFL Lamps are available in a number of watts ratings e.g., 4W, 7W, 11W, 14W & 24W. CFLs have been finding
wideapplicationforalmostallapplicationsbecauseoftheirhighLightoutputtowattsratioandalsobecauseof
theattractivelightcolour.CFLlamps,therefore,shouldbewidelyusedforenergysavingpurpose.
However, for Reading areas, Library areas, Educational buildings, Laboratories Fluorescent Lights give better
serviceandthusshouldbeselectedforthesepurposes.ItisworthwhilementioningthatFluorescentlampswith
highqualityballastsmeettheenergysavingpurpose.
(iv) LEDLights:
Compact light fitting formed using a cluster of white LED is currently used to replace a conventional lamp. An
LEDoperatesatverysmallamountofvoltage.Thesearegoodforlighting,EnergyEfficient,havealmost
negligible heat dissipation. These are good for relaxed environment interior lighting. LED lights are
becoming more and more popular because of much lower power consumption compared to other
lamps.
(v) Halogenlamp:
Halogen Lamps are used for Spot Lights, Decorative lights in shops and commercial spaces, Inside Show Cases,
Stage Lighting, Projection lights. Due to High temperature rise and UV light output these should be avoided for
interiorlightingunlessneeded.
(vi) MercuryVapourLamp
These have been widely used for Shops, Streets, For High Bay Lighting, Warehouse Lighting and similar special
lighting.Mostlikely,thistypeoflampwillbediscontinuedwithinnextfivetosixyearsduesomeofitsilleffects.
MetalHalideLampiscomingupasabetteralternativetoMercuryVapourLamp.
(vii) MetalHalideLamp:
These are available in a number of watts ratings e.g., 150W, 200W, 250W, 500W, 1000W, 2000W. Good for
exterior lighting, indoor and out door athletic facilities, for High Bay Lighting, Warehouse Lighting. These are
requiredwheremassiveFloodLightingisrequiredfromhighaltitudesforcoverageoflargeareas.
(viii) HPSodiumLamp:
Theseareavailableinanumberofwattsratingse.g.,40W,50W,70W,100W,150W,250W,400W,1000W.Good
forexteriorlighting,Lightingforareaswherehigherconcentrationofvehiclesandpeopleexisteg.StreetLighting,
BuildingExteriorLighting,SecurityLighting.
(ix) LowPressureSodiumLamp:
For outdoor lighting such as street lights and security lighting where faithful color rendition is considered
unimportant.Maybeusedforstreetlights,observatory,parkinglotandsimilartypesofareas.
(x) SolarPowerLEDStreet/SecurityLight:
Foroutdoorlightingsuchasstreetlights,securitylighting,Parkingareaetcthistypesoflampsmaybeused.These
lightsareenergyefficientandenvironmentfriendly.
1.3 ElectricalandElectronicInstallationsinBuildings
1.3.1 AimoftheCodesofthisSection
The aim of the codes and guidelines presented in this section is to make sure that the Electrical and Electronic
installations in buildings are safe (i) for persons, (ii) for the buildings and (iii) for the contents of the buildings,
from electrical hazards arising from the use of electricity for light, heat, power, automation, control,
communicationsandsimilarotherpurposes.
The codes and guidelines presented in this section are set for ensuring minimum standards for electric and
electronic wiring and for the installation of equipment within / in public and private buildings, industries and
othersimilarpremises.
1.3.2 Scope
Thissectioncovers:
a) installationofelectricalcables/conductorsandequipmentinpublicandprivatebuildings,industriesand
othersimilarpremises,
Part8
BuildingServices
820 Vol.3
b) installationofswitches,sockets,otheraccessoriesinabuilding,
c) installationofcablesandconductorsinabuildingthatconnecttothesupplyofelectricity,
d) installationofelectricalprotectionsysteminabuilding,
e) installationofearthingsystemofanelectricalinstallationofabuilding,
f) installationoflightningprotectionofabuildinganditselectricalinstallation,
g) installationofFireAlarmSysteminabuilding,
h) installationoffeederanditsprotectionforliftinabuildingand
i) installation of Multimedia Communications, Data Communications and telecommunications in a
building,
1.3.3 VoltageRatings
The provisions of the Code specified in this chapter covers installations utilizing nominal voltage not exceeding
415 V AC between conductors or 240 V AC to earth. The nominal voltage in Bangladesh is 230 volts AC single
phaseand400voltsAC3phase.
1.3.4 ExclusionfromScope
The provisions of this chapter do not cover Installations in ship, water craft, railway rolling stock, aircraft, or
automotivevehiclesandrecreationalvehicles,
1.3.5 TerminologyandDefinitions
ThissectionprovidesanalphabeticallistofthetermsusedinandapplicabletothischapteroftheCode.Incaseof
anyconflictorcontradictionbetweenadefinitiongiveninthissectionandthatinPart1,themeaningprovidedin
thissectionshallgovernforinterpretationoftheprovisionsofthischapter.
ACCESSORY:Adeviceassociatedwithcurrentusingequipmentorwiththewiringofaninstallation;forexample,
aswitch,aplug,asocketoutlet,alampholder,oraceilingrose.
ALIVE:SeeLIVE.
APPARATUS:ApparatusmeansEnergyEfficientApparatus.Electricalapparatusincludingallmachines,appliances
andfittingsinwhichconductorsareusedorofwhichtheyformapart.
APPLIANCE:AppliancemeansEnergyEfficientAppliance.Anitemofelectriccurrentusingequipmentotherthana
luminariesoranindependentmotor.
BDB:BranchDistributionBoardlocatedinthesamefloorofabuildingandconnectedtooneoftheSDBsinthe
samefloor:
BRANCHCIRCUIT,APPLIANCE:Abranchcircuitsupplyingenergytooneormoreoutletstowhichappliancesare
to be connected; such branch circuits do not have any permanently connected lighting fixtures except those
thatareintegralpartsoftheappliancesthemselves.
BRANCH CIRCUIT, GENERAL PURPOSE: A branch circuit that supplies a number of outlets for lighting and/or
appliance.
BRANCHCIRCUIT,INDIVIDUAL:Abranchcircuitthatsuppliesonlyoneutilizationequipment.
BUNCHED:Cablesaresaidtobebunchedwhentwoormoreareeithercontainedwithinasingleconduit,duct,
ducting,ortrunkingor,ifnotenclosed,arenotseparatedfromeachother.
CABLE:PVCinsulatedcoppercableshavingcoppercrosssectionof1mm
2
andabove.Alengthofsingleinsulated
conductor (solid or stranded), or two or more such conductors, each provided with its own insulation. The
insulatedconductororconductorsmayormaynotbeprovidedwithanoverallmechanicalprotectivecovering.
CELINGROSE:AceilingroseisusedforterminatingthepointwiringforaLightoraFanintheceiling.Ithasbrass
terminalsinwhichincomingcablesareterminatedusingbrassscrewsontheterminalsandtheoutgoingflexible
cablesgetconnectionthroughthescrewconnections.
CIRCUIT:Anassemblyofelectricalequipmentsuppliedfromthesameoriginandprotectedagainstovercurrent
bythesameprotectivedevice.
SUB CIRCUIT, FINAL CIRCUIT: An outgoing circuit connected to one way of a distribution board or a fuse board
and intended to supply electrical energy, to one or more points, to current using appliances without the
intervention of a further distribution fuse board other than a oneway board. It includes all branches and
extensionsderivedfromthatparticularwayinthedistributionboardorfuseboard.
CIRCUITBREAKER:Adevicedesignedtoopenandcloseacircuitbynonautomaticmeansandtoopenthecircuit
automaticallyonapredeterminedovercurrent,withoutinjurytoitselfwhenproperlyappliedwithinitsrating.
CIRCUIT BREAKER: A device used to break a circuit during over current or short circuit condition. An LV Circuit
BreakerisusedinalowvoltagedistributionsystemandanHVCircuitBreakerisusedinahighvoltagedistribution
system.
CORD, FLEXIBLE CABLE: A flexible cable having large number of strands of conductors of small crosssectional
areawithasoftPVCinsulation.Twoflexiblecordstwistedtogethermaybetermedastwinflexiblecord.However,
some flexible cords are made following thestyle of a twin core PVC insulated copper cables but much soft and
flexible.
CUTOUT:Anyapplianceforautomaticallyinterruptingthetransmissionofenergythroughaconductorwhenthe
currentrisesabovesomepredeterminedvalue.Acutoutcontainsapartforholdingeitherfusewire(rectangular
crosssectiontype)orapartforholdingtubularfuse(cylindricalbodyrectangularcrosssectiontype).(seeFuse)
DB:DistributionBoard.Thismaybetheboxwherethemainincomingcableentersandterminatesfromthemain
servicefeedconnection.TheSDBsgetfeedfromaDB.
DEMANDFACTOR:Theratioofthemaximumdemandofasystem,orpartofasystem,tothetotalconnected
loadofthesystemorthepartofthesystemunderconsideration.
DUCT:Aclosedpassagewayformedundergroundorinastructureandintendedtoreceiveoneormorecables
whichmaybedrawnin.
EARTH:Theconductivemassoftheearth,whoseelectricpotentialatanypointisconventionallytakenaszero.
EARTH ELECTRODE: A metal plate, pipe or other conductor electrically connected to the general mass of the
earth.
EARTHLEADWIRE:Thefinalconductorbywhichtheconnectiontotheearthelectrodeismade.
EARTHCONTINUITYCONDUCTOR(ECC):Theconductor,includinganyclamp,connectingtotheearthingleador
to each other, those parts of an installation which are required to be earthed. Itmay be in whole or in part the
metal conduit or the metal sheath or armour of the cables, or the special continuity conductor of a cable or
flexiblecordincorporatingsuchaconductor.ECCsofappropriatesizemustrunfromanMDBtoitsDBs,froma
DBtoitscorrespondingSDBs,fromanSDBtotheSwitchBoardsunderthisSDB,fromanSDBtotheBDBsifthere
areany,fromaBDBtotheSwitchBoardsunderthisBDB,fromanSDBoraBDBtotheSocketsunderthisSDBor
BDB.
EDB:EmergencyDistributionBoard.ThismaybetheboxwherethemainincomingcablefromtheEmergencyor
StandbyGeneratorPanelentersand.TheESDBsgetfeedfromaEDB.
EFDB: Emergency Floor Distribution Board located in each of the floors of a multistoried building. The EDBs get
feedfromEFDB.
ENGINEERINCHARGE: An engineer responsible for implementation /execution of the work of a building or a
project. Such an engineer is expected to have significant knowledge in Electrical Engineering, Electrical
Construction, Measurement, Codes and Practices of such work and availability of different materials needed for
theconstruction.
FDB:FloorDistributionBoardlocatedineachofthefloorsofamultistoriedbuilding.TheDBsgetfeedfromFDB.
FUSE:Adevicethat,bythefusionofoneormoreofitsspeciallydesignedandproportionedcomponents,opens
the circuit in which it is inserted when the current through it exceeds a givenvalue fora sufficient time. Fuse is
generally made of fusible wires of appropriate ratings which is either mounted inside glass tubes or porcelain
tubesoronatwoterminalcutout.
FUSE SWITCH: A composite unit, comprising a switch with the fuse contained in, or mounted on, the moving
memberoftheswitch.
LIGHTING FITTING: A device for supporting or containing a lamp or lamps (for example, fluorescent or
incandescent) togetherwith any holder,shade, orreflector; for example, a bracket,apendant with ceilingrose,
oraportableunit.
INSULATION : Suitable nonconducting material, enclosing, surrounding or supporting a conductor. Usually PVC,
polymer,speciallytreatedrubber.
LIVE:Electricallychargedsoastohaveapotentialdifferentfromthatofearth.AlsoknownasALIVE.
Part8
BuildingServices
822 Vol.3
LUMINAIRE: A complete light fitting consisting of lamp, holder, starting gears, reflectors, housing and mounting
accessories.
LT/LVandHT/HV:LTorLVinthisdocumentindicates230Voltsinglephaseand400volt3phase.HTorHVin
thisdocumentindicates11KVLinetoline3phasesystem.
MDB:MainDistributionBoard.Thisisthedistributionboxwherethemainincomingcableentersandterminates
fromthemainservicefeedconnectionofalargebuilding.TheFDBsgetfeedfromMDB.
OVERCURRENT:Acurrentexceedingtheratedcurrent.Forconductors,theratedvalueisthenominalcurrent
carryingcapacity.
PANEL BOARD : A single panel or a group of panel units designed for assembly in the form of a single panel
including buses, automatic overcurrent devices, and with or without switches for the control of light, heat, or
power circuits, designed to be placed in a cabinet or cutout box placed in or against a wall or partition and
accessibleonlyfromthefront.
PLUG : A device carrying metallic contacts in the form of pins, intended for engagement with corresponding
socketcontactsandarrangedforattachmenttoaflexiblecordorcable.Aplugmaycontaintubularfuseinsideit
althoughsomeplugsdonotcontainfuse.
POINT(inwiring):Aterminationofthefixedwiringintendedfortheconnectionofcurrentusingequipmente.g.,
aLight,afan,anexhaustfan.
SDB:SubDistributionBoardlocatedinthesamefloorofabuildingandconnectedtotheDB.TheBDBsgetfeed
fromSDB.
SERVICE : The conductors and equipment required for delivering energy from the electric supply system to the
wiringsystemofthepremisesserved.
SWITCH : A manually operated device for closing and opening or for changing the connection of a circuit. A 5A
SPSTswitchisusedforthecontrolofaLightorFanpoint.A5ASPDTswitchisalsousedforthecontrolofaLight
orFanpoint.
SWITCHBOARD:Anassemblageofswitchgearwithorwithoutinstruments;theterm,however,doesnotapplyto
agroupoflocalswitchesonafinalsubcircuitwhereeachswitchhasitsowninsulatingbase.
SWITCHGEAR : Main switches, cutouts or fuses, conductors and other apparatus in connection therewith, used
forthepurposeofcontrollingorprotectingelectricalcircuitsormachinesorothercurrentusingappliances.
1.3.6 ListofSymbolsusedforElectricalDrawings
AlistofgeneralgraphicalsymbolsusedforelectricaldrawingsisgiveninTable2.13.Thesearegivenasguideline.
Incaseofjustifiedreasonsadesignermaymodifycertainsymbol.
Table8.1.15SymbolsusedforElectricalDrawings
SerialNo. Description Symbol
1 MainDistributionBoard(MDB)
2 FloorDistributionBoard(FDB)
3 DistributionBoard(DB)
4 SubdistributionBoard(SDB)
5 BranchDistributionBoard(BDB)
6 SwitchBoard(SB)
7 TelephoneOutlet(PSTN)
8 TelephoneOutlet(PABX)
9 Changeoverswitch
10 Energymeter
11 Ammeter
A
12 Voltmeter
V

13 Powerfactormeter
P.F
14 Circuitbreaker
15 Fuse
16 CeilingmountedIncandescentlightfitting
17 Wallmountedbracketlightfitting
18 Ceilingfan
19 Exitlightpendant
20 Exitlightwallmounted
21 2pinsocketOutlet(singlephase)
22 3pin13AswitchedsocketOutlet(singlephase)
23 Weatherproofandwaterproofsocketoutlet
24 SPSTSinglepole,onewayswitch
25 DPSTTwopole,onewayswitch
26 TPSTThreepole,onewayswitch
27 SPDTTwowayswitch

28 Pushbuttonswitch
29 Buzzer
Singlefluorescentlamponceiling
30 Doublefluorescentlamponceiling
Part8
BuildingServices
824 Vol.3
31 Doublefluorescentlamponwall
32 Spotlight
33 WallMountedBracketfan
34 Exhaustfan
35 Pullbox
36 TVsocketoutlet
37 FireAlarmbell
38 Firedetector
39 Smokedetector
40 Speaker
41 Microphone
42 Conduit,concealedinceilingorinwall
43 Conduit,concealedinfloororthroughunderground
44 Telephoneconduit
45 Televisionantennaconduit
46 EarthElectrode
1.3.7 Estimatingtheloadofabuilding/acomplex
Estimatingthetotalloadofabuildinghastobestartedwiththelistingoftheconnectedloadsinabuilding.The
stepsaretolisttheloadsineachoftherooms,ineachoftheflats/officesofafloor,ineachofthefloorsandthe
loadofthetotalbuilding.Inthiswayanaccountofthetotalbuildingarea/thetotalcomplexhastobeprepared.
LoadsoftheLift(s),waterpump(s),bulkventilatingsysteminthebasementandanyotherequipmentinstalledin
the building must also be added. For completing the load calculation, practical value of appropriate diversity
factorswillhavetobeappliedateachstage.
Estimatingthetotalloadofacomplexconsistingofanumberofbuildinghastobestartedwiththelistingofthe
connectedloadofeachofthebuildings,thearelightingload,thewaterpumpandanyotherequipmentinstalled
in the complex. For completing the load calculation, practical value of appropriate diversity factors among the
buildingswillhavetobeapplied.
1.3.7.1 MaximumDemandandDiversity
Twoitemsneedtobedetermined,whichare:(i)MaximumDemandand(ii)DiversityFactor.Theseareneededin
completingtheloadcalculationandinthecomputationofcurrent.
In determining the maximum demand of an installation or parts thereof, diversity shall be taken into account.
AppendixAgivessomeinformationonthedeterminationofthemaximumdemandofaninstallationandincludes
thecurrentdemandtobeassumedforcommonlyusedequipmenttogetherwithguidanceontheapplicationof
allowancesfordiversity.
1.3.7.2 EstimationofLoadinKW,inKVAandinAmperes
Anestimationofloadsisnecessaryinitiallyfordesignpurposeandlaterforkeepingatrackofthegrowthofload.
Estimation of loads means estimation of watts or kilowatts in small scale. In bigger scale the KVA is assessed
together with the power factor. A calculation of current is then to be performed for the selection of breakers /
fusesandthecurrentcarryingcables.
1.3.7.3 EstimationofElectricalLoadinWatts
Energy efficient and energy saving should be considered in estimating the electrical load, the watts rating of
individualequipment/fittingsconnectedtothesystemneedtobelistedandadded.Typicalwattratingsofsome
oftheequipment/fittingsareTable8.1.14whichmaybeusedforestimationiftheactualvaluesarenotknown
orspecified.
Table8.1.16EstimatedLoadforDifferentFittings/Fixtures
TypeofFitting/Fixture RatingsinWatts
CFL 4W24W
LED
SolarPowerLEDSecurity/StreetLights
Fluorescentlampwithaccessories:
Nominallength 600mm20
Nominallength 1200mm40
Photocopiers 12001500
Ceilingfans 100(Maximum)
Electric 1500
Tablefans 85(Maximum)
Pedestalfans 120(Maximum)
Exhaustfans 100(Maximum)
5Asocketoutlets 300
15Asocketoutlets 1500
MicrowaveOven(domestic) 12001500
Washingmachine(domestic) 350500
Television(Mediumsize) 120200
Computer(withoutprinter) 200
Computerwithprinter 700800
WindowtypeA.C.Machine(12000BTU/hr) 1500
SplittypeA.C.Machine(12000BTU/hr) 1300
Geyser(waterheater,domestic) 10001200
Toaster(domestic) 8001000
ElectricCalendar 7001000
1.3.7.4 CalculationofCurrent
Forthecalculationofcurrent(fortheselectionofcablesandbreakers)oftheFluorescentLampstheratingsareto
bemultipliedbyafactorof1.65totakecareofthepowerfactorandthestartingcurrentsituation.
For the calculation of current (for the selection of cables and breakers) of the Celing fans, Table Fans, Pedestal
Fans, Exhaust Fans the ratings are to be multiplied by a factor of 1.65 to take care of the power factor and the
startingcurrentsituation.
Part8
BuildingServices
826 Vol.3
Forthecalculationofcurrent(fortheselectionofcablesandbreakers)ofthesmallinductiveloads(upto1.0KW)
the ratings are to be multiplied by a factor of 1.65 to take care of the power factor and the starting current
situation.
Thefactorshallbehigherforhigherratedmotors.
1.3.7.5 MinimumLoadDensities
While estimating the electrical load, the minimum load densities to be considered are those shown in Table
8.1.17.
Table8.1.17MinimumLoadDensities
TypeofOccupancy UnitLoad(Watts/m
2
)
NonA/C A/C
Residence/Dwelling: singlefamily 20 75
Residence/Dwelling: multifamily(otherthanhotels) 20 75
Hospitals 32 80
Hotels,includingapartmenthouse(excludinganyprovisionsforelectric
cooking)
24 75
Officeandcommercialmultistoreyedbuildings 28 75
Industrialbuilding(excludingtheloadsformachines) 16
Departmentalstores 28 75
Banks 20 75
Restaurants(excludinganyprovisionsforelectriccooking) 16 75
Barbershopsandbeautyparlours 32 75
SchoolsandColleges 12 70
Parkingareaincommercialbuildings 4
Warehouses,largestorageareas 2
1.3.8 Fittings,FixturesandAccessories
Switch Boards with back boxes and cover plates, Ceiling Roses, Socket Outlets with back boxes, Plugs, Light
Fittings, Fans, pull boxes with cover plates have been put in this category, although there may be other items
whichmaybeincludedunderElectricalAccessoriesrelatedtoelectricalandelectronicinstallationsinbuildings.
1.3.8.1 SwitchBoards
Tumbler Switches have been used for surface wiring and Piano Switches have been used for concealed wiring.
Nowadaypianoswitchesarealsousedwithsurfacewiring.PianoSwitchesaremountedoneitheraplasticback
box or a metal back box. These piano switches are available in gangs. The other alternative is to have piano
switchesmountedonaPerspexorEbonitesheetwhichisthenmountedonametalbackbox.
TheSwitchesmustconformtotherelevantBSstandard.Theminimumampereratingofswitchshallnotbebelow
5A.
SwitchesmaybeSinglePoleSingleThrow(SPST)orSinglePoleDoubleThrow(SPDT)dependingontheoperation.
ForsomeapplicationDoublePoleSingleThrow(DPST)andDoublePoleDoubleThrow(DPDT)arealsoavailable.
UsuallytheDPSTswitchesaremadefor10A,15Aand20Arating.
Thephase(Live)wire(RedPVCinsulatedcable)connectiontothepointmustgothroughtheswitch.
The metal / sheet steel back boxes of a switch board must have an earthing terminal to terminate the Earth
ContinuityConductor(ECC)comingfromaBDBoranSDB.
1.3.8.2 SocketOutletsandPlugs:
Ingeneral,allsocketoutletsmustbeswitched(combined)andshuttered.
1.3.8.2.1 GeneralRequirementsofSocketOutlets
SocketOutletsshallbe13Aswitchedshuttered3pinflatpintype.
All socket outlets must be switched (combined) and shuttered and shall be for 3 pin Flat pin type
(rectangularcrosssection)13Aplugsfittedwithtubularfuse.
Thecorrespondingplugsmustbefittedwithfuse.Themaximumfuseratingshallbe13Afor13ASockets.
Thefuseratingmaybesmallerdependinguponthecurrentratingoftheappliancesused.
Thephasewire(Redcable)shallbeconnectedtotheLterminalofthesocketoutletthroughthecombinedswitch
and the neutral wire (Black cable) shall be directly connected to the N terminal of the socket. Earth Continuity
Conductor(ECC)(Yellow+Greenbicolourcable)forsuchasocketoutletshallbeconnectedtotheEarthterminal
ofthesocket.
The plug for each 13A socket outlet provided in a building for the use of domestic appliances shall be provided
withitsownindividualfuse.Thefeedcablesforsuchacircuitmusthavefuseorminiaturecircuitbreaker(MCB)
attheoriginatingpointintheDistributionBoardorSubDistributionBoardorBranchDistributionBoard.Forsome
highcurrentapplications,additionalfuses/circuitbreakersadjacenttothesocketsarerecommended.
Each socket outlet shall also be controlled by a switch which shall normally be located immediately adjacent
theretoorcombinedtherewith.
Thephase(Live)wire(RedPVCinsulatedcable)connectiontothesocketoutletmustbethroughtheswitch.
CoppersizeoftheEarthContinuityConductor(ECC)forsuchasocketoutletshallnotbesmallerinsizethan1.5
mm2PVCinsulatedcable.
1.3.8.2.2 15A /20A rated Round Pin socket outlets may be used for Air Conditioner Outlets and
WaterHeaterOutlets
Under special circumstances, for Air Conditioner Outlets (requiring 15A or 20A), 15A / 20A rated socket
outletsforRoundPinPlugsmaybeusedalongwithacircuitbreakerorfuseprotectioninaboxadjacent
tothesockets..
Each 15A/ 20A socket outlet provided in a building for the use of domestic appliances such as airconditioner,
watercooler,etc.shallbeprovidedwithitsownindividualfuse.Thefeedcablesforsuchacircuitmusthavefuse
orminiaturecircuitbreaker(MCB)attheoriginatingpointintheDistributionBoardorSubDistributionBoardor
Branch Distribution Board. For some high current applications, additional fuses/ circuit breakers adjacent to the
socketsarerecommended.
Each socket outlet shall also be controlled by a switch which shall normally be located immediately adjacent to
theSocketorshallbecombinedwiththeSocket.
Thecorrespondingplugsfor15Ashouldbefittedwithfuse.Themaximumfuseratingshallbe15Afor15A
Sockets.Fora15Aratedsocketoutleta15Aratedfuseora15Acircuitbreakermustbeplacedadjacenttothe
socket.
Fora20Aratedsocketoutleta20Aratedfuseora20Acircuitbreakermustbeplacedadjacenttothesocket.
Wiring forsocketsshall beradial type ofwiring. However,ring typewiring maybe used by strictlyfollowingthe
rulesgiveninIEEWiringregulationsBS7671:2008,17thEditionandbyusingappropriatesizeofcable.
1.3.8.2.3 EarthContinuityConductor(ECC)foraSocket
The ECC for a socket outlet shall not be smaller in size than 1.5 mm
2
PVC insulated annealed copper cable. The
colouroftheECCcableinsulationshallbeYellow+Greenbicolour.
1.3.8.2.4 MountingHeightofaThreepinSwitchedSocketoutlet
Three pin Switched Shuttered Socket outlets shall be mounted on a wall at a height 254mm above floor level.
SwitchedShutteredSocketoutletsareessentialforsafetyinparticularforthesafetyofinfants.
Forcertainapplicationslikecomputers,printers,UPS,IPSsuchsocketsmaybemountedatahigherlevelforthe
easeofoperation.
1.3.8.2.5 RestrictiononmountingSocketOutletsinwetplaces
No socket outlets shall be provided inside Bath Rooms / Toilets or any other place where the floor may remain
wet.
Part8
BuildingServices
828 Vol.3
1.3.8.2.6 5Arated2Pinsocketoutlets
5Arated2PinsocketoutletsmaybeusedalongwiththeLightandFanSwitchBoardsonly.Suchsockets
shallnotbeusedassocketoutletsattheskirtlevel.
1.3.8.2.7 NumberofSocketOutletsinaRoom/inaBuilding
Thenumberofsocketoutletsinabuildingdependsuponthespecificrequirementsofoccupantsandthetypeof
building.Adequatenumberof13Aswitchedflatpin(rectangularcrosssectionpin)shutteredsocketoutletsshall
beprovidedandarrangedaroundthebuildingtocatertotheactualrequirementsoftheoccupancy.
15 A round pin (rectangular cross section pin) socket outlets shall be provided for specially Airconditioners and
waterheatersofsuchratingsonly.
For residential buildings, the minimal guidelines given in Table 2.18 shall be used to determine the required
number of 13 A switched flat pin (rectangular cross section pin) shuttered socket outlets, when actual
requirementscannotbeascertained.
AllsocketoutletsshallconformtoBDS115.
Table8.1.18MinimumNumberof13AflatpinSocketOutlets
Location No.ofSwitchSocketOutlets
Bedroom 2
Livingroom 3
Drawingroom 3
Diningroom 1
Toaster/SnackToaster 1
Kitchen 1
Bathroom 0
Verandah 1
Refrigerator 1
Airconditioner oneforeachroom
1.3.8.2.8 Restrictiononinstallationoftwosocketoutletsinroomfedfromtwophases
Installation of two socket outlets in a room fed from two different phases should be avoided as far as possible.
However,inunavoidablecases,theminimumdistancebetweentwosuchsocketoutletsinaroomfedfromtwo
differentphasesmustnotbelessthan2munderanycircumstances.
1.3.8.2.9 Exterior/outdoorsockets
Socketoutletsinexposedplaceswherechancesofdripping/fallingrainwaterexistshouldnotbeplaced.
In case of necessity, weather proof/ waterproof covered socket outlets may be mounted with appropriate
precautions.InsuchacasethebackboxshouldpreferablybeofbakeliteorAcrylicorplasticmaterial.
1.3.8.2.10 Exterior/outdoorswitches
Switchesinexposedplaceswherechancesofdripping/fallingrainwaterexistshouldnotbeplaced.
Incaseofnecessity,weatherproof/waterproofcoveredswitchesmaybemountedwithappropriateprecautions.
InsuchacasethebackboxshouldpreferablybeofbakeliteorAcrylicorplasticmaterial.
1.3.8.3 CeilingRose
AceilingroseisneededforterminatingthepointwiringforaLightoraFanintheceiling.
1.3.8.3.1 Aceilingroseshallnotbeinstalledinanycircuitoperating atavoltagenormallyexceeding250
volts.
1.3.8.3.2 Normally, a single pendant be suspended from only one ceiling rose using a flexible cord. A
ceilingroseshallnotbeusedfortheattachmentofmorethanoneoutgoingflexiblecordunlessit
isspeciallydesignedformultiplependants.
1.3.8.3.3 Aceilingroseshallnotcontainafuseterminalasanintegralpartofit.
1.3.8.3.4 TheceilingroseshallconformtoBS67.
1.3.8.3.5 Luminairesupportingcouplersaredesignedspecificallyforthemechanicalsupportaswellasfor
the electrical connection of luminaires and shall not be used for the connection of any other
equipment.
1.3.8.4 LightFitting
Switchesshallbeprovidedforthecontrolofeverylightfitting.Aswitchmaycontrolanindividuallightpointora
groupoflightpoints.
Wherecontrolatmorethanonepositionisnecessaryforalightingfittingoragroupoflightingfittings,asmany
twowayorintermediateswitchesmaybeprovidedastherequirednumberofcontrolpositions.
In industrial premises light fittings shall be supported by suitable pipe/conduits, brackets fabricated from
structural steel, steel chains or similar materials depending upon the type and weight of the fittings. Where a
lighting fittingis to be supported by one or moreflexible cords, the maximum weight to which the twin flexible
cordsmaybesubjectareshowninTable8.1.19.
Table8.1.19MaximumPermissibleWeighttowhichTwinFlexibleCordsmaybeSubject
NominalCrosssectionalArea
ofTwinFlexibleCord(mm
2
)
NumberandDiameter
(mm)ofWires
MaximumPermissible
Weight(kg)
0.5 16/0.2 2
0.75 24/0.2 3
1.0 32/0.2 5
1.5 48/0.2 5.3
2.5 80/0.2 8.8
4 128/0.2 14
ForaLightfittingwithshade,noflammableshadeshallformpartofthelightfittingandtheshadeshallbewell
protectedagainstallrisksoffire.Celluloidshadeorlightingfittingshallnotbeusedunderanycircumstances.
1.3.8.4.1 LightingPoint
Ateachfixedlightingpointoneofthefollowingaccessoriesshallbeused
aceilingrosetoBS67
aluminairesupportingcouplertoBS6972orBS7001
abattenlampholdertoBS7895,BSEN60238orBSEN61184
aluminairedesignedtobeconnecteddirectlytothecircuitwiring
asuitablesocketoutlet
aconnectionunittoBS5733orBS13634.
A lighting installation shall be appropriately controlled e.g., by a switch or combination of switches to BS 3676
and/orBS5518,orbyasuitableautomaticcontrolsystem,whichwherenecessaryshallbesuitablefordischarge
lightingcircuits.
Part8
BuildingServices
830 Vol.3
1.3.8.4.2 Wires/CablesusedinsideLightFittingsandanyotherFitting
Wires / cables used insidealight fitting orany other fittings are mostly flexible types. Insomecasessinglecore
PVCinsulatedwiringcablesmostly1mm
2
or1.5mm
2
areused.Insuchcasesthecablesmustbeofhighqualityin
terms of insulation and must have appropriate copper cross section. Such cables are usually terminated in a
ceilingrose.
1.3.8.5 Fans
1.3.8.5.1 CeilingFan
CeilingfansincludingtheirsuspensionshallconformtoBDS818.
Withrespectto thepositionofalightingfitting,placingafaninawaythatshadowsarethrownontheworking
planesisnotacceptable.
Whereceilingfansareprovidedinlargebuildings,thechosenunitmoduleare(size)alsoplayanimportantpart.
Ingeneral, for domestic, office and commercial buildings, for every part of a module to beserved by the ceiling
fans, it is necessary that the unit module area shall be so chosen that the required number of fans could be
suitablylocatedinit,toavoidcreationofpocketsreceivinglittleornoaircirculation.
Ingeneral,fansinlargehallsmaybespacedat3to3.5minboththedirectionsinthehorizontalplane.Ifbuilding
modulesdonotlendthemselvestoproperpositioningoftherequirednumberofceilingfans,othertypesoffans,
such as air circulators or wall mounted bracket fans shall have to be installed for the areas uncovered by the
ceilingfans.Insuchcases,necessaryelectricaloutletsshallhavetobeprovidedforthepurpose.
Table8.1.20givestherecommendedareastobeservedbydifferentsizesofceilingfanswheretheheightoffan
bladesisat2.5mabovethefinishedfloorlevel.
Table8.1.20RecommendedFanSizesinRooms
Wiringforaceilingfanoutletfromtheswitchboarduptotheceilingfanoutletshallbedonethrough
prelaid 18 mm dia PVC conduits using 1.5 mm
2
PVC insulated 2 cables of Red and Black insulation. A
highqualityceilingroseistobeinstalledattheceilingfanpointfortheterminationofthewiringandthe
connectionofthetwowiresoftheFan.
Afanhookisrequiredtobeplacedduringcastingoftheroof.Thefanhookistobemadeusinga12.7mmdiaMS
rodhavingatleast600mmonbothsidesandshallbeplacedabovetheMSrodmeshoftheroofslab.
1.3.8.5.2 WallMountedBracketFan
ForWallmountedbracketfansshallbemountedonthewallusingappropriaterowelbolts.Wiringfora
WallmountedbracketfanoutletfromtheswitchboarduptotheWallmountedbracketfanoutletshall
be done through prelaid 18 mm dia PVC conduits using 1.5 mm2 PVC insulated 2 cables of Red and
Blackinsulation.Ahighqualityceilingroseistobeinstalledattheceilingfanpointfortheterminationof
thewiringandtheconnectionofthetwowiresoftheFan.
1.3.8.5.3 PedestalFansandTableFans:
These items are movable. As aresult no fixed connections are necessary.Socketswill be used to energize these
fans.
1.3.8.5.4 Installation/MountingofVentilatingFansorExhaustFans
Exhaustfansarenecessaryforspaces,suchastoilets,kitchens,canteensandgodownstoprovidetherequiredair
changes.Sincetheexhaustfansarelocatedgenerallyontheouterwallsofaroom,appropriateopeningsinsuch
wallsshallbeprovidedrightfromtheplanningstage.Thesizesandtherpmoftheexhaustfanswillvaryaccording
totheapplicationandthevolumeforwhichafanused.Insomeapplications(suchassomeindustries,bigsizegas
generator room etc.) high rpm fans are essential. In all cases appropriate types of fan need to be chosen and
appropriatearrangementneedtobemadesothatrainwatercannotgetinsidetherooms.
RoomArea(m
2
) FanSweep
Upto6 915mm
Over6to9 1220mm
Over9to12 1442mm
1.3.8.5.5 Installation/MountingofCeilingFans
CeilingFansshallbesuspendedfromFanhooks.Fanhooksaretobeplacedinpositionduringthecastingofthe
Roof.
1.3.8.5.6 Fanhooks
Fan hooks may be concealed (hidden) or may be exposed type. Fan hooks shall be made using MS rods of 12.7
mmdiameter.Thediameterofthisrodshallnotbebelow9.53mmunderanycircumstances.
1.3.8.5.7 CeilingRosesforFanPoints
AppropriatetypeofceilingrosesmustbeprovidedattheFanpointsfortheterminationof the Fanpointwiring
cables.ConnectiontotheCeilingFanswillgofromtheceilingroses.
1.3.8.5.8 CutoutBox/CircuitBreakerBox
If the BDB or the SDB from which a 3pin switched shuttered socket receives power is at a significant
distance away and the load connected to the socket needs special care an additional cutout box or a
circuitbreakerboxmaybeplacedadjacenttothesocket.SuchacutoutBoxoraCircuitBreakerboxshall
beplacedinsidea18SWGSheetSteel(coatedwithtwocoatsofsyntheticenamelpaint)ofappropriate
sizewithappropriatePerspexcoverplate.Suchaboxmaybesurfacefittedormaybeconcealedfitted.
TheboxshallhaveabrassterminalfortheterminationoftheECC.
1.3.9 DistributionWiringinaBuilding
1.3.9.1 General
Loadsareseparatedintoknownandunknownloads.
Generalilluminationisaknownload,whetherderivedfromdetailedlightinglayout,ordevelopedfromwattsper
squaremetercalculation.Similarlyfansarealsoknownloads.Besidesthesetwotypes,theremaybesomeother
knownloads.
Number, rating and layout of outlets for general illumination, fans and other known loads should accurately be
distributed among a number of branch circuits. These branch circuits should then be carefully loaded with due
regardtovoltagedrop,operatingvoltageandpossibleincreaseinlightinglevelsinfuture.Ontheotherhandthe
socketsareunknownloads.Socketloadswillbedeterminedfromprojectionsbasedontheutilityofthebuilding
andtypeofapplications.
Everyinstallationshallbedividedintosmallcircuits(followingtherulesgiveninthisdocument)toavoiddangerin
caseofafault,andtofacilitatesafeoperation,inspection,maintenanceandtesting.Fortheestablishmentofthe
circuits appropriate type of wiring is needed and appropriate terminations / connections / junctions of these
circuits are needed. At the same time appropriate types of protection against faults must be given at different
levels.Thesearetobeachievedthroughinstallationofappropriatedistributionwiringinthebuilding.
1.3.9.2 DistributionBoard
A Distribution Board is the junction point of the incoming line and the outgoing lines for the distribution of
Electricity throughout the building. The incoming as well as the outgoing lines must have Circuit Breaker
protection or Fuse protection. The junctions and terminations of the incoming and outgoing cables are made
through copper bars containing bolts and nuts for cable lugs known as busbars. A Distribution board may be
namedasMDBorFDBorDBorSDBorBDB.
a) MDB stands for Main Distribution Board. This is the distribution box where the main incoming cable
entersandterminatesfromthemainservicefeedconnectionofalargebuilding.TheFDBsgetfeedfrom
MDB.
b) FDB stands for Floor Distribution Board located in each of the floors of a multistoried building. The DBs
getfeedfromFDB.UsuallymorethanoneFDBsareneeded.
c) DBistheabbreviationforDistributionBoard.Thismaybetheboxwherethemainincomingcableenters
andterminatesfromthemainservicefeedconnection.TheSDBsgetfeedfromaDB.
d) SDBisusedtorepresentSubDistributionBoard.Thisboardislocatedinthesamefloorofabuildingand
connectedtotheDB.UsuallymorethanoneSDBsareneeded.TheBDBsgetfeedfromSDB.
Part8
BuildingServices
832 Vol.3
e) BDB stands for Branch Distribution Board located in the same floor of a building and connected to the
SDB.UsuallymorethanoneBDBsareneeded.
f) EDB,EFDF,ESDB,EBDBSectionsofDB,FDB,SDB,BDBreceivingfeedfromtheEmergencyBusbarwhich
in turn is getting feed from Standby Generator through changeover switch. These may be separate DBs
placedbythecorrespondingnormalsupplyDBs.
Each of these distribution boards must have bus bars for Line, Neutral and Earthing for a single phase
box.A3phasedistributionboardmusthavebusbarsforLine1,Line2,Line3,NeutralandEarthing.
Theseboxesshallbemadewithsheetsteelofnotlessthan18SWGthicknessandmustbeappropriately
paintfinishedtomatchthewallpaint.
1.3.9.3 CircuitWiring
1.3.9.3.1 Separatebranchcircuitsforseparatecontrol
Separate branch circuits shall be provided for different parts of a building area which need to be separately
controlled. A branch circuit should be independently working and should not be affected due to the failure of
anotherbranchcircuit.
Thenumberoffinalcircuits(alsotermedassubcircuitsorcircuits)requiredandthepointssuppliedbyanyfinal
circuitsshallcomplywith
a) therequirementofovercurrentprotection,
b) therequirementforisolationandswitching,and
c) theselectionofcablesandconductors.
Allfinalcircuitsshallbewiredusingloopwiringsystem;nojointboxshallbeused.
Sufficientnumberof18SWGsheetsteelmade(paintedwithtwocoatsofgreysyntheticenamelpaint)pullboxes,
with ebonite / perspex sheet cover plate, must be given on the walls near the ceiling. If brick walls are not
available,pullboxesmustbegivenintheceilings.
1.3.9.3.2 ForDomesticandOfficeBuildings
5ALight/FanCircuitsmustbeusedforallDomesticandResidentialbuildings.5ALight/FanCircuitsarealsoto
beusedforOfficeandcommercialBuildings.ThecorrespondingcircuitwireintheBDB/SDB/DBthenshallbenot
lessthan1.5mm2.
1.3.9.3.3 ForOfficeandCommercialBuildingshavinglargeopenfloorareas
Under unavoidable circumstances, in case of difficulties in forming 5A Light / Fan Circuits for Office and
commercial Buildings having large open floor areas, 10A Light / Fan Circuits may be used. The corresponding
circuitwireintheBDB/SDB/DBthenshallbenotlessthan2.5mm2.
Howeveruseof5ALight/FanCircuitsisstillemphasized.
1.3.9.3.4 ForIndustrial/FactoryBuildingshavinglargeopenfloorareas
ForIndustrial/FactoryBuildingshavinglargeopenfloorareas,10ALight/FanCircuitsmaybeused.
1.3.9.3.5 ForIndustrial/FactoryBuildings/Warehouseshavingtoolargeopenfloorareas
For Industrial / Factory Buildings / Warehouses having large open floor areas, efforts should be given to use
circuits not exceeding 10A. The corresponding circuit wire in the BDB/ SDB/ DB then shall be not less than 2.5
mm
2
.
For Industrial / Factory Buildings having very large open floor areas, 15A Light / Fan Circuits may be used as
exceptionalcasesonly.ThecorrespondingcircuitbreakerintheBDB/SDB/DBthenshallbenotlessthan4mm
2
.
Increase in the sizes of the above mentioned cables may be required if the distance is too long. Voltage drop
calculationwillgivetheguidanceinthatcase.
1.3.9.3.6 Separatebranchcircuitsfromminiaturecircuitbreaker(MCB)
Separate branch circuits shall be provided from miniature circuit breaker (MCB) of a BDBD/ SDB or fuse of the
Fusedistributionboards(FDB)forLight/Fan.
Separate branch circuits shall be provided from miniature circuit breaker (MCB) of a BDBD/ SDB or fuse of the
Fuse distribution boards (FDB) for automatic and fixed appliances with a load of 500 watt or more and socket
outlets.Eachautomaticorfixedapplianceshallbeservedbyaprotectedsocketcircuit.
1.3.9.3.7 Lessthan50%loadingofCircuitswithmorethanoneoutlet
Circuitswithmorethanoneoutletshallnotbeloadedinexcessof50%oftheircurrentcarryingcapacity.
1.3.9.3.8 Branchcircuitsmusthavesparecapacitytopermitatleast20%increaseinload
Each branch circuit running between a DB and a SDB, between a SDB and a BDB must have spare capacity to
permitatleast20%increaseinloadbeforereachingthelevelofmaximumcontinuousloadcurrentpermittedfor
thatcircuit
1.3.9.3.9 Onesparecircuitmustbeallowedinthedistributionboardforeachfivecircuitsinuse.
Atleastonesparecircuitmustbeallowedinthedistributionboardforeachfivecircuitsinuse.
Additional space for a circuit breaker along with the provision for connecting a pair of outgoing cables shall be
kept.
1.3.9.3.10 Eachfinalcircuitshallbeconnectedtoaseparatewayinadistributionboard
Where an installation comprises more than one final circuit, each final circuit shall be connected to a separate
wayinadistributionboard.Thewiringofeachfinalcircuitshallbeelectricallyseparatefromthatofeveryother
finalcircuit,soastopreventunwantedenergizationofafinalcircuit.
1.3.9.3.11 Size of cables in a branch circuit shall be at least one size larger than that needed for the
computedloadcurrent
Sizeofcablestobeusedinabranchcircuitshallbeatleastonesizelargerthanthatcomputedfromtheloading
ifthedistancefromtheovercurrentprotectivedevicetothefirstoutletisover15m.
1.3.9.3.12 4mm
2
(7/0.036)and6mm
2
(7/0.044)wiringcablefora15Asocketoutletbranchcircuit
Theminimumsizeofwiringcableusedfora15Asocketoutletbranchcircuitshallbe4mm
2
(7/0.036).Whenthe
distancefromtheovercurrentprotectivedevicetothefirstsocketoutletonareceptaclecircuitisover30mthe
minimumsizeofwireusedfora15Abranchcircuitshallbe6mm
2
(7/0.044).
1.3.9.3.13 Lengthofalightingcircuit
Thelengthofalightingcircuitshallbelimitedtoamaximumof30m,unlesstheloadonthecircuitissosmallthat
voltagedropbetweentheovercurrentprotectivedeviceandanyoutletisbelow1%.
1.3.9.3.14 Useofcommonneutralformorethanonecircuitisprohibited
Each circuit must have its own neutral cable. Use of common neutral cable for more than one circuits is not
permitted.
1.3.9.3.15 FollowingCorrectcolourcodesofcables
During wiring, correct colour codes of the insulation of the cables must be used. For a single phase circuit Red
colourinsulatedcablemustbeusedforthelivewireandtheBlackcolourinsulatedcablemustbeusedforthe
neutralandgreen+yellowbicolourinsulatedcablemustbeusedfortheECC.ForathreephasecircuitRedcolour
mustbeusedforthelive(L1),Yellowcolourforthelive(L2),Blueclourforthelive(L3)wireandtheBlackcolour
fortheneutralandgreen+yellowbicolourmustbeusedfortheECC.
The above mentioned colour coding must be indicated in the design drawing. This should also be mentioned in
thespecification.
Table8.1.2ColourCodesofCableswhichshallbeusedforwiring
Pre2004IEEStandard
Protectiveearth(PE)
orECCorEarthLeadWire
Green+yellowbicolour
Neutral(N) Black
Part8
BuildingServices
834 Vol.3
Singlephase:Live(L)
Threephase:L1
Red
Threephase:L2 Yellow
Threephase:L3 Blue
1.3.9.3.16 BalancingofcircuitsinthreephaseSDBs,DBs,FDBs,andMDBs.
Ina3phasedistributionsystemspecialcaremustbetakenduringwiringtoobtainbalancingofloadsamongthe
threephases.
Ina3phaseSDB,DB,FDB,MDBconnectionsof thecircuitstothe busbarsmustbemadeinsuchawaysothat
theloadcurrentremainsbalancedamongthethreelinesduringlowloadaswellasfullload.Aftercompletingthe
installationbalancingshouldbecheckedbyclampmetercurrentmeasurementofeachphase.
The above mentioned current balancing must be indicated in the SDB (if 3 phase), DB, FDB, and MDB circuit
diagramofdesigndrawing.Thisshouldalsobementionedinthespecification.
1.3.10 ElectricalLayoutandInstallationDrawings
An electrical layout drawing shall be prepared after proper locations of all outlets for lamps, fans, fixed and
transportable appliances, motors etc. have been selected. This is the beginning of the electrical distribution
designwork.Thisjobmustbedonewithdueimportancepriortostartingtheconstructionandinstallationwork.
Strongemphasisisgivenonthisworkinthisdocument.
1.3.10.1 Locatingpositionsofthepointsontheplanofthebuilding
Atthebeginning,theLightpoints,Fanpoints,Socketpoints,SwitchBoards,BDBs,SDBs,FDBs.DBsandMDBsshall
belocatedoneachplanbasedonconvention,suitability,applicationandsafetyviewpoint.
Conduitlayoutandcablelayoutshallthenbeshownonthedrawing.
1.3.10.2 LightandFancircuitsmustnotbemixedwiththeSocketCircuits
Indesigningthewiringlayout,power(socket)andheating(socket)subcircuitsshallbekeptseparateanddistinct
fromlightandfansubcircuits.
Allwiringshallbedoneonthedistributionsystemwithmainandbranchdistributionboardsplacedatconvenient
positionsconsideringbothphysicalaspectsandelectricalloadcentres.Alltypesofwiringwhetherconcealedor
surface,shallbeasneartheceilingaspossible.Inalltypesofwiringdueconsiderationshallbegiventoneatness
andgoodappearance.
1.3.10.3 BalancingofcircuitsinthreephaseDistributionBoxesisamust
Balancing of circuits in three phase installations shall be arranged in the drawing and also must be done during
physicalconnection.
1.3.10.4 Singlephasesocketoutletsreceivingconnectionfromtwodifferentphases
Single phase socket outlets receiving connection from two different phases located in the same room is to be
avoided.However,ifitisessentialtohavesuchsocketconnectionthesemustbelocated2mormoreapart.
1.3.10.5 ElectricalLayoutdrawingsforindustrialpremises
Electrical Layout drawings for industrial premises shall indicate the relevant civil structure /barrier / duct and
mechanicalequipment/duct.
1.3.10.6 Preparationofdetailedcircuitdiagram
CircuitdiagramsofeachoftheLightandFancircuitsmustfirstbepreparedbasedontheselectionwhtheritis5A
or 10A circuit. The cable size of each of the circuits size of the ECC must be shown in the drawing. The circuit
diagrams of the BDBs, SDBs, DBs, FDBs, MDBs etc. are then to be prepared and presented in the form of single
line drawings indicating the cable sizes of each interconnection and the sizes of the ECCs. The distribution of
BDBs, SDBs, DBs, FDBs, MDBs etc. are two be shown in a distribution drawing indicating the cable sizes of each
interconnectionandthesizesoftheECCs.
1.3.10.7 PreparationofElectricalDistributionandWiringDesigndrawingbyanexperiencedEngineer
Electrical Distribution and Wiring Design drawing of building must be prepared by an Engineer who is
knowledgeable and preferably experienced in this subject. For big and multistoried building experience is of
utmostimportance.
1.3.11 ElectricalWiringintheInteriorofBuildings
1.3.11.1 SurfaceWiringorExposedWiring
Wiring run over the surface of walls and ceilings, whether contained in conduits or not, is termed as
surfacewiringorexposedwiring.
SinglecorePVCinsulatedcupperthroughPVCChannelsorthroughPVCconduitsorthroughGIpipesofapproved
qualitymaybeusedforsurfacewiring.
Surface wiring using twin core flat PVC insulated cupper on wooden battens used to be used long back. This is
almostdiscontinuedanddiscouragednowaday.
PVCconduitsorGIpipes,whenusedforsurfacewiring,shallbeclampedwithsaddlesataspacingnotexceeding
600mm,tothewallorceilingusingplasticrowelplugswithcountersunkgalvanizedscrews.
1.3.11.1.1 SurfaceWiringusingWoodBattens
Surface wiring using wood battens is very rare now a day because of evolution of other decent techniques of
surfacewiring.Thismethodisdiscouraged.However,incaseofextremenecessitythismaybeused.
Thewoodbattensusedinthismethodshallbemadewithgoodqualitywoodhavingaminimumthicknessof12
mm.Theyshallbeinstalledexposedandrunstraightontheceilingorwallsurfaces.Battensonwallsshall
beruneitherhorizontallyorvertically,andneveratanangle.Battensonceilingsshallberunparallelto
theedgesineitherorthogonaldirection,andnotatanangle,Theyshallbefixedtothewallorceilingby
rowel plugs and countersunk galvanized screws. The wires shall be fixed to the battens by using
galvanizedsteelclipsorbrasslinkclipsofrequiredsizeataspacingnotexceeding100mm.
Thismethodisnolongerusedbecauseoftheavailabilityofothersurfacewiringmethodspresentedbelow.
1.3.11.1.2 SurfaceWiringusingPVCConduits
PVC conduits or GI pipes, when used for surface wiring, shall be clamped with saddles at a spacing not
exceeding600mm,tothewallorceilingusingplasticrowelplugswithcountersunkgalvanizedscrews.
Theconduitsplacedconcealedinsiderooforinwallmusthave20SWGGIpullwiresplacedduringlayingofthe
pipesforpullingthecableslater.
1.3.11.1.3 SurfaceWiringusingPVCChannels
Surface wiring may be done using single core PVC insulated cables placed inside surface fixed PVC channels of
appropriate size. Fixing of channels must be done using screws in rowel plugs inserted into drilled holes on the
walls/ ceilings. The channels must be placed in a straight line with adequate number of screws so that no sag is
observed. Cables must not be stressed in the bends. Adequate space must exist inside the channel to put the
cablesinpositionwithoutdifficulty.
Surfacewiringusingflexiblechords,clipsandnailsshallnotbeusedingeneral.
1.3.11.1.4 SurfaceWiringusingRoundcoreflexiblecablewithplasticclipsandnails
Surface Wiring using exposed Round core flexible cable with plastic clips and long nails have been used for
extendingapointwiring,forextendingasocketwiringduetoshift,foraddacircuitwiring.
Thisisnotrecommendedforregularwiring.Insteadofusingthismethod,oneshouldgofortherecommended
surfacewiringusingsinglecore PVC cables withPVCchannelsor single core PVC cableswith PVC conduitsas
mentionedaboveinthisdocument.
Foralengthofnotexceeding1mthismaybeusedonlyforshiftinganexistingLight/Fanpointorforshifting
anexistingsocketpointonlyunderunavoidablecircumstances.
1.3.11.2 ConcealedWiring
Part8
BuildingServices
836 Vol.3
ThewiresinthistypeofwiringshallbeplacedinsideGIconduitsorPVCconduitsthatareburiedinroofsandin
brick/concretewalls.Theconduitsinthewallsshallberunhorizontallyorvertically,andnotatanangle.
Conduits in concrete slabs shall be placed at the centre of thickness and supported during casting by mortar
blocks or 'chairs' made of steel bars or any other approved means. All conduits shall be continuous throughout
theirlengths.
Appropriate planning should be made in which there shall be adequate spare capacity in the conduits placed in
roofslabssothatunforeseensituationduringexecutionoftheinstallationcanbetakencareof.Conduitswillrun
throughtheroofandthenbenddownwardforgoinguptotheoutlets,DBs,SwitchBoards,Sockets.
Ina columnstructure buildinghaving nopermanent walls,Switch Boards and Socket Boards, Pull Boxes shall be
placedinColumnsandmustbedoneduringthecastingofcolumns.
Concealed wiring through floors and upward mounting of PVC / GI pipes from the floor is strongly discouraged
because of the occurrence of condensation and accumulation of water from condensation eventually leading to
damagingofthesimplePVCinsulatedcableinsulation.Thismethodshouldnotbefollowedasageneralpractice.
Undergroundcablesforelectricaldistributioninthepremises/garden/compoundofthebuildingshallbeencased
inGIorPVCpipesandlaidinearthtrenchesofsufficientdepth.Armouredcablesneednotbeencasedinconduits
exceptforcrossingsunderroad,footpath,walkwayorfloors.
Theconduitsplacedconcealedinsiderooforinwallmusthave20SWGGIpullwiresplacedduringlayingofthe
pipesforpullingthecableslater.
1.3.11.3 WiringinsideSuspendedCeilings(FalseCeilings)
WiringinsideSuspendedCeilings(FalseCeilings)shallbesurfacewiringthroughconduitsorthroughPVCchannels
mentionedundertheheadingofSurfaceWiringMethods.
Cables shall not be placed loosely and haphazardly on the suspended ceilings. Placing naked cables inside the
suspendedceilingisnotpermitted.
Cable joints with PVC tape wrapping is not allowed for connection of a fitting from the ceiling rose or from a
junctionboxinsidethegapspace.
1.3.11.4 WiringthroughCabletray
Wiringforconnectionstosomemachinesmaybecarriedthroughacabletraysuspendedfromtheceiling.Thisis
very rare for a domestic building. However in a commercial / office or industrial building this technique may be
needed. In special circumstances Cables may be pulled through pre laid GI/ PVC pipes under the floor where
therewillbenochancesofwateraccumulationinthefloororcondensation.
1.3.11.5 MountingHeightofLightandFanSwitchBoards
Light and Fan Switch Boards shall be placed 1220mm above floor level in the Domestic Buildings (i.e, the
clearancebetweenthefloorandthebottomoftheSwitchBoardshallbe1220mm).
Thisabovementionedheightshallbe1300mmabovefloorlevelintheOfficeBuildings,CommercialBuildingsand
IndustrialBuildings.However,theminimumheightshallnotbebelow1220mm.
1.3.11.6 RestrictionontheuseofPlastic/PVCInsulatedFlexibleChords/Cables
Plastic / PVC Insulated Flexible Chords / Cables shall not be used for wiring of light / fan points or for wiring of
Sockets,orforwiringofanysubcircuits.
1.3.11.7 CableJointsandCableJointBoxesinConcealedandsurfacewiring
BoththeRed(L)andBlack(N)cablesofafinalcircuitshallrunfromaBDB/SDBuptotheSwitchboardwithouta
joint. Similarly, both the Red (L) and Black (N) cablesof a point shall run from the point up to the switch board.
Cable joints are to be made in the switch board back box. Circumstances might arise where this is not possible.
Underthosecircumstances,jointsshallbemadeusingapprovedcablejointmethods.
1.3.12 MethodsofPointWiringandCircuitWiring
1.3.12.1 MethodsofPointWiring
Wiring between a Light / fan point and its corresponding switch board is termed as Point Wiring. It is assumed
thattheloadofsuchapointisnotinexcessof100wattsingeneralinspecialthismaybeupto200watts.Wiring
foraLight/Fanpointshallbemadeusingoneofthemethodsi.e,(i)SurfaceWiringor(ii)ConcealedWiring.For
wiring of a point one Red and one Black PVC insulated copper cable shall run between a point and its switch
board. Cable joints inside conduits or within channels are forbidden. The current carrying capacity for such a
circuitshallnotbemorethan5Aforadomesticoracommercialbuilding.Theminimumsizeofacableforsuch
wiringshallbe1.5mm
2
.
Commonneutralshallnotbeusedunderanycircumstances.
1.3.12.2 MethodsofCircuitWiring
WiringbetweenaswitchboardandaBDB/SDB/DBwillbecalledCircuitWiring.Circuitwiringshallbedonewith
alivecableaneutralcableandanECCcableforasinglephasecircuit.Sometimesthiscircuitisalsoreferredtoas
subcircuit.
An ECC must be provided with each circuit. The ECC at the Switch Board end shall be terminated in the earth
terminalofthemetalpartoftheSwitchBoardusingabrassscrew/boltandanut.TheBDB/SDB/DBendofthe
ECCshallbeterminatedintheEarthingBusbaroftheBDB/SDB/DB.
The ECC in this case shall be PVC insulated copper cable of appropriate size but with yellow+Green bicolour
insulation.
Foreachcircuit,thelivewiremustbedrawnusingredcolourinsulatedPVCcableandtheNeutralWireshallbe
drawnusingblackcolourinsulatedPVCcable.
Commonneutralshallnotbeusedunderanycircumstances.
Theminimumsizeofcablefora5Acircuitprotectedbya5Acircuitbreakerorfuseshallnotbebelow1.5mm
2
Theminimumsizeofcablefora10Acircuitprotectedbya10Acircuitbreakerorfuseshallnotbebelow2.5mm
2
.
Theminimumsizeofcablefora15Acircuitprotectedbya15Acircuitbreakerorfuseshallnotbebelow4mm
2
.
Theminimumsizeofcablefora20Acircuitprotectedbya20Acircuitbreakerorfuseshallnotbebelow6mm
2
.
Theabovementionedsizesmustbeincreasedforlongcablesasmentionedelsewhereinthisdocument.
In general, the minimum size of cable for a particular circuit shall depend on the rating of the fuse or circuit
breakerusedfortheprotectionofthatcircuit.Avoltagedropcheckistobemadeforeachlengthofthecircuitto
ensurethatthevoltagedropatthefarthestendoftheloadfromthemaindistributionpointdoesnotexceed2.5
percent.
Sockets shall get direct connection from the BDB/ SDB through breaker/ fuse protection. Depending on the
assessed requirements sockets may be grouped / looped at the socket end. Such grouping shall not exceed 3
numbersofsocketsinonecircuit.
1.3.13 FeederWiringbetweenSDBandBDB,DBandSDB,FDBtoDB,MDBtoFDBetc.
Wiring between a BDB and an SDB, an SDB and a DB, a DB and an FDB, an FDB and an MDB needs special
attention and the rules are similar to Circuit Wiring. ECC must be present for each of the feed connections. The
ECC in this case also shall be PVC insulated copper cable of appropriate size but with Green+ Yellow biclour
insulation.
AtbothendstheECCmustbeterminatedattheEarthingBusBar.
Appropriate cable lugs / cable sockets must be used for terminating the L1, L2, L3, N and E connections on the
busbarsofboththeboards.Thesizesofthecablesmustbechosentomatchwiththeratingofthecircuitbreaker
/fuseratingsasmentionedabove.
Circuitbreakers/fusesmustbeprovidedattheoutgoingandincomingsidesofeachofthebusbarsofeachBDB/
SDB/DB/FDBboxes.
1.3.14 Conduits,Channels,Cables,ConductorsandrelatedAccessories
Conduits,Cables,ConductorsandAccessoriesareimportantpartsofanelectricaldistributioninstallation.
1.3.14.1 ConduitsandConduitFittings
Part8
BuildingServices
838 Vol.3
Cables of an electrical distribution installation are drawn through Electrical Conduits. For the installation of
Conduits various types of Conduit Fittings are needed. At present, two types of conduits are used e.g., (i) PVC
Conduits and (ii) Metal Conduits. Of these, due to the availability of good quality PVC pipe and for the ease of
installation,PVCConduitsarewidelyused.
1.3.14.1.1 PVCConduits
PVC conduits and conduit fittings shall be of heavy wall water grade type. All bends shall be large radius bends
formed by heat or by mechanical bending machine. The crosssection of the conduit shall remain circularat the
bend and the internal diameter shall not be reduced due to bending. PVC pipe fittings shall be sealed with PVC
solventcementoradhesiveforPVCofapprovedquality.
Conduits installed in floors, if installed, shall have a slope of at least 1:1000 towards floor mounted pull box or
cableduct.
Conduitsplacedconcealedinsiderooforinwallmusthave20SWGGIpullwiresplacedduringlayingofthepipes
forpullingthecableslater.
Water grade PVC conduits must be used for both concealed and surface wiring. Water grade PVC conduits of
differentdiametersshallbeusedaspernecessity.
AppropriatehighgradebendsandcircularboxesmustbeusedwiththePVCpipes.
18SWGmetalsheetmadeandsyntheticenamelpaintcoatedqualityboxesofmatchingsizesshallbeusedaspull
boxesandjunctionboxes.AppropriatepullboxcoversofeboniteorperspexsheetshallbefittedwithGImachine
screwandwasher.
ThePVCconduitsplacedconcealedinsiderooforinwallmusthave20SWGGIpullwiresplacedduringlayingof
thepipesforpullingthecableslater.
1.3.14.1.2 PVCChannels
PVCchannelsshouldbeusedonlyforextensionworkinanalreadyinstalledbuilding.Adesigndrawingshouldnot
show use of such wiring except inside a false ceiling. Even inside the false ceiling this item should be used for
lengths.ForlongdistancesPVCconduitsshouldbeused.HighqualityPVCchannelsofsufficientthicknessshould
beusedandfixedinaneatmanner.ForlargenumberofcablesandforthickcablesPVCchannelsshouldnotbe
used.
1.3.14.1.3 PVCFlexiblepipes/Conduits
PVCflexibleconduitsshallbeusedwithsurfacewiringonlyandonlyinplaceswherePVCbendscannotbeused.
ExceptspecialcircumstancesflexiblePVCconduitsshallnotbeused.
1.3.14.1.4 Metal/SteelConduits
GI Steel Conduits shall be made using at least 16 SWG sheet. The conduits shall have seamless joint along the
length and must be suitable for making bends. No projections are allowed inside the conduits. Metal conduits
mustbethreadedforendtoendjointsusingsockets.Incaseofnecessity,threadswillbecutattheendofshort
pieces. Sharp edges at the ends must be properly treated so that cable injury does not take place during cable
pulling.
1.3.14.1.5 PullBoxes
Pullboxes/Jointboxesmustbeplacedclosedtotheceilingwhereconduitsfromtheceilingaregoingdownward
towardaswitchboxoraregoingtowardasocketboxoraregoingtowardaBDB/SDB/DB/FDB.
Pull boxes are extremely essential for pulling the cables without injuring the cables and thus should not be
avoidedunderanycircumstances.Thesearealsoessentialforfuturemaintenanceandextensionwork.
Pullboxes/Jointboxesmustbeplacedintheceilingofoffice/factorybuildingwhereconduitsarerunningovera
longdistancebetweentwowalls(terminalpoints)andwherefixedwallsarenotavailableandalsowhereheavy
beamsareused.Incaseofbigcrosssectionbeamspullboxes/jointboxesshallbeplacedclosedtothebeams.
Pull boxes / Joint boxes must be made with 18 SWG GI sheet or with 18 SWG MS sheet but coated with two
coatsofGreySyntheticEnamelpaint.
CoversofPullboxesshouldbeeboniteorPerspexsheetofnotlessthan1/8inchthickness.
1.3.14.1.6 MetalBoxesforSwitchBoards
MetalBoxesforSwitchBoardsmustbemadewith18SWGGIsheetorwith18SWGMSsheetbutcoatedwith
two coats of GreySynthetic Enamel paint.A Switch Board Metal Box musthave a small Copper / Brass earthing
busbarforterminatingtheECCs.
1.3.14.1.7 SwitchesforoperatingLightandFanpoints
SwitchesforoperatingLightandFanpointsmustbeof5Arating.TheseswitchesareusuallySPSTtype.However,
forspecialapplicationslikestairsandsomeotherplacesthesemaybeSPDTtype.
SwitchesforoperatingLightandFanpointsmaybeofGangtypeormaybeisolatedtype.Theisolatedtypesare
to be mounted on an ebonite top plate which is again fitted on the above mentioned Metal boxes for Switch
Boards.
1.3.14.1.8 MountingRegulatorsofCeilingFans
Metal Boxes for Mounting Inductor Regulators of Ceiling Fans must be made with 18 SWG GI sheet or with 18
SWGMSsheetbutcoatedwithtwocoatsofGreySyntheticEnamelpaint.AMetalBoxesforMountingRegulators
ofCeilingFansmusthaveasmallCopper/BrassearthingbusbarforterminatingtheECCs.
However, such regulators may be placed inside the 18 SWG GI sheet or MS sheet made Metal Boxes for Switch
Boards.InsuchacasearrangementsmustbemadesothatthePVCinsulatedpointandcircuitwiringcablesand
their joints inside the switch board do not touch a regulator. This may be done by appropriately dressing the
cablesandfasteningthecablesbyusingpolymercablefasteners.
1.3.14.2 CablesandConductors
Forapplicationinbuildingwiring,PVCinsulatedstrandedcablesshallbeusedforLiveandNeutralWiresforsingle
phase and 3lines (L1, L2, L3) and one neutral for 3phase. For ECC also PVC insulated stranded cables shall be
used.Asaresult,useofbareconductorsisnonexistent.
1.3.14.2.1 Cables
ConductorsofaPVCinsulatedcable,thinorthick,shallbecopper.CablecontainingAluminumconductorsmaybe
usedforthickcableofsizemorethan16mm
2
.
Cables for power and lighting circuits shall be of adequate size to carry the designed circuit load without
exceeding the permissible thermal limits for the insulation. The voltage drop shall also be within the specified
limitof2.5percentfromadistributionpointuptotheirfarthestendoftheloadpoint.
Table8.1.22RecommendedSizesofCopperconductorsinaCable
Cablesize
1mm
2
1.5mm
2
2.5mm
2
4mm
2
6mm
2
10mm
2
16mm
2
25mm
2
35mm
2
50mm
2
70mm
2
95mm
2
120mm
2
150mm
2
185mm
2
240mm
2
Part8
BuildingServices
840 Vol.3
Cablesize
300mm
2
400mm
2
500mm
2
630mm
2
800mm
2
1000mm
2
Forfinalcircuit/subcircuitandforLight/fanpointwiringthecablenominalcrosssectionofthecableshallnot
belessthan1.5mm
2
for
copperconductors.
Standard copper conductor sizes of cables which should be used for Electrical Installations / Distribution in
buildingsaregivenbelow.Conductorsofsizesotherthanthesizeslistedbelowarenotrecommended.
1.3.14.2.2 Phaseandneutralcablesshallbeofthesamesize
Inthewiringofthesubcircuit/circuitandallothercircuitsinsideabuildingthePhasecableandtheneutralcable
shallbeofthesamesize.
1.3.14.2.3 FlexibleCables/FlexibleCords
The minimum crosssectional area of conductors of flexible cables / flexible cords shall be 0.5 mm
2
for copper
conductors. Flexible cable or cords shall not be used as fixed wiring unless contained in an enclosure affording
mechanicalprotection.
Flexible cables / flexible cords may be used for connections to portable equipment. For the purpose of this
regulation an electric cooker of rated input exceeding 3 kW is not considered to be portable. The flexible cord
shallbeofsufficientlengthsoastoavoidundueriskofdamagetotheoutlet,cordorequipmentandofbeinga
hazardtopersonnel.
1.3.14.2.4 TreatmentofCableEnds/CableTerminations
All stranded conductors must be provided with cable sockets / cable lugs of appropriate size fitted using
appropriatehandpresstoolorhandcrimptoolorhydraulicpresstooldependingonthesizeofthecable.Thisis
necessaryforterminationofthecableendsonbusbars.
1.3.14.2.5 JointingofCablesinwiring
CablejointsforthePVCinsulatedcablesusedincircuitwiring(thincables)aretobemadethroughporcelain/PVC
connectorswithPIBtapewoundaroundtheconnectorbeforeplacingthecableinsidetheboxjoint/pullbox.
1.3.15 ConduitsthroughtheBuildingExpansionJoints
Conduitsshallnotnormallybeallowedtocrossexpansionjointsinabuilding.Wheresuchcrossingisfoundtobe
unavoidable, special care must be taken to ensure that the conduit runs and wiring are not in any way put to
strainorarenotdamagedduetoexpansion/contractionofthebuildingstructure.InunavoidablesituationsPVC
conduits through an oversize Flexible PVC conduits may be used with pull boxes on both sides of the expansion
joints.
1.3.16 TypesofElectricalWiringforExteriorLightingandotherexteriorpurposes
1.3.16.1 ElectricalWiringforGardenLighting
ForgardenlightingPVCinsulatedPVCsheathedundergroundcablesshallbeused.Forprotectionpurposethese
may be drawn through PVC pipe of appropriate dimension so that adequate clearance remains for the ease of
pulling. In general, no junction of cables shall be provided in underground level. However, in case of necessity,
metalsleevecableferrulejointsusingCrimpToolorhydraulicpressandheatshrinkinsulatedsleeveshallbeused
ontop.
1.3.16.2 ElectricalWiringforStreetLighting
For street lighting PVC insulated PVC sheathed underground cables shall be used. For protection purpose these
may be drawn through PVC pipe of appropriate dimension so that adequate clearance remains for the ease of
pulling. In general, no junction of cables shall be provided in underground level. However, in case of necessity,
metalsleevecableferrulejointsusingCrimpToolorhydraulicpressandheatshrinkinsulatedsleeveshallbeused
ontop.Joiningthecablesatthebottomofastreetpolemustbedoneinsideametaljointboxlocatedsufficiently
abovethestreetlevelsothatwatercannotreachtheboxevenduringtheworstrain/floodsituation.
1.3.16.3 ElectricalWiringforBoundaryLight
For boundary lighting PVC insulated PVC sheathed underground cables shall be used. For protection purpose
thesemaybedrawnthroughPVCpipeofappropriatedimensionsothatadequateclearanceremainsfortheease
ofpulling.Ingeneral,nojunctionofcablesshallbeprovidedinundergroundlevel.However,incaseofnecessity,
metal sleeveor cable ferrule joints using Crimp Tool or hydraulic press andheat shrink insulated sleeveshall be
used on top. However, for the portion of the cable running concealed through a wall, PVC insulated cables
throughPVCconduitsmaybeused.
1.3.17 Branch Distribution Boards, Subdistribution Boards, Distribution Boards, FDBs
andMDBs
1.3.17.1 Enclosure/Box
Enclosures for subdistribution boards located inside the building shall be dustproof and verminproof using
sheetsteelfabricationofaminimumthicknessof20SWG.Theboardsshallbesafeinoperationandsafeagainst
spreadoffireduetoshortcircuit.
1.3.17.2 SizeoftheEnclosureofaBDB/SDB/DB/FDB/MDB
Table 8.1.23 provides a guidance of sizes of enclosures for subdistribution boards containing miniature circuit
breakersorfuses.However,thesizewilldependonthenumberandsizeofthecircuitbreakersorthefusesthe
numberofoutgoingcablesandtheirsizes,thesizeofthebusbarsandthetypeofinsulatorsusedforthebusbars.
Table8.1.23RecommendedEnclosureSizesforMCB'sandFuses
Dimensions(mm) No.ofMCB'sorFuses
Height Width Depth
350 390 120 upto12
480 390 120 upto24
610 390 120 upto36
740 390 120 upto48
1.3.17.3 Location
ASubdistributionboardshallbelocatedascloseaspossibletotheelectricalloadcentreforthatSDB.Thisisalso
applicable for determining the locations of FDBs, DB and BDBs. These boards shall never be located on a water
soakedordampwall.
1.3.17.4 WiringofSubdistributionBoards
(a) Inwiringasubdistributionboard,totalloadoftheconsumingdevicesshallbedistributed,asfaraspossible,
evenlybetweenthenumberofwaysoftheboard,leavingthespareway(s)forfutureextension.
(b) Allconnectionsbetweenpiecesofapparatusorbetweenapparatusandterminalsonaboardshallbeneatly
arrangedinadefinitesequence,followingthearrangementsoftheapparatusmountedthereon,avoiding
unnecessarycrossings.
(c) Cablesshallbeconnectedtoterminalsonlybysolderedorweldedlugs,unlesstheterminalsareofsuchform
thatitispossibletosecurelyclampthemwithoutcuttingawaythecablestrands.
1.3.18 ElectricalServicesShafts,BusDucts,L.T.RiserCablesandL.T.BusbarTrunking
1.3.18.1 VerticalServiceShaftforElectricalRisers
Part8
BuildingServices
842 Vol.3
Forbuildingsoversixstoreyor20mhighthereshall,ingeneral,beaminimumofonevertical electricalservice
shaftof200mmx400mmsizeforevery1500m
2
floorarea.Theelectricalserviceshaftshallexclusivelybeused
forthefollowingpurposes:
Electricsupplyfeedercablesorrisermains,
BusbarTrunking,
telephonecables,
DataCables,
firealarmcables,
CCTVcables,
Othersignalcables,
Areafuse/circuitbreakers,
FloorDistributionboard/subdistributionboardsforindividualfloors.
Theconstructionof the floorsoftheductareashallbeconstructedinsuchawaysothatthe emptyspaceafter
putting the cables/ busar trunking / pipes / conduits in position the remaining open space is filled up with RCC
slab(s) or anyother non inflammablematerial so that fire or molten PVC can not fallfrom one floor to the next
lowerfloor(s).Forthispurposearrangementsneedtobemadeduringthemainfloorcasting.
Freeandeasyaccesstotheelectricalshaftroomineachfloormustbeavailableforoperation,maintenanceand
emergencyshutdowns.
Verticalcablesotherthanelectricalcablesshallbeplacedatasufficientdistancefromthenearestelectricalcable.
Averticalseparatingbrickwallbetweenelectricalandnonelectricalwallispreferable.
VerticalServiceShaftforElectricalRisersasmentionedabovemustnotbeplacedadjacenttotheSanitaryShafts.
They should be placed at significant separation in order to ensure that the Vertical Service Shaft for Electrical
Risersremainsabsolutelydry.
1.3.18.2 L.T.RiserMainCables
ForlowrisebuildingRiserMainCableswillservetobringL.T.connectiontotheFloorDistributionBoards(FDBs)
ofeachfloorfromtheMainDistributionBoard.Fora5storiedbuildingorlesserhavingafloorspaceoflessthan
600m
2
ineachfloortherisercablesmaybePVCinsulatedcablesthroughPVCorGIpipes.
For bringing the riser main cables a common vertical wall and holes or slots in the floors must be given by the
buildingconstructionpeople.
However, for larger floor area or for higher buildings PVC insulated PVC sheathed underground cables must be
usedwithprotectionandspacing.
For more than 9 storied building Busbar preferably sandwiched copper Busbar. Trunking should be used for
safetyreasons.
PVCinsulatedPVCSheathedundergroundcablesmustbeusedasRiserMainCables.Thesecablesshallbeplaced
inorpulledthroughaPVCpipeofhigherdiametersothatthecablecanbeeasilypulledthroughit.ThePVCpipes
must be fixed vertically in a straight line on the wall of the shaft using appropriate saddles. However, in some
casesPVCinsulatedPVCSheathedundergroundcablesmaybedirectlyfixedonthewallusingappropriatesaddles
with37mmspacingbetweentwoadjacentcables.SheetmetalmadeJointBoxes(withebonitecoverplates)must
beplacedateachfloortappingpoint.
The cable work shall be done neatly so that no suspended cables are seen around the place and no suspended
flexiblepipesareseen.
Each riser cable must have appropriate fuse or circuit breaker protection at the source busburjunction and
alsoatthetapoffpoint.
1.3.18.3 L.T.BusbarTrunking
For high rise buildings, LT (0.4KV TP&N) busbar trunking sytem is used instead of riser main cables to minimize
space in the vertical electrical shaft, to minimize the risk of spreading of fire from one floor to another due to
electricalshortcircuitinoneofthecablesorsparks,tohaveaneatdistributionsystem.MostpartoftheBusbar
Trunking are installed vertically. The horizontal portion of the Busbar Trunking usually connects the vertical
portionwiththeSubstationLTpanel.
a) BusbarTrunkingarespeciallyusefultominimizevoltagedroponaccountofhighamperageintermittent
loads. The conductors supported by insulators inside the busbar trunking shall be copper of solid
rectangular crosssection. The copper bars are insulated. A busbar trunking system shall be laid with
minimumnumberofbendsfordistributionsystem.Typicalratingoffeederbusbartrunkingfor3phase
3wire or 3phase 4wire system shall range from 200 amperes to 3000 amperes although lower
amperesarenotimpossible.
b) Horizontalbusbartrunkingofsuitablesizemaybeprovidedalongtheroadsforagroupofbuildingstobe
fed by a single substation but with heavy weather protection and covered with appropriate weather
resistant water proof material. Extreme care need to be taken in these cases for protection against
moisture,waterandoutsideweather.
c) BusbarTrunkingmustnotbeplacedinplaceswhichisevenslightlyexposedtoweather/moisture/spray
orsprinkleofwater.
1.3.18.4 L.T.Busducts
Incertainapplications,especiallyinfactorylightingandfactorypowerdistributionoflargeareafactoriesBusducts
areused.Inmostcases,theseBusductsaresuspendedfromceiling.Busductsoffersafe,reliable,neatdistribution
system in these cases. The choice will depend on the floor area, type of machineries, type of jobs and other
factors.
Appropriate circuit protection using adequate number of circuit breakers of appropriate rating are needed. In
most cases these busducts are horizontally mounted / suspended. The busbars shall be copper. The rating shall
dependonthecurrentoneachsegmentandthecurrentcarriedbyeachsegment.
1.3.19 L.T.MainIncomingCableandServiceConnection
1.3.19.1 OverheadserviceconnectiontoabuildingshallbeachievedwithPVCinsulatedCableswithGIsupport
wire(similartocateneray)orcatenarywire(mainlyforsinglephaseconsumers).Theoverheadservice
connectionshallbeledintobuildingsviaroofpolesorservicemastsmadeofGIpipeatleast38mmin
diameter having a goose neck bend at the top and installed on the outer wall. This is one choice. The
alternativeistohaveundergroundcableconnection.
1.3.19.2 UndergroundCablesforusingasMainIncomingCable
Underground PVC insulated PVC sheathed water proof cables shall be placed in underground cable trench or
pulled through a PVC pipe of higher diameter placed in a cable trench so that the cable can be easily pulled
throughit.PVCinsulatedstrandedannealedcopperECCcablesmatchingwiththemaincablesizeshallrunalong
theMainincomingcablewithterminationattheearthingbusbaratbothend.
Each of the PVC pipes must have 18 SWG GI pull wires placed during laying of the pipes for pulling the cables
later.
1.3.19.3 JointingofundergroundCablesandMainIncomingCables
For main incoming thick underground cables joints are strongly discouraged and should be avoided as far as
possible.
However, for unavoidable cases joints must be made through sleeve or ferrule of appropriately matched size
fitted with hydraulic press following neat processing of the cable ends. Appropriate fusible heat shrink cover
mustbeusedoversuchjunction.
Forthickcablesrunningthroughconduitsasverticalrisers,thesejointsmustbeputinsidemetaljoint/pullboxes
withcovers.
1.3.19.4 FlameproofenclosureofIncomingcablesandrisercables
Special forms of construction, such as flame proof enclosures, shall be adopted where risk of fire or explosion
existsnearaplacewherethickincomingcableorrisercablesareplaced.
1.3.19.5 Underground service cables shall be laid in conformity with the requirements of Sec 1.3.29 titled
LayingofLTundergroundCables.
Part8
BuildingServices
844 Vol.3
1.3.19.6 Power and telecommunication or antenna cables must be laid separately maintaining sufficient
distance.
1.3.19.7 Fire alarm and emergency lighting circuits shall be segregated from all other cables and from each
other in accordance with BS 5839 and BS 5266. Telecommunication circuits shall be segregated in
accordancewithBS6701asappropriate.
1.3.19.8 Proximitytononelectricalservices
Whereawiringsystemislocatedincloseproximitytoanonelectricalserviceboththefollowingconditionsshall
bemet:
the wiring system shall be suitably protected against the hazards likely to arise from the presence of the other
serviceinnormaluse,andappropriateprotectionagainstindirectcontactshallbetaken.
1.3.19.9 A wiring system shall not be installed in the vicinity of a service which produces heat, smoke or fume
likelytobedetrimentaltothewiring,unlessprotectedfromharmfuleffectsbyshieldingarrangedsoas
nottoaffectthedissipationofheatfromthewiring.
1.3.19.10 Whereawiringsystemisroutednearaserviceliabletocausecondensation(suchaswater,steamor
gasservices)precautionsshallbetakentoprotectthewiringsystemfromdeleteriouseffects.
1.3.19.11 Nocableshallberuninalift(orhoist)shaftunlessitformspartoftheliftinstallationasdefinedinBS
5655.
1.3.20 DesignforElectricalWiring
DesignofElectricalwiringmustbedonefollowingthecodesprovidedinthisdocument.DetailedDesigndrawings
mustbepreparedbyadesignerforcompleteexecutionoftheelectricalworksmentionedinthisdocumentand
anyothernewitemsarisingbecauseoftheevolutionofnewtechnologiesinthenearfuture.
Typically, there must be conduit layout drawing(s) indicating the conduit layouts, the locations of the switch
boards,locationsofthesockets,locationsoftheBDBs,locationsoftheSDBs,locationsoftheDBs,locationsofthe
FDBs,locationoftheMDB,locationoftheMainincomingcable.
A distribution diagram of the BDBs, SDBs upto MDBs as applicable indicating the ampere rating of the incoming
MCB/MCCB,interlinkingcablesizesandtheECCsmustbepresented.
DetailedCircuitDiagramsofthecircuitsandtheBDBs,SDBsMDBsasapplicablemustbepresented.
Detaileddrawingsofearthingandearthinspectionpitsandanyothercomplicatedpartsmustbepresented.The
contractorshallprepareasbuiltdrawingsaftercompletingaproject.
1.3.20.1 DesignforElectricalWiringinBedroomsandDrawingRooms
Thelocationofaswitchboardmustbeneartheentrancedoorofabedroomlikeanyotherroom.Thelocationof
thewallmountedlightfittingsmustbechosenbasedonthepossiblelocationsoffurniturewhichisalsoneededin
otherrooms.Sufficientnumberof3pin13Aswitchedshutteredflatpinsocketsmustbeprovidedinabedroom.
ThesameideasareapplicableforaLivingroom.
Designmustbemadeinsuchawaythatsufficientclearance(space)isleftinsidetheconcealedconduits(i)forthe
easeofpullingthecablesandalsoforaddingfewmorecablesincaseofnecessityduringfuturemodification.
ForBedroomsandDrawingRoomstheLight+Fansubcircuitsforshallnotbeofmorethan5Arating.
Generally, Single core PVC insulated Stranded Electrolytic Annealed Copper Cables shall be used for wiring by
usingtheconcealedwiringtechniqueortheothertwomethodsmentionedinthewiringsection.
1.3.20.2 Design for Electrical Wiring in a Kitchen especially providing 3 pin sockets near Kitchen sink (the
clearance).
Thesensitiveiteminakitchenisplacing3pin13Aswitchedshutteredflatpinsocketsonwallofthekitchenside
tablenearthewall.Gooddistancemustbemaintainedbetweenthekitchenwatertapandthesocket.TheSocket
fortheRefrigerator(ifany)shallalsobea3pin13Aswitchedshutteredflatpinsocket,andmaybeplacedatthe
samelevelastheothersocket.Fortheeaseofoperationa3pin13Aswitchedshutteredflatpinsocketforthis
purpose may be placed at the bottom level height of a switch board provided this is acceptable in terms of
aesthetics.
ForKitchens,theLight+Fansubcircuitsforshallnotbeofmorethan5Arating.
1.3.20.3 SwitchesforToiletsandBathRooms
Switches for toilet lights and toilet ventilating fans must be placed outside the toilets adjacent to the entrance
door but must not be placed inside the Toilet. The same rule should be followed for Bath Rooms. Using ceiling
mountedchordswitchattheentrancepathofthedoorofatoiletisagoodideaforsmalltoiletsattachedtobed
rooms.Ceilingmountedchordswitchesmaybeusedwithachordsuspendedfromtheceilingneartheopeningof
thedoor
1.3.20.4 DesignforElectricalWiringinOfficeRooms
Thelocationofaswitchboardmustbeneartheentrancedoorofanofficeroom.Thelocationofthelightfittings
mustbechosenbasedonthepossiblelocationsofworktable,furniture.Sufficientnumberof3pin13Aswitched
shuttered flat pin sockets must be provided in each office room. In this regard special consideration need to be
givenonthepossiblelocationofcomputersandotherofficeequipment.
Sufficient conduits and cables must be left for future modification as often rearrangement of tables need to be
made.
Generally, Single core PVC insulated Stranded Electrolytic Annealed Copper Cables shall be used for wiring by
usingtheconcealedwiringtechniqueortheothertwomethodsmentionedinthewiringsection.
In case of special requirements, PVC insulated PVC sheathed Stranded Electrolytic Annealed Copper Cables may
beusedforwiringthroughconduitsorothermethods.
ForOfficesthesubcircuitsforshallnotbeofmorethan5Arating.
1.3.21 TemporaryElectricalConnectionforaBuildingConstructionSite
Temporaryconnectionsareneededforabuildingconstructionsite.AFuseDistributionboardcontainingincoming
cut out fuse, outgoing cutout fuses plus bus bars or a Distribution boards containing in coming circuit breakers,
outgoingcircuitbreakersplusbusbarsofappropriateratingmustbeinstalledforsuchconnections.Suchboards
shallbeinstalledinadryplacesothatrainwaterorwaterscomingfromaconstructionzonecannotreachsuch
boards.
1.3.22 TemporaryElectricalConnectionforanoutdoorconcert
Temporaryconnectionsareneededforanoutdoorconcertstageforspeciallighting,forvariousdisplaysystems,
forhighpoweraudiosystems.AFuseDistributionboardcontainingincomingcutoutfuse,outgoingcutoutfuses
plusbusbarsoraDistributionboardcontainingincomingcircuitbreakers,outgoingcircuitbreakersplusbusbars
ofappropriateratingmustbeinstalledforsuchconnections.Suchboardsshallbeinstalledinadryplaceandshall
bemountedatasafeheightabovegroundsothatrainwaterorwaterscomingfromanywherecannotreachsuch
boards.Suchboardsshallnotbeinstallednearflammablematerials.
Cablesofappropriatetypesandappropriateratingsmustbeusedforsuchapplications.
Appropriatetypeofsockets,preferablyflat3pinswitchedshuttered13Asocketsshouldbeusedfordistribution.
1.3.23 11KV/0.4KVElectricalSubstationinaBuilding
1.3.23.1 General
According to the rule of the distribution companies of Bangladesh, 11KV/ 0.4KV Electrical substations shall be
required for a building if the load requirement of the building exceeds 50KW. In most cases, substations are
required for Multistoried residential, Multistoried Commercial buildings, Multistoried Office building and
Industries.
Todeterminetheratingofthesubstationrequired,aloadfactorofatleast80%shallbeappliedtotheestimated
loadofthebuilding.Thefutureexpansionrequirementsshoulddefinitelybetakenintoconsideration.
1.3.23.2 LocationofanElectricalSubstation
Part8
BuildingServices
846 Vol.3
Inamultistoriedbuilding,thesubstationshallpreferablybeinstalledonthelowestfloorlevel,butdirectaccess
fromthestreetforinstallationorremovaloftheequipmentshallbeprovided.Thefloorlevelofthesubstationor
switchroomshallbeabovethehighestfloodlevelofthelocality.Suitablearrangementsshouldexisttoprevent
theentranceofstormorfloodwaterintothesubstationarea.
The location of a substation will depend on (i) the feed point of the 11 KV Supply Authority line and (ii) the
locationoftheLTverticalrisercables.
Itispreferabletolocatetheairconditioningplantroom(ifany)adjacenttotheelectricalsubstationinsuchaway
that the distance from the controlling switchboard of the airconditioning plant rooms and corresponding
switchesintheelectricalsubstationarekeptminimum.
In case of a building complex, or a group ofbuildingsbelonging to thesameorganization,thesubstationshould
preferably be located in a separate building and should be adjacent to the generator room, if any. Location of
substation inthe basement floor and onthe floors aboveground floor level (GFL)preferably beavoided.If Sub
Station it to be installed on the basement floor or the floors above ground floor level (GFL) special safety
measuresistobetakenbytheuserorowner.Measuresareasfollows:
(i) No objection certificate stating the SubStation safe by the Fire Service and Civil Defense
Department.
(ii) Certification of the building consultant stating safe, Proper ventilation, Easy entrance and exit and
safeloadbearingcapacityofthefloorsabovethegroundfloorlevel(GFL).
(iii) ProperundertakingoftheSubStationuserorownerasthecasemaybe,Statingsafetyandliability
willbeensuredbythem.
In case the electric substation has to be located within the main building itself for unavoidable reasons, it
should be located on ground floor or Basement floor or the floors above the ground floor (GFL) with easy
accessfromoutside.
1.3.23.3 Height,Area,FloorLevelandotherrequirementsofaSubstationRoom
a) The minimum height of a substation room should be 3.0m to 3.6m depending upon the size of the
transformer.
b) The minimum area required for substation and transformer room for different capacities are given in
Table8.1.24.
c) Fortransformershavinglargeoilcontent(morethan2000litres),soakpitsaretobeprovided.
The areas given in Table 8.1.24 hold good if they are provided with windows and independent access doors in
accordancewithlocalregulations.
All the rooms shall have significant ventilation. Special care should be taken to ventilate the transformer rooms
andwherenecessarylouversatlowerlevelandexhaustfansathigherlevelshallbeprovidedatsuitablelocations
insuchawaythatcrossventilationismaintained.Fansshouldbeprovidedsothatthetransformergetsairsupply
fromthefans.
Thefloorlevelofthesubstationshouldbehigh.Arrangementshallbemadetopreventstormwaterenteringthe
transformerandswitchroomsthroughthesoakpits,iffloorlevelofthesubstationislow.
SubStationofhighervoltagemayalsobeconsideredtothebasementfloorhavingproper&safebuildingdesign.
Table8.1.24AreaRequiredforTransformerandRecommendedMinimumAreaforSubstationofDifferentCapacities
Capacityof
Transformer
(kVA)
Transformer
Area
(m
2
)
TotalSubstationArea(withHT,LTPanels&TransformerRoom
butwithoutGenerators)
(m
2)
1x150 12 45
1x250 13 48
2x250 26 100
1x400 13 48
2x400 30 100
3x400 40 135
2x630 26 100
3x630 40 190
2x1000 40 180
3x1000 45 220
1.3.23.4 11KV/0.4KVDistributionTransformerfortheSubstationofaBuilding
An11KV/0.4KVindoordistributionTransformerisamajorpartofanindoorsubstation.TheseSubstationsmay
beinstalledinsidethebuildingitselformaybehousedinaseparatebuildingadjacenttothebuilding.
Forsmalltomoderatepowerratingupto2MWtwotypesofindoortransformershavebeenwidelyusedinrecent
years.Theseare(i)OilTypeNaturalCooledtransformerand(ii)CastResinDryTypeNaturalCooledtransformers.
InmostcasesOilTypeNaturalCooledtransformermaybeusedforsubstationsifadequatespaceisavailableto
accommodatethetransformer.
CastResinDryTypeNaturalCooledtransformersshouldbeused(i)inplaceswherestringentprotectionagainst
spreadoffireisneededand(ii)inplaceswherespacesavingisofutmostimportance.
1.3.23.4.1 ChoiceofOiltypeorDrytypetransformers
Drytypetransformershouldbeinstalledwhereriskofspreadingoffireishighandwhereflammablematerialsare
tobekeptaroundthesubstation.
ForHospitalbuildings,MultistoriedShoppingCentersDrytypetransformersshouldbeusedtoforminimizingfire
risks.
An Industrial buildings containing inflammable materials, Chemical and having the substation in the same
buildingDrytypetransformersshouldbeusedforminimizingfirerisks.
1.3.23.5 TypeofconnectionbetweenaSubstationTransformeranditsLTpanel
Connection betweenaSubstation TransformeranditsLTpanelcan beestablisheda)byusingNYYunderground
LT Cables orb) by using Ceiling Suspended Busbar Trunking.For smallsize transformers the first method should
be used although there is no restriction in using the second method. However, for big substations the second
methodissaferandatthesametimegivesaneatsolution.
1.3.23.6 VentilationofaSubstation
In an Electrical Substation significant amount of forced ventilation is very much needed apart from natural
ventilation.ExhaustFans(minimum18dia)mustbeprovidedinsufficientnumbersonallsidesofthesubstation
above the lintel level. Grill fitted Windows having window panes must be provided on all sides for natural
ventilation.Thewindowsmusthavesunshedstoensurethatnorainwatercancomeinsidethesubstation.
If due to space constraint or due to any other difficulties, sufficient number of windows and ventilating fans
cannotbeinstalled,highvelocityforcedventilationusingductsmustbeprovided.
1.3.23.7 LayoutofaSubstation
In general, the Substation HT to LT Transformer shall be placed in one corner of the room so that the HT side
remainsawayfromthepassageofthepersons.
TheHTMeteringpanelshallbelocatedneartheexteriorofthesubstationroomneartheexitgateandalsoshall
beconvenientfortheHTcableentry.
TheHTPanelshallbelocatedneartheexterior,justafteroradjacenttotheHTpanel.
LTPanelshallremainatasufficientdistancefromtheTransformerbutnottoofarawayfromtheTransformer.On
theotherhand,thelocationoftheLTpanelshouldsuchthattherisermaincablecanhavetheirwayupwardor
outwardwithinveryshortdistance.
Inallocatingtheareaswithinasubstation,itistobenotedthattheflowofelectricpowerisfromsupplycompany
networktoHTroom,thentotransformerandfinallytothelowvoltageswitchgearroom.Thelayoutoftherooms
shallbeinaccordancewiththisflow.
All the rooms shall have significant ventilation. Special care should be taken to ventilate the transformer rooms
andwherenecessarylouvresatlowerlevelandexhaustfansathigherlevelshallbeprovidedatsuitablelocations
Part8
BuildingServices
848 Vol.3
insuchawaythatcrossventilationismaintained.Ceilingfansmustbeprovidedsothatthetransformergetsair
supplyfromtheceilingfans.
1.3.24 StandbyPowerSupply
1.3.24.1 ProvisionforStandbyPowerSupply
Provision should be made for standby power supply, in buildings, where interruption of electrical power supply
wouldcausesignificantdiscomfort,resultininterruptionofactivities,majorproductionloss,causehazardtolife
andpropertyandcausepanic.TheStandbyPowerSupplymaybeaPetrolEngineorDieselEngineorGasEngine
GeneratororanIPSoraUPS.
1.3.24.2 CapacityofaStandbyGeneratingSet
The capacity of standby generating set shall be chosen on the basis of essential light load, essential air
conditioning load, essential equipment load andessential services load, essential lift(s),one or all water pumps
and other loads required as essential load. Table 8.1.25 shows minimum generator room area requirements for
differentsizesofgenerators.
1.3.24.3 TheGeneratorRoom
The generating set should preferably be housed in the substation building or should be placed adjacent to the
substationroomtoenabletransferofelectricalload(Changeover)withnegligiblevoltagedropaswellastoavoid
transfer of vibration and noise to the main building. The generator room should have significant amount of
ventilationandfittedwithanumberofceilingfans.Appropriatetypeandnumberoffirefightingequipmentmust
be installed inside the generator room. The generator engine exhaust should be appropriately taken out of the
buildingandshouldpreferablybetakenoutthroughanyothersideexceptSouth.ThegeneratorOiltankshould
be place away from the control panel side. In case of gas engine generator extra precaution must be taken
regardingventilation,leakagetopreventexplosion.
1.3.24.4 ChangeoverSwitchofaStandbyGenerator
Astandbygenerator,ifneeded,istobeconnectedatthesupplyinputpointaftertheEnergymeterandafterthe
Main Incoming Switch or the Main Incoming Circuit Breaker, but through a Changeover Switch of appropriate
rating.Theratingofsuchaswitchshallbeatleast1.25timestheratingoftheMainIncomingCircuitBreaker.The
ChangeoverSwitchshallbeofsuchatypesothatwhenmovedtothemainsposition,thereisnochancethatthe
generatorwillbeconnectedandviceversa.
The Changeover Switch may be manual type with knife switch type switching or may be automatic type with
magneticcontactors.InboththecasestheChangeoverSwitchshallbeproperlymadesothatthereisnochance
oflooseconnectionorspark.
Thewiringforthispurposeshallbemadefollowingthestandardpracticesmentionedundertheheadingofwiring
usingcablesofappropriatesize.
Table8.1.25AreaRequirementsforStandbyGeneratorRoom
Capacity
(kW)
Area
(m
2
)
1x25 20
1x48 24
1x100 30
1x150 36
1x300 48
1x500 56
1.3.24.5 InstallationofanIPSoraUPS
ForsafetypurposesizeofaUPSshouldbekeptassmallaspossible.
For the installation of a 200 600 VA IPS a 5A circuit must be made with the light points and fan points of
differentroomstobebroughtunderthecontroloftheIPS.Thiscircuitmusthave3AFuseprotectionusingfuse
cutout box. Wiring and connectionhasto be made followingthe wiringrules given in the wiringsections of this
document.Cablesofappropriatesizemustbeusedforwiring.
For the installation of a 600 700 VA IPS a 5A circuit must be made with the light points and fan points of
differentroomstobebroughtunderthecontroloftheIPS.Thiscircuitmusthave5AFuseprotectionor5Acircuit
breakerprotection.Wiringandconnectionhastobemadefollowingthewiringrulesgiveninthewiringsections
ofthisdocument.Cablesofappropriatesizemustbeusedforwiring.
FortheinstallationofaIPSofhighercapacity,aBDBwithmultipleoutgoingcircuitseachnotexceeding5Ashall
be used with cutout fuse protection at both incoming and outgoing sides. Cables of appropriate size must be
usedforwiringofeachcircuit.
Batterymaintenance(checkingwaterlevel,temperatureriseandtheconditionoftheterminals)shouldbedone
atleastevery15days.ConnectionoftheBatteryterminalsshouldbemadeproperlyandcheckedperiodicallyfor
loose connection and deposition of sulphate. Battery of an IPS must be kept in a safe place so that short circuit
betweenthebatteryterminalsdoesnotoccur.InflammablematerialsmustnotbekeptinthevicinityoftheIPSor
battery.
SafetyissuemustbetakenintoconsiderationinplacinganIPSinaroom.
SamepointsapplyfortheinstallationofanUPS.
1.3.24.6 InstallationofaSolarPhotovoltaicSystemontopofaBuilding
Buildingshould be provided with solar photovoltaic system. For installation Solar Photovoltaic system necessary
precautionneedtobetaken.Separatewiringandprotectionsystemmayalsobeensured.
Installationofsolarwaterheatersonthe rooftopsoftheresidentialandcommercialbuildings:Thebuildingsor
apartmentswherehotwaterwillberequiredandforthatpurposeinstallationofgeezersorelectrickettlesshould
be considered and use of solar water heaters instead of electric and gas water heaters should be made
mandatory.Flatplateheatcollectorsorvacuumtubesolarwaterheatersofvariouscapacitiesareavailableinthe
market.Thesedevicesarerelativelycheapanenvironmentfriendly.
TheintegralpartsofaconventionalSolarPhotovoltaicSystemare
a) SolarPhotovoltaicPanel(s)
b) BatteryChargeController
c) Inverter
d) CablesbetweentheSolarPhotovoltaicPanel(s)andtheBatteryChargeController
e) CablesbetweentheBatteryandtheBatteryChargeController
f) CablesbetweentheInverterandtheDistributionBoard(DB/SDB/BDB)
g) Othercablesandaccessories.
FortheinstallationofaSolarPhotovoltaicSystemofhighercapacity,aDBwithmultipleoutgoingcircuitseachnot
exceeding 5A shall be used with cutout fuse protection at both incoming and outgoing side. Copper Cables of
appropriatesizemustbeusedforwiringofeachcircuit.
Batterymaintenance(checkingwaterlevel,temperatureriseandtheconditionoftheterminals)shouldbedone
atleastevery15days.ConnectionoftheBatteryterminalsshouldbemadeproperlyandcheckedperiodicallyfor
looseconnectionanddepositionofSulphate.
Batteries of a Solar Photovoltaic System must be kept in a safe place so that short circuit between the battery
terminals does not occur. Inflammable materials must not be kept in the vicinity of the IPS or battery. In most
cases for roof top Solar Panels, the battery room shall be placed inside a roof top room with adequate natural
ventilation and forced cooling using ceiling fans. Because of the roof top location of the Solar panels, the room
temperatureisexpectedtobehigher.
SafetyissuemustbetakenintoconsiderationinplacingthebatteriesofaSolarPhotovoltaicSystem.
Foraresidentialflatsystembuilding,oneortwocircuitsforeachflatshallcomefromtheDBofthePhotoVoltaic
Source at roof top to each flat depending on the requirement. Connection to load in each flat will be done
throughachangeoverswitchforeachcircuit.
ForaCommercial/OfficeBuilding,oneortwocircuitsforeachoffice/OfficeareashallcomefromtheDBofthe
PhotoVoltaicSourceatrooftoptoeach flatdependingontherequirement.Connection toloadineachflat will
bedonethroughachangeoverswitchforeachcircuit.
Part8
BuildingServices
850 Vol.3
Conduitbasedrisersystemmustcarefullybeinstalled,separatelyforthissystemonly,duringtheconstructionof
thebuildingtobringdownthecablesfromtherooftopDBroomuptoeachflat/office/officearea.Specialcare
must be taken during installation so that rain water can under no circumstances get into the conduit and cable
system.
1.3.24.7 InstallationofaSolarPhotovoltaicSystemontheexteriorGlassofaBuildinghavingLargeGlassarea
Facade
For semitransparent solar panels mounted on exterior glass of multistoried building similar process and
precautionsmentionedabovemustbefollowed.
1.3.25 ElectricalDistributionSystem
1.3.25.1 Design,selectionandChoiceofthetypeofConnection
a) In the planning and design of an electrical wiring installation, due consideration shall be given to
prevailing conditions. Advice of a knowledgeable and experienced electrical design engineer must be
sought from the initial stage up to the completion of the installation with a view tohave an installation
thatwillproveadequateforitsintendedpurpose,andwhichwillbesafeandwillbeefficient.
b) All electrical apparatus shall be suitable for the voltage and frequency of supply of this country
mentionedearlier.
c) The number and types of connection required e.g., singlephase twowire AC or threephase fourwire
AC shall be assessed, both for the supply source and for the internal circuits needed within the
installation.
d) Thefollowingcharacteristicsofthesupplyshallbeascertained:
i. nominalvoltage(s),
ii. currentandfrequency,
iii. prospectiveshortcircuitcurrentattheoriginoftheinstallation,
iv. typeandratingoftheovercurrentprotectivedeviceactingattheoriginoftheinstallation,
v. suitabilityfortherequirementsoftheinstallation,includingthemaximumdemand,
vi. expectedmaximumvalueoftheearthloopimpedanceofthatpartofthesystemexternaltothe
installation.
e) Incaseofconnectedloadsof50KWandabove,HT11KVthreephasesupplylinewithsubstationmustbe
installed because of the requirement of the distribution companies although the use of HT supply will
involve higher expenses due to installation of a distribution transformer, HT Metering Panel, HT Panel
andLTPanelattheconsumer'spremises.
Inthisrespect,therulesoftheelectricaldistributionauthoritieswillbetheultimatedecidingfactor.
1.3.25.2 EquipmentandAccessories
a) HighVoltageSwitchgear
Theselectionofthetypeofhighvoltageswitchgearforanyinstallationshouldconsiderthefollowing:
i. voltageofthesupplysystem,
ii. theprospectiveshortcircuitcurrentatthepointofsupply,
iii. thesizeandlayoutofelectricalinstallation,
iv. thesubstationroomavailable,and
v. thetypesmachineriesoftheindustry(ifapplicable).
b) GuidelinesonVariousTypesofSwitchgearInstallation
i. Banks of switchgears shall be segregated from each other by means of fire resistant barriers in
ordertopreventtheriskofdamagebyfireorexplosionarisingfromswitchfailure.Whereabus
sectionswitchisinstalled,itshallalsobesegregatedfromadjoiningbanksinthesameway.
ii. In the case of duplicate or ring main supply, switches with interlocking arrangement shall be
providedtopreventsimultaneousswitchingoftwodifferentsupplysources.
c) LowVoltageSwitchgear
i. Switchgearandfusegearmusthaveadequatebreakingcapacityinrelationtothecapacityofthe
transformers.
ii. Isolation and protection of outgoing circuits forming the main distribution system may be
effected by means of circuit breakers, or fuses or switch fuse units mounted on the main
switchboard. The choice between alternative types of equipment will take the following points
intoconsideration:
iii. Incertaininstallationssuppliedwithelectricpowerfromremotetransformersubstations,itmay
be necessary to protect main circuits with circuit breakers operated by earth leakage trips, in
ordertoensureeffectiveearthfaultprotection.
iv. Wherelargeelectricmotors,furnacesorotherheavyelectricalequipmentareinstalled,themain
circuits shall be protected by metal clad circuit breakers or conductors fitted with suitable
instantaneous and time delay overcurrent devices together with earth leakage and backup
protectionwherenecessary.
v. In installations other than those mentioned above or where overloading of circuits may be
considered unlikely, HRC type fuses will normally afford adequate protection for main circuits
separatelyasrequired;thefusesshallbemountedinswitchfuseunitsorwithswitchesforming
partofthemainswitchboards.
vi. Whereitisnecessarytoprovidesuitableconnectionforpowerfactorimprovementcapacitorsat
the substation bus, suitable capacitors shall be selected in consultation with the capacitor and
switchgear manufacturer and necessary switchgear/feeder circuit breaker shall be provided for
controllingthecapacitorbank(s).
1.3.26 Transformers
a) WheretwoormoretransformersaretobeinstalledinasubstationtosupplyanLTdistributionsystem,
thedistributionsystem shall be dividedinto separatesections eachof which shall normally be fed from
onetransformeronlyunlesstheLTswitchgearhastherequisiteshortcircuitcapacity.
b) Provisionmay,however,bemadetointerconnectBusbarsectionsthroughbuscouplerstocaterforthe
failure or disconnection of one transformer which need to be executed with much care using locking
system.
c) The transformers, which at any time operate in parallel, shall be so selected as to share the load in
proportion to their respective ratings. Appropriate protection must be provided and appropriate
arrangementsneedtobemade.
d) Whenastepuptransformerisused,alinkedswitchshallbeprovidedfordisconnectingthetransformer
fromallpolesofthesupply,includingtheneutralconductor.
1.3.27 PrecautionsregardingRotatingMachines
a) All equipment including cables, of every circuit carrying the starting, accelerating and load currents of
motors,shallbesuitableforacurrentatleastequaltothefullloadcurrentratingofthemotor.Whenthe
motorisintendedforintermittentdutyandfrequentstoppingandstarting,accountshallbetakenofany
cumulativeeffectsofthestartingperiodsuponthetemperatureriseoftheequipmentofthecircuit.
b) The rating of circuits supplying the rotors of slip ring or commutator of a motor or an induction motor
shallbesuitableforboththestartingandloadedconditions.
c) Every electric motor having a rating exceeding 0.376 kW shall be provided with control equipment
incorporatingmeansofprotectionagainstovercurrent.
d) Everymotorshallbeprovidedwithmeanstopreventautomaticrestartingafterastoppageduetodrop
involtageorfailure.Thisrequirementdoesnotapplytoanyspecialcaseswherethefailureofthemotor
to start after a brief interruption of the supply would be likely to cause greater danger. It alsodoes not
preclude arrangements for starting a motor at intervals by an automatic control device, where other
adequateprecautionsaretakenagainstdangerfromunexpectedrestarting.
Part8
BuildingServices
852 Vol.3
1.3.28 LTEnergyMeters
LTEnergymetersshallbeinstalledinresidentialbuildingsatsuchaplacewhichisreadilyaccessibletotheowner
ofthebuildingandtheAuthority.InstallationofDigitalEnergyMetersattheuserspremisesisarequirementof
thedistributionCompanies.
LTEnergymetersshouldbeinstalledataheightwhereitisconvenienttonotethemeterreadingbutshouldnot
beinstalledatalevellessthan1.5meterabovetheground.
Theenergymetersshouldeitherbeprovidedwithaprotectivecovering,enclosingitcompletelyexcepttheglass
windowthroughwhichthereadingsarenoted,orshallbemountedinsideacompletelyenclosedpanelprovided
with hinged or sliding doors with arrangement for locking. Earthing terminal must be provided if a metal box is
used.SuchanearthingterminalmustbeconnectedtotheECC.
1.3.29 LayingofLTundergroundCables
PVCPVCNYYundergroundLTcablesshallbelaidusingoneofthethreemethods.
In the first method, brick wall prepared 915mm deep trenches with cover plates shall be used for placing the
cablesatthebottomofthetrench.
Inthesecondmethod,915mmdeeptrenchespreparedbygroundexcavation(undergrounddirectburialmethod)
shall be used for placing the cables on top of a 75mm sand layer. . In this second method (underground direct
burialmethod),twolayersofbrickontop,markingtapeandthenbackfillingthetrenchwillhavetobedone.The
depthofthetrenchingeneralshallbe915mm.
Inthethirdmethod,prelaidPVCpipeshavingsufficientclearancecomparedtothecablesize(s)mayberequired
at places. The PVC pipes must be laid in trenches of the 915mm depth. For prelaid PVC pipe ducts, Brick wall
made underground inspection pits will be required at an interval of at least 9.15 meter for cable pulling and
futureextensionsoralterations.
1.3.30 LayingofHTundergroundCables
TheHTundergroundarmouredcablesshallbelaidusingoneofthethreemethods.
Inthefirstmethod(i)brickwallprepared915mmdeeptrencheswithcoverplatesshallbeusedforplacingthe
cablesatthebottomofthetrench.
Inthesecondmethod,915mmdeeptrenchespreparedbygroundexcavation(undergrounddirectburialmethod)
shall be used for placing the cables on top of a 75mm sand layer. . In this second method (underground direct
burialmethod),twolayersofbrickontop,markingtapeandthenbackfillingthetrenchwillhavetobedone.The
depthofthetrenchingeneralshallbe915mm.
Inthethirdmethod,prelaidPVCpipeshavingsufficientclearancecomparedtothecablesize(s)mayberequired
atplaces.ThePVCpipesmustbelaidintrenchesofthe915mmdepth.
ForprelaidPVCpipeducts,Brickwallmadeundergroundinspectionpitswillberequiredatanintervalofatleast
9.15meterforcablepullingandfutureextensionsoralterations.
PVCpipehavingsufficientclearancemaybeusedforbringingthecableuptothetrenchoftheMeteringPanelor
HTpanel.
ThePVCpipesmusthave18SWGGIpullwiresplacedduringlayingofthepipesforpullingthecableslater.
Differentwaysofinstallationofcables
MethodsofinstallationofcablesandconductorsincommonusearespecifiedinTable8.1.26.
Table8.1.26DifferentwaysofInstallationofCablesandConductorsinCommonUse
Type Description Example
A Cablesenclosedinconduit
Singlecore
Multicore
B Cablesenclosedintrunking
Single-core Multi-core
C Cablesenclosedinunderground
conduit,ducts,andcableducting.
Single-core

Multi-core

D Twoormoresinglecorecables
containedinseparateboresofamulti
coreconduitandintendedtobesolidly
embeddedinconcreteorplasteror
generallyincorporatedinthebuilding
structure.
E Sheathedcablesclippeddirecttoa
nonmetallicsurface.
Single-core
Multi-core

F Sheathedcablesonacabletray.
Single-core

Multi-core

G Sheathedcablesembeddeddirectin
plaster.
Single-core Multi-core

H Sheathedcablessuspendedfromor
incorporatingacatenarywire.
Multi-core
Part8
BuildingServices
854 Vol.3
J Sheathedcablesinfreeair.
Single-core
20 mm min.
s
s
Multi-core
20 mm min.
Vertical surface of a wall
or open cable trench
Forcablesinwhichtheconductorcrosssectionalareadoesnotexceed
185mm
2
,Sisequaltotwicetheoveralldiameterofthecable.For
cablesinwhichtheconductorcrosssectionalareaexceeds185m
2
,Sis
about90mm.Fortwocablesinhorizontalformationonbracketsfixed
toawall,Smayhaveanylesservalue.
K Singleandmulticorecablesin
enclosedtrench450mmwideby600
mmdeep(minimumdimensions)
including100mmcover.
Twosinglecorecableswith
surfacesseparatedbyadistance
equaltoonediameter;three
singlecorecablesintrefoiland
touchingthroughout.Multicore
cablesorgroupsofsinglecore
cablesseparatedbyaminimum
distanceof50mm.
L Singleandmulticorecablesin
Singlecorecablesarrangedinflat
groupsoftwoorthreeonthe
verticaltrenchwallwithsurfaces
separatedbyadistanceequalto
onediameterwithaminimum
separationof50mmbetween
groups.Multicorecables
installedsinglyseparatedbya
minimum*distanceof75mm.All
cablesspacedatleast25mmfrom
thetrenchwall.
M Singleandmulticorecablesin
Singlecorecablesarrangedin
groupsoftwoorthreeinflat
formationwiththesurfaces
separatedbyadistanceequalto
onediameterorintrefoil
formationwithcablestouching.
Groupsseparatedbya
minimum*distanceof50mm
eitherhorizontallyorvertically.
Multicorecablesinstalledsingly
separatedbyaminimum*
distanceof75mmeither
horizontallyorvertically.Allcables
spacedatleast25mmfromthe
trenchwall.
*Largerspacingtobeusedwherepracticable.
1.3.31 MainSwitchandSwitchboards
1.3.31.1 MetalCladEnclosedType
Allmainswitchesshallbeeithermetalcladenclosedtypeorofanyotherinsulatedenclosedtypeandthecircuit
breakersshallbefixedatcloseproximity.
1.3.31.2 CircuitBreakersonEachLiveConductor
Thereshallbecircuitbreakersorminiaturecircuitbreakersorloadbreakswitchfusesoneachliveconductorof
thesupplymainsatthepointofentry.Thewiringthroughouttheinstallationshallbesuchthatthereisnobreak
intheneutralwireintheformofaswitchorfuseunitorotherwise.
1.3.31.3 Location
a) Thelocationofthemainboardshallbesuchthatitiseasilyaccessibleforfiremenandotherpersonnelto
quicklydisconnectthesupplyincaseofemergencies.
b) Main switchboards shall be installed in boxes or cupboards so as to safeguard against operation by
unauthorizedpersonnel.
c) Opentypeswitchboardsshallbeplacedonlyindrylocationsandinventilatedroomsandtheyshallnot
beplacedinthevicinityofstoragebatteriesorexposedtochemicalfumes.
d) In damp situation or where inflammable or explosive dust, vapour or gas is likely to be present, the
switchboard shall be totally enclosed or made flame proof as may be necessitated by the particular
circumstances.
e) Switchboards shall not be erected above gas stoves or sinks, or within 2.5 m of any washing unit in the
washingroomsorlaundries.
f) In case of switchboards being unavoidable in places likely to be exposed to weather, to drip, or in
abnormallymoistatmosphere,theoutercasingshallbeweatherproofandshallbeprovidedwithglands
orbushingsoradaptedtoreceivescrewedconduit.
g) Adequate illumination shall be provided for all working spaces about the switchboards, when installed
indoors.
1.3.32 MountingofMetalcladswitchgear
AMetalcladswitchgearshallbemountedonhingedtypemetalboardsorfixedtypemetalboards.
Part8
BuildingServices
856 Vol.3
a) Hingedtypemetalboardsshallconsistofaboxmadeofsheetmetalnotlessthan2mmthickandshall
beprovidedwithahingedcovertoenabletheboardtoswingopenforexaminationofthewiringatthe
back.Thejointsshallbewelded.Theboardshallbesecurelyfixedtothewallbymeansofragboltplugs,
orwoodenplugsandshallbeprovidedwithlockingarrangementandanearthingstud.Allwirespassing
throughthemetalboardshallbeprotectedbyarubberorwoodenbushattheentryhole.Theearthstud
shouldbecommensuratewiththesizeoftheearthlead(s).
b) Fixed type metal boards shall consist of an angle or channel steel frame fixed on the wall at the top, if
necessary.
c) Thereshallbeaclearanceofonemeteratthefrontoftheswitchboards.
1.3.33 WoodenBoardsasmainboardsorsubboardscontainingfusedcutoutsandmain
switches
UseofWoodenBoardisdiscouragedbecauseofthefearofbreakoutoffirefromasparkorfromanoverheated
cable.
However, for small installations, not exceeding 15A SP, connected to a singlephase 230 volts supply, wooden
boards may be used as main boards or subboards containing fused cutouts and main switches of appropriate
ratingsmaybeused.
Suchaboardshallbemadeusingseasonedteakorotherapprovedqualitytimber.
1.3.34 LocationofDistributionBoards
The distribution fuse boards shall be located as near as possible to the centre of the load they are intended to
control.
a) They shall be fixed on suitable stanchion or wall and shall be accessible for replacement of fuses, and
shallnotbemorethan2mfromfloorlevel.
b) Theyshallbeeithermetalcladtype,orallinsulatedtype.Butifexposedtoweatherordampsituations,
theyshallbeoftheweatherprooftypeandifinstalledwhereexposedtoexplosivedust,vapourorgas,
they shall be of flame proof type. In corrosive atmospheres, they shall be treated with anticorrosive
preservativeorcoveredwithsuitableplasticcompounds.
c) Wheretwoormoredistributionfuseboardsfeedinglowvoltagecircuitsarefedfromasupplyofmedium
voltage,thesedistributionboardsshallbe:
i. fixednotlessthan2mapart,or
ii. arranged so that itis notpossible to open two at a time,namely, they are interlocked, and the
metal case is marked "Danger 415 Volts" and identified with proper phase marking and danger
marks,or
iii. installedinroomsorenclosuresaccessibletoauthorizedpersonsonly.
d) All distribution boards shall be marked "Lighting" or "Power", as the case may be, and also be marked
with the voltage and number of phases of the supply. Each shall be provided with a circuit list giving
diagramofeachcircuitwhichitcontrolsandthecurrentratingforthecircuitandsizeoffuseelement.
1.3.35 OvercurrentandShortCircuitProtectionofCircuits
1.3.35.1 Appropriate protection shall be provided at the distribution boards for all circuits and subcircuits
against short circuit and overcurrent. The installed protective devices shall be capable of interrupting
anyshortcircuitcurrentthatmayoccur,withoutcausinganydanger.Theratingsandsettingsoffuses
and the protective devices shall be coordinated so as to obtain absolute certain discrimination of the
faultyareaonlyduringafault.
1.3.35.2 Where circuit breakers are used for protection of main circuit and the subcircuits, discrimination in
operation shall be achieved by adjusting the protective devices of the submain circuit breakers to
operateatlowercurrentsettingsandshortertimelagthanthemaincircuitbreaker.
1.3.35.3 Afusecarriershallnotbefittedwithafuseelementlargerthanthatforwhichthecarrierisdesigned.
1.3.35.4 The current rating of fuses shall not exceed the current rating of the smallest cable in the circuit
protectedbythefuse.
1.3.36 Firealarmandemergencylightingcircuits
Fire alarm and emergency lighting circuits shall be segregated from all other cables and from each other in
accordance with BS 5839 and BS 5266. Telecommunication circuits shall be segregated in accordance with BS
6701asappropriate.
1.3.37 Earthing
1.3.37.1 General
Theobjectofanearthingsystemistoprovideasystemofconductors,asnearlyaspossibleatauniformandzero,
orearth,potential.Thepurposeofthisistoensurethat,ingeneral,allpartsofequipmentandinstallationother
than live parts shall be at earth potential, thus ensuring that persons coming in contact with these parts shall
alsobeatearthpotentialatalltimes.
1.3.37.2 EarthingusedinElectricalInstallationforBuildings
The usual method of earthing is to join the exposed metal work to earth via a system of Earth Continuity
Conductors(ECC)connectedtoanEarthElectrodeburiedinthegroundthroughasystemofEarthLeadWires.In
conjunctionwithafuse,orothersimilardevice,thisthenformsaprotectivesystem.
Thus, if a live conductor accidentally comes into contact with an exposed metal, the fuse or protective device
operates.Aslongastheoverallresistanceoftheprotectivesystemislow,alargefaultcurrentflowswhichblows
the fuse. This cuts off the supply and isolates the faulty circuit, preventing risk of shock, fire, or damage to
equipment/installation.
InElectricalInstallationforBuildinngs,followingtypesofearthingarerequiredtobeinstalled.
L.T.Circuit/SystemEarthing,
EquipmentEarthing(LTside),
SubstationNeutralEarthing,
SubstationLTSystemEarthing,
H.T.CircuitearthingforaSubtation
1.3.37.2.1 ThepurposeofL.T.Circuit/SystemEarthingistolimitexcessivevoltagefromlinesurges,from
crossovers with higher voltage lines, or from lightning, and to keep noncurrent carrying
enclosuresandequipmentatzeropotentialwithrespecttoearth.
Earthingthesystemhelpsfacilitatetheopeningofovercurrentprotectiondevicesincaseofearth
faults. Earthing associated with current carrying conductors is normally essential for the
protection and safety of the system and is generally known as circuit/ system earthing, while
earthing of noncurrent carrying metal work and conductor is essential for the safetyof human
life,animals,andpropertyanditisgenerallyknownasequipmentearthing.
Part8
BuildingServices
858 Vol.3
1.3.37.2.2 Theearthingarrangementsshallbesuchthat:
The value of resistance from the consumer's main earthing terminal to the earthed point of the
supply, or to earth, is in accordance with the protective and functional requirements of the
installation,andexpectedtobecontinuouslyeffective,
1.3.37.2.3 Tarth fault currents and earth leakage currents likely to occur are carried without danger,
particularly from the point of view of thermal, thermomechanical and electromechanical
stresses.
1.3.37.2.4 Where a number of installations have separate earthing arrangements, protective conductors
running between any two of the separate installations shall either be capable of carrying the
maximum fault current likely to flow through them, or be earthed within one installation only
andinsulatedfromtheearthingarrangementsofanyotherinstallation.
1.3.37.3 IntegralpartsofanEarthingSystem
TheintegralpartsofanEarthingSystemare:
a) EarthElectrode(s)buriedundertheground
b) EarthLeadCables/WiresconnectingtheEarthElectrode(s)withtheEarthingBusbarSystem.EarthLead
Cables/ Wires are also need to interconnect the Earth Electrodes when there are more than one Earth
Electrode.
c) Earth Continuity Conductors (ECC) for linking Earthing Busbar at the Substation LT panel or main
distributionDBofabuilding.
d) EarthElectrodeClamp.
Connectionsof(i)EarthContinuityConductors(ECC),(ii)EarthLeadCables/Wiresand(iii)EarthElectrode(s)must
be made in appropriate and long lasting manner because poor connection or loss of connection will render the
earthingsystemineffective.
1.3.37.3.1 EarthContinuityConductors(ECC)
ECCrunsalongthecircuits/subcircuits,socketcircuits,interlinkingcircuitsbetweenaBDBandaSDB,betweena
SDB and a DB, between a DB and a FDB,between a FDB and a MDB, between a MDB and the LTPanel Earthing
BusbaroftheSubstation.AteachpointanECCshallbeterminatedinacopperearthingbusbar.Inmetalswitch
boards back boaxes and in metal socket back boxes appropriate copper or brass bolt nut termination shall be
provided.
ECCofanearthingsystemjoinsorbondstogetherallthemetalpartsofaninstallation.
PVCinsulatedwiringcoppercablesofappropriatesizehavingGreen+Yellowbicolourinsulationshallbeusedas
ECC.
The minimum size of the ECC shall be 4.0mm
2
PVC insulated wiring copper cables of appropriate size having
Green+Yellowbicolourinsulation.
1.3.37.3.2 EarthLeadCable/Wire
EarthLeadCable/WirerunsbetweenanEarthElectrodeandtheEarthingBusbaroftheMDB/DBorbetweenan
EarthElectrodeandtheLTPanelEarthingBusbaroftheSubstation.
Oftenmore thanone Earth Electrodesare needed.In such a caseduplicate EarthLeadCables/ Wires fromeach
Earth Electrode must be brought to the MDB /DB or to the LT Panel Earthing Busbar of the Substation and
properlyterminated.Inaddition,inthecaseofmultipleEarthElectrodes,theEarthElectrodesmustbeinterlinked
byadditionalEarthLeadCables/Wires.
PVCinsulatedwiringcoppercablesofappropriatesizehavingGreen+Yellowbicolourinsulationshallbeusedas
EarthLeadWire.AtbothendsoftheEarthLeadCable/Wire,coppercablelugsmustbefittedusingcrimptoolsor
hydraulicpress.
The minimum size of the Earth Lead Wire shall be 2 numbers of 1.5mm2 PVC insulated wiring copper cables of
appropriatesizehavingGreen+Yellowbicolourinsulation.
Theendsoftheearthleadwiresshallbeterminatedusingcrimptoolfittedcablelugsforfittingonthebusbaror
withtheEarthElectrodeClamp.
a) An Earth Lead Cable/ Wire establishes connection between the main Earthing Bus Bar and the earth
electrode(s). The Earth Lead Wire shall be brought to one or more connecting points (Earthing Bus),
according to size of installation; the copper wire earthing leads shall run from there to the electrodes.
Usually more than one Earth Lead Wiresare needed for one Earth Electrode to make sure that this link
neverfails.
b) EarthLeadCable/Wiresshalloneofthefollowingtypes:
i. PVCinsulatedcable
ii. strandedcoppercableswithoutinsulation
iii. copperstrips(copperbars)
iv. PVCinsulatedcableispreferableinmostcases.
v. EarthLeadWiresshallrunthroughPVCpipefromtheEarthElectrodeuptotheEarthingBusbar
oftheMDB/DBorLTPanel.
c) Earth Lead Cables/ Wires shall run, at least, 2 in parallel (at least) down to the earth electrode so as to
increase the safety factor of the installation. The two cables shall be terminated in two seperate cable
lugs and bolts at both ends. Copper wire used as earthing lead must not be smaller than single core
stranded2x4mm
2
PVCinsulatedcables(i.e.2nos.ofsinglecore4mm
2
PVCinsulatedcablesinparallel).
DependingonthecurrentcapacityoftheMainincominglinethesizewillhavetoberaised.
EarthLeadCables/WiresshallbepulledfromtheEarthelectrodeuptotheterminatingEarthingBusbarthrough
PVCconduitsorGIpipesofappropriatedimension.
Table8.1.27MinimumCrosssectionalAreaofCopperECCsinRelationtotheAreaofAssociatedPhaseConductors
CrosssectionalAreaofPhase
Conductor(s)
(mm
2)
MinimumCrosssectionalAreaofthe
CorrespondingEarthConductor
(mm
2
)
Lessthan16
16orgreaterbutlessthan35
35orgreater
Sameascrosssectionalareaofphaseconductor
butnotlessthan4mm2
16mm2
Halfthecrosssectionalareaofphaseconductor
1.3.37.3.3 EarthElectrodesandtheirinstallation
TheEarthElectrodeshall,asfaraspracticable,penetrateintomoistsoil(whichwillremainmoistevenduringthe
dryseason)preferablybelowgroundwatertable.TheresistanceofanEarthingsystemaftermeasuredafterthe
installationofEarthelectrodes(individuallyorcombinedasasinglegroup)shallbearoundoneohm.
FollowingtypesofearthelectrodesaretobeusedforEarthingofElectricalInstallationsofaBuilding
CopperRods,
CopperPlates,
GalvanizedIron(GI)pipes.
EarthElectrodesandtheirsizesshallbeasfollows:
ACopperRodEarthElectrodeshallhaveaminimumdiameterof12.5mmofminimumlengthof3.33m.Multiple
Copper Rod Earth Electrodes may have to be installed to achieve an acceptable value of earthing resistance of
around1ohm.
ACopperPlateEarthelectrodeshallbe600mmx600mmx6mmminimum.Thecopperplateshallbeburiedat
least2mbelowthegroundlevel.MultipleCopperplateearthelectrodesmayhavetobeinstalledtoachievean
acceptablevalueofearthingresistanceofaround1ohm.
GIpipesforGIPipeEarthingshallhaveaminimumdiameterof38mmandofminimumlengthof6.5m.Multiple
GIpipesEarthElectrodemayhavetobeinstalledtoachieveanacceptablevalueofearthingresistanceofaround
1ohm.
Details of typical Copper Rod Earthing, Copper Plate Earthing, GI Pipe Earthing system are shown in Fig 1.1 and
1.2.
Part8
BuildingServices
860 Vol.3
ForinstallingaCopperRodEarthElectrode,a38mmGIpipeshallbedrivenbelowgrounduptoadepthof4mand
shallbewithdrawn.The12.5mmdiaCopperRodEarthElectrodeshallthenbeeasilydrivenintothatholeuptoa
depthof3mand0.33metershallbeleftforplacinginsidetheearthingpitdescribedbelow.
Forinstallinga600mmx600mmx6mmCopperplate2mbelowthegroundlevelearthexcavationwillhaveto
bedone.Theearthleadwireshallcomeviaanearthingpit.
ConsideringthepracticalsituationinthiscountryandGIPipeEarthElectrodesdrivenbytubewellsinkingmethod
are suggested. For this purpose 38 mm dia GI pipes are recommended for domestic buildings. For large plinth
areabuildingsandmultistoriedbuildings50mmdiaGIpipesarerecommended.
The length of GI pipe to be driven below the ground level depends on the earthing resistance which in turn
depends on the availability of water table during the dry season in this country. However, except the high land
andmountains,thisdepthvariesbetween12.19meterto24.38meter.
Multiple number of GI Pipe Earth Electrodes need to be used and connected in parallel in order to lower the
earthingresistancemeasuredwithanearthresistancemeasuringmeter.
Fig8.2.1and8.2.2
Fig.8.2.1PlateEarthing

Fig.8.2.2PipeEarthing
1.3.37.3.4 BrassClamps/TerminalsonEarthElectrodes(EarthElectrodeClamp)
ABrassClampmustbefittedontopofaGIPipeEarthElectrodetoterminatetheEarthleadwireandtomaintain
electricalcontactwith theearthelectrode.Thisisneededtoestablishlonglastingandfirmconnectionbetween
the Earth Electrode and Earth Lead Wire, which in turn means connection between the Earth Electrode and
EarthingBusbarofanLTPanelorMDB/DB.ThisisextremelyimportantpartforanEarthingSystemwhichneeds
craftsmanshipandextracare.TheBrassclampshallbemadeusingatleast9.5mmthickandatleast50mmwide
Part8
BuildingServices
862 Vol.3
Brass plate bent and shaped properly to fit tightly around the GI pipe earth electrode and shall have sufficient
length(atleast35mm)onbothsidesforfixingboltsandcablelugs.Thisclampshallhavetwohexagonalhead9.5
mmboltsononesideandtwohexagonalhead9.5mmboltsontheotherside.Sufficientspaceshouldbeavailable
forfixingthecablelugsoftheEarthLeadWires.AfterfittingthelugsoftheEarthLeadCablestheBrassclampand
theGIpipeheadshouldbecoatedwithtwocoatsofsyntheticenamelpaintontopofoneundercoatpaintlayer.
1.3.37.3.5 EarthingBusbars
ACopper EarthingBusbarmust be provided inside the LT Panel or MDB/DB of a building.The Earth Lead Wire
comingfromtheEarthElectrode(s)shallbeterminatedonthisbusbarusingcablelugs(cablelugsmustbefitted
usingcrimptoolsorhydraulicpress)andbrassboltsandnuts.
CopperEarthingBusbarmustalsobeprovidedinsidetheDBs,FDBs,SDBsandBDBs.HexagonalHeadbrassscrew,
nutsandwashersareneededforfixingtheECCandEarthLeadcableswiththisbusbar
1.3.37.3.6 EarthingPit
AnEarthingPitmustbeconstructedaroundthetopoftheEarthElectrode,belowthegroundlevelusing254mm
brick walls on a CC floor with a 152mm thick RCC slab cover on top having lifting hooks. The top of the Earth
electrode (in case of pipe earthing) shall remain 380mm above the top of the bottom CC floor of the pit. The
minimum inside dimension of the Earthing Pit shall be 610mm X 610mm X 610mm. The outside as well as the
inside of the walls of the pit and the floor of the pit shall be cement mortar plastered. The inside shall be net
cement finished. The top of the RCC slab pit cover shall remain 38mm above the ground level. The pit shall be
madeinsuchawaythatwatercannotgetintothepit.OneEarthingPitisneededforoneEarthElectrode.
1.3.38 LightningProtectionofBuildings
1.3.38.1 General
Whetherabuildingneedsprotectionagainstlightningdependsontheprobabilityofastrokeandacceptablerisk
levels.Assessmentoftheriskandofthemagnitudeoftheconsequencesneedtobemade.Asanaidtomakinga
judgement,asetofindicesisgiveninTable8.1.28belowforthevariousfactorsinvolved.
1.3.38.1.1 ImportanceofStructure
Thelightninghazardtohumanbeingswithinastructureorabuildingisaveryimportantfactorindecidinghow
fartogoinprovidinglightningprotection.Schools,hospitals,auditoriums,railwaystations,etc.,areplaceswhere
alarge number of people congregate and, therefore,would ingeneral bestructuresof greater importancethan
smallbuildingsandhouses.
1.3.38.1.2 TypeofConstruction
The type of construction of the structure has a large influence upon the extent of protection to be provided. A
steelframedbuildingtosomeextentisselfprotectingandmaynotgenerallyrequireadditionalprotection,while
brickbuildingsorbuildingswiththatchedroofrequiregreaterdegreeofprotection.
1.3.38.1.3 FireandLossduetoLightning
In addition to direct loss due to destruction of buildings by lightning, fire resulting from lightning, killing of
livestock, etc. there may be indirect losses which sometimes accompany the destruction of buildings and their
contents.Aninterruptiontobusinessortofarmingoperations,specially,atcertaintimesoftheyear,mayinvolve
lossesquitedistinctfrom,andinadditionto,thelossesarisingfromthedirectdestructionofproperty.Thereare
also cases where whole community depends for safety and comfort in some respect on the integrity of a single
structure, as for instance on the brick chimney of a water pumping plant. A lightning strike to it may have a
serious consequence due to disruption of sanitary facilities, drinking water, water for irrigation, fire protection,
etc. The contents of buildings should also be considered as to whether they are replaceable, explosive,
combustible, flammable vapour or explosive dust. These may present a hazard in a building that is otherwise
immunetolightning.Protectionmeasuresareextremelynecessaryforhouseswhereitemslikehayorcottonare
stored.
1.3.38.1.4 DegreeofIsolation
Therelativeexposureofaparticularbuildingwillbeanelementindeterminingwhethertheexpenseoflightning
protectioniswarranted.Incloselybuiltuptownsandcities,thehazardisnotasgreatasintheopencountry.
Table8.1.28IndexFiguresAssociatedwithLightningProtectionDesign
IndexA:UseofStructure Index
Housesandsimilarbuildings
2
Housesandsimilarbuildingswithoutsideaerial
4
Smallandmediumsizefactories,workshopsandlaboratories
6
Big industrial plants, telephone exchanges, office blocks, hotels,
blocksofflats
7
Places of assembly, for example, places of workshop, halls,
theatres, museums, exhibitions, department stores, post offices,
stations,airports,stadiums
8
Schools,hospitals,children'shomesandothersuchstructures
10
IndexB:TypeofConstruction
Steelframedencasedwithnonmetalroof
a
1
Reinforcedconcretewithnonmetalroof
2
Brick,plainconcrete,ormasonrywithnonmetalroof
4
Steelframedencasedorreinforcedconcretewithmetalroof
5
Timberformedorcladwithanyroofotherthanmetalorthatch
7
Anybuildingwithathatchedroof
10
a
A structure of exposed metal which is continuous down to
ground level is excluded from the table as it requires no lightning
protectionbeyondadequateearthingarrangements.
IndexC:ContentsorConsequentialEffects
Ordinarydomestic orofficebuilding, factories andworkshops not

containingvaluablematerials
2
Industrial and agricultural buildings with specially susceptible
b
contents
5
Powerstations,gasworks,telephoneexchanges,radiostations
6
Industrial key plants, ancient monuments, historic buildings,
museums,artgalleries
8
Schools,hospitals,children'sandotherhomes,placesofassembly
10
b
This means specially valuable plant or materials vulnerable to
fireortheresultsoffire.
IndexD:DegreeofIsolation
Structure located in a large area having structures or trees of
similarorgreaterheight,e.g.alargetownorforest
2
Structure located in an area with a few other structures or trees
ofsimilarheight
5
Structure completely isolated or exceeding at least twice the
heightofsurroundingstructuresortrees
10
Part8
BuildingServices
864 Vol.3
IndexE:TypeofTerrain
Flatterrainatanylevel
2
Hillyterrain
6
Mountainousterrain300mandabove
8
IndexF:HeightofStructure
Upto9m
2
915m
4
1518m
5
1824m
8
2430m
11
3038m
16
3846m
22
4653m
c
30
c
Structureshigherthan53mrequireprotectioninallcases
IndexG:LightningPrevalence
Numberofthunderstormdaysperyear:
Upto3
2
46
5
79
8
1012
11
1315
14
1618
17
1921
20
Over21
21
1.3.38.1.5 TypeofTerrain
In hilly or mountainous areas, buildings are more susceptible to damage due to lightning than buildings in the
plainsorflatterrain.Inhillyareas,abuildinguponhighgroundisusuallysubjecttogreaterhazardthanoneina
valleyorotherwiseshelteredarea.
1.3.38.1.6 HeightofStructure
Heightofthestructureisanimportantfactorforthepurposeoflightningprotection.Tallerstructuresaresubject
togreaterhazardsthansmallerstructuresand,therefore,lightningprotectionismoredesirablefortallstructures.
1.3.38.1.7 LightningPrevalence
The number of thunderstorm days in a year varies in different parts of a country. However, the severity of
lightning storms, as distinguished from their frequency of occurrence, is usually much greater in some locations
than others. Hence, the need for protection varies from place to place, although not necessarily in direct
proportiontothethunderstormfrequency.
1.3.38.2 RiskAssessment
"RiskIndex"isthesumoftheindicesforallthefactors,asgiveninTable8.1.28.Afewexamplesofcalculationof
RiskIndexaregiveninTable8.1.29,basedonamarginalRiskIndexof40.
1.3.38.3 IntegralpartsofaLightningProtectionSystem
A smallest complete lightning protection system shall consist of (i) an Air Spike or Air Terminal, (ii) a Down
Conductor, (iii) a Roof Conductor and (iv) an Earth Electrode. An Air Spike or Air Terminal is that part which is
intendedtointerceptlightningdischarges.Itconsistsofaverticalthickconductorofroundcrosssectionmounted
onthehighestpartofthebuildingtoprotecttherequiredarea.However,ingeneraltheremaybemorethanone
Air Spike or Air Terminal. In such a case roof conductors (made with copper strips or PVC insulated Annealed
Stranded copper cables) need to be used to interconnect the Air Spikes or Air Terminals. Usually, for each Air
Spike or Air Terminal there shall be one down conductor (made with copper strips or PVC insulated Annealed
Stranded copper cables) going down up to the Earth Electrode pit and connected to the Earth Electrode. In all
junctions, appropriate type of copper or brass junction plates or brass clamps must be used to ensure low
resistance,firmandlonglastingconnection.
(i)AirSpike/AirTerminal
AnAirSpikeorAirTerminalshallbemadewithcopperrodofminimum12mmdiameterwithtincoatingontop.
Theterminalshallhaveacopper/brassbaseplateformountingontopofroof,column,parapetwallusingrowel
bolts.Theminimumdimensionofsuchabaseplateshallbe152mmx152mmx13mm.Thelengthandwidthmay
needtobeincreaseddependingonthenumberofconnectionofthedownconductorsandtheroofconductors.
Such connections are to be made using hexagonal head brass bolts and nuts of 10mm diameter with brass
washers.
(ii)DownConductor
ADownConductorshallbemadewithcopperstriporStrandedPVCinsulatedannealedcoppercable.
(iii)RoofConductor
ARoofConductorshallbemadewithcopperstriporStrandedPVCinsulatedannealedcoppercable.Thisshallrun
along the periphery of the roof to link all air spikes and all down conductors installed on top of a building. The
joints shall be made usingclamps made of copper strips(of 1/8 inch minimum thickness)and appropriate brass
boltsandwashersof3/8inchminimumdiameter.
(iv)EarthElectrode
The Earth Electrode is exactly of the same type as the Earth Electrode of the Electrical Distribution (Electrical
Installation for Buildings) system described earlier in this document. Considering the practical situation in this
countryandPipeEarthElectrodesaresuggested.ForeachAirspikeoneEarthElectrodeisanidealsolution.
(iv)EarthInspectionBoxes
A 18 SWG GI sheet made Earth Inspection Box must be provided for each down conductor 1000mm above the
plinth level of the building (concealed inside the wall) which will contain a copper strip made clamp on the
insulation peeled down conductor to check the continuity of the Earth Lead Down Conductor and the Earth
ElectrodeandalsotomeasuretheEarthResistanceofthesystem.TheboxshallhaveaGIsheetmadecoverplate.
(v)EarthingPit
EarthingPitsshallbeprovidedasdescribedintheEarthingtopicabove.
1.3.38.3.1 NumberofLightningArrestorsRequiredandtheirInstallation
NumberofLightningProtectionAirSpikesinabuildingwilldependonthenatureoftherooftop,onthetotalarea
oftherooftop,ontheheightofthebuilding,heightoftheadjectbuildings,heightofthenearbytowersorother
similarstructures.However,asathumbrule,forevery80m2areaatleastoneairspikeshouldbechosenatthe
beginning.Duringplacementoftheairspikesthetotalnumbermayhavetobeincreasedoradjusted.
1.3.38.3.2 ProtectionZone
The zone of protection is the space within which an air spike provides protection by attracting the stroke to
itself. It has been found that a single vertical conductor attracts to itself strokes of average or above average
intensitywhichintheabsenceoftheconductorwouldhavestruckthegroundwithinacirclehavingitscentreat
Part8
BuildingServices
866 Vol.3
the conductor and a radius equal to twice the height of the conductor. For weaker than average discharges the
protected area becomes smaller. For practical design it is therefore assumed that statistically satisfactory
protectioncanbegiventoazoneconsistingofaconewithitsapexatthetopoftheverticalconductorandabase
radiusequaltotheheightoftheconductor.ThisisillustratedinFig8.2.3.
Fig.8.2.3ProtectedZoneforVerticalConductors
Fig.8.2.4ProtectedZoneforHorizontalConductors
1.3.38.3.3 Ahorizontalconductorcanberegardedasaseriesofapexescoalescedintoaline,andthezone
ofprotectionthusbecomesatentlikespace(Fig8.2.4).
Table8.1.29ExampleofCalculationofRiskIndex
Example
G
Total
Index
Figure
Recommen
dations
Small residential building in
a thickly populated locality
(heightlessthan10m)
21
35
No protection
needed, in
general
Office building in a locality

(height20m)
21
41
As the figure is
around 40, need
of protection will
dependuponthe
importance of
thebuilding
Hotel building (height 31m)

exceeding twice the height
ofsurroundingstructures
10
16
21
60
Protection
essential
Building of historical
importance completely
isolated (height exceeding
55m)
10
30
21
83
Protection
essential
Structure of high historical
importance (height
exceeding55m)
Protection
essential as the
height exceeds
53m
Structure, such as hydro

electric power stations,
sufficiently protected by
means of surrounding
structures, for example,
high vertical cliffs, high
metallic structures or earth
wire of transmission system
(height15m)
21
48
Protected by
surroundings
Part8
BuildingServices
868 Vol.3
1.3.38.3.4 Whenthereareseveralparallelhorizontalconductorsthearea betweenthemhasbeenfoundby
experiencetobebetterprotectedthanonewouldexpectfromtheaboveconsiderationsonly.The
recommended design criterion is that no part of the roof should be more than 9 m from the
nearesthorizontalconductorexceptthatanadditional0.3mmaybeaddedforeach0.3morpart
thereofbywhichtheparttobeprotectedisbelowthenearestconductor.
1.3.38.3.5 The earth termination is that part which discharges the current into the general mass of the
earth. In other words, it is one or more earth electrodes. Earth electrodes for lightning
protection are no different from earth electrodes for short circuit protection systems. The total
resistanceofanelectrodeforalightningprotectionsystemmustnotexceed2ohms.
1.3.38.3.6 The down conductor is the conductor which runs from the air termination to the earth
termination.Abuildingwithabaseareanotexceeding100m
2
shallbeprovidedwithonedown
conductor. For a larger building, there shall be one down conductor for the first 80 m2 plus a
furtheroneforevery100m
2
orpartthereofinexcessofthefirst80m
2
.Alternatively,foralarger
building one down conductor may be provided for every 30 m of perimeter. Ideally, every air
spikeshouldhaveadownconductorgoingdownuptotheearthelectrode.
1.3.38.3.7 The material used for lightning conductors must be copper. The criterion for design is to keep
theresistancefromairterminationtoearthelectrodetoanegligiblevalue.
1.3.38.3.8 Recommended dimensions for various components of lightning arrester are given in Table
8.1.30. Larger conductors should however be used if the system is unlikely to receive regular
inspectionandmaintenance.
Table8.1.30SizesoftheComponentsofLightningProtectionSystems
Components MinimumDimensions
AirTerminals
copperstrip
copperandphosphorbronzerods
PVCinsulatedstrandedannealedcoppercable(minimumsize)
12mmdia
20mmWx3mmT
12mmdia
19strandsof1.8mmdia
DownConductors
copperstrip
PVCinsulatedstrandedannealedcoppercable(minimumsize)
20mmx3mm
19strandsof1.8mmdia
EarthElectrode
Harddrawncopperrodsfordrivingintosoftground
Hard drawn or annealed copper rods for indirect driving or laying in
ground
Phosphorbronzeforhardground
Coppercladsteelforhardground
GIpipe
12mmdia
12mmdia
12mmdia
50mmdia
1.3.38.3.9
External metal on a building should be bonded to the lightning conductor with bonds at least as large as the
conductor.
1.3.38.3.10 When a lightning conductor carries a stroke to earth, it is temporarily raised to a potential
considerably above that of earth. There is, therefore, a risk that the discharge will flash over to
nearbymetalandcausedamagetotheinterveningstructure.Thiscanbepreventedbyeither(i)
providing sufficient clearance between conductor and other metal or (ii) by bonding these
together to ensure that there can be no potential difference between them. The necessary
clearanceisobtainedfrom:

D = 0. 3R +
H
15n
2.9.1
where,
D=clearanceinmetres
R=resistancetoearthinohms
H=heightofbuildinginmetres
n=numberofdownelectrodes
Since it is often impracticable to provide the necessary clearance, the alternative technique of bonding is
preferred.
1.3.38.3.11 SurgeArresterSelection
A surge arrester is a protective device for limiting surge voltages by discharging, or bypassing, surge current
throughit.Italsopreventscontinuedflowoffollowthroughcurrentwhileremainingcapableofrepeatingthese
functions. It isused to protect overheadlines, transformers and other electrical apparatusmostly in an outdoor
substationfromlightningvoltagestravelingthroughtheoverheadlines.
1.3.38.3.12 Horngaplightningarresters
Horngap lightning arresters are commonly used for low and medium voltage overhead lines. The rating of the
surge arrester shall be equal to or greater than the maximum continuous phase to ground power frequency
voltageavailableatthepointofapplication.
1.3.39 TelecommunicationsinBuildings
1.3.39.1 General
Placing concealed 2 pair indoor cables is needed to get (ii) telephone lines of the Wired Telphone Companies
insideroomsofabuildingand(ii)togetthePABXlinesofthebuilding/officesinthebuildingtotherespective
roomsunderthePABXs.Inadditiontothis,10pair/20pair/50pairtelephonecablesarerequiredtobebrought
intothePABXroom(s)ofthebuilding.Conduitsaretobeinstalledforbothofthesetwocategories.Fortheentry
of 10 pair/ 20 pair/ 50 pair cables, conduits through straight and easy path (in most cases, through one side of
theverticalelectricalduct)needtobebroughtin.
1.3.39.2 ConcealedTelecommunicationCableWiring
2 pair PVC insulated PVC sheathed annealed copper telecommunication cable shall be drawn through sufficient
number of prelaid 19mm / 25mm / 38mm PVC conduits to establish Telecommunication Network inside a
building.Aclearanceofatleast40%mustbemaintainedinsidethePVCconduits.Sufficientnumberof18SWGGI
sheetmadepullboxes(withPerspexsheet/ebonitesheetcoverplates)atallsuitableplacesmustbeplacedfor
theeaseofpullingthesecables.
2pairPVCinsulatedPVCsheathedannealedcoppertelecommunicationcableshallbeusedforwiringbetweena
TelephoneDP/PatchpanelandaTelecommunicationoutlet.Theextrapairshallremainforfuturemaintenance.
Theminimumsizeofthecopperwireofthiscableshallbe0.5mm.Thecoppershallbepreferablytinned.
1.3.39.3 SurfaceTelecommunicationCableWiring
Surface wiring should not be a choice during designing a building wiring. However, if the building is already
constructed or under compulsory conditions or for extension of an existing network one may go for surface
wiring.Thesame2pairPVCinsulatedPVCsheathedannealedcoppertelecommunicationcableshallbeusedfor
this purpose. Wiring shall be done either by using channels or by using PVC conduits following the power line
surfacewiringmethodsmentionsearlier.
1.3.39.4 TelecommunicationsOutlets
Wall mounted Telecommunication outlets shall contain RJ11 or RJ45 connectors / jacks (shuttered). For simple
telephone connection RJ11 shuttered jacks are sufficient. The outlet box shall have a backbox which may be
made of the same polymer material as the front panel or shall be made using18 SWG GI sheet or 18 SWG MS
sheetbutpaintedwithtwocoatsofsyntheticenamelpaint.
1.3.39.5 TelephoneDProom,PatchPanelRoomandDigitalPABXroom
Telephone DP room, Patch Panel Room and PABX room should be located near the vertical riser duct of the
buildingsothattheincoming50pairor100pairundergroundTelephonecablecanbeterminatedintheDP/MDF
Part8
BuildingServices
870 Vol.3
or Patch Panel for distribution among the Flats of a Multistoried Residential Building or among the offices of a
MultistoriedCommercial/Officebuilding.
If a Digital Telephone PABX is to be installed then this can be installed in the same room. A separate Earth
ElectrodewithearthleadwirewillberequiredforthePABX.
1.3.40 TelevisionAntennas/CableTelevisionsystem
In a multistoried residential / Office building, television antennas shall be placed at one suitably sited antenna
location on roof top and connect these to individual flats/ residences/ Offices in the same building by coaxial
cablesthroughconcealedconduits.
1.3.40.1 CableworkforTelevisionAntennas/CableTelevisionsystem
Vertical duct and easy entry to each flats/ offices must be provided as sharp bending of these cables is difficult
andharmfultothecables.Thesecablesmustnotbeplacedinthesameconduitwithpowercables.Adistanceof
atleast350mmmustbemaintainedifaportionrunsinparallelwiththepowercableconduits.
RF and Video cables shall be PVC sheathed Coaxial Cables shall be made with solid Copper centre conductor,
foamedpolytheneinsulatedandfurthersealedAlluminiumfoiltapedandCopperwirebraided.
1.3.40.2 TelevisionAntennaOutlets/CableTelevisionsystemoutlets
WallmountedTelevisioncoaxialcableoutletsshallcontainhighqualitycoaxialconnectors/jacks.Theoutletbox
shallhaveabackboxwhichmaybemadeofthesamepolymermaterialasthefrontpanelor18SWGGIsheetor
18SWGMSsheetmadebutpaintedwithtwocoatsofsyntheticenamelpaint.
1.3.41 DataCommunicationNetworkforLANandInternetServicesinsideaBuilding
Data Communication Network for LAN and Internet Services inside a Building may be installed using Cat 6
unshielded twisted pair (UTP) cables in a concealed manner following the concealed wiring power cables
installation procedure mentioned in the wiring methods section of this document. Each of the cables will be
terminatedatoneendatthe8P8C(RJ45)connectorbaseddatasocketoutletboardintherequiredroomsatthe
powersocketlevel.Ontheotherend,thecablewillbeterminatedinthepatchpanel.Fromthepatchpanelupto
the data socket outlet the cable shall be in one piece i.e., no joints will be allowed. As a result the concealed
conduit work needs to be done carefully to have a straight line path and without any bend in the roof slab.
Sufficientpullboxeswillberequiredintheroofslab.Pullboxwillalsobeneededclosetotheverticalbendnear
thebendandceilingatanydownwarddropoftheconduit.Theconduitsmusthave20SWGGIpullwiresduring
layingforpullingthecableslater.
Because of the nature of these cables more clearances are needed inside the PVC conduits compared to the
powercables.
If the conduits are running parallel to the power cables then there should be at least a distance of 410mm
betweenthesetwo.
RecentlyCat.7cablesareemergingasabetterchoiceinplaceofCat.6cables.
1.3.42 FireDetectionandAlarmSysteminsideaBuilding
ThemajorpartsofaFireDetectionandAlarmSysteminsideaBuildingmaybelistedas
a) AnumberofdifferenttypesofFireDetectors/detectiondeviceswiredinanumberofradialcircuits
b) ManualCallpoints
c) AcentralcontrolpanelforFireDetection
d) Anumberofalarmsounders/alarmdeviceswiredinanumberofradialcircuits
e) CablesforwiringtheFireDetectors/detectiondevices
f) Cablesforwiringthealarmsounders/alarmdevices
ControlPanel
The control panel will indicate in which detection circuit (zone) an alarm or fault condition has been generated
and will operate common or zonal sounders and auxiliary commands (for example door release or Fire Brigade
signaling).
Detectors
A number of types of Detectors (smoke detectors, heat detectors, ionisation smoke detectors, Optical beam
smokedetectors,Optoheatdetectors)Fortheinstallation
AlarmDevices
Alarmdevicesfallintotwotypes,audibleandvisual.Theaudibletypesaremostcommon,withavarietyoftypes
being available from bells to all kinds of different electronic sounders including those containing prerecorded
spokenmessages.Thechoiceofdeviceisdependentonlocalpreference,legalrequirementandtheneedtohave
atonedistinctfromallotherbuildingaudiblealarms.
SpeechalarmsorlinkstoPAsystemsovercomesomeofthecomplacentresponsestowarningtonesandcanbe
usedtogoodeffectwhencarryingoutregularfiretestsinbuildingswheretherearemanypeopleunfamiliarwith
the regular routines such as hotels. Finally visual alarms are to be used where the hard of hearing may be
occupyingabuildingorwheretheambientnoiseissuch(above90dBA)thataudiblewarningmaynotbeheard,
wherehearingprotectorsareinuseorwherethesounderlevelswouldneedtobesohighthattheymightimpair
thehearingofthebuildingoccupant.
AudibleandVisualAlarmDevices
The audible types are most common, with a variety of types being available from bells to all kinds of different
electronicsoundersincludingthosecontainingprerecordedspokenmessages.Thechoiceofdeviceisdependent
onlocalpreference,legalrequirementandtheneedtohaveatonedistinctfromallotherbuildingaudiblealarms.
Cablesforfiredetectors
BS58391:2002 introduced more onerous requirements for the types of cables used in fire detection and alarm
systems. Fireproof cables should now be used for all parts of the system and enhanced fire resistance cables
shouldbeusedwherethereisarequirementtoensurecableintegrityoveralongerperiodoftime.Forexample
whenconnectingtoalarmsoundersorwheretheconnectionbetweensubpanelsprovidesanypartofthealarm
signalpath.
Fire alarm cables should be segregated from the cables of other systems; they should be clearly marked,
preferablycolouredredandshouldberoutedthroughpartsofthebuildingthatprovideminimumrisk.Thislatter
pointisparticularlyrelevantwheretheuseofthebuildingisbeingchangedforexampleifafuelstoreisbeing
moved.
SpecificAreasofApplicationforFireDetectionandAlarmEquipment
The BS5839 suite of standards relate to specific areas of application for fire detection and alarm equipment.
Specifically part 1 relates to public premises and part 6 relates to residential premises. BS58391 is a
comprehensive code of practice for fire detection and alarm systems, the requirements relate to both life and
property protection and the standard includes much advice and comment with is very useful in informing the
buildingownerorsystemspecifierofthebackgroundtotherequirements.
CodesofPracticeForDifferentTypesOfFireProtectionSystems
The parts of BS7273 are codes of practice for different types of fire protection systems. Generally this is
consideredseparatelytofirealarmsystemsbuttheremaybeoccasionswhereatradeoffcanbemadebetween
thetwosystems,orwherethetwosystemsinteractandmustbeinterfaced.
Standards Relates To The Design And Performance of Items of Equipment That Make up a Fire Detection And
AlarmSystem
The EN54 suite of standards relates to the design and performance of items of equipment that make up a fire
detection and alarm system. Each part relates to a different piece of equipment, for example part 3 relates to
alarmdevices,part11tocallpoints,part4topowersuppliesetc.
FireDetectionZones
Fire detection zones are essentially a convenient way of dividing up a building to assist in quickly locating the
positionofafire.BS58391hassomespecificrecommendationswithrespecttodetectionzones.
Wiring of the fire Detection and alarm system will be done using the concealed wiring and the surface wiring
methodsdescribedinthepowerlinewiringsectionofthisdocument.
1.3.43 CCTVSysteminsideaBuilding
Installation of Cable network for CCTV System inside a Building shall be done following the guidelines given for
CableworkforTelevisionAntennas/CableTelevisionsystemearlierinthisdocument.
Part8
BuildingServices
872 Vol.3
ForwiringofthepowerlinesrequiredfortheInstallationofCCTVSysteminsideaBuildingwillbedoneusingthe
concealedwiringandthesurfacewiringmethodsdescribedinthepowerlinewiringsectionofthisdocument.
1.3.44 DesignandInstallationofAccessControlSystem
WiringoftheInstallationofAccessControlSystemswillbedoneusingtheconcealedwiringandthesurfacewiring
methodsdescribedinthepowerlinewiringsectionofthisdocument.
1.3.45 InstallationofElectronicSecuritySystems
Wiring of the Installation of Electronic SecuritySystems will be done using the concealed wiring and the surface
wiringmethodsdescribedinthepowerlinewiringsectionofthisdocument.
1.3.46 QualificationoftheContractorofElectricalandElectronicEngineeringWorksina
Building
A Contractor who will be working with the Electrical and Electronic Engineering Works in a Building must have
appropriateabclicensefromtheElectricalLicensingBoardofGovernmentofBangladesh.
The contractor must have sufficient number of well trained and experienced technicians to execute the job. For
bigvolumeofwork,thecontractormusthaveatleastoneGraduateElectricalEngineerassignedforthejob.
1.3.47 InspectionandTesting
1.3.47.1 General
Everyinstallationshall,oncompletionandbeforebeingenergized,beinspectedandtested.Themethodsoftest
shall be suchthat no danger to persons or property ordamage to equipment occurseven if the circuit testedis
defective.
1.3.47.2 Periodicinspectionandtesting
Periodicinspectionandtestingshallbecarriedoutinordertomaintaintheinstallationinasoundconditionafter
putting it into service. Where an addition is to be made to the fixed wiring of an existing installation, the latter
shallbeexaminedforcompliancewiththerecommendationsoftheCode.
1.3.47.3 CheckingtheconformitywiththeBangladeshStandard
The individual equipment and materials which form part of the installation shall generally conform to the
relevantBangladeshStandard(BDS)whereverapplicable.IfthereisnorelevantBangladeshstandardspecification
foranyitem,theseshallbeapprovedbytheappropriateauthority.
1.3.47.4 Inspectionofthecolouridentificationofcablesofwiring
For single phase, Red for Live, Black for Neutral, Gree+Yellow bicolour for ECC. For three phase, Red for L1,
YellowforL2,BlueforL3,BlackforNeutralandGree+YellowbicolourforECCandEarthLeadWire.
1.3.47.5 InspectionofEarthingTerminal,EarthingBus
InspectionshouldbemadetocheckwhetherBrassmadeEarthingTerminalshavebeenprovidedinsidethemetal
back boxes of the switchboards and socket boards (welded or screwed to the metal back box) and whether the
ECCsofthesubcircuithavebeenterminatedintheseterminals.Inspectionshouldbemadetocheckwhetherat
least one copper Earthing Bus Bar has been provided in the BDBs, SDBs, FDBs, DBs, MDBs and the LT panel and
whether ECCs have been appropriately terminated in these Busbars using hexagonal head brass bolt and nuts.
AlsoitshouldbecheckedwhethertheEarthLeadWireshavebeenproperlyterminatedintheLTPanel/MDB/DB
asappropriate.
1.3.47.6 InsulationTests
InsulationtestisoneofthemostimportanttestsforElectricalInstallationsinaBuilding.
1.3.47.6.1
Insulationresistancetestshallbemadeonallelectricalequipment,usingaselfcontainedinstrumentsuchasthe
directindicatingohmmeterofthegeneratortype.DCpotentialshallbeusedinthesetestsandshallbeasfollows
oranappropriateMeggar:
Circuitsbelow230volts 500voltsMeggar
Circuitsbetween230voltsto400volts 1000voltsMeggar
1.3.47.6.2
The minimum acceptable insulation resistance value is5 mega ohms forLT lines.Before making connections at
the ends of each cable run, the insulation resistance measurement test of each cable shall be made. Each
conductor of a multicore cable shall be tested individually to all other conductors of the group and also to
earth.Ifinsulationresistancetestreadingsarefoundtobelessthanthespecifiedminimuminanyconductor,the
entirecableshallbereplaced.
1.3.47.6.3
All transformers,switchgears etc.shall be subject to an insulation resistance measurement test to groundafter
installation but before any wiring is connected. Insulation tests shall be made between open contacts of circuit
breakers,switchesetc.andbetweeneachphaseandearth.
1.3.47.7 EarthResistanceTestandtheContinuityResistanceTest
1.3.47.7.1
Earth resistance tests shall be made on the system, separating and reconnecting each earth connection using
earthresistancemeter.
1.3.47.7.2
The electrical resistance of the Earth Continuity Conductor of different segment shall be measured separately
usingsensitivedigitalOhmmeterorbymeansofresistancebridgeinstrument.Theresistanceof theEarthLead
Wire shall be measured from the Earthing Busbar of the LT Panel / MDB /DB and the Earth Electrode(s). The
electricalresistanceofanysectionshallnotexceed1ohm.
1.3.47.7.3
Where more than one earthing sets are installed, the earth resistance between two sets shall be measured by
meansofsensitivedigitalOhmmeterorbymeansofresistancebridgeinstrument.Theearthresistancebetween
twosetsshallnotexceed1ohm.
1.3.47.7.4 OperationTests
Current load measurement shall be made on equipment and on all power and lighting feeders using Clamp on
Ammeters.
Thecurrentreadingshallbetakenineachphasewireandineachneutralwirewhilethecircuitorequipmentis
operatingunderactualloadconditions.
ClamponAmmetersarerequiredtotakecurrentreadingswithoutinterruptingacircuit.
All light fittings shall be tested electrically and mechanically to check whether they comply with the standard
specifications.
Fluorescentlightfittingsshallbetestedsothatwhenfunctioningnoflickeringorchokesingingisfelt.
1.3.47.8 InspectionoftheInstallation
Oncompletionofwiringageneralinspectionshallbecarriedoutbycompetentpersonnelinordertoverifythat
the provisions of this Code and that of the Electricity Act of Bangladesh have been complied with. A certificate
maybeissuedonsatisfactorycompletionoftheworkinaformatasshowninAppendixC.Itemstobeinspected
aredetailedinthefollowingsections.
1.3.47.8.1 InspectionofSubstationInstallations
Insubstationinstallations,itshallbecheckedwhether:
a) Theinstallationhasbeencarriedoutinaccordancewiththeapproveddrawings;
b) Phasetophaseandphasetoearthclearancesareprovidedasrequired;
c) All equipment are efficiently earthed and properly connected to the required number of earth
electrodes;
d) Therequiredgroundclearancetoliveterminalsisprovided;
Part8
BuildingServices
874 Vol.3
e) Suitablefencingisprovidedwithgatewithlockablearrangements;
f) The required number of caution boards, fire fighting equipment, operating rods, rubber mats, etc., are
keptinthesubstation;
g) Incaseofindoorsubstationsufficientventilationanddrainingarrangementsaremade;
h) Allcabletrencheshavecoversofnoninflammablematerial;
i) Freeaccessibilityisprovidedforallequipmentfornormaloperation;
j) Allnameplatesarefixedandtheequipmentarefullypainted;
k) Allconstructionmaterialsandtemporaryconnectionsareremoved;
l) Oillevel,busbartightness,transformertapposition,etc.areinorder;
m) Earth pipe troughs and cover slabs are provided for earth electrodes/earth pits and the neutral and LA
earthpitsaremarkedforeasyidentification;
n) EarthelectrodesareofGIpipesorCIpipesorcopperplates.Forearthconnections,brassboltsandnuts
withleadwashersareprovidedinthepipes/plates;
o) Earth pipe troughs and oil sumps/pits are free from rubbish, dirt and stone jelly and the earth
connectionsarevisibleandeasilyaccessible;
p) HT and LT panels and switchgears are all vermin and dampproof and all unused openings or holes are
blockedproperly;
q) Theearthbusbarshavetightconnectionsandcorrosionfreejointsurfaces;
r) Controlswitchfusesareprovidedatanaccessibleheightfromground;
s) Adequateheadroomisavailableinthetransformerroomforeasytoppingupofoil,maintenance,etc.;
t) Safety devices, horizontal and vertical barriers, bus bar covers/shrouds, automatic safety shutters/door
interlock,handleinterlocketc.aresafeandinreliableoperationinallpanelsandcubicles;
u) Clearancesinthefront,rearandsidesofthemainHTandLTandsubswitchboardsareadequate;
v) The switches operate freely; the 3 blades make contact at the same time, the arcing horns contact in
advance;andthehandlesareprovidedwithlockingarrangements,
w) Insulatorsarefreefromcracks,andareclean;
x) Intransformers,thereisnooilleak;
y) Connectionstobushingintransformersarelightandmaintaingoodcontact;
z) Bushingsarefreefromcracksandareclean;
aa) Accessoriesoftransformerslikebreathers,ventpipe,buchholzrelay,etc.areinorder;
bb) Connectionstogasrelayintransformersareinorder;
cc) Intransformers,oilandwindingtemperaturearesetforspecificrequirementstopumpout;
dd) Incaseofcablecellars,adequatearrangementsexisttopumpoffwaterthathasenteredduetoseepage
orotherreasons;and
ee) AllincomingandoutgoingcircuitsofHTandLTpanelsareclearlyandindeliblylabeledforidentifications.
1.3.47.8.2 InspectionofLowTension(LT)Installation
InLowTension(LT)orMediumVoltage(MV)Installations,itshallbecheckedwhether:
a) All blocking materials that are used for safe transportation in switchgears, contactors, relays, etc. are
removed;
b) Allconnectionstotheearthingsystemhaveprovisionsforperiodicalinspection;
c) Sharpcablebendsareavoidedandcablesaretakeninasmoothmannerinthetrenchesoralongsidethe
wallsandceilingsusingsuitablesupportclampsatregularintervals;
d) Suitable linked switch or circuit breaker or lockable push button is provided near the motors/apparatus
forcontrollingsupplytothemotor/apparatusinaneasilyaccessiblelocation;
e) Twoseparateanddistinctearthconnectionsareprovidedforthemotorapparatus;
f) Control switch fuse is provided at an accessible height from ground for controlling supply to overhead
travellingcrane,hoists,overheadbusbartrunking;
g) The metal rails on which the crane travels are electrically continuous and earthed and bonding of rails
andearthingatbothendsaredone;
h) Fourcore cables are used for overheadtravelling crane and portable equipment, the fourth core being
usedforearthing,andseparatesupplyforlightingcircuitistaken;
i) Ifflexiblemetallichoseisusedforwiringtomotorsandotherequipment,thewiringisenclosedtothe
fulllengths,andthehosesecuredproperlybyapprovedmeans;
j) Thecablesarenottakenthroughareaswheretheyarelikelytobedamagedorchemicallyaffected;
k) Thescreensandarmoursofthecablesareearthedproperly;
l) Thebeltsofbeltdrivenequipmentareproperlyguarded;
m) Adequateprecautionsaretakentoensurethatnolivepartsaresoexposedastocausedanger;
n) InstalledAmmetersandvoltmetersworkproperlyandaretested;and
o) Therelaysareinspectedvisuallybymovingcoversfordepositsofdustsorotherforeignmatter.
1.3.47.8.3 InspectionofOverheadLines
Foroverheadlines,everycaremustbetakensothat:
a) Allconductorsandapparatusincludinglivepartsthereofareinaccessible;
b) Thetypesandsizeofsupportsaresuitablefortheoverheadlines/conductorsusedandareinaccordance
withapproveddrawingandstandards;
c) Clearances from ground level to the lowest conductor of overhead lines, sag conditions, etc. are in
accordancewiththerelevantstandard;
d) Whereoverheadlinescrosstheroadssuitablegroundedguardingshallbeprovidedatroadcrossings,
e) Whereoverheadlinescrosscrosseachotherorareinproximitywithoneanother,suitableguardingshall
beprovidedatcrossingstoprotectagainstpossibilityofthelinescomingincontactwithoneanother;
f) Everyguardwireshallbeproperlygrounded/earthed;
g) Thetype,sizeandsuitabilityoftheguardingarrangementprovidedshallbeadequate;
h) Stays cables must be provided suitably with the overhead line carrying poles as required and shall be
efficiently earthed at the bottom and and shall be provided with suitable stay insulators of appropriate
voltages;
i) AnticlimbingdevicesandDangerBoard/CautionBoardNoticesareprovidedonallHTsupports;
j) Clearances along the route are checked and all obstructions such as trees/branches and shrubs are
clearedontheroutetotherequireddistanceoneitherside;
k) Clearancebetweentheliveconductorandtheearthedmetalpartsareadequate;and
l) For the service connections tapped off from the overhead lines, cutouts of adequate capacity are
provided.
1.3.47.8.4 InspectionofLightingCircuits
Thelightingcircuitsshallbecheckedtoseewhether:
a) Woodenboxesandpanelsareavoidedinfactoriesformountingthelightingboards,switchcontrols,etc.;
b) Neutrallinksareprovidedindoublepoleswitchfuseswhichareusedforlightingcontrol,andnofuseis
providedintheneutral;
c) Theplugpointsinthelightingcircuitareall3pintype,thethirdpinbeingsuitablyearthed;
d) Tamperproofinterlockedswitchsocketandplugareusedforlocationseasilyaccessible;
e) Lightingwiringinfactoryareaisenclosedinconduitandtheconduitisproperlyearthed,oralternatively,
armouredcablewiringisused;
f) A separate earth wire is run in the lighting installation to provide earthing for plug points, fixtures and
equipment;
g) Proper connectors and junction boxes are used wherever joints are in conductors or cross over of
conductorstakesplace;
h) Cartridgefuseunitsarefittedwithcartridgefusesonly;
Part8
BuildingServices
876 Vol.3
i) Clearandpermanentidentificationmarksarepaintedinalldistributionboards,switchboards,submain
boardsandswitchesasnecessary;
j) The polarity has been checked and all fuses and single pole switches are connected on the phase
conductoronlyandwiringiscorrectlyconnectedtosocketoutlets;
k) Spareknockoutsprovidedindistributionboardsandswitchfusesareblocked;
l) Theendsofconduitsenclosingthewiringleadsareprovidedwitheboniteorothersuitablebushes;
m) Thefittingsandfixturesusedforoutdooruseareallofweatherproofconstruction,andsimilarly,fixtures,
fittingsandswitchgearsusedinthehazardousareaareofflameproofapplication;
n) Proper terminal connectors are used for termination of wires (conductors and earth leads) and all
strandsareinsertedintheterminals;
o) Flatendedscrewsareusedforfixingconductortotheaccessories;
p) Flatwashersbackedupbyspringwashersareusedformakingendconnections.
1.3.47.8.5 AccessibilityofConnectionsandCablejointsforInspection
Exceptforthefollowing,everyconnectionandjointshallbeaccessibleforinspection,testingandmaintenance:
a) acompoundfilledorencapsulatedjoint
b) a connection between a cold tail and a heating element (e.g. a ceiling and floor heating system, a pipe
traceheatingsystem)
c) ajointmadebywelding,soldering,brazingorcompressiontool
d) ajointformattingpartoftheequipmentcomplyingwiththeappropriateproductstandard.
RelevantAppendices:
Appendix8.1.A MaximumDemandandDiversity
Appendix8.1.B UsefulTablesRelatingtoConductorSizes
Appendix8.1.C CompletionCertificateForm
Part8
BuildingServices 875
Chapter 2
AIRC0NBITI0NINu, BEATINu ANB
vENTILATI0N
2.1 GENERAL
2.1.1 Purpose
The purpose of this chapter is to provide minimum standards for regulating and controlling the design,
construction, installation, quality of materials, location, operation, performance, maintenance and use of air
conditioning, heating and ventilation systems to ensure acceptable conditions of airinside thebuilding required
forhumanhealth,safetyandwelfarewithenergyconservation.
2.2 Scope
2.2.1
The provisions of this Code shall apply to erection, installation, alteration, repair, relocation, replacement,
additionto,useandmaintenanceofanyairconditioning,heatingandventilationsystems.
2.2.2
Additions,alterations,repairsandreplacementofequipmentorsystemsshallcomplywiththeprovisionsfornew
equipmentandsystemsexceptasotherwiseprovidedinSec2.2.2.1.
2.2.3
Where,inanyspecificcase,differentsectionsofthisCodespecifydifferentmaterials,methodsofconstructionor
other requirements, the most restrictive one shall govern. Where there is a conflict between a general
requirementandaspecificrequirement,thespecificrequirementshallbeapplicable.
2.2.4
TheregulationsofthisCodearenotintended,andshallnotbeunderstoodtopermitviolationoftheprovisionsof
otherordinances,regulationsorofficialrequirementsinforce.
2.3 Application
Itshallbeunlawfultoinstall,extend,alter,repairormaintainairconditioning,heatingandventilationsystemsin
oradjacenttobuildingsexceptincompliancewiththisCode.
2.3.1 ExistingSystems
a) Existing Installations: Airconditioning, heating and ventilation systems in existence at the time of
adoption of this Code may have their use, maintenance or repair continued if the use, maintenance or
repair is in accordance with original design and location and no hazard to life, health or property has
beencreatedbysuchsystem.
b) Additions, Alterations or Repairs: Additions, alterations or repairs may be made to any airconditioning,
heating orventilation system without requiring the existing systemto comply with all the requirements
ofthisCode,providedtheaddition,alterationorrepairconformstotherequirementsofanewsystem.
Part8
BuildingServices
876 Vol.3
Additions,alterationsorrepairsshallnotmakeanexistingsystemunsafe,createunhealthyoroverloaded
conditions.
c) ChangesinBuildingOccupancy:Airconditioning,heatingandventilationsystemswhichareapartofany
building or structure undergoing a change in use or occupancy, as defined in the Building Code, shall
complywithallrequirementsofthisCodewhichmaybeapplicabletothenewuse,oroccupancy.
d) Maintenance: All airconditioning, heating and ventilation systems, materials and appurtenances, both
existing and new, and all parts thereof shall be maintained in proper operating condition in accordance
with the original design and in a safe and hazard free condition. All devices or safeguards which are
required by this Code shall be maintained in conformance with this Code. The owner or the owner's
designatedagentshallberesponsibleformaintenanceofthesystemsandequipment.
e) Moved Buildings: Airconditioning, heating and ventilation systems or equipment which is a part of
buildingsorstructuresmovedtoanotherpremisesshallcomplywiththeprovisionsofthisCodefornew
installations.
2.3.2 AlternativeMaterialsandMethodsofConstruction
The provisions of this code are not intended to prevent the use of any material or method of construction not
specifically prescribed by this Code, provided any such alternative material and/or method of construction has
beenapprovedandtheuseauthorizedbytheAuthority.
The Authority shall require that sufficient evidence or proof be submitted to substantiate any claims made
regardingtheuseofalternatives.
2.3.3 Modifications
WhenevertherearepracticaldifficultiesinvolvedincarryingoutanyoftheprovisionsofthisCode,theAuthority,
withinthelimitationssetforthinPart2mayallowmodificationsforindividualcases.Themodificationsshallbein
conformity with the intent and purpose of this Code and that such modification shall not lessen health, life and
firesafetyrequirements.
2.4 Terminology
ThissectionprovidesanalphabeticallistofthetermsusedinandapplicableinthischapteroftheCode.Incaseof
thissectionshallgovernforinterpretationoftheprovisionsofhischapter.
ABSORPTION: A process whereby a material extracts one or more substances present in an atmosphere or
mixtureofgasesorliquidsaccompaniedbythematerialsphysicaland/orchemicalchanges.
ABSORPTION REFRIGERATING SYSTEM: A refrigerating system in which refrigerant gas evaporated in the
evaporatorisabsorbedintheabsorberbyanabsorbentsolution.Thisalsoincludesageneratorforseparationof
refrigerantfromtheabsorbentsolution,acondensertoliquefytherefrigerantandanexpansiondevice.
ADSORPTION: The action, associated with the surface adherence, of a material in extracting one or more
substances present in an atmosphere or mixture of gases and liquids, unaccompanied by physical or chemical
change.
AIR CHANGE: Introducing new, cleansed, or recirculated air to conditioned space, measured by the number of
completechangesperunittime.
AIR TERMINALS: A round, square, rectangular, or linear air outlet or inlet device used in the air distribution
system.
AIR,OUTSIDE:Externalair;atmosphereexteriortorefrigeratedorconditionedspace;ambient(surrounding)air.
AIR, RECIRCULATED: The part of return air passed through the airconditioner before being resupplied to the
conditionedspace.AlsoknownasAIR,RETURN.
AIR,RETURN:SeeAIR,RECIRCULATED.
AIRCONDITIONING:Theprocessoftreatingairsoastocontrolsimultaneouslyitstemperature,humidity,purity,
distribution,pressureandairmovementtomeetthethermalrequirementsofthespace.
AIRHANDLING UNIT: An equipment comprised of cooling and/or heating coil and a blower or fan with electric
motorusedforthepurposeofcooling/heatinganddistributingsupplyairtoaroom,spaceorarea.
Airconditioning,HeatingandVentilation Chapter2
BLOWER:Afanusedtoforceairunderpressure.
BOILER:Aclosedvesselinwhichaliquidisvaporized.
BRINE:Anyliquidcooledbytherefrigerantandusedfortheheattransmissionwithoutachangeinitsstate.This
alsoincludeschilledwater.
CHIMNEY:Primarilyaverticalshaftenclosingatleastoneflueforconductingfluegasestotheoutdoors.
COIL:Acoolingorheatingelementmadeofpipeortubing.
CONDENSER (Refrigerant): A heat exchanger in which the refrigerant, compressed to a suitable pressure, is
condensedtoliquidbyrejectingheattoanappropriateexternalcoolingmedium.
Whenthecondenserrejectsheattoair,thecondenseristermedasaircooedcondenser.
Whenthecondenserrejectsheattowater,thecondenseristermedaswatercooledcondenser.
Whenthecondenserrejectsheattoglycol(brine),thecondenseristermedasglycolcooledcondenser.
CONDENSING UNIT: A condensing unit is a complete set consisting of compressor(s) and condenser(s) with or
withoutreceiver.Itmaybeaircooledorwatercooled.
CONTROL:Anydeviceforregulatingasystemorcomponentinnormaloperation,manualorautomatic.
COOLINGTOWER:Anencloseddeviceforevaporativelycoolingwaterbycontactwithair.
DAMPER:Adeviceforregulatingtheflowofairorotherfluid.
DEHUMIDIFICATION:Condensationofwatervapourfromairbycoolingbelowthedewpoint.
DEWPOINTTEMPERATURE:Thetemperatureatwhichcondensationofmoisturebeginswhentheairiscooledat
samepressure.
DRY BULB TEMPERATURE: The temperature of air as registered by a thermometer, taken in such a way as to
avoiderrorsduetoradiation.
DUCTSYSTEM:Acontinuouspassagewayforthetransmissionofairwhich,inadditiontotheducts,mayinclude
ductfittings,dampers,plenums,grillesanddiffusers.
ENERGYEFFICIENCYRATIO:Theratiobetweenrefrigerationcapacityofacompleteairconditioningunitinbtu/hr
withthepowerconsumptioninwatt.
ENTHALPY:Athermalpropertyindicatingquantityofheatintheairaboveanarbitrarydatum,inkilojoulesper
kgofdryair(orbtuperpoundofdryair).
EVAPORATIVE AIR COOLING: The removal of sensible heat from the air by the adiabatic exchange of heat
betweenairandawatersprayorwettedsurface,whereintheevaporatingwaterabsorbsthesensibleheatofair.
EVAPORATOR(refrigerant):Aheatexchangerinwhichliquidrefrigerant,afterreducingitspressure(expansion),
isevaporatedbyabsorbingheatfromthemediumtobecooled.
EXFILTRATION:Thephenomenonofinsideairleakingoutofanairconditionedspace.
FAN:Anairmovingdevicecomprisingofawheelorblade,andhousingororificeplate.
FAN, TUBEAXIAL: A propeller or disc type wheel within a cylinder and including driving mechanism supports for
eitherbeltdriveordirectconnection.
FILTER:AdevicetoremoveType equation heie.solidparticlesfromafluid.
FIREDAMPER:Aclosurewhichconsistsofanormallyheldopendamperinstalledinanairdistributionsystemor
in a wall or floor assembly and designed to close automatically in the event of a fire in order to isolate the
conditionedspacefromthefirezone.
FIRESEPARATION:Aconstructionassemblythatactsasabarrieragainstspreadoffireandmaynotberequired
tohaveafireresistanceratingorfireprotectionrating.
GLOBAL WARMING POTENTIAL (GWP): Global warming potential of a chemical compound is its relative
contributiontoglobalwarmingcomparedtoCarbonDioxide(CO
2
).
Global warming can make our planet and its climate less hospitable and more hostile to human life. Thus it is
necessary to reduce reduction in emission of green house gases such as CO2, SOx, NOx and refrigerants. Long
atmosphericlifetimeofrefrigerantsresultsinglobalwarmingunlesstheemissionsarecontrolled.
GWPvaluesofsomeoftherefrigerantsaregivenbelow:
Part8
BuildingServices
878 Vol.3
Sl.No. Refrigerant GWPvalues

(i) R11 4,000
(ii) R12 2,400
(iii) R22 1,700
(iv) R123 0.02
(v) R134a 1,300
(vi) R407A 2,000
(vii) R407C 1,600
(viii) R410A 1,890
(ix) R744(CO
2
) 1.00
Thevaluesindicatedaboveareforanintegrationperiodof100years.
HUMIDITY:Watervapourwithinaspace.
HUMIDITY,RELATIVE:Theratioofthepartialpressureordensityofthewatervapourintheairtothesaturation
pressureordensity,respectively,ofwatervapouratthesametemperature.
HYDRONIC:Of,relatingto,orbeingasystemofheatingorcoolingthatinvolvestransferofheatbyacirculating
fluid(aswaterorvapour)inaclosedsystemofpipes.
INDOORAIRQUALITY(IAQ):Airqualitythatreferstothenatureofconditionedairthatcirculatesthroughoutthe
space/areawhereoneworks,lives,thatis,theaironebreatheswhenindoors.
It not only refers to comfort which is affected by temperature, humidity, air movement and odors but also
harmful biological contaminants and chemicals present in the conditioned space. Poor IAQ may be a cause of
serioushealthhazard.Carbondioxidehasbeenrecognizedasthesurrogateventilationindex.
INFILTRATION:Thephenomenonofoutsideairleakingintoanairconditionedspace.
INSULATION,THERMAL:Amaterialhavingarelativelyhighresistancetoheatflowandusedprincipallytoretard
heatflow.
INTEGRATED PART LOAD VALUE (IPLV): It is the partload efficiency figure of the chiller at the ARI 550/590
standardratingpoint,measuredinkW/ton,accordingtothefollowingstandardformula:
IPII =
1
u.u1
A
+
u.42
B
+
u.4S
C
+
u.12
where,A=kW/tonat100%load
B=kW/tonat75%load
C=kW/tonat50%load
D=kW/tonat25%load
MECHANICALREFRIGERATIONEQUIPMENT:Arefrigeratingsysteminwhichthegasevaporatedintheevaporator
iscompressedbymechanicalmeansusuallybyacompressor.Thisalsoincludescondenserandexpansiondevice.
NONSTANDARD PART LOAD VALUE (NPLV): It is the partload efficiency figure of the chiller at the rating
conditions other than the ARI standard rating point but within prescribed limits. The rating points are actually
valuesatwhichthechillerwillactuallybeoperating.
OVERALL HEAT TRANSFER COEFFICIENT (U): The time rate of heat flow per unit area (normal to the flow) from
thefluidonthewarmsideofabarriertothefluidonthecoldside,perunittemperaturedifferencebetweenthe
twofluids.
OZONE DEPLETION POTENTIAL (ODP): Ozone depletion potential of a chemical compound is its relative
contributiontothedepletionoftheozonelayercomparedtoCFC11.
ODPvaluesofsomeoftherefrigerantsareasfollows:
PACKAGED AIR CONDITIONER: An encased assembly of equipment/machinery for thermal conditioning

(cooling/heating)ofairalongwithcleaningandcirculationofairtomaintaininternalthermalenvironmentofan
airconditionedspace.Itincludesaprimesourceofrefrigerationforcoolinganddehumidificationwithorwithout
internal and external air distribution ducting. It may also include means for heating, humidifying and ventilating
air.Theseunitsmaybefloormounted,wallmountedorceilingmountedtype.Theymayprovidefreedeliveryor
ducteddeliveryofconditionedair.
These machines are equipped with air cooled or water cooled condenser(s). These machines are equipped with
reciprocating,rotaryorscrollcompressor(s).
PLENUM:Anaircompartmentorchambertowhichoneormoreductsareconnectedandwhichformspartofan
airdistributionsystem.
POSITIVEVENTILATION:Thesupplyofoutsideairbymeansofamechanicaldevice,suchasafan.
PSYCHROMETRY: The science involving thermodynamic properties of moist air and the effect of atmospheric
moistureonmaterialsandhumancomfort.Italsoincludesmethodsofcontrollingpropertiesofmoistair.
PSYCHROMETRICCHART:Achartgraphicallyrepresentingthethermodynamicpropertiesofmoistair.
REFRIGERANT:Thefluidusedforheattransferinarefrigeratingsystem,whichabsorbsheatatalowtemperature
andalowpressureofthefluidandrejectsheatatahighertemperatureandahigherpressureofthefluid,usually
involvingchangesofphaseofthefluid.
REHEATING:Theprocessbywhichair,whichhasbeencooleddowninordertocondenseoutpartofthemoisture
itcontains,isheatedagaininordertoraiseitstemperaturetoasuitablelevel.
RETURN AIR GRILLE: These are fittings fixed at the openings through which air is taken out from the air
conditionedenclosurebyanairconditioningplantorunit.
ROOM AIRCONDITIONER: A factory made, encased assembly designed as a selfcontained unit primarily for
mountinginawindoworthroughthewallorasaconsole.Itisdesignedtoprovidefreedeliveryofconditionedair
toanenclosedspace,roomorzone(conditionedspace).Itincludesaprimesourceofrefrigerationforcoolingand
dehumidification and means for the circulation and cleaning of air. It may also include means for heating,
humidifying,ventilatingorexhaustingair.
SHADEFACTOR:Therationofinstantaneousheatgainthroughfenestrationwithshadingdevicetothatthrough
thefenestrationwithoutshadingdevice.
SUPPLYAIR:Theairthathasbeenpassedthroughtheconditioningapparatusandtakenthroughtheductsystem
anddistributedintheconditionedspace.
SPLIT AIR CONDITIONER: A split package air conditioner issameas the packaged air conditioner excepting that
the condenser or the condensing unit is built as a separate package for remote field installation and
interconnectingrefrigerantpipesbetweenindoorunitandoutdoorunitisconsideredasapackage.
SUPPLY AIRDIFFUSERS/GRILLES: These are fittings fixed at the openings through which air is delivered into the
airconditionedenclosurebyanairconditioningplantorunit.
TEMPERATURE,DRYBULB:Thetemperatureofairasregisteredbyathermometer.
TEMPERATURE, WET BULB: The temperature at which water, by evaporating into air, may bring the air to
saturation adiabatically at the same temperature. Wetbulb temperature (without qualification) is the
temperatureindicatedbyawetbulbpsychrometerconstructedandusedaccordingtospecifications.
Sl.No. Refrigerant ODPvalues
(i) R11 1.000
(ii) R12 1.00
(iii) R22 0.050
(iv) R123 0.02
(v) R134a 0.000
(vi) R407A 0.000
(vii) R407C 0.000
(viii) R410A 0.000
Part8
BuildingServices
880 Vol.3
THERMAL TRANSMITTANCE: Thermal transmission per unit time through unit area of the given building unit
divided by the temperature difference between the air or some other fluid on either side of the building unit in
steadystateconditions.
THERMAL ENERGY STORAGE: Storage of thermal energy, sensible, latent or combination thereof for use in
centralsystemofairconditioningorrefrigeration.Itusesaprimarysourceofrefrigerationforcoolingandstoring
thermalenergyforreuseatpeakdemandorforbackupasplanned.
VARIABLEREFRIGERATIONSYSTEM:Arefrigeratingsystemwhererefrigerantflowthroughevaporator(s)is(are)
variable. The system is usually comprised of digital scroll compressor(s)/variable speed scroll compressor(s),
condenser(s),evaporator(s),expansiondevice(s)andcontrols.
VENTILATION: The process of supplying and/or removing air by natural or mechanical means to or from any
space.Suchairmayormaynothavebeenconditioned.
WATER CONDITIONING: The treatment of water circulating in a hydronic system, to make it suitable for air
conditioningsystemduetoitseffectontheeconomicsoftheairconditioningplant.
Untreated water used in air conditioning system may create problems such as scale formation, corrosion and
organic growth. Appraisal of the water supply source including chemical analysis and determination of dissolves
solidsisnecessarytodeviseaproperwaterconditioningprogram.
2.5 GeneralProvisions
2.5.1
Air conditioning, heating and ventilation system shall be designed, constructed, installed, operated and
maintained in accordancewith goodengineeringpractice such asdescribed in the ASHRAE (American Society of
Heating, Refrigerating and Airconditioning Engineers) Handbooks, HI (Hydraulic Institute of USA) manuals and
relevantchaptersoflatestBNBC.
2.5.2
All electrical work in connection with airconditioning, heating and ventilation system shall be carried out in
accordancewiththeprovisionsoflatestBangladeshElectricityActandtheprovisionsofanyofitsregulationsand
byelaws,andshallalsocomplywiththerequirementsofChapter1ofPart8.
2.5.3
All plumbing work in connection with airconditioning, heating and ventilation system shall be carried out in
accordancewiththeprovisionsandguidelinesofASHRAEhandbooksandHImanuals.
2.5.4
Allgasandfuelpipinginconnectionwithairconditioning,heatingandventilationsystemshallbecarriedoutin
accordancewiththeprovisionsofChapter8ofPart8.
2.5.5 FireSafety
Installationsofequipment ofairconditioning,heatingandventilationsystemshallconformto therequirements
ofPart4.
2.6 PLANNING
2.6.1 General
2.6.1.1 All ielevant aspects of aiiconuitioning, heating anu ventilation system installations shall be
analyzeu anu evaluateu piopeily uuiing the planning stage of the builuing in oiuei to ueteimine
the necessaiy piovisions to be kept in the builuing foi piopei anu safe installation of the system
machineiy, equipment anu othei facilities.
2.6.1.2 Necessaiy paiticulais of electiical iequiiements of aiiconuitioning, heating oi ventilation system
shall be ueteimineu eaily in the planning stage to incluue it in the electiical piovisions of the
builuing.
2.6.1.S Wheie necessaiy, all plans, calculations, specifications anu uata foi aiiconuitioning, heating anu
ventilation system seiving all builuings anu all occupancies within the scope of the Coue shall be
supplieu to the Authoiity, foi ieview puiposes.
2.6.1.4 Besign aii conuitioning, heating anu ventilation system taking consiueiation foi eneigy efficiency
anu eneigy conseivation. Pioviue uata to uesign aichitect to keep piovisions in the builuing foi
ieuuction of eneigy usage iequiieu foi opeiation of aiiconuitioning system. 0ptimize the uesign
by cooiuinating the uesign with the uesign aichitect at the eaily stage i.e. in the schematic uesign
phase anu continually impiove uesign uuiing the uesign uevelopment piocess.
2.6.2 BuildingPlanning
2.6.2.1 OrientationofBuilding
Effectoforientationofbuildingandarrangementofrooms/spacesshallbeanalyzedintheplanningstageofthe
building to find out the most effective plan of the building in terms of building use, application of air
conditioning,heatingandventilationsystemandreductionofenergyconsumption.
2.6.2.2 BuildingDesignandUseofMaterials
Analysisshallbecarriedoutinthedesignstageforselectionofappropriateshadingdevicesandothermaterials
as set forth in Sec 2.4.1 so as to take advantage of reduction in energy consumption related airconditioning,
heatingandventilationsystem.
2.6.2.S EquipmentSpace
Requirementsofspaceforerectionandinstallationofairconditioning,heatingandventilationsystemequipment
and machinery (ducting, cooling, heating and airconditioning equipment; refrigerating machinery, boiler etc.)
shall be determined during the planning stage of the building so that it can be incorporated in the building
planning effectively. Requirements of equipment/machinery space shall be determined taking consideration of
actual equipment and machinery space; clearance space for operation; maintenance and fire prevention
requirement; access space and other requirements of this Code. Building plan shall also include adequate
provisions for transportation of equipment and machinery to and from equipment/machinery room, installation
of outdoor air inlets and exhaust air outlets. Planning for equipment space shall take into consideration of
differentparametersdescribedinsection2.5and2.6.
a)EquipmentSpacePlanningforCentralAirConditioningPlant:
i) In selecting the location for plant room, the aspects of efficiency, economy and good practice should be
consideredandwhereverpossibleitshallbemadecontiguouswiththebuilding.Thisroomshallbelocatedas
centrally as possible with respect to the area to be air conditioned and shall be free from obstructing
columns.
ii)Inthecaseoflargecapacitywatercooledchillerinstallations(500TRandabove),itisadvisabletohavea
separate isolated equipment room where possible. The clear headroom below soffit of beam should be
minimum4.5mforcentrifugalchillers,andminimum3.6mforreciprocatingandscrewtypechillers.
iii)Thefloorsoftheequipmentroomsshouldbelightcoloredandfinishedsmooth.Forfloorloading,theair
conditioningengineershouldbeconsulted.
iv) Supporting of pipe within plant room spaces should be normally from the floor. However, outside plant
roomareas,structuralprovisionsshallbemadeforsupportingthewaterpipesfromthefloor/ceilingslabs.All
floorandceilingsupportsshallbeisolatedfromthestructuretopreventtransmissionofvibrations.
v) Equipment rooms, wherever necessary, shall have provision for mechanical ventilation. In hot climate,
evaporativeaircoolingmayalsobeconsidered.
vi) Plant machinery in the plant room shall be placed on plain/ reinforced cement concrete foundation and
providedwithantivibrationsupports.Allfoundationsshouldbeprotectedfromdamagebyprovidingepoxy
coatedanglenosing.RequirementsofSeismicRestraintSupportsmayalsobeconsidered.
Part8
BuildingServices
882 Vol.3
vii)Equipmentroomshouldpreferablybelocatedadjacenttoexternalwalltofacilitateequipmentmovement
andventilation.
viii) Wherever necessary, acoustic treatment should be provided in plant room space to prevent noise
transmissiontoadjacentoccupiedareas.
ix)Airconditioningplantroomshouldpreferablybelocatedclosetomainelectricalpanelofthebuildingin
ordertoavoidlargecablelengths.
x)Incasethe airconditioningplantroomislocatedinbasementfloor,equipmentmovementrouteshallbe
plannedtofacilitatefuturereplacementandmaintenance.Servicerampsorhatchingroundfloorslabshould
beprovidedinsuchcases.
xi) Floor drain channels or dedicated drainpipes in slope shall be provided within plant room space for
effectivedisposalofwastewater.Freshwaterconnectionmayalsobeprovidedintheairconditioningplant
room.
xii)Thermalenergystorage:
In case of central plants, designed with thermal energy storage its location shall be decided in consultation
withtheairconditioningengineer.Thesystemmaybelocatedinplantroom,onrooftop,inopenspacenear
plantroomorburiedinopenspacenearplantroom.Forrooftopinstallations,structuralprovisionshalltake
into account load coming due to the same. For open area surface installation horizontal or vertical system
options shall be considered and approach ladders for manholes provided. Buried installation shall take into
account loads due to movement above, of vehicles, etc. Provision for adequate expansion tank and its
connectiontothermalstoragetanksshallbemade.
b)SpacePlanningforAirCooledChillers:
i)AirCooledchillershallbeinstalledwhereadequateopenspaceisavailableforheattransferofaircooled
condensersofthechiller.
ii)Wheresuchspaceisavailableonground,itcanbeinstalledongroundprovidednoiseandhotairfromthe
chillerdonotcreateanyproblemtotheadjoiningbuilding.
iii)Roofofthebuildingisasuitablelocationforinstallationofaircooledchiller.Whenitisintendedtoinstall
aircooledchilleronroof,priorplanningisamust.Theroofshallbestructurallystrongenoughtowithstand
the dynamic load of the chiller along with chilled water pumps, pipes, valves and associated equipment
requiredforthispurpose.Advicefromanairconditioningengineershallbetakenattheplanningstage.
iv) Vibration from the machine shall not transmit to the roof structure. Chiller shall be installed on seismic
restrainttypevibrationisolators.
v)Noiseoftheaircooledchillershallbeattenuatedsothatitdoesnottransmittotheoccupiedarea.Alow
speedcondenserfanwithacousticallytreatedfancylindershallbepreferable.Similarlyacousticallyencased
compressorsshallalsobepreferable.
c)PlanningEquipmentRoomforAirHandlingUnitsandPackageUnits:
i)Thisshallbelocatedascentrallyaspossibletotheconditionedareaandcontiguoustothecorridorsorother
spacesforcarryingairducts.Forfloorloading,airconditioningengineershallbeconsulted.
ii) In the case of large and multistoried buildings, independent air handling unit should be provided for each
floor. The area to be served by the airhandling unit should be decided depending upon the provision of fire
protection measures adopted. Air handling unit rooms should preferably be located vertically one above the
other.
iii) Provision should be made for the entry of fresh air. The fresh air intake shall have louvers having rain
protectionprofile,withvolumecontroldamperandbirdscreen.
iv)Inallcasesairintakesshallbesolocatedastoavoidcontaminationfromexhaustoutletsortothesourcesin
concentrationsgreaterthannormalinthelocalityinwhichthebuildingislocated.
v)Exterioropeningsforoutdoorairintakesandexhaustoutletsshallpreferablybeshieldedfromweatherand
insects.
vi) No air from any dwelling unit shall be circulated directly or indirectly to any other dwelling unit, public
corridororpublicstairway.
vii)Allairhandlingunitroomsshouldpreferablyhavefloordrainsandwatersupply.Thetrapinfloordrainshall
provideawatersealbetweentheairconditionedspaceandthedrainline.
viii)Supply/returnairductshallnotbetakenthroughemergencyfirestaircase.
Exception:DuctscanbetakenInsidethefirestairprovidedfireisolationofductsatwallcrossingsis(are)carried
out.
x)Waterproofingofairhandlingunitroomsshallbecarriedouttopreventdamagetofloorbelow.
xi)Thefloorshouldbelightcolored,smoothfinishedwithterrazzotilesortheequivalent.Suitablefloorloading
shouldalsobeprovidedafterconsultingwiththeairconditioningengineer.
xii) Where necessary, structural designshould avoidbeam obstruction to the passage of supply andreturnair
ducts.Adequateceilingspaceshouldbemadeavailableoutsidetheairhandlingunitroomtopermitinstallation
ofsupplyandreturnairductsandfiredampersatairhandlingunitroomwallcrossings.
xiii)Theairhandlingunitroomsmaybeacousticallytreated,iflocatedincloseproximitytooccupiedareas.
xiv) Access door to air handling unit room shall be single/double leaf type, airtight, opening outwards and
should have a sill to prevent flooding of adjacent occupied areas. It is desired that access doors in air
conditionedspacesshouldbeprovidedwithtightsealing,gasketsandselfclosingdevicesforairconditioningto
beeffective.
xv)Airhandlingunitroomsshallbeseparatedfromtheairconditionedspaceby4hourfireratedwallsand2
hourfirerateddoor.Fire/smokedampersshallbeprovidedinsupply/returnairductatairhandlingunitroom
wallcrossingsandtheannularspacebetweentheductandthewallshouldbefiresealedusingappropriatefire
resistanceratedmaterial.
xvi)Fireisolationshallbeprovidedforverticalfreshairduct,connectingseveralairhandlingunits.
d)PlanningofPipeShafts
i) The shafts carrying chilled water pipes should be located adjacent to air handling unit room or within the
room.
ii) Shaft carrying condensing water pipes to cooling towers located on roof/terrace should be vertically
aligned.
iii)Allshaftsshallbeprovidedwithfirebarrieratfloorcrossingsinaccordancewiththeprovisionsofchapter
4.
iv)Accesstoshaftshallbeprovidedateveryfloor.
e)PlanningforSupplyAirDuctsandReturnAir
i)Ductsupports,preferablyintheformofanglesofmildsteelsupportedusingstudanchorsshallbeprovided
on the ceiling slab from the drilled hole. Alternately, duct supports may be fixed with internally threaded
anchorfastenersandthreadedrodswithoutdamagingtheslabsorstructuralmembers.
ii) If false ceiling is provided, the supports for the duct and the false ceiling shall be independent. Collars for
grillesanddiffusersshallbetakenoutonlyafterfalseceiling/boxingframeworkisdoneandframesforfixing
grillesanddiffusershavebeeninstalled.
iii) Where a duct penetrates the masonry wall it shall either be suitably covered on the outside to isolate it
from masonry or an air gap shall be left around it to prevent vibration transmission. Further, where a duct
passes through a fire resisting compartment/barrier, the annular space shall be sealed with fire sealant to
preventsmoketransmission(seealsoPart4FireandLifeSafety).
f)SpacePlanningforCoolingTower
i) Cooling towers are used to dissipate heat from water cooled refrigeration, air conditioning and industrial
processsystems.Coolingisachievedbyevaporatingasmallproportionofrecirculatingwaterintooutdoorair
stream.Coolingtowersareinstalledataplacewherefreeflowofatmosphericairisavailable.
ii)Coolingtowersshallbeinstalledatleast3mabovethebasesofthechillers.Coolingtowershallpreferably
be installed on the roof of the concerned building. In special cases it may be installed on ground or on any
elevatedplatformorontheroofoftheadjacentbuildingprovidedthemoistureladendischargeairfromthe
coolingtowersdonotposeanyproblemtootherbuildings.Coolingtowershouldbesolocatedastoeliminate
nuisancefromdrifttoadjoiningstructures.
iii)Anyobstructiontofreeflowofairtothecoolingtowershallbeavoided.
iv) Structural provisions for the cooling tower shall be taken into account while designing the building. Wind
speedshallbetakenintoconsiderationwhiledesigningthefoundations/supportsforcoolingtowers.Vibration
isolationshallbeanimportantconsiderationinstructuraldesign.
Part8
BuildingServices
884 Vol.3
v) Special design requirements are necessary where noise to the adjoining building is to be avoided. Special
provisionsshallbeincludedinthedesigntoreducewaterdropletnoise.
vi) Provision for makeup water tank to the cooling tower shall be made. Makeup water tank to the cooling
towershallbeseparatefromthetankservingdrinkingwater.
vii) Makeup water having contaminants or hardness, which can adversely affect the refrigeration plant life,
shallbetreated.
2.6.2.4 BuildingStructure
Structuraldesignrequirementsviz.loadonthefloororceiling;punchesintheroof,floorandwalls;verticalshaft
for pipe risers and duct risers; concrete ducts etc. shall be determined in the planning stage to make adequate
provisionsinthestructuraldesignandtokeepsuchprovisionsinthebuilding.Thestructuraldesignshallconsider
staticanddynamicloadsofequipmentandmachineryincludingvibrationofmachinery.
2.6.2.S DesignDrawings
For the purpose of effective installation of airconditioning, heating and ventilation system, working drawings
showing layout of machinery, equipment, ducts, pipes etc., details of builders' works, holes and/or punches in
roof,floors,walls,supportsformachinery/equipmentetc.shallbepreparedpriortofinalizationofbuildingdesign
drawings.Suchdrawings/documentsshallbeproperlystoredforfuturereference.
2.7 AirConditioningSYSTEMDESIGN
2.7.1 BuildingDesignRequirements
2.7.1.1 Glazing
a) Building design shall consider all the aspects forreduction of heat transferthrough the glazing.Building
orientation shall be such that, if possible, glazing in walls subject to direct and intensive sun exposure shall be
avoided. In case where it is not possible to do so, necessary protective measures shall be taken to reduce heat
transferthroughtheglazing.Suchprotectivemeasuresmaybeintheformofsunbreakers,doubleglazing,heat
resistantglassorapplicationofothershadingdevices.
b) When sun breakers are used, it shall preferably be 1m away from the wall face, with free ventilation,
particularly from bottom to top, being provided for cooling of sun breakers and window by free convection.
Conductionfromsunbreakerstomainbuildingshallbeminimum.Sunbreakersshallshadethemaximumglazed
areapossible,especiallyforthealtitudeandazimuthangleofthesun.Sunbreakersshallpreferablybelightand
brightincoloursoastoreflectbackasmuchofthesunlightaspossible.
c) Where the above protection is in the form of reflective surfaces, adequate care shall be taken to avoid
anyhazardtothetrafficsurroundingthebuildingandpeopleontheroadbecauseofthereflectedlightfromthe
surfaces.
d) Applicationofanyprotectionshallnotrestrictentryoflighttoalimitdemandingartificiallights.
2.7.1.2 RoofInsulation
a) Construction of exposed roofs shall be such that the heat transmission through the roof is not excessive.
Whererequiredtheoverallheattransfercoefficient(U)oftheroofexposedtosunshallbereducedeffectivelyby
using appropriate construction materials and/or proper type of insulation material (s). The overall thermal
transmittance from the exposed roof should be kept as minimum as possible and under normal conditions, the
desirablevalueshouldnotexceed0.58W/(mC).
b) Underdeck or overdeck insulation shall be provided for exposed roof surface using suitable Insulating
materials.Overdeckinsulationshallbeproperlywaterproofedtopreventlossofinsulatingproperties.
c)Theceilingsurfaceoffloorswhicharenottobeairconditionedmaybesuitablyinsulatedtogiveanoverall
thermaltransmittancenotexceeding1.16W/(mC).
2.7.2 DesignConditions
2.7.2.1 InsideDesignConditions
a) For comfort airconditioning, the inside design conditions shall be selected with an objective to reduce
energyconsumptionintheoperationoftheairconditioningsystem.Acceptablevaluesofinsidedesignconditions
for summer are provided in Table 8.2.1. Unless otherwise specifically required, the design calculations shall be
basedonthenormalpracticevaluesofTable8.2.1.
b) Toavoidthermalshock,thedifferencebetweenthedrybulbtemperaturesofoutdoorairandindoorair
shallnotexceed11
o
C.Ifitisabsolutelynecessarytohaveadifferencemorethan11
o
C,thereshallhaveadequate
provisionforanteroomtoreducetheeffectofthermalshock.
c) For airconditioning systems other than comfort airconditioning, design conditions required by the
specificprocessesinvolvedorapplicationsmaybeadopted.Whenrequired,properprotectivemeasuresshallbe
takenforpersonsworkingtherein.
d) Velocityofairinanairconditionedspace,inthezonebetweenthefloorlevelandthe1.5mlevel,shall
be within 0.12 m/s and 0.25 m/s for comfort applications for commercial buildings, andfor other applications it
shallnotexceed0.5m/s.
Table8.2.1InsideDesignConditionsofSomeofApplicationsforSummer
a
Sl.No. UseCategoryofSpace
IndoorDesignConditions
DryBulbTemperature
(C)
RelativeHumidity
(%)
1. Restaurants, Cafeteria and Dining Hall 23 ~26 55 ~60
2. Kitchens 28 ~31 --
3. Office buildings 23 ~26 50 ~60
4. Bank/Insurance/ Commercial building 23 ~26 45 ~55
5. Departmental stores 23 ~26 50 ~60
6. Hotel guest rooms 23 ~26 50 ~60
7. Ball room/meeting room 23 ~26 40 ~60
8. Class rooms 23 ~26 50 ~60
9. Auditoriums 23 ~26 50 ~60
10. Recovery rooms 24 ~26 45 ~55
11. Patient rooms 24 ~26 45 ~55
12. Operation theatres 17 ~27 45 ~55
13. Delivery room 20 ~23 45 ~55
14. ICU/CCU 20 ~23 30 ~60
15. New born Intensive care 22.5 ~25.5 30 ~60
16. Treatment room 23 ~25 30 ~60
17. Trauma room 17 ~27 45 ~55
18. Endoscopy / Bronchoscopy 20 ~23 30 ~60
19. X-ray (diagnostic & treatment) 25.5 ~27 40 ~50
20. X-ray (surgery/critical area and 21 ~24 30 ~60
21. Laboratory (diagnostics) 22.5 ~24.5 30 ~60
22. Art Galleries/Museums 17 ~22 40 ~55
23 Libraries 20 ~22 45 ~55
24. Radio studio/Television studio 23 ~26 45 ~55
25. Telephone terminal rooms 22 ~26 40 ~50
26. Airport terminal/ bus terminal 23 ~26 50 ~60
Note:
a
The room design dry bulb temperature should be reduced when hot radiant panels are adjacent to the occupant and
increasedwhencoldpanelsareadjacent,tocompensatefortheincreaseordecreaseinradiantheatexchangefromthebody.Ahot
or cold panel may be unshaded glass or glass block windows (hot in summer, cold in winter) and thin partitions with hot or cold
spacesadjacent.Hottanks,furnaces,ormachinesarehotpanels.
Part8
BuildingServices
886 Vol.3
2.7.2.2 OutsideDesignConditions
a) The outside design conditions for summer months for different cities are provided in Table 8.2.2.
Selectionofoutsidedesignconditionsfromthistableshallbebasedonrequirementsof theapplicationand the
percentoftimetheoutsideairtemperatureisallowedtoexceedtheoutsidedesignconditions.
b) In case of stringent design conditions a meteorologist with experience in applied climatology may be
consulted to evaluate conditions such as; the formation of heat sinks in urban areas; the duration of extreme
temperatures;projectsiteslocatedremotelyfromreportingstations.
2.7.2.S VentilationAir
a) Every space served by the airconditioning system shall be provided with outside fresh air not less than
theminimumamountmentionedinTable8.2.3.Ifadequatetemperatureregulationalongwithefficientfiltration
of air and absorption of odour and gas are provided, the amount of fresh air requirement may be reduced.
However,innocasetheoutdoorairquantityshallbelowerthan2.5l/sperperson.
b) In hospital operation theaters, a large quantity of outdoor air supply is recommended to overcome
explosion hazard of anesthetics and to maintain sterile conditions. However, if adequate filtration with efficient
absorption of anesthetics and laminar flow of supply air is provided, the outside air requirement may be
substantiallyreduced.RecirculationofairshallcomplywiththerequirementsofSec2.11.3.6(b).
2.7.3 NoiseandVibration
2.7.S.1 General
Airconditioning, heating and ventilation system design and installations shall consider all the aspects of noise
and vibration control related to the system and shall conform to the requirements of Chapter 3: Acoustics and
NoiseControl.Selectionandinstallationofequipmentforairconditioning,heatingandventilationsystemshallbe
suchthatnoiseandvibrationtransmittedtothespaceservedbythesystemshallnotexceedtherecommended
valueforthespaceserved.
2.7.S.2 EquipmentRoom
Equipmentroomforinstallationofairhandlingunits,refrigerationmachinery,pumps,boilers,blowersandother
equipment, which produce noise and vibration, shall not preferably be located adjacent to any acoustically
sensitivearea.Locationoftheequipmentroomshallbesuchthatdirecttransmissionofnoiseandvibrationfrom
theequipmentroomtoacousticallysensitiveareasdonotoccur.Wherenecessary,appropriatelydesignedsound
barriers shall be used to restrict transmission of noise from equipment room to any acoustically sensitive area.
Similarly adequate measures shall be taken to restrict transmission of vibration from equipment room to other
rooms.
2.7.S.S SelectionofEquipment
Where possible, the equipment shall be selected which produce low sound power level consistent with the
required performance and ensuring operation at maximum efficiency. If necessary noise levels shall be reduced
byappropriateshroudingoftheequipment.Equipmentshallbesoorientedthatthenoisewillberadiatedaway
fromthelikelyareasofcomplaint.
2.7.S.4 NoiseControl
a) AirDucts:Airductsshallbesodesignedandinstalledtoavoidanytransmissionofnoiseandvibrationwhich
maybepickedupbytheductsystemfromequipmentroomoradjoiningrooms.Ductsystemshallnotallow
crosstalkornoisetransferfromoneoccupiedspacetoanother.
Duct system shall be appropriately designed, constructed and installed to obtain adequate attenuation of
noiserequiredtomaintainrecommendednoiselevelintheairconditionedspace.
Duct construction and installation shall be such that drumming effect of duct walls and noise transmission
throughtheductwallscanbeminimizedtoapprovedlevel.
b) Plenum Chamber: If required, properly designed plenum chamber, lined with approved sound absorbed
material,and/orsoundattenuatorsshallbeusedforattenuationofnoise.
c) FlowControlDevices:Airdampersandotherflowcontroldevicesshallbesoselectedthatnoisegeneration
doesnotexceedapprovedlevels.
d) AirTerminals:Airterminalsshallbeselectedfortheapprovednoisegenerationcharacteristics.
e) Piping:Velocityoffluidsinpipingshallbesoselectedthatnoisegenerationdoesnotexceedapprovedlevels.
f) Chiller and Refrigeration Equipment: Chiller(s) and refrigeration equipment(s) shall be so selected and
installed that the combined effect of noise level does not exceed 65dBA or approved levels at the property
boundary line. Where ever possible refrigerant compressors may be encaged in acoustically treated
enclosures to reduce noise transmission. Similarly, low speed condenser fans may be used to have reduced
noisegeneration.Fancylindersmaybeacousticallytreatedtoreducenoisetransmission.
g) Cooling Tower: Cooling Towers(s) shall be so selected and installed that the combined effect of noise
generationdoesnotexceed65dBAorapprovedlevelsattheproperboundarylevel.Whereeverpossible,fan
cylindersshallbeacousticallytreatedtoreducenoisetransmission.Floatingmatsmayalsobeusedtoreduce
waterdropletnoise.
2.7.S.S VibrationControl
a) Appropriately designed vibration isolators shall be installed under the machinery to restrict vibration
transmission to structures. Similarly vibration isolators shall also be used between a machinery and all
pipeworkandductworkincludingthesupportswhenapplicable.
b) Where ever necessary Inertia Block with spring vibration isolators shall be used to restrict vibration
transmissiontostructures.
c) Springvibrationisolatorsshallbeearthquakerestrainttype.
2.8 AIRDISTRIBUTIONSYSTEM
2.8.1 DuctWork
2.8.1.1 General
a) Supply air, return air and outside air for airconditioning, heating and ventilation systems shall be
conductedthroughductsystems.Ductsandplenumsshallbeofindependentconstructionorshallbeformedby
partsofthebuildingstructure.
b) Supply and return air plenums shall be limited to uninhabited crawl spaces, areas above a ceiling or
below the floor, or attic spaces. Plenums shall be limited to one fire area. Fuelfired equipment shall not be
installed within a plenum. Venting systems and exhaust ducts shall not be extended into or through ducts or
plenums.
c) ProhibitedUse:Exitsandexitaccesscorridorsshallnotbeusedassupplyorreturnairductsorplenums.
Exception: The restriction on the use of the space between the corridor ceiling and the floor or roof structure
above as return air plenum shall not apply when the corridor is not required to be of fire resistance rated
constructionorisseparatedfromtheplenumbyfireresistanceratedconstructionorislocatedwithinadwelling
unit.
d) Flood Proofing: For building located in a flood hazard zone, plenum spaces shall be either placed above
the base flood elevation or protected so as to prevent water from entering or accumulating within the plenum
spaceduringfloodsuptothebasefloodelevation.
2.8.1.2 Material
a) All ducts, duct connectors, associated fittings and plenums used to convey supply air, return air, and
outdoor air for airconditioning, heating and ventilation system shall be constructed of steel, aluminum alloy or
someotherapprovedmetal.Ducts,plenumsandfittingsmaybeconstructedofconcrete,clayorceramicswhen
installedinthegroundorinaconcreteslab,providedthejointsaretightlysealed.
b) Whengypsumproductsareexposedinductsorplenums,theairtemperatureshallneitherbelowerthan
10
o
C nor be higher than 52
o
C and the moisture content shall be controlled so as not to adversely affect the
material.Gypsumproductsshallnotbeexposedinductsservingevaporativecoolers.
Part8
BuildingServices
888 Vol.3
Table8.2.2OutsideDesignConditionsforDifferentStations
a
Station
CoolingDB/MWB
b
Evaporation,WB/MDB
c
Range
of
DB
d
0.4% 1% 2% 0.4% 1% 2%
DB MWB DB MWB DB MWB WB MDB WB MDB WB MDB
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14)
Barisal 35.5 28.5 34.5 28.5 34 28 30 33 29.5 33 29 32 5
Bogra 36.5 28.5 35.5 28.5 34.5 28 31.5 33.5 30 33 29 33 5.5
Chandpur 35.5 28.5 34.5 28.5 34 28 29.5 33 29.5 33 29 32.5 5
Chittagong 34 28.5 33.5 28.5 33 28 29.5 32.5 29 32.5 28.5 32 4.5
Comilla 35 27.5 34.5 27.5 34 27.5 29 33 28.5 32.5 28 32 5.5
CoxsBazar 34 27.5 33.5 27.5 33 27.5 29 31 29 30 29 30 5
Dhaka 35.55 27.5 35 27 34.5 27 29 33 28.5 29 28.5 29 5
Dinajpur 36 28.5 35 28 34.5 28 30 32.5 29 33 29 33 5.5
Faridpur 36.5 28.5 35.5 28 34.5 28 29.5 33 29 33 29 33 5
Ishurdi 37.5 27 36.5 27 35.5 28 30 34.5 29 33.5 29 33.5 6
Jessore 38 28.5 37 28.5 36 28 30 35 30 35 29.5 34 6.5
Khulna 36.5 29 36 28 35.5 28 30 34 30 34 29.5 33.5 5
Mongla 37 31 36 30.5 35 30 33 34 32.5 34 32 33.5 5
Mymensingh 35 28 34 28 33.5 27.5 29.5 33 29 32.5 28.5 32 4.5
Station
CoolingDB/MWB
b
Evaporation,WB/MDB
c
Range
of
DB
d
0.4% 1% 2% 0.4% 1% 2%
DB MWB DB MWB DB MWB WB MDB WB MDB WB MDB
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14)
Patuakhali 35.5 28.5 35 28.5 34.5 28.5 30 33 30 33 29.5 32.5 5
Rajshahi 35.5 29 34.5 28.5 34 29 31.5 33 31 32.5 30 31.5 5
Rangamati 35.5 26 34.5 27 34 27.5 28.5 33.5 28 32.5 28 32.5 6
Rangpur 35.5 28.5 34.5 28 34 28 29.5 30.5 29.5 30 29.5 30 5
Sylhet 35.5 27 34.5 27 34 26.5 28.5 32.5 28 32.5 28 32.5 5.5
Tangail 36 27.5 35.5 27.5 34.5 27.5 29 33.5 28.5 33 28.5 33 5.5
Note:
a
Thistablehasbeenpreparedbystatisticalanalysisofweatherdataoftenyears,recordedthreehourlybytrainedobserversof
BangladeshMeteorologicalDepartment.
b
Thedrybulb(DB)temperaturespresentedincolumn2,4&6representvalueswhichhaveequaledorexceededby0.4%,1%,and2%of
the total hours during the summer months of May through September. The coincident mean wet bulb temperatures (MWB) listed in
columns3,5&7arethemeanofallwetbulbtemperaturesoccurringatthespecificdesigndrybulbtemperatures.Thesevaluesshallbe
usedforcoolingloadcalculation.
c
Wetbulb(WB)temperaturespresentedincolumn8,10&12representvalueswhichhavebeenequaledorexceededby0.4%,1%and
2%ofthetotalhoursduringthesummermonthsofMaythroughSeptember.Thecoincidentmeandrybulbtemperatures(MDB)listedin
columns9,11&13arethemeanofalldrybulbtemperaturesoccurringatthespecificdesignwetbulbtemperatures.Thesevaluesshall
beusedforselectionofCoolingTower,evaporativecoolingequipment,freshaircoolingandothersimilarequipment.
d
Mean daily range temperatures presented in column14 are the difference between the average daily maximum and average daily
minimumtemperaturesduringthewarmestmonthsateachstation.

Part8
TABLE8.2.3MinimumVentilationRatesforAirConditionedSpaces
OCCUPANCYCLASSIFICATION OUTDOOR
AIRFLOWRATEIN
BREATHINGZONE
OUTDOOR
AIRFLOWRATE
IN
BREATHING
ZONE
a
DEFAULT
OCCUPANT
DENSITY
a
EXHAUSTAIRFLOW
RATE
a
l/sperperson l/sperm
2
Numberper100m
2
l/sperm
2
Correctionalfacilities

Cellswithoutplumbingfixtures 2.5 0.6 25
Cellswithplumbingfixtures
g
2.5 0.6 25 5.0
Dininghalls
(seefoodandbeverageservice)
Guardstations 2.5 0.3 15

Dayroom 2.5 0.3 30
Booking/waiting 3.75 0.3 50
Drycleaners,laundries

Coinoperateddrycleaner 3.75 20
Coinoperatedlaundries 3.75 0.3 20
Commercialdrycleaner 15 30
Commerciallaundry 12.5 10
Storage,pickup 3.75 0.6 30
Education

Auditoriums 2.5 0.3 150
Corridors(seepublicspaces)
Mediacenter 5 0.6 25
Sportslockerrooms
g
2.5
Music/theater/dance 5 0.3 35
Smokinglounges 30
70
Daycare(throughage4) 5 0.9 25
Classrooms(ages58) 5 0.6 25
Classrooms(age9plus) 5 0.6 35
Lectureclassroom 3.75 0.3 65
Lecturehall(fixedseats) 3.75 0.3 150
Artclassroom
g
10 0.9 20 3.5
Sciencelaboratories
g
5 0.9 25 5.0
Wood/metalshops
g
5 0.9 20 2.5
Computerlab 5 0.6 25
Multiuseassembly 3.75 0.3 100
Locker/dressingrooms
g
1.25
Foodandbeverageservice

Bars,cocktaillounges 3.75 0.9 100
Cafeteria,fastfood 3.75 0.9 100
Diningrooms 3.75 0.9 70
Kitchens(cooking)
b
3.5
Hospitals,nursingandconvalescent
homes

Autopsyrooms 2.5
AIRFLOWRATEIN
BREATHINGZONE
OUTDOOR
AIRFLOWRATE
IN
BREATHING
ZONE
a
DEFAULT
OCCUPANT
DENSITY
a
EXHAUSTAIRFLOW
RATE
a
2
Numberper100m
2
l/sperm
2
Medicalprocedurerooms 7.5 20
Operatingrooms 15 20
Patientrooms 12.5 10
Physicaltherapy 7.5 20
RecoveryandICU 7.5 20
Hotels,motels,resortsanddormitories

Multipurposeassembly 2.5 0.3 120
Bathrooms/toiletprivate
g
12.5/25
f
Bedroom/livingroom 2.5 0.3 10

Conference/meeting 2.5 0.3 50
Dormitorysleepingareas 2.5 0.3 20
Gamblingcasinos 3.75 0.9 120
Lobbies/prefunction 3.75 0.3 30
Offices

Conferencerooms 2.5 0.3 50
Officespaces 2.5 0.3 5
Receptionareas 2.5 0.3 30
Telephone/dataentry 2.5 0.3 60
Mainentrylobbies 2.5 0.3 10
Privatedwellings,singleandmultiple

Garages,commonformultipleunits
b
3.75
Garages,separateforeachdwelling
b
50l/spercar
Kitchens
b
12.5/50
f
Livingareas
c
0.35ACHbutnotless
than7.5l/sper
person
Baseduponnumber
of
bedrooms.First
bedroom,
each
additionalbedroom,
1
Toiletroomsandbathrooms
g
10/25
f
Publicspaces

Corridors 0.3
Elevatorcar 5.0
Showerroom(pershowerhead)
g
25/10
f
Smokinglounges 30 70
Toiletroomspublic
g
25/30
e
Placesofreligiousworship 2.5 0.3 120

Courtrooms 2.5 0.3 70
Legislativechambers 2.5 0.3 50
Libraries 2.5 0.6 10
Museums(children's) 3.75 0.6 40
Part8
BuildingServices
892 Vol.3
AIRFLOWRATEIN
BREATHINGZONE
OUTDOOR
AIRFLOWRATE
IN
BREATHING
ZONE
a
DEFAULT
OCCUPANT
DENSITY
a
EXHAUSTAIRFLOW
RATE
a
2
Numberper100m
2
l/sperm
2
Museums/galleries 3.75 0.3 40

Retailstores,salesfloorsandshowroom
floors

Sales(exceptasbelow) 3.75 0.6 15
Dressingrooms 1.25
Mallcommonareas 3.75 0.3 40
Shippingandreceiving 0.6
Smokinglounges
b
30 70
Storagerooms 0.6
Warehouses(seestorage)
Specialtyshops

Automotivemotorfueldispensingstations
b
7.5
Barber 3.75 0.3 25 2.5
Beautyandnailsalons
b
10 0.6 25 3.0
Embalmingroom
b
10.0
Petshops(animalareas)
b
3.75 0.9 10 4.5
Supermarkets 3.75 0.3 8
Sportsandamusement

Disco/dancefloors 10 0.3 100
Bowlingalleys(seatingareas) 5 0.6 40
Gamearcades 3.75 0.9 20
Icearenaswithoutcombustionengines 0.30 2.5
Gym,stadium,arena(playarea) 0.30
Spectatorareas 3.75 0.3 150
Swimmingpools(poolanddeckarea) 2.4
Healthclub/aerobicsroom 10 0.3 40
Healthclub/weightroom 10 0.3 10
Storage

Repairgarages,enclosedparkinggarages
b,d
3.75
Warehouses 0.3
Theaters

Auditoriums(seeeducation)
Lobbies 2.5 0.3 150

Stages,studios 5 0.3 70
Ticketbooths 2.5 0.3 60
Transportation

Platforms 3.75 0.3 100
Transportationwaiting 3.75 0.3 100
Workrooms

Bankvaults/safedeposit 2.5 0.3 5
Darkrooms 5.0
AIRFLOWRATEIN
BREATHINGZONE
OUTDOOR
AIRFLOWRATE
IN
BREATHING
ZONE
a
DEFAULT
OCCUPANT
DENSITY
a
EXHAUSTAIRFLOW
RATE
a
2
Numberper100m
2
l/sperm
2
Copy,printingrooms 2.5 0.3 4 2.5

Meatprocessing
c
7.5 10
Pharmacy(prep.area) 2.5 0.9 10
Photostudios 2.5 0.6 10
Computer(withoutprinting) 2.5 0.3 4
a. Baseduponnetoccupiablefloorarea.
b. Mechanicalexhaustrequiredandtherecirculationofairfromsuchspacesisprohibited.Allairsuppliedtosuchspaces
shallbeexhausted,includinganyairinexcessofthatrequiredbythistable.
c. Spacesunheatedormaintainedbelow50Farenotcoveredbytheserequirementsunlesstheoccupancyiscontinuous.
d. VentilationsystemsinenclosedparkinggaragesshallcomplywithSection2.11.3.8.
e. Ratesareperwaterclosetorurinal.Thehigherrateshallbeprovidedwhereperiodsofheavyuseareexpectedtooccur,such
astoiletsintheaters,schoolsandsportsfacilities.Thelowerrateshallbepermittedwhereperiodsofheavyusearenot
expected.
f. Ratesareperroomunlessotherwiseindicated.Thehigherrateshallbeprovidedwheretheexhaustsystemisdesignedto
operateintermittently.Thelowerrateshallbepermittedwheretheexhaustsystemisdesignedtooperatecontinuously
duringnormalhoursofuse.
g. Mechanicalexhaustisrequiredandrecirculationisprohibitedexceptthatrecirculationshallbepermittedwherethe
resultingsupplyairstreamconsistsofnotmorethan10percentairrecirculatedfromthesespaces(seeSection2.11.3.6,
itemsaandc).
h. Fornailsalons,therequiredexhaustshallincludeventilationtablesorothersystemsthatcapturethecontaminantsandodors
attheirsourceandarecapableofexhaustingaminimumof25l/sperstation.
2.8.1.S CombustibleswithinDuctsorPlenums
Plenums shall be constructed with noncombustible materials. Materials exposed within ducts or plenums shall
haveaflamespreadindexofnotmorethan25andsmokedevelopedratingofnotmorethan50whentestedin
accordancewithASTME84.
Exceptions:
a) Return air and outside air ducts, plenums and concealed spaces which serve a dwelling unit may be of
combustibleconstruction.
b) Airfiltersservingdwellingunit.
c) Airfiltersusedaswaterevaporationmediuminanevaporativecooler.
d) Charcoalfilterswhenprotectedwithanapprovedfiresuppressionsystem.
e) Exposedelectriccablesinstalledinconcealedspaceusedasplenumsexhibitaflamepropagationofnotmore
than1.5mandproducesmokehavingapeakopticaldensitynotgreaterthan0.5andaverageopticaldensity
notgreaterthan0.15whentestedinaccordancewithUL910.
f) Nonmetallicfiresprinklerpipingintheplenumexhibitaflamepropagationofnotmorethan1.5mandshall
produce smoke having a peak optical density not greater than 0.5 and average optical density not greater
than0.15whentestedinaccordancewithUL1820.
2.8.1.4 DuctConstruction
a) Ducts shall be of square, rectangular, round or oval crosssection. Construction of required size of duct
shall be as per good practice described in ASHRAE Handbooks and SMACNA (Sheet Metal and Airconditioning
Contractors'NationalAssociation,USA)ductconstructionstandards.
b) Jointsofductsystemsshallbemadesubstantiallyairtightbymeansoftapes,mastics,gasketingorother
meansandshallhavenoopeningotherthanthoserequiredforproperoperationandmaintenanceofthesystem.
Access openings shall be provided in the duct system for periodic cleaning of the system. Removable grilles
Part8
BuildingServices
894 Vol.3
requiring only the loosening of catches or screws for removal may be considered as access openings. Walk in
accessdoorsshallbesoconstructedthatthedoormaybereadilyopenedfromtheinsidewithouttheuseofkeys.
c) Vibrationisolatorsinstalledbetweenequipmentandmetalducts(orcasings)orbetweentwosectionsof
the ducts where duct crosses building expansion joint, shall be made of an approved flame retardant fabric or
shall consist of sleeve joints with packing of approved material having flame spread rating of not more than 25
andasmokedevelopedratingofnotmorethan50whentestedinaccordancewithASTME84.Vibrationisolation
connectorsconstructedoffabricshallnotexceed250mminlength.
2.8.1.S DuctCoverings
a) Supplyandreturnairductsandplenumsofacoolingorheatingsystemshallbeinsulatedwithapproved
qualityinsulatingmaterialofadequatethicknessrequiredasperlocationoftheductsystemandtemperaturesof
airinsideandaroundtheductsystem.Insulationshallbeofsuchqualityandthicknesstopreventtheformation
ofcondensationontheexteriororinteriorwallsofanyduct.
b) Materials used within the ducts and plenums for insulation, sound absorption or other purposes shall
have a mold, humidity and erosion resistant face that meets the requirements of accepted standards. These
materialswhenexposedtoairvelocitieswithintheductsinexcessof10m/sshallbefastenedwithbothadhesive
andmechanicalfasteners,andexposededgesshallhaveadequatetreatmenttowithstandtheoperatingvelocity.
c) Duct coverings, duct linings, vapour barrier facings, tapes, adhesives used in duct system shall have a
flamespreadratingnotover25andasmokedevelopmentratingnohigherthan50whentestedasacomposite
installation:
Exceptions:
i) Ductcoveringsshallnotberequiredtomeettheserequirementswheretheyarelocatedentirely
outsideof abuilding,donotpenetrateawallorroof,anddonotcreateanexposurehazard.
ii) Duct covering having a flame spread index not exceeding 50 and a smoke density not greater
than100may be used in dwelling or apartment houses where the duct system serves not more than
onedwellingunit.
d) Duct coverings, linings, including associated tapes and adhesives shall be interrupted at least 1 m from
heatsourceinaductsystemsuchaselectricresistanceheaters,fuelburningheatersorfurnacesandatthearea
ofafiredamperorfiredoor,wheretheductpenetratesafireseparation.Interiorinsulationandacousticallinings
shallbeplacedsoasnottointerferewithpositiveclosingoffiredampersorotherclosures.
e) Serviceopeningsshallnotbeconcealed.
2.8.1.6 DuctInstallation
a) An air distribution system shall be designed and installed as per good practice described in ASHRAE
HandbooksandSMACNAHandbooksoastomeettherequirementofproperdistributionofairasperprovisions
of this code. The installation of an air distribution system shall not affect the fire protection requirements
specifiedinthisCode.
b) Ducts and all parts of the duct system shall be substantially supported and securely fastened to the
structural members of the building with approved devices of noncombustible material designed to carry the
required loads. Duct supports shall not lessen the fire protections of structural members. Ducts shall be braced
andguyedtopreventlateralorhorizontalswing.
c) Hangers shall have sufficient strength and durability to properly and safely support the duct work.
Hangersshallhavesufficientresistancetothecorrosiveeffectoftheatmospheretowhichtheywillbeexposed.
Hangersshallnotbeusedindirectcontactwithadissimilarmetalthatwouldcausegalvanicactioninthehanger,
duct,fastenings,orstructure.
d) Ductsshallnotbehungfromorsupportedbysuspendedceilings.
e) Metal ducts shall not usually be installed within 100 mm of the ground. Metal ducts not having an
approved protective coating, when installed in or under concrete slab shall be encased in at least 50 mm of
concrete. Metallic ducts having an approved protective coating and nonmetallic ducts shall be installed in
accordancewiththemanufacturer'sinstallationinstructions.
f) Whenductspenetrateanymasonrywall,itshalleitherbelinedwithfelttoisolateitfromthemasonry,
oranairgapshallbeleftaroundit.
g) All underground ducts located in a flood hazard zone shall be capable of resisting hydrostatic and
hydrodynamicloadsandstresses,includingtheeffectsofbuoyancy,duringtheoccurrenceoffloodingtothebase
floodelevation.
h) Ducts installed in locations where they are subject to mechanical damage by vehicles or from other
causesshallbeprotectedbyapprovedbarriers.
2.8.1.7 FireDamper
a) Firedampersshallbeprovidedatlocationswhereairdistributionsystemspenetrateassembliesthatare
requiredtobefireresistanceratedbythisCode.
Exceptions:
Firedampersarenotrequiredinthefollowingcases:
i) Whereanexhaustductpenetratesafireresistanceratedshaftwallandthesubductextendsnot
lessthan560mmverticallyupward.
ii) Atpenetrationsoftenantseparationandcorridorwallsinbuildingsequippedthroughoutwithan
automaticsprinklersysteminstalledinaccordancewiththeBuildingCode.
iii) Wheretheductsareconstructedofsteelandarepartofanengineeredsmokeremovalsystem.
iv) At penetration of corridor walls where the ducts are constructed of steel and do not have
openingswhichcommunicatethecorridorwithadjacentspacesorrooms.
v) Atpenetrationsofaroofassemblywhereductsareopentotheatmosphere.
vi) Inhazardousexhaustsystems.
vii) Whereceilingdampersareinstalledinaccordancewiththebuildingcode.
viii) Ingarageexhaustorsupplyshaftswhichareseparatedfromallotherbuildingshaftsbynotless
than2hourfireresistanceratedfireseparationassembly.
ix) In ducted airconditioning, heating and ventilation systems penetrating walls with a 1 hour fire
resistance rating or less. Where fire dampers will interfere with the operation of the smoke
controlsystem,approvedalternativeprotectivedevicesshallbeutilized.
b) Fire dampers shall comply with UL555 and bear the label of an approved agency. Fire dampers shall be
installedinaccordancewiththemanufacturinginstallationinstructions.
c) Fire dampers shall be accessible. Suitable openings with tightly fitted covers shall be provided to make
firedampersaccessibleforinspectionandthisshallbelargeenoughtopermitmaintenanceandresettingofthe
damper.
d) Ductwork shall be connected to fire damper sleeves or assemblies in such a way that collapse of the
ductworkwillnotdislodgethedamper.
2.8.1.8 AutomaticShutoff
a) Eachsingleairdistributionsystemprovidingairconditioning,heatingorventilationairinexcessof1000
l/sinGroupA,Division5;GroupB;GroupC;GroupD;GroupE,Division1,2and3;GroupF,Division1,2,3and5;
Group G, Division 2; Group H, Division 2; Group J occupancies shall be equipped with an automatic shutoff
provision activated by smoke detectors. When the system serves more than one occupancy, automatic shutoff
shallbeprovided.
Exceptions:
i) Automatic shutoff need not be installed when all rooms have direct exit to the exterior of the
building.
ii) Automaticshutoffneednotbeinstalledinsystemsspecificallydesignedforsmokecontrol.
b) Smoke Detection: Smoke detectors required by Sec 2.5.1.8(a) shall be installed in the main returnair
ductaheadofanyoutsideairinletortheymaybeinstalledineachroomorspaceservedbythereturnairduct.
Detectors shall also be installed in the supply duct, downstream of the filters. Activation of any detector shall
causetheairmovingequipmenttoautomaticallyshutdown.
Part8
BuildingServices
896 Vol.3
2.8.2 AirTerminals
2.8.2.1 Registers,GrillesandDiffusers
Supply air registers, grilles and diffusers; and return air grills shall be installed in accordance with the
manufacturer's installation instructions. Selection and installation of registers, grilles and diffusers shall comply
withtherequirementsofairdistributionsystem.
2.8.2.2 VentilatingCeilings
Perforated ceilings may be used for air supply except in exit corridors which are required to be of fire resistive
construction. Ceiling material shall be of ClassI flame spread classification on both sides in accordance with
requirements of this Code. All wiring shall be in enclosures regardless of the voltage carried. Suspended
ventilatingceilingsupportsshallbeofnoncombustiblematerials.
2.8.2.S VisualDuctOpenings
Ductopeningsinbathrooms,toiletsandchangingroomsshallpreventvisualobservationfromadjoiningrooms.
2.8.2.4 CappedOpening
Allductopeningsshallbecappedduringconstruction.
2.8.2.S Retuin Aii Intake anu 0utsiue Aii Intake
ReturnairandoutsideairintakeopeningsshallbelocatedinaccordancewiththerequirementsofSec2.6.2.7(b).
2.8.2.6 ExhaustOpenings
Outside exhaust openings shall be located so as not to create nuisance. Exhaust air shall not be directed onto
walkways.
2.8.2.7 OpeningProtection
Outside air intake and exhaust openings shall be protected with corrosionresistant screens, louvers or grilles.
Openingsshallbeprotectedagainstalllocalweatherconditions.Exhaustopeningsshallhaveprovisiontoprevent
backdraftunderwindconditions.
2.8.3 ExhaustAirSystems
2.8.S.1 General
a) Exhaust air systems serving kitchens or toilets and/or bathrooms shall be independent exhaust systems
andshallnotbecombinedwithexhaustairductsservingotherareas,exceptatimmediatelybeforethepointof
final delivery to the outside, such as at the base of a roof ventilator or when all interconnected systems are
equippedwithsuitablebackpressuredevicestopreventpassageofodoursfromonesystemtoanotherwhenthe
fanisnotinoperation.
b) Exhaustductsshallhaveprovisionforremovalofcondensateswherethismaybeaproblem,suchasfor
swimmingpoolsandshowerexhaustsandfortheseapplicationsductjointsshallbewatertight.
c) Construction and installation of exhaust air ducts for toilet, bathrooms and swimming pools shall be in
accordancewiththeprovisionsofSec2.5.1.
d) Design, construction and installation of exhaust air systems forexhaustof harmfuland hazardous gases
andindustrial/processexhaustgasesshallbeinaccordancewiththeprovisionsofSec2.8.4.
e) Design,constructionandinstallationofkitchenexhaustsystemshallbeinaccordancewiththeprovisions
ofSec2.8.5.
2.9 AirConditioningEquipment
2.9.1 General
2.9.1.1 Scope
Airconditioning,heatingandventilationequipmentshallconformtotherequirementsofthisCode.
EquipmentshallnotbeinstalledoralteredinviolationofthisCode.Defectivematerialsorpartsshallbereplaced
insuchamannerasnottoinvalidateanyapproval.
2.9.1.2 Approval
When required each appliance shall be approved by the building official for safe use or comply with applicable
nationallyrecognizedstandard.Forthispurposeinstallersshallfurnishsatisfactoryevidencethattheapplianceis
constructed in conformity with the requirements of this Code. The permanently attached label of an approved
agencymaybeacceptedassuchevidence.
2.9.1.S Labeling
Allmechanicalequipmentandappliancesshallbearpermanentandlegiblefactoryappliednameplateonwhich
shallappearconstructionandoperationdataincludingsafetyrequirements.
2.9.1.4 Testing
Whererequiredanapprovedagencyshalltestarepresentativesampleofthemechanicalequipmentorappliance
being labeled to the standard or standards pertinent to the equipment or appliance. The approved agency shall
maintainarecordofalltestsperformed.Therecordsshallprovidesufficientdetailtoverifycompliancewiththe
teststandard.
2.9.1.S EquipmentInstallation
a) General:Mechanicalequipmentandappliancesshallbeinstalledinaccordancewiththemanufacturer's
installationinstructionsforthelabeledequipment.Connectionstomechanicalequipmentorappliances,suchas
fuelsupply,electrical,hydronicpiping,ventandductsshallconformtotherequirementsofthisCode.
b) Clearance: Appliances shall be installed with the minimum clearances to combustibles for which the
appliancehasbeentestedasspecifiedbythemanufacturer.
c) Anchorage of Appliances: Appliances designed to be fixed in position shall be securely fastened in
position.Supportsforappliancesshallbedesignedandconstructedtosustainverticalandhorizontalloadswithin
thestresslimitationsspecifiedintheBuildingCode.
d) Noise and Vibration: Equipment noise and vibration transmitted tothe occupied space shall not exceed
the recommended value for the space. Selection and installation of equipment shall be in accordance with Sec
2.4.3.
e) Identification of Equipment: When more than one airconditioning, heating, refrigerating or ventilation
systemsareinstalledontheroofofabuildingorwithinthebuilding,eachequipmentshallbeidentifiedastothe
areaorspaceservedbytheequipment.
2.9.1.6 Access
All mechanical equipment and appliances shall be accessible for inspection, service, repair and replacement
without removing permanent construction. Unless otherwise specified not less than 750 mm of working space
andplatformshallbeprovidedtoservicetheequipmentorappliance.
Appliance controls, gauges, filters, blowers, motors and burners shall be accessible. The operating instructions
shallbeclearlydisplayedneartheappliancewheretheycanbereadeasily.
2.9.1.7 Location
a) Remote Location: Where an appliance is located in a remote location, a walkway having a minimum
widthof600mmshallbeprovided,leadingfromtheaccessopeningtotheappliance.
b) Hazardous Location: Appliances installed in garages, warehouses, or other areas where they may be
subjecttomechanicaldamageshallbeinstalledbehindsuitableprotectivebarriersoratasuitableheightabove
thefloororlocatedoutofthenormalpathofvehiclestoguardagainstsuchdamages.
Airconditioningorheatingequipmentlocatedinagarageandwhichgeneratesaglow,sparkorflamecapableof
igniting flammable vapours shall be installed in such a way that the pilots and burners or heating elements and
switchesareatleast450mmabovethefloorlevel.
Wheresuchappliancesinstalledwithinagarageareenclosedinaseparateapprovedcompartmenthavingaccess
onlyfromoutsideofthegaragesuchappliancesmaybeinstalledatfloorlevel,providedtherequiredcombustion
airistakenfromanddischargedtotheexteriorofthegarage.
Part8
BuildingServices
898 Vol.3
Heating equipment located in rooms where cellulose nitrate plastic or other explosive materials are stored or
processedshallcomplywiththerequirementsofPart4:FireProtection.
c) Outdoor Installation: Mechanical equipment and appliance located outdoors shall be approved for
outdoorinstallation.Mechanicalequipmentandappliancesinstalledoutdoorsshallconformtotherequirements
ofSec2.6.1.5.
Whereappliancesarelocatedwithin3mofaroofedgeoropensideofadropgreaterthan600mm,guardsshall
beprovided.Heightoftheguardshallbeaminimumof900mmandamaximumof1050mmabovethesurface.
Equipment that are located outdoors and may be adversely affected by sun and/or water shall be adequately
protected. Access shall be possible under all weather conditions. All outdoor installed equipment shall be so
located that the sound level shall not be more than 65 dB whenmeasured anywhere on the property boundary
line.
2.9.1.8 ElectricalInstallations
a) Equipment regulated by this code requiring electrical connections of more than 50 volts shall have a
positivemeansofdisconnectadjacent toandinsightfromtheequipmentserved.A230voltACgroundingtype
receptacle shall be located within 8 m of the equipment for service and maintenance purposes. The receptacle
neednotbelocatedonthesamelevelastheequipment.Lowvoltagewiringof50voltsorlesswithinastructure
shallbeinstalledinamannertopreventphysicaldamage.
b) Permanentlightingshallbeprovidedtoilluminatetheareainwhichanapplianceislocated.Forremote
locations,thelightswitchshallbelocatedneartheaccessopeningleadingtotheappliance.
Exceptions:
Lightingfixturesneednotbeinstalledwhenthefixedlightingforthebuildingwillprovidesufficientlightforsafe
servicingoftheequipment.
2.9.1.9 CondensateWastes
Condensatesfromaircoolingcoils,fuelburningcondensingappliancesandtheoverflowfromevaporativecoolers
and similar water supplied equipment shall be collected and discharged to an approved plumbing fixture and
disposal area. The waste pipe shall have a slope of not less than 1 in 100 and shall be of approved corrosion
resistantmaterialandapprovedsize.Condensateorwastewatershallnotdrainoverapublicway.
2.9.1.1u PersonnelProtection
A suitable and substantial metal guard shall be provided around exposed flywheels, fans, pulleys, belts and
movingmachinerywhichareportionsofairconditioning,heatingandventilationsystem.
2.9.2 CoolingbyRefrigeration
2.9.2.1 General
a) Scope:Everyaircoolingsystemandequipmentusingrefrigerantcoils,chilledwatercoilsandbrinecoils
shallconformtotherequirementsofthissectionandtotheapplicablerequirementsofSec2.6.1and2.7.
b) UseofGroup2Refrigerants:DirectrefrigerantsystemscontainingGroup2refrigerantsshallnotservean
aircoolingorairconditioningsystemusedforhumancomfort.
2.9.2.2 Installation
a) Clearance From Ground: When cooling equipment other than ducts and piping is suspended from the
under floor construction, a clearance of at least 150 mm shall be provided between the base of the equipment
andtheground.
b) ExteriorWallInstallation:Allequipmentmountedonexteriorwallataheightof6mormoreabovethe
groundshallbeprovidedonaplatformnotlessthan750mmindepth,with1mhighhandrailsonoperationand
controlsideoftheequipment.Theplatformshallbeaccessiblethroughcatwalknotlessthan450mmwideand
handrailof1mhighfrominsidethebuildingorfromroofaccess.
Exceptions:
Equipmentlocatedonexteriorwallbutremovablefrominsidemaynotrequireplatformandcatwalk.
2.9.2.S Access
a) CoolingUnits:Exceptforpiping,ductsandsimilarequipmentthatdoesnotrequireservicingoradjusting,
an unobstructed access and passageway not less than 600 mm in width and 2 m in height shall be provided to
everycoolingunitsinstalledinsidebuildings.
Exception:
The access opening to a cooling unit located in an attic space may be reduced to 750 mm in length and width,
providedtheunitcanbereplacedfromthisopeningoranotheropeningintothisspaceorarea.
b) Attic or Furred Space Installation: Access to and working platforms for cooling units or cooling system
compressors located in an attic or furred space shall be provided with a solid continuous flooring not less than
600mminwidthfromtheaccessopeningtotherequiredworkingspaceandplatforminfrontoftheequipment
whenaccessopeningislocatedmorethan1mawayfromworkingspace.
c) Filters, Fuel Valves and Air Handlers: An unobstructed access space not less than 600 mm in width and
750mminheightshallbeprovidedtofilters,fuelcontrolvalvesandairhandlingunits.Refrigerant,chilledwater
andbrinepipingcontrolvalvesshallbeaccessible.
Exception:
Anaccessopeningfromtheunobstructedaccessspacewhichopensdirectlytosuchequipmentmaybereduced
to 375 mm in the least dimension if the equipment can be serviced, repaired and replaced from this opening
withoutremovingpermanentconstruction.
d) Refrigeration Machinery Room Installations: Access to equipment located in a refrigeration machinery
roomshallcomplywithSec2.7.
e) RooforExteriorWallInstallation
i) Equipment installed on the roof or on an exterior wall shall be accessible under all weather
conditions. A portable ladder or other portable temporary means may be used for access to
equipmentlocatedontheroof,oronexteriorwallofasinglestoreyportionofthebuilding.
ii) Platform: When the roof has a slope greater than 4 in 12 a level working platform at least 750
mmindepthshallbeprovidedalongthecontrolorservicingsidesoftheunit.Sidesofaworking
platformfacingtheroofedgebelowshallbeprotectedbyasubstantialrailingofminimum1m
inheightwithverticalrailsnotmorethan525mmapart,exceptthatparapetsatleast600mmin
heightmaybeutilizedinlieuofrailsorguards.
iii) Catwalk: On roofs having slopes greater than 4 in 12, a catwalk at least 400 mm in width with
substantialcleatsspacednotmorethan400mmapartshallbeprovidedfromtheroofaccessto
theworkingplatformattheappliance.
2.9.2.4 WorkingSpace
Equipmentrequiringaccessthereto,asspecifiedinSec2.6.2.3,shallbeprovidedwithanunobstructedspaceon
thecontrolorservicingsideoftheequipmentofnotlessthan750mmindepthand2minheight.Workingspace
forequipmentlocatedinamachineryroomshallcomplywithSec2.7.
Exception:
The height of the working space may be reduced to 750 mm for an air handling unit, air filter or refrigerant,
chilledwaterpipingandbrinepipingcontrolvalves.
2.9.2.S LightinginConcealedSpaces
Whenaccessisrequiredtoequipmentlocatedinanunderfloorspace,atticorfurredspace,apermanentelectric
lightoutletandlightingfixtureshallbeinstalledinaccordancewithSec2.6.1.8(b).
2.9.2.6 CondensateControl
When a cooling coil or cooling unit is located in the attic or furred space where damage may result from
condensate overflow, an additional water tight pan of corrosion resistant metal shall be installed beneath the
coolingcoilorunittocatchtheoverflowcondensateduetocloggedprimarycondensatedrain,oronepanwitha
standing overflow and a separate secondary drain may be provided in lieu of the secondary drain pan. The
additionalpanorthestandingoverflowshallbeprovidedwithadrainpipe,minimum19mmnominalpipesize,
discharging at a point which can be readily observed. This requirement is in addition to the requirements for
condensatewastepipingsetforthinSec2.6.1.9.
Part8
BuildingServices
8100 Vol.3
2.9.2.7 ReturnAirandOutsideAir
a) Source:Acoolingunitshallbeprovidedwithoutsideair,returnair,orboth.Coolingsystemsregulatedby
thisCodeanddesignedtoreplacerequiredventilationshallbearrangedtodeliverintotheconditionedspacenot
lessthantheamountofoutsideairspecifiedinBuildingCode.
b) Prohibited Sources: The outside air or return air for a cooling system or cooling unit shall not be taken
fromthefollowinglocations:
i) Closerthan3mfromanapplianceventoutlet,aventopeningoraplumbingdrainagesystemor
thedischargeoutletofanexhaustfan,unlesstheoutletis1mabovetheoutsideairinlet.
ii) Whereitwillpickupobjectionableodours,fumesorflammablevapours;orwhereitislessthan
3 m above the surface of any abutting public way or driveway; or where it is in a horizontal
positioninasidewalk,street,alleyordriveway.
iii) Ahazardousorinsanitarylocationorarefrigerationmachineryroom;
iv) Anareathevolumeofwhichislessthan25percentoftheentirevolumeservedbysuchsystem,
unless there is a permanent opening to an area the volume of which is equal to 25 per cent of
theentirevolumeserved.
v) Aroomorspacehavinganyfuelburningappliancestherein,exceptwhen75%oftheconditioned
air is discharged back into the same room or space and air inlets are not located within 3 m of
fireboxordraftdiverteroffuelburningapplianceandtheroomhasavolumeexceeding1m
3
for
each100wattsfuelinputrateofallfuelburningappliancetherein.
vi) Acloset,bathroom,toiletorkitchen.
c) ReturnAirLimitation:Returnairfromonedwellingunitshallnotbedischargedintoanotherdwellingunit
throughthecoolingsystem.
2.9.2.8 AirVelocity
Cooling systems shall be designed and constructed so that velocity through filters does not exceed the filter
manufacturer'srecommendation.
2.9.2.9 Screen
Requiredoutsideairinletsshallbecoveredwithscreenhaving6mmopenings.
Exception:
An outside air inlet serving a nonresidential portion of a building may be covered with screen having opening
largerthan6mmbutnotlargerthan25mm.
2.9.2.1u DuctSystem
Ifductsarerequiredforcirculation ofair,theductsystemshallbeconstructedandinstalledin accordancewith
Sec 2.5.1. Selection and installation of registers, diffusers and grilles shall conform to the requirements of Sec
2.5.2.
2.9.3 EvaporativeCooling
2.9.S.1 General
a) Scope: Where possible evaporative cooling system may be installed. Evaporative cooling systems shall
complywiththissection.
b) OutsideAir:EvaporativecoolingsystemshallbeprovidedwithoutsideairasspecifiedinSec2.6.2.7
c) AirDucts:AirductsystemsforevaporativecoolingshallcomplywithSec2.5.1.
2.9.S.2 Location
Evaporative cooler shall normally be installed outdoor. It may be installed indoor if duct is provided between
coolerandoutsideairintake.
Evaporativecoolingsystemsshallbeinstalledinamannertominimizetheprobabilityofdamagefromanexternal
source.
2.9.S.S Access
Evaporative coolers shall be accessible for inspection, service and replacement without removing permanent
construction.
2.9.S.4 Installation
Anevaporativecoolersupportedbythebuildingstructureshallbeinstalledonasubstantiallevelbaseandshall
besecureddirectlyorindirectlytothebuildingstructurebysuitablemeanstopreventdisplacementofthecooler.
An evaporative cooler supported directly by theground shall rest on a level concrete slab. The upper surface of
theconcreteslabshallnotbelessthan75mmabovetheadjoininggroundlevel.
An evaporative cooler supported on an above ground platform shall be elevated at least 150 mm above the
adjoininggroundlevel.
Openingsintheexteriorwallsshallbeflushedinanapprovedmannerinaccordancewiththiscode.
2.9.4 HeatingEquipment
2.9.4.1 General
a) Scope:Provisionsofthissectionshallapplytoallelectric,hotwaterorsteamairheatingsystems.
b) OutsideAir:HeatingsystemshallbeprovidedwithoutsideairasspecifiedinSec2.6.2.7.
c) AirDucts:AirductsforheatingsystemsshallcomplywiththeapplicableprovisionsofSec2.5.1.
2.9.4.2 Location
a) Steamshallnotbeusedinheatingcoilofairhandlingunitwhenitislocatedinsidethebuildingbutnot
installedinamachineryroom.
b) All fuel burning equipment such as boilers shall not be installed inside a building and shall be installed
insideamachineryroom.
c) Appliancesgeneratingaglow,sparkorflamecapableofignitingflammablevapoursshallnotbelocated
inplaceswheresuchvapoursexist.
2.9.4.S Access
All appliances shall be accessible for inspection, services, repair and replacement without removing permanent
construction. An unobstructed working space of not less than 750 mm in width and 1250 mm in height shall be
providedoncontrolandservicingside(s)oftheappliance.
2.9.4.4 Installation
AllheatingappliancesshallbeinstalledasperapplicableprovisionsofSec2.6.1.5.
2.9.4.S Controls
a) In case of airconditioning plants where heating or reheating is required, a safety device shall be
incorporated in the installation to cut off automatically the source of heating, such as steam, hot water or
electricity by means of a suitable thermostat or some other device, as soon as the temperature of the room
reachesapredeterminedhighlevelnotexceeding44
o
C,unlessahighertemperatureisrequiredforanindustrial
processcarriedoutintheairconditionedenclosure.Innocasetheoutlettemperatureoftheheatershallexceed
90
o
C.
b) In the case of airconditioning plants where heating or reheating by means of an electrical heater
designed to operate in an air current is done, the system shall be equipped with a safety device to cut off the
electricity to the heating device whenever there is failure of the air flow in which the heater is required to
operate.
The surface temperature of all electrical heaters used in airconditioning systems shall be limited preferably to
400
o
C,andinnocasemorethan538
o
Cwhenmeasuredinstillair.
2.9.4.6 BoilersandFurnaces
a) Steam and hot water boilers and furnaces used for airconditioning systems shall be designed,
constructed and installed in conformance with the requirements of acceptable standards in this regard and the
appropriateBoilerCode.
Part8
BuildingServices
8102 Vol.3
b) Boilersandfurnacesshallbeinstalledinamachineryroomhaving:
i) Asufficientlylargefloorareatopermitaccessibilityforinspectionandservicingoftheappliance
andtoprovideadequateclearancetosatisfyrequirementsoffiresafety.Thevolumeoftheroom
for housing central heating furnaces shall be at least 12 times the total volume of the furnace.
The volume of the room for housing central heating boilers shall be at least 16 times the total
volumeoftheboiler.Iftheceilingheightoftheroomorspaceisgreaterthan2.5m,thevolume
shallbecalculatedonthebasisof2.5mheight.
ii) A permanent opening or opening connecting with the outdoors or with some space that freely
connectswithoutdoors,
iii) Aknockout panel to act as explosion relief panelto preventdamage to structure in case of any
explosioninboilerrooms,
iv) Boiler rooms and furnace rooms shall be protected with an automatic fire suppression system
installedinaccordancewiththeCode.
c) BeforecommissioningoftheboileracertificateofcompliancefromtheChiefInspectorofBoilershallbe
obtained.
2.9.5 AirHandlingUnit
2.9.S.1 General
AirhandlingunitsshallcomplywiththeapplicablerequirementsassetforthinSec2.6.1and2.6.2.
2.9.S.2 Location
Airhandlingunitroomsshall,asfaraspossible,becentrallylocatedwiththeequipmentroomcontiguoustothe
corridorsorotherspacesforrunningofairducts.
Air handling unit rooms shall be located in areas where reasonable sound levels can be tolerated. Air handling
unitroomsshallnotpreferablybelocatedadjacentto conferencerooms,soundrecordingstudios,broadcasting
studios,bedroomsandotheracousticallysensitiveareas.Ifitisabsolutelynecessarytolocateairhandlingunit
room adjacent to the above acoustically sensitive areas, adequate acoustic treatment in the air handling units,
supply and return air ducts, air handling unit rooms shall be provided. In such case, the access door to the air
handling unit room shall be of single leaf type properly acoustically treated and shall have a door sill. The door
shallopenoutwards.
In case of multistoried buildings and for large capacity plant, independent air handling unit room(s) shall be
providedforeachfloorwhendesigncallsforthesame.Theareaservedbyeachairhandlingunitshallconformto
thefireprotectionmeasuresadopted.
2.9.S.S Access
Floor area of the air handling unit room shall be sufficient to allow proper layout of equipment with adequate
accessspaceandworkingspaceforproperoperationandmaintenance.
2.9.S.4 Installation
Air handling units shall be installed on vibration isolators to restrict transmission of vibration to the building
structure. The base of the air handling unit shall be minimum 75 mm above the adjoining floor level. All air
handlingunitroomsshallhaveproperlyinstalledfloordrains.
2.9.6 PackagedAirconditioners
2.9.6.1 General
PackagedairconditionersshallcomplywiththeapplicablerequirementssetforthinSec2.6.1and2.6.2.
2.9.6.2 ProhibitedUse
Packagedairconditionersshallnotbeusedfor,
a) Operation theatres where provisions for 100 per cent fresh air and high quality filtration of air are
required.
b) Special applications like sterile rooms for hospitals and clean rooms where high efficiency filtration is
required.
c) Soundrecordingstudiosandotherareaswherecriteriaforacousticsarestringent.
Exceptions:
Single package units when installed far away from the airconditioned space and are provided with properly
designedsoundattenuatorswhichcanmaintainthedesiredsoundlevelinsidetheconditionedspace.
d) Arearequiringcloseandindependentcontroloftemperatureandrelativehumidity.
Exception:
Computerroomairconditioning.
e) Internalzoneswherenoexposedwallisavailableforinstallationofroomairconditionersornoexternal
platformisavailableforinstallationofoutdoorinstalledunit.
f) Thewidthoftheareaissuchthatthrowofairfromtheairconditionercannotcovertherequiredarea.
2.9.6.S Installation
a) Wallpunchesforroomairconditionersshallhavepropersealingandresilientpadaroundthebodyofthe
unittoavoidleakageofairandvibrationtransmission.
b) Outdoor units shall be installed keeping adequate space for condenser air flow. The discharge of
condenserairshallnotcreateanydisturbancetotheadjacentroomsorbuildings.
c) Refrigerantpipesandcondensatedrainpipesshallbeproperlyinstalledandshallhaveproperinsulation
toavoidcondensationonpipes.IndoorinstallationsshallcomplywiththerequirementsofSec2.6.2.6.
2.9.7 AccessoryEquipment
2.9.7.1 AirCurtain
a) Where Required: In super markets, departmental stores, commercial buildings and other applications
where the continuous movement of people and/or equipment through the door requires that the door be
remainedopencontinuously,adequatelysizedaircurtainsmaybeusedtorestrictentryofunconditionedairto
conditionedspace.
b) Installation: Air curtains shall be installed in such a way as to cover the whole width of the door. The
widthandvelocityofairjetshallbesufficienttorestricttheentryofunconditionedairtotheconditionedspace.
The unit shall have provisions to control the jet velocity with respect to pressure and velocity of air in the
unconditionedspace.
2.9.7.2 AirFilters
a) Airsuppliedtoanyspaceforcooling,heatingorventilationshallbeadequatelyfilteredbeforeitspointof
dischargeintothespace.Minimumfiltrationefficiencyshallbeinaccordancewithgoodengineeringpracticefor
thespaceserved,asrecommendedinASHRAEHandbook.
b) Access:Adequateaccesstofacilitateservicingoffiltersshallbeprovided.Doors,ladders,electriclighting
etc. shall be provided where necessary. A device for indicating differential pressure across the filter bank shall
preferablybefittedtodeterminetheneedforfilterchange.
c) ElectrostaticFilters:Electrostaticfilterswhenused,shallbeelectricallyinterlockedsothatpowersupply
isdisconnectedwhenaccessdoorisopened.
2.9.8 PipingSystem
2.9.8.1 Material
Pipingmaterialforairconditioning,heatingandventilationsystemshallbemetalliconly.
Exception:
Condensatedrainandwastewaterdrainpipingforcoolingunitsmaybenonmetallic.
2.9.8.2 SupportandAnchors
Adequately designed piping supports shall be used at approved space intervals to prevent undue stress on the
pipe and building structure. Piping shall also be adequately anchored. Pipes shall not be supported or hanged
fromanotherpipe.
Part8
BuildingServices
8104 Vol.3
2.9.8.S ExpansionandContraction
Piping shall be installed with provisions to take care of expansion and contraction of the piping because of
temperaturechangesofthefluiditconveys.
2.9.8.4 PipeCovering
a) All pipes likely to achieve a surface temperature during normal operation exceeding 70
o
C and are
exposedtohumancontactorsurfacetemperaturelowerthanthedewpointtemperatureofthesurroundingair,
shall be insulated with approved material suitable for the operating temperature of the system. The insulating
materialanditsthicknessshallbeasrecommendedinASHRAEHandbook.
b) Insulationandcoveringonpipesinwhichthetemperatureofthefluidexceeds120
o
C:
i) Shallbeofnoncombustiblematerial.
ii) Shallnotproduceflameandsmoke,gloworsmoulderwhentestedinaccordancewiththelatest
standardinthisregardatthemaximumtemperaturetowhichsuchinsulationorcoveringistobe
exposedinservice.
Combustibleinsulationandcoveringshallhaveaflamespreadratingthroughoutthematerial,notexceeding25
unitsinbuildingsofnoncombustibleconstruction,whenpipesruninahorizontalorverticalservicespace.When
pipes run in a room or space other than service space, the pipe covering shall have a flame spread rating not
exceedingthatrequiredfortheinteriorfinishoftheceilingoftheroomorspace.
Exception:
Pipe coverings may have a flame spread rating more than 25 and smoke developed index more than 100 when
pipesareenclosedwithinwalls,floorslabsornoncombustibleracewaysorconduits.
2.9.8.S
Steam or hot water bare pipes passing through a storage space shall be protected to prevent direct contact
betweenthesurfaceofpipeandthematerialstored.
Bare pipes containing steam or fluid at temperature above 120
o
C and passing through a combustible floor,
ceiling or wall, shall have a sleeve of metal at least 50 mm larger in diameter than pipe, packed with
noncombustiblematerial.
Minimum clearance between bare pipe and combustible materials shall not be less than 15 mm when
temperature of steam or water in the pipe does not exceed 120
o
C and shall not be less than 25 mm for
temperaturesexceeding120
o
C.
2.9.8.6
Allpipingshallbemarkedwithapprovedmakingsfortypeoffluidcarryingwithdirectionofflow.
2.10 RefrigeratingEquipment
2.10.1 General
2.1u.1.1 Scope
In addition to other provisions of this code, refrigerating systems and equipment shall conform to the
requirementsofthissection.
2.1u.1.2 Approval
Each refrigerating equipment and its components shall comply with relevant internationally recognized
standards.Thelistingandlabelofanapprovedagencywhichisattachedto the equipment,maybeacceptedas
evidencethattheequipmentcomplieswithapplicableinternationallyrecognizedstandards.
2.1u.1.S Installation
A refrigerating equipment shall be installed to conform with the provisions of Sec2.6.1 and the manufacturer's
installationinstructions.
2.1u.1.4 Access
Access for refrigerating units shall be provided as for cooling units and cooling systems set forth in Sec 2.6.1.6
and2.6.2.3.
2.1u.1.S WorkingSpaceandWorkingPlatform
Working space and working platform shall be provided as for cooling units and cooling systems set forth in Sec
2.6.2.4.
2.1u.1.6 ProhibitedLocation
Refrigeratingsystemsandportionthereofshallnotbelocatedinanelevatorshaft,dumbwaitershaftorashaft
havingmovingobjectstherein,orinalocationwhereitwillbesubjecttomechanicaldamage.
2.1u.1.7 CondensateControl
Piping and fittings which convey refrigerant, brine, chilled water or coolant, which generally reach a surface
temperature below the dew point of the surrounding air and which are located in spaces or areas where
condensation could cause a hazard to the building occupants, structure, electrical or other equipment shall be
insulatedtopreventsuchdamage.
2.10.2 AbsorptionRefrigeratingEquipment
2.1u.2.1 Location
Fuelburningabsorptionsystemsshallnotbeinstalledinthefollowinglocations:
a) In any room or space less than 300 mm wider than the units installed therein, with a minimum clear
workingspaceofnotlessthan75mmalongthesides,backandtopoftheunit.
b) Inahazardouslocation.
c) Inasurgicaloperatingroomormedicaltreatmentroom.
d) In any occupancy group unless separated from the rest of the building by not less than a one hour fire
resistiveoccupancyseparation.
Exceptions:
Aseparationshallnotberequiredforequipmentservingonlyonedwellingunit.
e) In a room used or designed to be used as a bedroom, bathroom, closet or in any enclosed space with
accessonlythroughsuchroomorspace.
f) Inaroomfromwherenoiseandvibrationmaybetransmittedtoacousticallysensitiveareas.
Absorption systems containing Group2refrigerantsshall not belocated in any building unless installed withina
refrigerationmachineryroomprovidedasperSec2.7.3.3.
Absorption systems containing more than 9 kg of a Group 2 refrigerant shall be located not less than 6m from
anydoor,windoworventilatingairinlettoabuilding.
2.1u.2.2 Installation
Fuel burning absorption systems located outside of a building shall be completely enclosed in a weather proof
housing of approved materials, unless approved for outdoor installation. The housing shall not be larger than
necessarytoproperlycoverandprovideaminimum150mmclearancearoundtheunitorunitsenclosedtherein,
includingallcontrolsanddraftdiverters.
Anabsorptionsystemsupportedfromthegroundshallrestonaconcreteslab.Theuppersurfaceoftheconcrete
slabshallbeatleast75mmabovetheadjoininggroundlevel.
2.1u.2.S PressureReliefDevices
An absorption system shall be equipped with a factory installed pressure relief device, either a fusible plug, a
rupturememberorapressurereliefvalve.
2.1u.2.4 CombustionAir
Afuelburningabsorptionsystemshallbeprovidedwithadequatecombustionairincludingventingappliances.
Part8
BuildingServices
8106 Vol.3
2.1u.2.S SteamorHotWaterAbsorptionSystem
All absorption systems using steam or hot water as energy source shall be installed in a machinery room unless
the manufacturer has certified it suitable for outdoor installation. The machinery room shall comply with the
provisionsofSec2.7.3.3.
2.10.3 MechanicalRefrigeratingEquipment
2.1u.S.1 General
a) Scope:MechanicalrefrigeratingequipmentshallcomplywiththeprovisionsofSec2.7.1.
Refrigerating systems and equipment, including the replacement of parts and alteration, shall comply with the
provisionsofthissection.
b) Supports: Supports for compressors, condensing units and chillers shall be designed to safely carry the
equipment. Supports from buildings or parts of buildings that are of noncombustible construction shall be
noncombustible.
Acompressororportionofcondensingunitsupportedfromthegroundshallrestonaconcreteorotherapproved
base.Theuppersurfaceoftheconcretebaseshallbeatleast75mmabovetheadjoininggroundlevel.
c) VentilationofRoomsContainingCondensingUnits:Roomsorspacesotherthanarefrigerationmachinery
room complying with the requirements of this section, in which any refrigerant containing portion of a
condensingunitislocated,shallbeprovidedwithoneofthefollowingmeansofventilation:
i) Permanentgravityventilationopeningsofnotlessthan0.2m
2
netfreeareaopeningdirectlyto
theoutsideofthebuildingorextendingtotheoutsideofthebuildingbycontinuousducts,
ii) Amechanicalexhaustsystemarrangedtoprovideatleast3completeairchangeperhourandto
dischargetotheoutsideofthebuilding.
Exception:
Mechanicalexhaustsystemshallnotberequirediftheroomorspacehasavolumeexceeding40m
3
per
kW of the unit or where such room or space has permanent gravity ventilation openings of 0.2 m
2
minimumtotalareatotheotherroomsorspacesexceeding40m
3
perkW.
d) CompressorNearExits:Refrigerantcompressorsofmorethan4kWratingshallbelocatedatleast3m
fromanexitunlessseparatedbyaonehourfireresistiveoccupancyseparation.
2.1u.S.2 Refrigerants
a) Classification:RefrigerantslistedinTable8.2.4andTable8.2.5orotherrefrigerantsequivalentinsafety
tolife,limb,healthorpropertyshallonlybeusedinrefrigeratingequipment.
Note:
Bangladesh is a signatory to the Montreal Protocol which proclaims phasing out of the use of some
refrigerantsviewedasresponsiblefordepletionoftheozonelayerand/orcausingglobalwarming.Ifatthe
timeofusingthisCode,anyoftherefrigerantsmentionedinTable8.2.4and8.2.5isprohibitedfromuseby
theGovernment,therelevantroworrowsofthesetwotablesshallbedeemedtobedeleted.Likewise,if
any safer substitutes to these refrigerants are available and permitted by the Government, these shall be
includedinthelistofrefrigerantspermittedbythisCode.Ingeneral,preferenceshallbegiventoequipment
usingrefrigerantshavingrelativelylowerOzoneDepletionPotentialandGlobalWarmingPotential.
b) Group1Refrigerants
i) DirectSystems:ThemaximumamountofGroup1refrigerantsindirectsystemsshallnotexceed
thatsetforthinTable8.2.4.
ii) IndirectSystems:TheamountofGroup1refrigerantsusedinindirectsystemsshallbeunlimited.
iii) General: Condensing units or combinations of refrigerant interconnected condensing units

totaling 75 kW or more rating which contain a Group 1 refrigerant shall be enclosed in a
refrigerationmachineryroom.
Table8.2.4GroupIRefrigerantClassification,AmountandOccupationalExposureLimit(OEL)
Refrigerant
Designatio
n
Name
Refrigerant
Classification
f
Degrees
of
Hazard
a
Maximum
Quantityin
Space
Intendedfor
Human
Occupancy
(g/m
3
)
OEL
e
R11
d
R12
d
R13
d
R13B1
d
R14
R22
R32
R113
R114
R115
R123
R134a
R407C
R500
R502
R717
R744
Trichlorofluoromethane
Dichlorodifluoromethane
Chlorotrifluoromethane
Bromotrifluoromethane
Tetrafluoromethane
Chlorodifluoromethane
Difluromethane
(Methylenechloride)
Trichlorotrifluoroethane
Dichlorotetrafluoroethan
e
Chloropentafluoroethane
Dichlorotrifluoroethane
Tetrafluoroethane
R32/125/134a
R12/152a
R22/115
Ammonia
Carbondioxide
A1
A1
A1
A1
A1
A1
A2
A1
A1
A1
B1
A1
A1
A1
A1
B2
A1
200
b
200
b
200
b
200
b
200
b
200
b
200
b
200
b
200
b
200
b
200
b
200
b
200
b
200
b
330
c
200
b
6.2
90
400
210
77
20
140
760
57
210
270
120
330
0.22
72
1,000
1,000
1,000
1,000
1,000
1,000
1,000
1,000
1,000
1,000
1,000
1,000
1,000
1,000
1,000
25
5,000
a) Degreesofhazardareforhealth,fire,andreactivity,inaccordancewithNFPA704.
b) Reduction to 100 is allowed if analysis satisfactory to the code official shows that the maximum
concentrationforaruptureorfulllossofrefrigerantchargewouldnotexceedtheIDLH,consideringboth
therefrigerantquantityandroomvolume.
c) Forinstallationsthatareentirelyoutdoors,use310.
d) Class1ozonedepletingsubstance;prohibitedfornewinstallations.
e) OccupationalExposureLimitbasedonOSHAPEL.
f) The capital letter designates the toxicity of the refrigerant at 400PPM by volume. The number denotes
theflammabilityoftherefrigerant.
ClassA:Toxicitynotidentified
ClassB:Evidenceoftoxicityidentified.
Class1:Noflamepropagationinairat65Fand14.7psia.
Class 2: Lower flammability limit (LML) greater than 0.00625 lb/ft
3
at 70F and 14.7 psia and heat of
combustionlessthan8174Btu/lb.
Class3:HighlyflammableasdefinedbyLFLlessthanorequalto0.00625lb/ft
3
at70Fand14.7psiaor
heatofcombustiongreaterthanorequalto8174Btu/lb.
Table8.2.5Group2Refrigerants
RefrigerantDesignation Name
Part8
BuildingServices
8108 Vol.3
R40
R611
R717
R764
Methylchloride
Methylformat
Ammonia
Sulphurdioxide
Exception:
Therequirementshallnotapplywhenthecondensingunitislocatedoutsideofabuildingorontheroof
ofabuildingandnotlessthan6mfromadoor,windoworventilatingairopeninginabuildingorwhen
the condensing unit located in the building is exclusively used for ice making or cold storage together
withtheusualaccessoryroomsinconnectiontherewith.
c) Group2Refrigerants:AmechanicalrefrigeratingsystemorunitrefrigeratingsystemcontainingaGroup2
refrigerant shall not be located within a building unless all refrigerant containing portions of the system are
enclosedinarefrigerationmachineryroom.Suchsystemwheninstalledoutsideofabuildingshallbelocatedat
least6mfromanexitdoor,windoworventilatingairinletinabuilding.

Exception:
Thisshallnotapplytoabuildingusedexclusivelyforicemaking,coldstorageorforthemanufacturingor
processingoffoodordrink,providedtheoccupantloaddoesnotexceedonepersonper10m
2
offloor
areaservedbysuchsystem.PortionsofrefrigeratingsystemscontainingGroup2refrigerantsshallnotbe
locatedinanexit.
Direct refrigeration systems containing Group 2 refrigerants shall not serve an air cooling or airconditioning
systemusedforhumancomfort.
2.1u.S.S RefrigerationMachineryRoom
a) General:Requiredrefrigerationmachineryroomsshallbeofatleastonehourfireresistiveconstruction.
All doors shall be tight fitting. Every door shall be clearly labeled "Machinery Room". The room shall have no
openingsthatwillpermitthepassageofescapingrefrigeranttotheotherpartsofthebuilding.Thereshallbeno
direct opening between a refrigeration machinery room containing Group 2 refrigerant and a room or space in
which there is an open flame, spark producing device or heating surface hotter than 426
o
C. A refrigeration
machineryroomcontainingGroup2refrigerantsshallhaveatleasttwomeansofescapelocatedatleastonefifth
theperimeteroftheroomapart.RefrigerationmachineryroomscontainingGroup1refrigerantshallhaveatleast
oneexitdoor.Sizeoftheexitdoorshallbeatleast1mby2m.
Arefrigerationmachineryroomdoorshallopeninthedirectionofescape.
An unobstructed working space of at least 750 mm in width and at least 2100 mm in height shall be provided
aroundtwoadjacentsidesofallmovingmachineryinarefrigerationmachineryroom.
b) Refrigeration Machinery Room Ventilation: Refrigeration machinery room shall be provided with either
mechanicalorgravityventilation.
i) Mechanical exhaust system shall be a separate and individual system of ventilation serving no
otherareaandshallexhaustairtooutdoorsattherateof12airchangesperhour.Exhaustair
outlet shall not be located within 6m from any exterior door, window or ventilation air inlet in
any building. Provisions shall be made for makeup air to replace that being exhausted. Control
switch for exhaust system shall be located within the machine room and shall be readily
accessible.
ii) Area of gravity ventilation openings to outside of the building shall not be less than one
twentieth of the floor area of the machinery room but shall be more than 0.65 m
2
.
Approximatelyonehalfoftheopeningsshallbelocatedwithin300mmofthefloorandonehalf
within300mmoftheceilingofthemachineryroom.
c) Equipment in a Refrigeration Machinery Room: Combustion air shall not be taken from a refrigeration
machinery room. Electrical equipment, switch or control panel other than those used exclusively for air
conditioning,heatingandventilationsystemshallnotbelocatedinarefrigerationmachineryroom.Thisprovision
shallnotapplytoelectricallightingfixturesformachineryroomandswitchesthereof.
A readily accessible single emergency refrigeration control switch shall be provided to shut off all electrically
operated machineries in a refrigeration machinery room, except the exhaust ventilation system complying with
See 2.7.3.3 (b). Such switch shall be located outside the machinery room, within a distance of 3 m from the
machineryroomexit.
d) First AidFacility: Eachrefrigeration machineryroomshallbe provided withfirst aid boxes.Refrigeration
machineryroomcontainingGroup2refrigerantsshallbeprovidedwithtwogasmasks.
2.1u.S.4 Refiigeiant Piping anu Equipment
a) Materials:Materialsusedintheconstructionandinstallationofrefrigeratingsystemsshallbesuitablefor
the refrigerantin thesystem, and no material or equipment shall be installed which willdeteriorate due tothe
chemicalactionoftherefrigerantorthecompressoroil,orcombinationofboth.
b) Erection of Refrigerant Piping: Refrigerant piping and tubing shall be installed in such a way so as to
prevent excessive vibration and strains at joints and connections. Adequate type of supports shall be used at
pointsasrequiredbutnotexceeding4.5mapart.
Refrigerantpipingandtubingshallbeinstalledinsuchawaysothatitisnotsubjecttodamagefromanexternal
source.
CoppertubingcontainingotherthanGroup1refrigerantshallnotbelocatedinapublichallway,lobbyorstairway
orabuildingunlessenclosedinironorsteelpipingandfittingsorinrigidmetalconduit.
Iron or steel refrigerant piping placed underground shall be coated with sufficient asphalt paint or equivalent
materialtoinhibitcorrosion.
c) Refrigerant Containers: A refrigerant receiver or evaporator or condenser shall be constructed in
accordancewithapprovedstandards.
d) Valves and fittings: All valves and fittings shall be of approved type rated for the maximum operating
pressureofthesystem.
e) Pressure Limiting Device: A pressure limiting device shall be installed on a positive displacement
refrigerantcompressorwhichisaportionof:
i) ArefrigeratingsystemcontainingGroup2refrigerant.
ii) AnaircooledrefrigeratingsystemcontainingGroup1refrigerantof7.5kWormorerating.
iii) AwatercooledrefrigeratingsystemcontainingGroup1refrigerantof2.25kWormorerating.
A stop or shutoff valve shall not be placed between a pressure limiting device required by this section and the
compressoritserves.
f) Pressure Relief Valves: The following compressors of the positive displacement type shall be equipped
withapressurereliefvalve:
i) Acompressorof15kWormoreratingwhichisaportionofarefrigerationsystemcontaining
Group1refrigerantandoperatingatapressureexceeding103kPainthehighpressuresideof
thesystem.
ii) AcompressorwhichisaportionofarefrigeratingsystemcontainingaGroup2refrigerant.
Apressurereliefvalveshallbeconnectedtotherefrigerantdischargesideofthecompressoritserves,between
such compressor and a stop valve. A stop or shutoff valve shall not be located between a pressure relief valve
requiredbythissectionandthecompressoritserves.
Apressurereliefvalve,requiredbythissection,thatterminateoutside,shalldischargeatalocationatleast4.5m
abovetheadjoininggroundlevelandatleast6mfromawindow,ventilatingopeningorexitfromabuilding.
g) PressureReliefDevicesforPressureVessels:Apressurevesselover150mmdiameterwhichmaybeshut
offbyvalvesfromotherpartsofthesystemshallbeequippedwithapressurereliefdevice(s)orrupturemember
complyingwiththerequirementsofthiscode.
h) Manual Discharge of Group 2 Refrigerant: A refrigerating system located in a building and containing
carbon dioxide or Group 2 refrigerant shall be equipped with approved means for manual discharge of the
refrigeranttotheatmosphere.Thedischargepipeshallterminateoutsideofthebuildingnotlessthan2mabove
the highest structure on the building and at least 6 m from any window, ventilating opening or exit from a
building.
2.1u.S.S StorageofRefrigerants
Refrigerants not contained in refrigeration system regulated by the Code shall be stored in original containers
keptinmachineryroom.Thetotalamountshallnotexceed135kg.
Part8
BuildingServices
8110 Vol.3
A portable refrigerant container shall not be connected to the refrigerating system for a period longer than is
necessarytochargeordischargetherefrigeratingsystem.
2.10.4 CoolingTower
2.1u.4.1 Location
Cooling Tower shall not be located where warm and humid air discharge from cooling tower is likely to cause
damagetobuildingstructure.
2.1u.4.2 Installation
a) Cooling tower located at roof shall meet the requirements of structures as specified in this code.
Clearancesforairsuctionanddischargeshallbemaintainedinaccordancewiththerecommendationof
themanufacturerofthecoolingtower.
b) Windspeedshallbetakenintoconsiderationwhiledesigningthefoundation/supportsforcoolingtower.
c) Necessary vibration isolators shall be installed to restrict transmission of machine vibration to the
structure.
2.1u.4.S Access
Aneasyaccesstocoolingtowerlocatedatroofshallbeprovided.
2.1u.4.4 WasteWaterDisposal
Cooling towers or evaporative condensers which are equipped with a positive water discharge to prevent
excessivebuildupofalkalinityandareusedforwatercooledcondensingunitsorabsorptionunitsshalldischarge
thewaterintoanapproveddisposalsystem.
2.1u.4.S PipingConnections
Water supply, waste water piping and other piping connections shall comply with the provisions of applicable
codes.
2.1u.4.6 Noise
Coolingtowernoiseshallnotbemorethan65dBAorthatapprovedbythejurisdictionatthepropertyboundary
line. If necessary, the fan cylinder may be covered with acoustic materials to attenuate noise. Similarly floating
typematmaybeusedtoreducethewaterdropletnoise.
2.1u.4.7 Safety
a) Coolingtowerfanshallbeprotectedbyastrongmetalscreensothatnoexternalobjectand/orbirdcan
comeincontactwiththefanblades.
b) Anelectricisolatingswitchshallbeinstalled,inalockedenclosure,atasuitablelocationnearthecooling
towertodisconnectpowertothecoolingtowerfanwhenmaintenanceworksaretobecarriedout.
c) Eachcoolingtowershallbeprovidedwithasecurelyfixedladdertofacilitatemaintenanceworks.
2.11 VentilationSystems
2.11.1 General
2.11.1.1 Scope
The provisions of this section shall govern the ventilation of spaces within a building intended for human
occupancy.
2.11.1.2 WhereRequired
Every space intended for human occupancy shall be provided with ventilation by natural or mechanical means
duringtheperiodswhentheroomorspaceisoccupied.
2.11.2 NaturalVentilation
2.11.2.1 Sources
Naturalventilationofanoccupiedspaceshallbethroughwindows,doors,louvers,skylightsorotheropeningsto
theoutdoor.Suchventilatingopeningsshallopentotheskyorapublicstreet,space,alley,park,highway,yard,
court,plazaorotherapprovedspacewhichcomplywiththerequirementsofthebuildingcode.
2.11.2.2 AreaofVentilatingOpenings
Theminimumventilatingopeningtotheoutdoorsshallbefourpercentofthefloorareabeingventilated.
a) AdjoiningSpaces:Whereroomsandspaceswithoutopeningstotheoutdoorsareventilatedthroughan
adjoiningroom,theunobstructedopeningtotheadjoiningroomsshallbeatleasteightpercentofthefloorarea
oftheinteriorroomorspace,butnotlessthan2.33m
2
.Theventilationopeningstotheoutdoorsshallbebased
onthetotalfloorareabeingventilated.
b) Opening Below Grade: Openings below grade shall be acceptable for natural ventilation provided the
outsidehorizontalclearspacemeasuredperpendiculartotheopeningisoneandonehalftimesthedepthbelow
theaverageadjoininggrade.
2.11.2.S ContaminantsExhausted
NaturallyventilatedspaceshavingcontaminantspresentshallcomplywiththerequirementsofSec2.8.4.
2.11.2.4 LPgasDistributionFacilities
LPgasdistributionfacilitiesshallbeprovidedwithairinletsandoutletsarrangedsothatairmovementacrossthe
floorofthefacilitywillbeuniform.Thetotalareaofbothinletandoutletopeningsshallbeatleast0.70percent
ofthefloorarea.Thebottomofsuchopeningsshallnotbemorethan150mmabovethefloor.
2.11.3 MechanicalVentilation
2.11.S.1 WhereRequired
Mechanical ventilation shall be provided in all occupiable rooms or spaces where the requirements for natural
ventilationarenotmet;inallroomsorspaces,whichbecauseofthenatureoftheiruseoroccupancy,involvethe
presence of dust, fumes, gases, vapours, or other noxious or injurious impurities, or substances which create a
firehazard;wherespacetemperatureismorethan40C;whererelativehumidityofinsideairismorethan70
percent;wherejobconditionsrequireventilation;orwhererequiredasperprovisionsofthisCode.
2.11.S.2 VentilationSystem
Mechanical ventilation shall be provided by a method of supply air and return or exhaust air. The amount of
supplyairshallbeapproximatelyequaltotheamountofreturnandexhaustair;however,thesystemshallnotbe
prohibited from producinga negative orpositive pressure. Theventilation systemductsand equipment shall be
designedandinstalledinaccordancewithSec2.5.
2.11.S.S VentilationAirQuantity
The minimum amount of air circulation rate for ventilation shall be determined based on the occupant load/
space area and use of the building in accordance with Table 8.2.6. The air circulation rate specified in the Table
8.2.6 shall be equal to the combined total of outside air and recirculated air. The occupant load shall be
determinedinaccordancewiththedataprovidedintable8.2.3.
2.11.S.4 MinimumOutdoorAir
TheminimumamountoftheoutdoorairshallbeinaccordancewithTable8.2.3.
Mandatoryrequirement:innocasetheventilationairquantityshallbelowerthan2.5l/sperperson.
2.11.S.S Airtemperature
Thetemperaturedifferentialbetweenventilationairandairintheconditionedspaceshallnotexceed5.5
o
C.
Exception:
Ventilationairthatispartoftheairconditioningsystem.
Part8
BuildingServices
8112 Vol.3
2.11.S.6 Recirculation
a) Amount of Recirculation: Not more than 67 per cent of the required ventilation air specified in Table
8.2.6 shall be permitted for recirculation, when the concentration of particulates is less than specified in Table
8.2.7.Airinexcessoftherequiredventilationairshallbepermittedtobecompletelyrecirculated.Airshallnotbe
recirculatedtoanotherdwellingunitoroccupancyofdissimilaruse.
Notmorethan85percentoftherequiredventilationairshallbepermittedforrecirculationwhenthesystemis
equippedwitheffectiveadsorptionorfilteringequipmentsothattheconditionoftheairsuppliedtotheroomor
spaceiswithinthequalitylimitationsofTable8.2.7.
b) ProhibitedUseofRecirculatedAir:Airdrawnfrommortuaryrooms,bathroomsortoiletsorany
spacewhereanobjectionablequantityofflammablevapours,dust,odours,ornoxiousgasesispresentshallnot
be recirculated. Air drawn from rooms that must be isolated to prevent the spread of infection shall not be
recirculated.
Exception:
Airdrawnfromhospitaloperatingroomsmayberecirculated,ifthefollowingrequirementsaremet:
i) Aminimumoftwentyfivetotalairchangesperhourshallbeprovided,ofwhichfiveairchanges
perhourshallbeoutdoorair.
ii) Allfansservingexhaustsystemsarelocatedatthedischargeendofthesystem.
iii) Outdoor air intakes shall be located at least 7.5 m from exhaust outlets of ventilation systems,
combustion equipment stacks, medical surgical vacuum systems, plumbing vent stacks or from
areaswhichmaycollectvehicularexhaustandothernoxiousfumes.Thebottomofoutdoorair
intakes serving central systems shall be located at least 2 m above ground level, or if installed
aboveroof,atleast1maboverooflevel.
iv) Positiveairpressureshallbemaintainedatalltimesinrelationtoadjacentareas.
v) Allventilationorairconditioningsystemsservingsuchroomsshallbeequippedwithafilterbed
of twenty five per cent efficiency upstream of airconditioning equipment and a filter bed of
ninetynine per cent efficiency downstream of the supply fan, any recirculating spray water
systemsandwaterreservoirtypehumidifiers.Allfilterefficienciesshallbeaverageatmospheric
dustspotefficienciestestedinaccordancewiththelatestASHRAEstandard.
vi) Duct linings shall not be used in airconditioning and ventilation systems serving such rooms
unlessterminalfiltersofatleastninetypercentefficiencyareinstalleddownstreamoflinings.
vii) Air supplied shall be delivered at or near the ceilings and all exhaust air shall be removed near
floorlevel,withatleasttwoexhaustoutletsnotlessthan75mmabovethefloor.
c) SwimmingPoolAreaRecirculation:Returnairfromaswimmingpoolanddeckareashallbepermittedto
berecirculatedinaccordancewithSec2.8.3.6(a)whensuchairisdehumidifiedtomaintaintherelativehumidity
oftheareaat60percentorless.Thereturnairshallonlyberecirculatedtotheareafromwhichitwasremoved.
2.11.S.7 VentilationinUninhabitedSpaces
Uninhabitedspaces,suchascrawlspacesorattics,shallbeprovidedwithnaturalventilationopeningsasrequired
by Building Code or such spaces shall be mechanically ventilated. The mechanical ventilation system shall be a
mechanicalexhaustandsupplyairsystem.Theexhaustrateshallbe0.1l/spersquaremetreofhorizontalarea.
Theventilationsystemshalloperatewhentherelativehumidityexceeds70percentinthespace.
2.11.S.8 VentilationinEnclosedParkingGarages:
Mechanicalventilation systems for enclosed parkinggarages shall be permitted to operate intermittently where
thesystemisarrangedtooperateautomaticallyupondetectionofvehicleoperationorthepresenceofoccupants
orsensingtheCOconcentrationlevelbyapprovedautomaticdetectiondevices.
AverageconcentrationofCOshallnotexceed35ppmwithamaximumof200ppm.Automaticoperationofthe
system shall not reduce the ventilation air flow rate below .25 l/s.m
2
of the floor area and the system shall be
capableofproducingaventilationairflowrateof7.6l/s.m
2
offloorarea.Innocasetheoutdoorairquantityshall
belowerthan5l/sperm
2
offloorarea.
Connecting offices, waiting rooms, ticket booths and similar uses that are accessory to a public garage shall be
maintainedatapositivepressure.
2.11.4 MechanicalExhaust
2.11.4.1 WhereRequired
Allroomsandareashavingairwithdustparticlessufficientlylightenoughtofloatintheair,odours,fumes,spray,
gases,vapours,smoke,orothernoxiousorimpuritiesinsuchquantitiesastobeirritatingorinjurioustohealthor
safety or which is harmful to building and materials or has substances which create a fire hazard, and rooms or
areasasindicatedinTable8.2.6shallhaveairexhaustedtotheoutdoorsinaccordancewiththissection.
2.11.4.2 DesignofExhaustSystem
a) General:Thedesignofthesystemshallbesuchthattheemissionsorcontaminantsareconfinedtothe
areainwhichtheyaregeneratedbycurrents,hoodsorenclosuresandshallbeexhaustedbyaductsystemtoa
safe location or treated to remove contaminants. Ducts conveying explosives or flammable vapours, fumes or
dustsshallextenddirectlytotheexteriorofthebuildingwithoutenteringotherspaces.Exhaustductsshallnot
extendintoorthroughductsorplenums.
Exception:
Ducts conveying vapour or fumes having flammable constituents less than 25 per cent of their lower
flammabilitylimit(LFL)maypassthroughotherspaces.
Table8.2.6RequiredMinimumAirCirculationRateforMechanicalVentilationofNonAirConditionedSpace
SINO Application AirChangeperHour
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
27.
28.
Assemblyrooms
Bakeries
Banks/buildingsocieties
Bathrooms
Bedrooms
Billiardrooms
Boilerrooms
Cafesandcoffeebars
Canteens
Cellars
Churches
Cinemasandtheatres
Clubrooms
Compressorrooms
Conferencerooms
Dairies
Dancehalls
Dyeworks
Electroplatingshops
Enginerooms
Entrancehalls
Factoriesandworkshops
Foundries
Garages
Glasshouses
Gymnasium
Hairdressingsaloon
Hospitalssterilizing
48
2030
48
610
24
68
1530
1012
812
31o
13
1015
12,Min
1012
812
812
12,Min
2030
1012
1530
35
810
1530
68
a
2560
6,Min
1015
1525
Part8
BuildingServices
8114 Vol.3
SINO Application AirChangeperHour
29.
30.
31.
32.
33.
34.
35.
36.
37.
38.
39.
40.
41.
42.
43.
44.
45.
46.
47.
48.
49.
50.
51.
52.
53.
54.
Hospitalwards
Hospitaldomestic
Laboratories
Launderettes
Laundries
Lavatories
Lecturetheatres
Libraries
Livingrooms
Mushroomhouses
Offices
Paintshops(notcellulose)
PhotoandXraydarkroom
Publichousebars
Recordingcontrolrooms
Recordingstudios
Restaurants
Schoolrooms
Shopsandsupermarkets
Showerbaths
Storesandwarehouses
Squashcourts
Swimmingbaths
Toilets
Utilityrooms
Weldingshops
68
1520
615
1015
1030
615
58
35
36
610
610
1020
1015
12,Min
1525
1012
812
57
815
1520
36
4,Min
1015
610
1520
1530
NOTE
a:Onlyoutdoorairandnorecirculationshallbedone.
:Theventilationratesmaybeincreasedby50percentwhereheavysmokingoccursoriftheroomisbelow
ground.
Table8.2.7MaximumAllowableContaminantConcentrations
Contaminant Annual Average
(arithmeticmean)
g/m
3
ShortTermLevel
(not to be exceeded more
thanonceayear)g/m
3
Averaging
Period
(hours)
Particulates
Sulfuroxides
Carbonmonoxide
Photochemicaloxidant
Hydrocarbons(not
includingmethane)
Nitrogenoxides
Odour
60
80
20,000
100
1,800
200
150
400
30,000
500
4,000
500
Essentiallyunobjectionable
a
24
24
8
1
3
24
Note:
a
Judgedunobjectionableby60percentofapanelof10untrainedsubjects.
Separateanddistinctsystemsshallbeprovidedforincompatibleexhaustmaterials.
Contaminated air shall not be recirculated to occupied areas unless contaminants have been removed. Air
contaminated with explosive or flammable vapours, fumes or dusts; flammable or toxic gases; or radioactive
materialshallnotberecirculated.
b) ExhaustAirInlet:Theinlettotheexhaustsystemshallbelocatedintheareaofheaviestconcentrationof
contaminants.
c) VelocityandCirculation:Thevelocityandcirculationofairinworkareasshallbesuchthatcontaminants
are captured by an air stream at the area where the emissions are generated and conveyed into a product
conveyingductsystem.Mixtureswithinworkareaswherecontaminantsaregeneratedshallbedilutedbelow25
per cent of their lower explosive limit or lower flammability limit with air which does not contain other
contaminants.
2.11.4.S MakeUpAir
Makeupairshallbeprovidedtoreplenishairexhaustedbytheventilatingsystem.Makeupairintakesshallbe
locatedsoastoavoidrecirculationofcontaminatedairwithinenclosures.
2.11.4.4 HoodsandEnclosures
Hoodsandenclosuresshallbeusedwhencontaminantsoriginateinaconcentratedarea.Thedesignofthehood
or enclosure shall be such that air currents created by the exhaust systems will capture the contaminants and
transportthemdirectlytotheexhaustduct.Thevolumeofairshallbesufficienttodiluteexplosiveorflammable
vapours,fumesordustsassetforthinSec2.11.4.2(c).
2.11.4.S ExhaustOutlets
Theterminationpointforexhaustductsdischargingtotheatmosphereshallnotbelessthanthefollowing:
a) Ductsconveyingexplosiveorflammablevapours,fumesordusts:9mfrompropertyline;3mfromopening
intothebuilding;2mfromexteriorwallsorroofs;9mfromcombustiblewallsoropeningsintothebuilding
whichareinthedirectionoftheexhaustdischarge;3maboveadjoininggrade.
b) Other product conveying duct outlets: 3 m from property line; 1 m from exterior wall or roof; 3 m from
openingsintothebuildings;1maboveadjoininggrade.
c) Domestickitchen,bathroom,domesticclothesdryerexhaustductoutlets:1mfrompropertyline;1mfrom
openingintothebuilding.
d) Outletsforexhauststhatexceed80
o
Cshallbeinaccordancewiththerelevantcode.
2.11.4.6 MotorsandFans
a) General: Motors and fans shall be sized to provide the required air movement. Motors in areas which
contain flammable vapours and dusts shall be of a type approved for such environments. A manually operated
remote control device shall be installed to shutoff fans or blowers in flammable vapour or dust system. Such
controldeviceshallbeinstalledatanapprovedlocation.
Electrical equipment used in operations that generate explosive or flammable vapours, fumes or dusts shall be
interlockedwiththeventilationsystemsothattheequipmentcannotbeoperatedunlesstheventilationfansare
in operation. Motors for fans used to convey flammable vapours or dusts shall be located outside the duct and
shallbeprotectedwithapprovedshieldsanddustproofing.Motorsandfansshallbeaccessibleforservicingand
maintenance.
b) Fans:Partsoffansincontactwithexplosiveorflammablevapours,fumesordustsshallbeofnonferrous
or nonsparking materials or their casing shall be lined or constructed of such material. When the size and
hardnessofmaterialspassingthroughafancouldproduceaspark,boththefanandthecasingshallbeofnon
sparking materials. When fans are required to be spark resistant, their bearings shall not be within the air
stream,andallpartsofthefanshallbegrounded.Fansinsystemshandlingmaterialsthatarelikelytoclogthe
blades,andfansinbuffingorwoodworkingexhaustsystems,shallbeoftheradialbladeortubeaxialtype.
Equipment used to exhaust explosive or flammable vapours, fumes or dusts shall bear an identification plate
statingtheventilationrateforwhichthesystemwasdesigned.
Part8
BuildingServices
8116 Vol.3
Fanslocatedinsystemsconveyingcorrosivesshallbeofmaterialsthatareresistanttothecorrosionorshallbe
coatedwithcorrosionresistantmaterials.
2.11.4.7 ExhaustSystemsofSpecialAreas
a) Motor Vehicle Operation: In areas where motor vehicles operate for a period of time exceeding 10
seconds, the ventilation return air shall be exhausted. In fuel dispensing areas, the bottom of the air inlet or
exhaustopeningshallbelocatedamaximumof450mmabovethefloor.
b) SprayPaintingandDippingRooms:Roomsboothforspraypaintingordippingshallhaveamechanical
exhaust systems which create a crosssectional air velocity of 0.5 m/s. The system shall provide a uniform
exhaustof air across the width and height of the room or booth. The exhaust system shall operate while spray
paintingordippingisbeingdone.
c) MotionPictureProjectors:Projectorsequippedwithanexhaustdischargeshallbedirectlyconnectedto
a mechanical exhaust system. The exhaust system shall operate at an exhaust rate as indicated by the
manufacturer'sinstructions.
Projectors without an exhaust shall have contaminants exhausted through a mechanical exhaust system. The
exhaust rate for electric arc projectors shall be a minimum of 100 l/s per lamp. The exhaust rate for xenon
projectorsshallbeaminimumof150l/sperlamp.Thelampandprojectionroomexhaustsystems,ifcombined
orindependent,shallnotbeinterconnectedwithanyotherexhaustorreturnsystemwithinthebuilding.
d) Dry CleaningEquipment: Dry cleaningequipment shall be providedwith an exhaust system capable of
maintainingaminimumairvelocityof0.5m/sacrossthefaceoftheloadingdoor.
e) LP gas Distribution Facilities: LP gas distribution facilities that are not provided with natural ventilation
shall have a continuously operating exhaust system at the rate of 5 l/s per square metre of floor area. The
bottomofairinletandoutletopeningsshallnotbemorethan150mmabovethefloor.
2.11.4.8 ExhaustSystemDucts
a) Construction: Ducts for exhaust systems shall be constructed of materials approved for the type of
particulatesconveyedandasperlateststandardinthisregard.Ductsshallbeofsubstantialairtightconstruction
andshallnothaveopeningsotherthanthoserequiredforoperationandmaintenanceofthesystem.
b) Supports:Spacingofsupportsforductsshallnotexceed3.7mfor200mmductsand6mforlargerducts
unless justified by the design. The design of supports shall assume that 50 per cent of the duct is full of the
particulatebeingconveyed.
c) Explosion Venting: Ducts conveying explosive dusts shall have explosion vents, openings protected by
antiflashbackswingvalvesorrupturediaphragms.Openingstorelieveexplosiveforcesshallbelocatedoutside
thebuilding.
d) FireProtection:Firesuppressionsystemshallbeinstalledwithinductshavingacrosssectionaldimension
exceeding250mmwhentheductconveysflammablevapoursorfumes.
e) Clearances:Ductsconveyingflammableorexplosivevapours,fumesordustsshallhaveaclearancefrom
combustiblesofnotlessthan450mm.
2.11.5 KitchenExhaustEquipment
2.11.S.1 KitchenExhaustDucts
a) Materials: Kitchen exhaust ducts and plenumsshall be constructed of at least 16 SWG steel or18SWG
stainlesssteelsheet.
Jointsandseamsshallbemadewithacontinuousliquidtightweldorbrazemadeontheexternalsurfaceofthe
duct system. A vibration isolator connector may be used, provided it consists of noncombustible packing in a
metal sleeve joint of approved design. Duct bracing and supports shall be of noncombustible material securely
attached to the structure and designed to carry gravity and lateral loads within the stress limitations of the
Building Code. Bolts, screws, rivets and other mechanical fasteners shall not penetrate duct walls. Exhaust fan
housingsshallbeconstructedofsteel.
Exception:
Kitchen exhaust ducts which are exclusively used for collecting and removing steam, vapour, heat or
odourmaybeconstructedasperprovisionsofSec2.4.1.
b) Corrosion Protection: Ducts exposed to the outside atmosphere or subject to a corrosive environment
shall be protected against corrosion. Galvanization of metal parts, protection with noncorrosive paints and
waterproofinsulationareconsideredacceptablemethodsofprotection.
c) Prevention of Grease Accumulation: Duct systems shall be so constructed and installed that grease
cannotbecomepocketedinanyportionthereof,andthesystemshallhaveaslopenotlessthan1in48towards
thehoodoranapprovedgreasereservoir.Wherethehorizontalductsexceed23minlengththeslopeshallnot
belessthan1in12.
d) AirVelocity:Theairvelocityintheductshallbeaminimumof7.62m/sandamaximumof12.7m/s.
e) Cleanouts and Other Openings: Duct systems shall not have openings other than those required for
proper operation and maintenance of the system. Any portion of such system having sections inaccessible from
theductentryordischargeshallbeprovidedwithadequatecleanoutopeningsofapprovedconstructionspaced
not more than 6 m apart. The cleanout shall be located on the side of the duct having a minimum opening
dimensionof300mmorthewidthoftheductwhenlessthan300mm.
f) Duct Enclosure: The duct which penetrates a ceiling, wall or floor shall be enclosed in a fireresistant
ratedenclosurefromthepointofpenetrationinaccordancewiththeBuildingCode.Theductenclosureshallbe
sealed around the duct at the point of penetration and vented to the exterior through weatherprotected
openings.Theclearancebetweentheductenclosureandtheductshallbeatleast75mmandnotmorethan300
mm. Each duct enclosure shall contain only one exhaust duct. Approved fire rated access openings shall be
providedatcleanoutpoints.
g) KitchenexhaustairflowrateshallbecalculatedbasedonthedataprovidedinTable8.2.8.
Table8.2.8DesignExhaustAirFlowinI/sperkWoftheKitchenEquipment
SI
KitchenEquipment
Electricitybased
Equipment
Gasbased
Equipment
(a) (b) (d)
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
Cookingpot
Pressurecookercabinet
Convectionoven
Roastingoven(salamander)
Griddle
Fryingpan
Deepfatfryer
Cooker/stove
Grill
Heatedtable/bath
Coffeemaker
Dishwasher
Refrigerationequipment
Ceramiccooker/stove
Microwaveoven
Pizzaoven
Inductioncooker/stove
8
5
10
33
32
32
28
32
50
30
3
17
60
25
3
15
20
12
33
35
35
35
61
2.11.S.2 KitchenExhaustHoods
a) Acommercialexhausthoodshallbeprovidedforeachcommercialcookingappliance.
Exceptions:
i) Anappliancelocatedwithinadwellingunitandnotusedforcommercialpurposes.
ii) Completelyenclosedovens.
iii) Steamtables.
Part8
BuildingServices
8118 Vol.3
iv) Auxiliary cooking equipment that does not produce grease laden vapours, including toasters,
coffeemakersandeggcookers.
b) Domesticcookingappliancesusedforcommercialpurposesshallbeprovidedwithacommercialexhaust
hood. Domestic cooking appliances used for noncommercial purposes shall be provided with ventilation in
accordancewithSec2.8.
c) Hood Construction: The hood and other parts of the primary collection system shall be constructed of
galvanizedsteel,stainlesssteel,copperorothermaterialapprovedbytheBuildingOfficial fortheuseintended.
The minimum nominal thickness of the galvanized steel shall be 1.2 mm (No. 18 SWG). The minimum nominal
thicknessofstainlesssteelshallbe0.93mm(No.20SWG).Hoodsconstructedofcoppershallbeofcoppersheets
weighing at least 7.33 kg/m
2
. All external joints shall be welded liquid tight. Hoods shall be secured in place in
noncombustiblesupports.
d) InteriorSurface:Theinteriorsurfacesofthehoodshallnothaveanyareasthatcanaccumulategrease.
Exception:
Greasecollectionsystemsunderfittersandtroughsontheperimeterofcanopyhoods.
e) CanopyHoods:Canopyhoodsshallbedesignedtocompletelycoverthecookingequipment.Theedgeof
the hood shall extend a minimum horizontal distance of 150 mm beyond the edge of the cookingsurface on all
opensidesandtheverticaldistancebetweenthelipofthehoodandthecookingsurfaceshallnotexceed1.22m.
f) NoncanopyTypeHoods:Hoodsofthenoncanopytypeshallbelocatedamaximumof900mmabove
thecookingsurface.Theedgeofthehoodshallbesetbackamaximumof300mmfromtheedgeofthecooking
surface.
g) Hood Exhaust : The hood exhaust shall create a draft from the cooking surface into the hood. Canopy
hoodsattachedtowallshallexhaustaminimumof500l/sperm
2
ofthehoodarea.Canopyhoodsexposedonall
sides shall exhaust a minimum of 750 l/s per m
2
of hood area. Hoods of the non canopy type shall exhaust a
minimumof460l/sperlinealmetreofcookingsurface.
h) Exhaust Outlet : An exhaust outlet within the hood shall be so located as to optimize the capture of
particulatematter.Eachoutletshallservenotmorethana3.7msectionofthehood.
2.11.S.S MakeUpAir
Make up air shall be supplied during the operation of the kitchen exhaust system. The amount of make up air
shallbeapproximatelyequaltotheamountoftheexhaustair.Themakeupairshallbesuppliedinsuchawayas
to avoid short circuiting and reducing the effectiveness of the exhaust system. Windows and doors shall not be
usedforthepurposeofprovidingmakeupair.
2.11.S.4 GreaseRemoval
Theairexhaustedineverycommercialexhausthoodshallpassthroughapprovedgreasefiltersorgreaseremoval
devicedesignedforthespecificpurpose.Greaseremovaldevicesshallbearthelabelofanapprovedagency,and
shallbeinstalledinaccordancewiththemanufacturer'sinstructionsforthelabeledequipment.Allgreasefilters
shallbeaccessible.Greasefiltersshallbeinstalledataminimumangleof45degreestothehorizontal.Thefilters
shallbearrangedsoastocaptureanddraingreasetoapointofcollection.
2.11.S.S Motors,FansandSafetyDevices
a) Motors and fans shall be of sufficient capacity to provide required air movement. Electrical equipment
shall be approved for the class of useas provided inthe Electrical Code. Motors and fans shall be accessible for
servicingandmaintenance.Motorsoftheexhaustfanshallnotbeinstalledwithintheductsorunderhoods.
b) Commercial exhaust system hoods and ducts shall have a minimum clearance to combustibles of
450mm.
c) Fire Suppression System Required: All commercial cooking surfaces, kitchen exhaust systems, grease
removaldevicesandhoodsshallbeprotectedwithanapprovedautomaticfiresuppressionsysteminaccordance
withtheBuildingCode.
2.12 ENERGYCONSERVATION
2.12.1 General
Airconditioning,heatingandventilationsystemsofallbuildingsshallbedesignedandinstalledforefficientuseof
energyashereinprovided.Calculationsofcoolingandheatingloadsshallbebasedondatawhichleadtoasystem
withoptimumenergyuse.
Generalstandardsofcomfortorparticularenvironmentalrequirementswithinthebuildingshallnotbesacrificed
in an endeavor to achieve low consumption of energy. For special applications, such as hospitals, laboratories,
thermally sensitive equipment, computer rooms and manufacturing processes, the design concepts and
parametersshallconformtotherequirementsoftheapplicationatminimumenergylevels.
2.12.2 DesignParameters
2.12.2.1 0utuooi Besign Conuitions
Unlessspecificallyrequired,theoutdoordesigntemperatureshallbeselectedfromcolumnsof2percentvalueof
Table8.2.2forcooling.
2.12.2.2 Inuooi Besign Conuitions
Indoor design temperature shall not be less than 24C for cooling unless otherwise required for specific
application.
2.12.2.S Bumiuity
TheactualdesignrelativehumidityshallbeselectedfromtherangeshowninTable8.2.1fortheminimumtotal
airconditioning,heatingandventilationsystemenergyuse.
2.12.3 SystemDesign
2.12.S.1 LoadVariation
Consideration shall begiven to changes in building loadand thesystem designed, so that maximum operational
efficiencyismaintainedunderpartloadconditions.Thetotalsystemshallbeseparatedintosmallerzoneshaving
similar load requirements, so that each zone can be separately controlled to maintain optimum operating
conditionsbyreducingwastageofenergy.
2.12.S.2 TemperatureofCoolingMedia
The temperature of refrigerant, chilled water or brine circulated within the system shall be maintained at the
level necessary to achieve the required output to match the prevailing load conditions with the minimum
expenditureofenergy.
2.12.S.S EnergyRecovery
Wherepossibleenergyrecoverysystemshallbeadopted.
2.12.4 EquipmentandControl
2.12.4.1 General
Airconditioning, heating and ventilation system shall be equipped with devices and controls to automatically
controlthecapacityofthesystemwhenthebuildingrequirementreduces.Thecontrolsystemshallhavedevices
toreduceenergyuseconsideringtheeffectofbuildingenergystorage.
2.12.4.2 CoolingwithOutdoorAir
Each air handling system shall have facility to use up to and including 100 per cent of the air handling system
capacityforcoolingwithoutdoorairautomaticallywhenevertheuseofoutdoorairwillresultinlowerusageof
energythanwouldberequiredundernormaloperationoftheairhandlingsystem.
Exception:
Coolingwithoutdoorairisnotrequiredunderanyoneormoreofthefollowingconditions:
a) Wheretheairhandlingsystemcapacityislessthan2500l/sor40kWtotalcoolingcapacity.
Part8
BuildingServices
8120 Vol.3
b) Wherethequalityofoutdoorairissopoorastorequireextensivetreatmentoftheair.
c) Where the need for humidification or dehumidificationrequires the use of moreenergy than is
conservedbyoutdooraircoolingonanannualbasis.
d) Where the use of outdoor air cooling would affect the operation of other systems so as to
increasetheoverallenergyconsumptionofthebuilding.
2.12.4.S MechanicalVentilation
Eachmechanicalventilationsystemshallbeequippedwithareadilyaccessiblemeansforeithershutofforvolume
reduction,andshutoffwhenventilationisnotrequired.Automaticorgravitydampersthatclosewhenthesystem
isnotoperatingshallbeprovidedforoutdoorairintakesandexhausts.
2.12.4.4 Maintenance
Heatexchangetubesshallbeperiodicallycleanedtomaintainitsheattransfercharacteristics.Maintenanceofall
equipmentshallbeperiodicallydonetomaintainitsefficiencyatsatisfactorylevel.
2.12.4.S MinimumEquipmentEfficiencies
CoolingequipmentshallmeetorexceedtheminimumefficiencyrequirementspresentedinTables8.2.9through
8.2.10.HeatingandcoolingequipmentnotlistedhereshallcomplywithASHRAE90.120046.4.1.
Table8.2.9MinimumPerformanceofUnitaryAirConditioningEquipment
EquipmentClass Minimum
COP
Minimum
IPLV
TestStandard
UnitaryAirCooledAirConditioner
19and<40KW(5.4and
<11tons)
3.08 ARI210/240
40to<70KW(11to
<20tons)
3.08 ARI340/360
70KW(20tons)
2.93 2.99 ARI340/360
UnitarywaterCooledAir
Conditioner<19KW
(<5.4tons)
4.10 ARI210/240
Conditioner19and<40KW
(5.4and<11tons)
4.10 ARI210/240
Conditioner<40KW
(11tons)
3.22 3.02 ARI210/240
Table8.2.10MinimumPerformanceofChillers
EquipmentClass Sizecategory Minimum
COP
Minimum
IPLV
TestStandard
AircooledChiller,
electricallyoperated
<530KW
(<150tons)
2.90 3.16 ARI550/590

1998
AircooledChiller,
530KW
(150tons)
3.05 3.32 ARI550/5901998
CentrifugalWaterCooled,
Chiller<530KW
(<150tons)
5.80 6.09 ARI550/590
1998
EquipmentClass Sizecategory Minimum
COP
Minimum
IPLV
TestStandard
CentrifugalWaterCooled
Chiller,electrically
operated
530and<1050
KW
(150and<300
tons)
5.80 6.17 ARI550/590
1998
CentrifugalWaterCooled
Chiller,electrically
operated
1050KW(300
tons)
6.30 6.61 ARI550/590
1998
Reciprocating
Compressor,Water
CooledChiller,electrically
operated
AllCapacities 4.20 5.05 ARI550/590
1998
RotaryScrewandScroll
Compressor,Water
operated
<530KW(<150
tons)
4.70 5.49 ARI550/590
1998
Compressor,Water
operated
530and
<1050KW
(150and<300
tons)
5.40 6.17 ARI550/590
1998
Compressor,Water
operated
1050KW
(300tons)
5.75 6.43 ARI550/590
1998
AircooledAbsorption,
SingleEffect
AllCapacities 0.60 ARI560
WaterCooledAbsorption,
SingleEffect
AllCapacities 0.70 ARI560
Absorption,DoubleEffect,
IndirectFired
AllCapacities 1.00 1.05 ARI560
Absorption,DoubleEffect,
DirectFired
AllCapacities 1.00 1.00 ARI560
2.12.4.6 Controls
a)Allmechanicalcoolingandheatingshallbecontrolledbyatimeclockthat:
(i) Canstartandstopthesystemunderdifferentschedulesforthreedifferentdaytypesperweek.
(ii) Is capable of retaining programming and time setting during a loss of power for a period of at
least10hours,and
(iii) Includesanaccessiblemanualoverridethatallowstemporaryoperationofthesystemforupto
2hours.
Exceptions:
Coolingsystems<28kw(8tons)
Heatingsystems<7kw(2tons)
b) All heating and cooling equipment shall be temperature controlled. Where a unit provides both heating and
cooling, controls shall be capable of providing a temperature dead band of 3 (5F) within which the supply of
heatingandcoolingenergytothezoneisshutofforreducedtoaminimum.Whereseparateheatingandcooling
equipment serve the sametemperaturezone, thermostats shall be interlocked to prevent simultaneous heating
andcooling.
Part8
BuildingServices
8122 Vol.3
c)Allcoolingtowersandclosedfluidcoolersshallhaveeithertwospeedmotors,ponymotors,orvariablespeed
drivescontrollingthefans.
2.12.5 SystemBalancing
2.12.S.1 General
Construction documents shall require that all HVAC systems be balanced in accordance with generally accepted
engineeringstandards.
Construction documents shall require that a written balance report be provided to the owner or the designed
representativeofthebuildingownerforHVACsystemservicingzoneswithatotalconditionedareaexceeding500
m
2
(5000ft
2
).
a) AirSystemBalancing
Air systems shall be balanced in a manner to first minimize throttling loses. Then, for fans with fan system
powergreaterthan0.75KW(1.0hp),fanspeedshallbeadjustedtomeetdesignflowconditions.
b) HydronicSystemBalancing
Hydronic systems shall be proportionately balanced in a manner to first minimize throttling loses; then the
pumpimpellershallbetrimmedorpumpspeedshallbeadjustedtomeetdesignflowconditions.
Exceptions:
(i)Impellersneednotbetrimmednorpumpspeedadjustedforpumpswithpumpmotorsof7.5KW(10hp)
orless.
(ii) Impellers need not be trimmed when throttling results in no greater than 5% of the nameplate horse
powerdraw,or2.2KW(3hp),whicheverisgreater.
2.12.6 Condensers
2.12.6.1 CondenserLocations
Care shall be exercised in locating the condensers in such a manner that heat sink is free of interference from
heat discharge by devices located in adjoining spaces and also does not interfere with such other systems
installednearby.
2.12.6.2 TreatmentWaterforCondensers
All highrise buildings using centralized cooling water system shall use soft water for the condenser and chilled
watersystem.
2.12.7 Economizers
2.12.7.1 AirsideEconomizer
Each individual cooling fan system that has a design supply capacity over 1,200 l/s (2,500 cfm) and a total
mechanicalcoolingcapacityover22KW(6.3tons)shallincludeeither:
(a) An air economizer capable of modulating outsideair and returnair dampers to supply 100 percent of the
designsupplyairquantityasoutsideair;or
(b)Awatereconomizercapableofproviding100%oftheexpectedsystemcoolingloadatoutsideairtemperature
of10C(50F)drybulb/7.2C(45F)wetbulbandbelow:
Exception:
i) ProjectsintheHotDryandWarmHumidclimatezonesareexempt.
ii) Individualceilingmountedfansystems<3,200l/s(6,500cfm)areexempt.
2.12.7.2
where required by 2.12.7.1 economizers shall be capable of providing partial cooling even when additional
mechanicalcoolingisrequiredtomeetthecoolingload.
2.12.8 VariableFlowHydronicSystems
2.12.8.1
Chilledorhotwatersystemsshallbedesignedforvariablefluidflowandshallbecapableofreducingpumpflow
ratestonomorethanthelargerof:
(a)50%ofthedesignflowrate,or
(b)theminimumflowrequiredbytheequipmentmanufacturerforproperoperationofthechillersorboilers.
2.12.8.2
Watercooledairconditioningorheatpumpunitswithacirculationpumpmotorgreaterthanorequalto3.7KW
(5hp)shallhavetwowayautomaticisolationvalvesoneachwatercooledairconditioningorheatpumpunitthat
areinterlockedwiththecompressortoshutoffcondenserwaterflowwhenthecompressorisnotoperating.
2.12.8.S
Chilledwaterorcondenserwatersystemsthatmustcomplywitheither2.12.8.1or2.12.8.2andthathavepump
motorsgreaterthanorequalto3.7KW(5hp)shallbecontrolledbyvariablespeeddrives.
2.13 Inspection,TestingandCommissioning
2.13.1 InspectionandTesting
2.1S.1.1 General
All airconditioning, heating and ventilation system shall be inspected and tested by the Authority before the
systemiscommissionedfornormaloperation.Itshouldbeensuredthatthesearecarriedoutthoroughlyandthat
all data and results are properly documented. It is recommended that whole inspection, testing and
commissioningbedoneundertheguidanceandcontrolofasingleAuthority.
2.1S.1.2 Inspection
All machinery, equipment and other accessories of the airconditioning, heating and ventilation system shall be
inspected by the Authority to determine whether the system components and the system as a whole has been
installed as per design and provisions of this Code; proper safety requirements have been maintained; and
adequatefireprotectionmeasureshavebeentaken.
Inspectionshallalsobecarriedoutonstructuralsupports,hangers,fasteningdevices,vibrationisolatorsetc.
2.1S.1.S Testing
a) General: All machinery, equipment and other accessories shall be tested as per approved procedures.
Tests shall be conducted to determine the strength capacity of any item and performance of any machine and
equipment.Alltestdatashallbeproperlydocumented.
b) Pressure Testing of Piping: All field installed refrigerant and hydronic piping system along with their
valvesandpipefittingsshallbetestedattheirapprovedtestpressurestodeterminewhetherthepipingsystem
canwithstandthetestpressures.
c) AirDistributionSystemTesting:Allductingsystemshallbetestedtodeterminewhethertheductsystem
hasanyleakageattestpressures.Allairterminalsandairdampersshallbetestedfortheirflowcharacteristics.
d) MachineryandEquipment:Testsshallbeconductedonmachineryandequipmenttodeterminewhether
theseoperateandfunctionproperly.Allmachineryandequipmentshallalsobetestedfortheirelectricalpower
consumption characteristics and overall performance. Before performance testing of the system all air
distributionsystemandhydronicsystemshallbeproperlybalancedbyapprovedprocedure.
e) Safety Devices and Controls: Tests shall be carried out to determine whether the safety devices and
controlsfunctionproperly.
f) Allairfiltersshallbetestedinaccordancewiththelateststandard.
Part8
BuildingServices
8124 Vol.3
2.13.2 Commissioning
If the Authority becomes satisfied regarding satisfactory installation and performance of the air
conditioning,heatingandventilationsystemaftertesting,thesystemshallbecommissionedfollowingapproved
procedure. Before complete commissioning, all air distribution systems and hydronic systems shall be properly
balancedandallthecontrolsandtheirsensorsshallbeproperlyadjusted.
2.14 OperationandMaintenance
2.14.1 General
The owner of the building where the airconditioning, heating and ventilation system is installed, shall follow a
properlydesignedoperationprocedureandmaintenanceschedule.
2.14.2 Operation
A well sequenced operation procedure shall be followed to ensure effective operation of the airconditioning,
heating and ventilation system, safety from hazard to personnel and property. Operation procedure shall take
accountforsavinginenergyuse.
All operational data of all the machinery and equipment shall be properly recorded for determination of
performance of the machinery, equipment and the system. These data shall be properly preserved for future
referenceformaintenancepurposes.
2.14.3 Maintenance
A well designed maintenance program for the airconditioning, heating and ventilation system shall be
implementedinordertoachievethefollowing:
a) Optimumreliabilityandcontinuityofservice.
b) Extendedlongevityandeconomiclife.
c) Functional effectiveness, whereby the intended performance of mechanical equipment and system can
befullyattained.
d) Minimumoperatingcost,attendantrequirements,servicingandrepairs.
e) Safetyfromhazardtopersonnelandproperty.
Maintenanceprogramandprocedureshallcomplywiththeinstructionsofmachinery/equipmentmanufacturers
inthisregard.
Part 8 8-1
Building Services
CHAPTER3
BuildingAcoustics

3.1 PURPOSE

The purpose of this chapter is to provide codes, recommendations and guidelines for fulfilling acoustical
requirements in buildings.

3.2 SCOPE

This chapter specifies planning and design codes, recommendations and guidelines on spatial, architectural
and technical aspects of acoustics within or outside buildings to ensure acoustical performance, comfort and
safety. Planning and design aspects are discussed generally and also particularly for buildings with
different occupancies.

3.3 TERMINOLOGY

This Section provides meanings and definitions of terms used in and applicable to this chapter of the Code.
The terms are arranged in an alphabetical order. In case of any contradiction between a meaning or a
definition given in this Section and that in any other part of the Code, the meaning or definition specified in
this Section shall govern for interpretation of the provisions of this Section.

Balanced Noise Criteria (NCB) Curves: L. L. Beranek developed Noise Criteria (NC) curves in 1957, which
were revised in 1988 as Balanced Noise Criteria (NCB) Curves (see Appendix D).

Bel: See Sound Pressure Level.

Cycle: See Frequency.

dBA: A sound pressure level measurement, when the signal has been weighted with a frequency response
of the A curve. The dBA curve approximates the human ear and is therefore used most in acoustics.

Decibel (dB): See Sound Pressure Level.

Direct Sound: Sound that travels directly from a source to the listener or receiver. In a room, the sequence
of arrivals is the direct sound first, followed by sound reflected from room surfaces.

Echo: Echo is a reflection of a sound wave back to its source in sufficient strength and with a sufficient time
lag to be separately distinguished. Usually, a time lag of at least 50 to 80 ms is required for hearing
discrete echoes.

Effective Perceived Noise Level in Decibel (EPN dB): The number for rating the noise of an individual
aircraft flying overhead is the Effective Perceived Noise Level in decibels (unit, EPN dB). This value
takes into account the subjectively annoying effects of the noise including pure tones and duration. In
principle, it is a kind of time-integrated loudness level.

Part 8
Building Services
8-2

Flutter Echo: A quick succession of echoes; it may be present as a disturbing phenomenon in small rooms
or between a pair of parallel reflectors. If the time between echoes is greater than about 30 to 50 ms, the
periodicity is audible as a distinct flutter.

Frequency: The frequency of sound is the number of vibrations per second of the molecules of air, generated
by the vibrating body. One complete movement to and fro of the vibrating body is referred to as a
'cycle'. Frequency is expressed as the number of cycles per second (cps); it is also referred to its unit as
Hertz (Hz).

Impact Isolation Class (IIC): Impact Isolation Class (IIC) is a single-number impact isolation rating for floor
construction. Tests are made with a standard tapping machine and noise level measured in 1/3-octave
bands. These are plotted and compared to a standard contour.

Intensity: Intensity at a point is the average rate at which sound energy is transmitted through a unit area
around the point and perpendicular to the direction of propagation of sound. It is also known as sound
intensity. Its units is W m
-2

L
10
: In environmental noise assessment, the A-weighted noise level (unit dBA), with fast (F) time weighting,
that is exceeded by 10 percent of sated time period is known as L
10
.

L
Aeq,T
: Symbol for Equivalent Continuous A-weighted Sound Pressure Level for airborne sounds that are
non-stationary with respect to time. It is formed by applying A-Weighting to the original signal before
squaring and averaging. Also known as Equivalent Continuous Sound Level.

Loudness: Loudness is the sensation produced in the human ear and depends on the intensity and
frequency of sound. The unit of loudness level is phon.

Noise: Noise is defined as unwanted sound. Noise conditions vary from time to time and a noise which may
not be objectionable during the day may be increased in annoying proportions in the silence of the
night, when quiet conditions are essential.

Noise Exposure Forecast (NEF): Noise exposure forecast at any location is the summation of the noise levels
in Effective Perceived Noise Level (unit EPN dBA) from all aircraft types, on all runways, suitably
weighted for the number of operations during day time and night time.

Noise Map: A noise map is a graphic representation of the sound level distribution existing in a given
region, for a defined period.

Noise Reduction (NR): Noise Reduction (NR) is a general term for specifying sound insulation between
rooms. It is more general than Transmission Loss (TL). If all boundary surfaces in the receiving room
are completely absorbent, the NR will exceed the TL by about 5 dB, i.e. NR = TL + 5dB.

Percentage Syllable Articulation (PSA): The percentage of meaningless syllables correctly written by
listeners is called Percentage Syllable Articulation (PSA).

Reverberation: The prolongation of sound, as a result of successive reflections in an enclosed space, when
the source of the sound has stopped, is called reverberation.

Reverberation Time (RT): The reverberation time of a room is defined as the time required for the sound
pressure level in a room to decrease by 60 dB after the sound is stopped, and is calculated by the
formula
RT =
0.16V
A + xV

where,
RT = reverberation time, s
V = room volume, m
3

Chapter 4
Acoustics, Sound Insulation and Noise Control
Bangladesh National Building Code 8-3
A = total room absorption, m
2
sabin

x = air absorption coefficient

Signal-to-Noise Ratio (SNR): Signal-to-Noise Ratio (SNR) defined as the power ratio between a signal
(meaningful information) and the background noise (unwanted signal), which can be expressed as
SNR = (P
signal
/ P
noise
)
where, P is average power

SNR can be obtained by calculating the square of amplitude ratio:
SNR = (P
signal
/ P
noise
) = (A
signal
/ A
noise
)
2

where, A is root mean square (RMS) amplitude

In decibel, the SNR is defined as
SNR
dB
= 10 log
10
(P
signal
/ P
noise
)

= P
signal,dB
- P
noise,dB

which might be equivalently expressed in amplitude ratio as
SNR
dB
= 10 log
10
(A
signal
/ A
noise
)
2
= 20 log
10
(A
signal
/ A
noise
)

Sound Focus and Dead Spot: When a sound wave is reflected by a concave surface, large enough compared
to the wavelength, it concentrates on a spot where sound pressure rises excessively. This is called a
'sound focus'. As a consequence, sounds become weak and inaudible at some other spots, called 'dead
spots'.

Sound Transmission Class (STC): To avoid the misleading nature of an average transmission loss (TL)
value and to provide a reliable single figure rating for comparing partitions, a different procedure for
single figure rating, called Sound Transmission Class (STC) rating, of a partition is determined by
comparing the 16 frequency TL curve with a standard reference contour, the sound transmission class
contour. STC ratings of some common walls and floors are given in Appendix F.

Sound Pressure Level (SPL): Sound Pressure Level or Sound Intensity Level is measured in terms of the
unit bel (B), which is defined as the logarithm of the ratio of the sound pressure to the minimum sound
pressure audible to the average human ear. The unit decibel (dB) is one-tenth of a bel (B). Thus,
Sound Pressure Level = log
10

I
I
o
bels = 10 log
10

I
I
o
decibels

where, I = Sound Pressure in watt cm
2
, and
I
o
= Sound Pressure audible to the average human ear taken as 10
-16
watt/cm
2
.

Speech Intelligibility: The percentage of correctly received phrases is called Speech Intelligibility.

Transmission Loss: Transmission loss (TL) of a partition is a measure of its sound insulation. It is equal to
the number of decibels by which sound energy is reduced in passing through the structure. Units dB.

Wavelength: The wavelength of sound is the distance over which a complete cycle occurs. It can be found
by measuring distance between the centres of compression of the sound waves. It is dependent upon
the frequency of the sound.

3.4 BUILDING ACOUSTICS: GENERAL CONSIDERATIONS AND PROVISIONS

Generalised considerations and provisions for planning and design of building are furnished in this Section.

3.4.1 Classifications of Building Acoustics

3.4.1.1 Considering diversity of desired objectives and salient design features, building acoustics can be broadly
classified as,
a) Acoustics for Speech
b) Acoustics for Music
Part 8
Building Services
8-4

c) Acoustics for Multipurpose

Table 8.4.1 shows classifications of acoustics with brief description and examples of spaces involved.

Table 8.4.1
Classifications of Building Acoustics, Brief Description and Examples of Spaces Involved
Classifications Brief Description Examples of Spaces
a) Acoustics for
Speech
Relates to speech with foremost objectives of intelligibility. A
space should have relatively lower reverberation time for
speech. Generally, it covers narrow range of frequency
spectra in lower-mid level (about 170 to 4,000 Hz, for an
average dynamic range of 42 dBA).
Classroom, lecture hall,
conference hall, recital
hall, assembly hall,
courtroom, auditorium
for speech etc.
b) Acoustics for
Music
Involves music with prime objectives of liveliness or
reverberance, intimacy, fullness, clarity, warmth, brilliance,
texture, blend and ensemble. Music may include instrumental
and vocal melody, or either of the two. A space requires
relatively higher reverberation time for music. Generally, it
involves broad range of frequency spectra (about 50 to 8,500
Hz, for an average dynamic range of about 75 dBA).
Music practice booth,
rehearsal room, band
room, listening booth,
orchestra, concert hall,
symphony hall,
cathedral etc.
c) Acoustics for
Multipurpose
Includes both speech and music acoustics to fulfil objectives
of the both at a rationally compromised level. Acoustics
design of a multipurpose space is quite challenging as the
design objectives and measures vary remarkably for speech
and music. For example, there is a significant variation in
desired reverberation times of a space for speech and music.
Multipurpose hall,
cinema, theatre, opera
house, mosque (for
speech and melodious
recitation), church,
temple etc.

3.4.1.2 A building or a building complex is usually a group of spaces or rooms intended for various functions.
Those spaces may require involvement of different types of acoustics as stated in Table 8.4.1. For example, a
school has spaces for speech (e.g., classroom), music (e.g., music room) and multipurpose (e.g., auditorium).
Thus, a building or a building complex should not be generally classified as a whole for a particular type of
acoustics, rather its spaces or rooms shall be classified individually and appropriate acoustical design shall
be considered accordingly.

3.4.1.3 Spaces or rooms of a building or a building complex, if those even have different types of acoustical
requirements, shall be designed in such a way, so that those can coexist and work as a whole.

3.4.2 Acoustical Planning and Design Targets

3.4.2.1 A space, involving either of the acoustical types stated in Sec 4.4.1, must achieve few design targets. Some
of these important design targets are mentioned below:
a) Noise exceeding allowable limit should be controlled
b) Speech intelligibility should be satisfactory
c) Music should have liveliness, intimacy, fullness, clarity, warmth etc.
d) The desired sound level must be optimum to be heard properly
e) Diffusion of sound throughout the whole space
f) There should be no defects such as echoes, flutter echoes etc.

3.4.2.2 Necessary planning and design measures shall be taken for achieving these targets to optimum levels or
standards as dictated in this Code.

3.4.3 Factors Affecting Acoustical Planning and Design

3.4.3.1 Among many, following are the most significant factors affecting acoustical planning and design:
Chapter 4
a) Noise
b) Reverberation Time
c) Sound Level
d) Diffusion of Sound

3.4.3.2 For various types of building acoustics, as stated in Sec 3.4.1, the effects of these factors might be different.
These factors are dependant on different conditions, like noise and sound level, room volume, building
materials, surface materials, sound levels, room geometry etc.

3.4.3 General Considerations and Provisions for Planning, Design, Assessment and Construction

3.4.3.1 In Appendix D, a flow diagram summarises activities required for planning, design, assessments and
construction related to building acoustics.

3.4.3.2 Acoustical planning and design, including all parts and details, shall be performed during design phase of
any project and must comply with standards and codes as dictated in this Code.

3.4.3.3 During planning and design phase, the expected results for acoustical performance of a space or a room or
building, as dictated in different Sections of this Chapter, shall be precisely analysed and assessed through
standard practice, for example, precise computational methods based on computer analysis, simulation and
prediction techniques.

3.4.3.4 Acoustical planning and design targets and expected results shall be clearly specified and documented as a
part of the design proposal.

3.4.3.5 Acoustical planning and design measures shall be compatible with requirements of other environmental
factors including natural light, ventilation and heat for working in an overall synergy.

3.4.3.6 Acoustical planning and design measures shall be congenial to other design parameters including function,
structure and aesthetics for an overall harmony in design.

3.4.3.7 The proposal for acoustical design, materials, devices, supporting structures and construction methods shall
be safe for health during construction and post-construction occupancy.

3.4.3.8 Acoustical materials, devices and supporting structures shall be safe in case of disasters including
earthquake and fire.

3.4.3.9 The acoustical design measures and materials shall be reasonably energy efficient and compatible with
Green Building practice.

3.4.3.10 The acoustical materials shall be eco-friendly, recyclable and should require minimum maintenance. Those
shall be compliant to sustainable acoustics in particular and sustainable building practice in general.

3.4.3.11 It is recommended to conduct peer supervisions and periodic assessments at different phases of
construction process to rectify any drawback at its initial stage.

3.4.3.12 Post-construction and post-occupancy assessments shall be conducted and findings shall be compared with
expected results. Assessment shall include instrumental measurements and opinion survey of occupants. If
any discrepancy is found, the space shall be modified until it reaches reasonably close to the expected result.

3.4.3.13 Preceding provisions shall be applicable for modifications of a space to eliminate acoustical faults,
retrofitting a space for acoustical performance or any other acoustical design and construction activities.

3.4.3.14 Form K, Checklist: Acoustical Planning and Design, as shown in Appendix K, shall be filled in and signed by
the acoustical consultant for each acoustical space or room or building of any project.

3.5 PLANNING AND DESIGN FOR NOISE CONTROL
Part 8
Building Services
8-6

3.5.1 Types of Noise

3.5.1.1 Depending on location of source, noise might be of two types:
a) Outdoor Noise.
Following are some common sources of outdoor noise:
i) Traffic noise generated from air traffic, road traffic, rail traffic etc. (see Appendix E)
ii) Noise from zones and buildings within built-up areas, machinery, appliances, construction
activity, loudspeakers, people, animals etc.

b) Indoor Noise.
Following are some common source of indoor noise:
i) Household appliances, machinery, footsteps on floor, air conditioner duct etc.
ii) Activities performed by occupants, like people, pets etc.

3.5.1.2 Basing on transmission path, noise can be classified as
a) Airborne Noise
Example: Noise from appliances, car horn, telephone ring etc.

b) Structure-borne Noise
Example: Footsteps, slamming of door, furniture movement, vibrating mechanical equipments etc.

3.5.2 Design Sequence for Noise Control

3.5.2.1 In order to achieve noise control effectively, measures should be taken in the following order:
a) Suppression of noise generation at its source
b) Layout planning
c) Insulation design
d) Absorption design

3.5.3 Planning and Design for Outdoor Noise Control

3.5.3.1 Planning to control outdoor noise is an integral part of country and town planning ranging from regional to
detailed zoning and three dimensional layouts of built form and traffic routes.

3.5.3.2 Noise causes more disturbances to people at rest than those at work. For this reason, outdoor noise levels in
various zones or areas should be considered in planning and design with respect to critical hours of space
occupancy (see Table E.1, Appendix E).

3.5.3.3 Planning and design of buildings shall consider all sources of noise mentioned in Sec 3.5.1 and keep
provisions to control those from transmitting in and around buildings. For example, the orientation of
buildings might be decided in way to reduce the noise disturbance from noisy neighbourhood.

3.5.3.4 A noise survey shall be conducted and a Noise Map shall be prepared to identify source, type, intensity,
frequency and other parameters of noise in and around the site of any specific project. Noise levels should
be measured for pick and off pick hours of both working and holidays, and also for 'Day Time' and 'Night
Time' as defined in 'Noise Pollution (Control) Rules 2006' and its subsequent amendments by the
Government of the People's Republic of Bangladesh (see Table E.1, Appendix E). The noise levels shall be
analysed statistically for value of L
10
, L
Aeg,T
etc.

3.5.3.5 A Noise Map shall be used to examine compliance to the permissible upper limit of noise levels set for
different land use zones in the 'Noise Pollution (Control) Rules 2006' and its subsequent amendments by the
Government of the People's Republic of Bangladesh (see Table E.1, Appendix E). As references, intensity
levels of some common noise are shown in (see Table E.3, Appendix E).

3.5.3.6 The planning should be undertaken in such a manner that the noise can be kept at a distance. Quiet zones
and residential zones should be placed with adequate setback from noise sources, like airports, highways,
Chapter 4
railway lines and factories. It might be useful to note that doubling the distance drops the sound pressure
level by about 6 dBA.

3.5.3.7 Buildings (or parts of buildings) which are considered to be especially susceptible to noise, including
hospitals, research laboratories, recording studios or the like, should not be sited near sources of noise.

3.5.3.8 It might be a preferable option to place a noise tolerant buffer zone, developing green belt, public gardens
etc. between a noisy zone and a quiet zone.

3.5.3.9 Noise barriers might be provided by placing buildings and occupancies less susceptible to noise between
the source and the more susceptible ones. Purpose built noise barriers made of bricks, concrete, fibreglass,
fibre reinforced plastic or other materials can also be used to protect buildings from noise.

3.5.3.10 If noise barriers (as stated in Sec 3.5.3.9) is neither attainable nor adequate, a building itself should have all
necessary measures to protect itself against outside noise. The following might be some options:

a) In zoning of spaces, noise tolerant spaces might be placed near a noise source, while placing less-
tolerant spaces at a distance.

b) External walls or partitions should have appropriate Sound Transmission Class (STC) to reduced
external noise to the acceptable indoor background noise levels (see Table 8.3.4 to 8.3.7, Table I.1-
I.2, Appendix I)

c) Preferably, external walls near source of noise should not have any operable window. However, to
meet the demand of natural light, fixed widows allowing only light might be placed with proper
noise insulation measures.

d) If need for operable windows allowing natural light and ventilation are inevitable in external walls
near source of noise, special measures should be taken for restricting noise while allowing light and
ventilation. Acoustic louvers, active noise cancellation devices etc. are examples of these types of
special measures.

e) If natural ventilation is required but natural light is not required, ventilation ducts or chutes with
lining of acoustic absorbers might be designed in a manner to absorb noise while air flows through.

3.5.3.11 Following special provisions shall be applicable for air traffic noise:
a) No building for human occupancy shall preferably be constructed, where NEF value due to air
traffic noise exceeds 40 EPN dBA. As a reference, typical noise levels of some aircraft types are
shown in Table E.2, Appendix E.

b) Educational institutions, hospitals, auditoriums etc. shall preferably be located at places where the
value of NEF is less than 25 EPN dBA.

c) In areas exposed to less than 90 EPN dBA, all of the windows shall be closed and properly sealed,
having double glazing, in order to provide an acceptable interior noise environment.

d) Industrial and commercial activities generating high interior noise environments might be located
in areas exposed to noise levels greater than 90 EPN dBA.

e) In airport areas of highest noise levels, sparsely manned installations like sewage disposal plants,
utility substations and similar other facilities might be located.

3.5.3.12 Following provisions shall be applicable for road traffic noise:
a) For road traffic noise level, the value of L
10
shall be limited to a maximum of 70 dBA for zoning and
planning new buildings in urban areas, while dwellings are proposed to have sealed windows.

b) The maximum permissible upper limit of L
10
shall be reduced to 60 dBA when the dwellings are
proposed to have open windows.
Part 8
Building Services
8-8

c) Major new residential developments shall preferably be located in areas with L
10
levels
substantially lower than those specified above.

d) Where L
10
is greater than 70 dBA, design solutions such as barrier blocks, noise buffers or purpose
built noise barriers shall be utilized in order to reduce noise levels at least to that level.

e) Through traffic roads shall preferably be excluded from quiet and residential zones to avoid
excessive traffic noise.

f) In the neighbourhood of residential, educational, institutional and health care buildings, legislative
control shall be exercised for road noise particularly from vehicles as dictated in 'Noise Pollution
(Control) Rules 2006' and its subsequent amendments by the Government of the People's Republic
of Bangladesh.

3.5.3.13 Following special provisions shall be applicable for rail traffic noise:
a) No residential or public building, except for the railway station and its ancillary structures, shall
preferably be connected to the railway lines.

b) Mercantile or commercial buildings should not abut the railway lines or the marshalling yards.
Only planned industrial zones may be located beside the railway tracks.

c) In order to reduce the high noise levels, produced at the arrival and departure of trains, platforms
in railway stations shall be treated with sound absorbing materials particularly on the ceiling.

d) The main platform floor shall be separated from the station building with a minimum gap of 50
mm so that the ground or structure-borne vibrations are not transmitted to the building.

e) Windows and other openings shall preferably be placed as less as possible in the facade along the
railway tracks.

f) Greenbelts, landscaping or any other form of barrier might be developed along the railway lines.

3.5.3.14 Construction noise shall be controlled according to the 'Noise Pollution (Control) Rules 2006' and its
subsequent amendments by the Government of the People's Republic of Bangladesh.

3.5.4 Planning and Design for Indoor Noise Control

3.5.4.1 The allowable upper limits of indoor background noise levels (in dBA) are as shown in Table 8.4.2 and Fig.
F.1 in Appendix F. Design shall comply with recommended range of Balanced Noise Criteria (NCB) Curve
for different types of activity.

Table 8.4.2
Allowable Upper Limit of Indoor Background Noise Levels and Recommended Range of NCB Curves
(Source: Maekawa Z., Lord P. 1994. Environmental and Architectural Acoustics. E&FN SPON, UK)
Type of space dBA NCB Curve
Broadcast and recording studios (distant microphone used) 18 10
Concert halls, opera houses, and recital halls 18-23 10-15
Large theatres and auditoriums.
Mosques, temples, churches and other prayer spaces

<28

<20
Television and recording studio (close microphone used) <33 <25
Small theatres, auditoriums, music, rehearsal rooms, large meeting and
conference rooms

<38

<30
Bedrooms, hospitals, hotels, residences, apartments, etc. 33-48 25-40
Chapter 4
Classrooms, libraries, small offices and conference rooms. Living rooms, and
drawing rooms in dwellings

38-48

30-40
Large offices, receptions, retail shops and stores, cafeterias, restaurants,
indoor stadiums, gymnasium, large seating-capacity spaces with speech
amplification

43-53

35-45
Lobbies, laboratory, drafting rooms, and general offices 48-58 40-50
Kitchens, laundries, computer and maintenance shops 53-63 45-55
Shops, garages, etc. (for just acceptable telephone conversation) 58-68 50-60
For work spaces where speech is not required 63-78 55-70

3.5.4.2 Noise generated from within a building shall not be transmitted to neighbourhood at a noise level higher
than the allowable upper limit set for that zone (see Table E.1, Appendix E).

3.5.4.3 Buildings, in which there are some sources of noise, shall have buffers separating the noise producing area
from the other areas. The less vulnerable areas of the building may be planned to act as noise buffers.

3.5.4.4 In the assessment of indoor noise levels, direct sound shall be separated from reverberant sound.

3.5.4.5 The reverberant sound transmitted from one room to another shall be cut down by employing suitable
sound absorption materials and by structural and non-structural partitions.

3.5.5 Sound Insulation

3.5.5.1 The recommended sound insulation criteria are classified in some Grades. The STC value for airborne sound
insulation is graded as stated below (see also, Fig. F.2, Appendix F):
a) Grade I STC = 55 Apply mainly to fully residential, quiet rural and suburban areas and in
certain luxury apartment buildings

b) Grade II STC = 52 Apply to residential spaces in relatively noisy environments, typical of
urban and suburban areas.

c) Grade III STC = 48 Express minimal requirements applicable to very noisy locations, such as
commercial or business areas, like shop houses with dwelling units on the
upper floors, or downtown areas.

3.5.5.2 Transmission of sound should be controlled with appropriate material, assembly of building elements.
Typical STC rating for different types of building element, like stud partitions, masonry walls, doors,
windows and interior partitions are shown in Table I.1, Appendix I.

3.5.5.3 Recommended STC for partitions for specific occupancies are shown in Table I.2, Appendix I.

3.5.6 Control of Structure-borne Impact Noise

3.5.5.1 Impact noise problems can be controlled in following ways:
a) Preventing or minimising the impact by cushioning the impact with resilient materials, like floor
tiles of rubber and cork, carpeting on pads with desired Impact Isolation Class (IIC). Criteria for
airborne and impact sound insulation of floor-ceiling assemblies between dwelling unit is shown in
Table 8.3.6 and 8.3.7

b) Floating the floor for isolating the impacted floor from the structural floor by a resilient element is
extremely effective. This element can be rubber or mineral wood pads, blankets or special spring
metal sleepers.

c) Suspending the ceiling and using an absorber in the cavity.

Part 8
Building Services
8-10

d) Isolating all rigid structures, such as pipes, and caulking penetrations with resilient sealant.

3.5.6 Control of Electro-Mechanical System Noise

3.5.5.1 Mechanical noise is generated from mechanical devices like air-conditioning and air-handling systems, lifts,
escalators, pumps, electric generators etc.

3.5.5.2 Mechanical noise problems can be controlled in following ways:
i) Reducing the vibration of electro-mechanical equipments by damping and isolation.
ii) Reducing the airborne noise by decoupling the vibration from efficient radiating sources.
iii) Decoupling the vibrating source from the structure.
iv) In air-conditioning duct system, smooth transitions at changes of duct size, large radius bends,
lining with absorbing materials etc. are effective measures.
v) Active noise cancellation technique, by producing a synthesised signal exactly out-of-phase with
the original noise signal to make the resultant signal effectively zero, might be applied in special
cases.

3.5.7 Occupational Noise Exposure

3.5.7.1 Protection against the effects of noise exposure shall be provided when the sound level exceeds those shown
in Table 8.4.3.

3.5.7.2 Exposure to impulsive or impact noise should not exceed 140 dBA peak sound level.

Table 8.4.3
Permissible Noise Exposure
Sound Level
dBA (slow response)
Duration per Day
Hour - Minute
Sound Level
dBA (slow response)
Duration per Day
Hour - Minute
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
16-00
13-56
12-08
10-34
9-11
8-00
6-58
6-04
5-17
4-36
4-00
3-29
3-02
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
2-50
2-15
2-00
1-44
1-31
1-19
1-09
1-00
0-52
0-46
0-40
0-34
0-30
Notes:
a) The sound level should be measured on A scale at slow response.
b) When the daily noise exposure is composed of two or more periods of noise exposure of different levels, their
combined effect should be considered, rather than the individual effect of each. If the sum of the following fractions:
C1 /T1 + C2 /T2 + ..... Cn /Tn exceeds unity, then, the mixed exposure should be considered to exceed the limit value.
Cn indicates the total time of exposure permitted at that time.

3.6 REVERBERATION TIME, SOUND PRESSURE LEVEL AND DIFFUSION OF SOUND

3.6.1 General Considerations
a) For an overall performing, comfortable and safe acoustical environment, along with the issues of noise,
other significant aspects of acoustics should be considered. This shall include sound pressure level,
reverberation time and diffusion of sound.

Chapter 4
b) Speech intelligibility is a significant parameter to achieve satisfactory acoustical design. Percentage
Syllable Articulation (PSA) is an index for assessing speech intelligibility. PSA can be expressed as
PSA = 96 k
i
k
r
k
n
k
s
(%) (for English Language)
PSA = 93 k
i
k
r
k
n
k
s
(%) (for Bangla Language)
Where,
k
i,
k
r
, k
n
and k
s
are the coefficient for average speech level, Reverberation Time, Noise level/ Speech
level and room shape, respectively (see Fig. G.1, Appendix G).

c) For a PSA of 82%, almost a perfect Speech Intelligibility (nearly 100%) can be achieved. However, in
reality, there are some background noise (>20 dBA) and reverberation time in different spaces, causing
lower PSA. The minimum admissible PSA should be 75% for a satisfactory Speech Intelligibility.

3.6.2 Reverberation Time
Spaces for various uses should be designed for recommended optimum reverberation time to achieve a
level of intelligibility and liveliness (see Fig. 8.4.1).

Fig. 8.4.1 Recommended optimum reverberation times for spaces of various uses
Notes:
1. The optimum RT for speech is shown here for English and Bangla language. It might be noted that the recommended optimum
RT for speech in Bangla ranges from 0.5 s to 0.8 s.
2. The figure shows optimum RT for Western music and English vocals. For local music of Bangladesh, optimum RT might be
assumed from its typological similarity to that of Western music.

3.6.3 Sound Pressure Level
a) In a space with a low background noise (<20 dBA) and a minimum Reverberation Time (close to 0.0 s),
a maximum Percentage Syllable Articulation (PSA), and thus Speech Intelligibility can be achieved at
sound pressure level of speech ranging from 60 dBA to 70 dBA (see Fig. G.1, Appendix G).

b) For speech halls with higher background noise (>20 dBA), the recommended Signal-to-Noise Ratio
(SNR) is +15 dBA for children and at least +6 dBA for adults.

3.6.4 Diffusion of Sound
Part 8
Building Services
8-12

a) Diffusion of sound should be achieved in any space, so that certain key acoustical properties, like
sound pressure level, reverberation time etc. are the same anywhere in the space.

b) There shall not be a difference greater than 6 dBA between sound pressure levels of any two points in
the audience area.

b) Appropriate room geometry should be chosen to achieve diffusion of sound. Fig. I.2, Appendix I shows
recommended proportion of a space to avoid standing wave, flutter echo etc., which are obstacles to
achieve diffusion of sound.

3.7 SPEECH PRIVACY

3.7.1 Principle of Speech Privacy between Enclosed Spaces

3.7.1.1 When noise carries information, productivity and noise are related inversely. When noise does not carry
information, it can be annoying, counter productive or can be useful as a masking sound, depending upon
its frequency, intensity level and constancy.

3.7.1.2 The degree of speech privacy in a space is a function of following two factors:
a) The degree of sound isolation provided by the barriers between rooms
b) The ambient sound level in the receiving room

3.7.1.3 In case of an airtight barrier between two rooms, the sound intensity level of the source room (1) and the
receiving room (2) are related as,
IL
2
= IL
1
- NR
where, NR is reduction, IL
2
and IL
1
are sound intensity levels in the receiving and source room
respectively.

3.7.1.4 An transmitted noise level IL
2
is not annoying to a majority of adults, if a properly designed background
sound is a maximum 2 dBA less than IL
2
. For example, a transmitted noise IL
2
of 40 dBA in a room with a
background sound of at least 38 dBA will not cause annoyance to most people.

3.7.1.5 The upper intensity level of usable background masking sound is usually taken as about 50 dBA; any higher
intensity level itself will cause annoyance.

3.7.2 Sound Isolation Descriptor

3.7.2.1 For speech sound, a descriptive scale is shown in Table 8.4.4

Table 8.4.4
Relative Quality of Sound Isolation
Source: Stein, B. et al., 2006. Mechanical and Electrical Equipments for Buildings. John Wiley & Sons, New Jersey.
Ranking Descriptor Hearing Condition
a

6 Total privacy Shouting barely audible.
5 Excellent Normal voice levels not audible. Raised voices barely audible but not
intelligible.
4 Very good Normal voice levels barely audible. Raised voices audible but largely
unintelligible.
3 Good Normal voice levels audible but generally unintelligible. Raised voices partially
intelligible.
2 Fair Normal voice levels audible and intelligible some of the time. Raised voices
generally intelligible.
Chapter 4
1 Poor Normal voice levels audible and intelligible most of the time.
0 None Normal voice levels always intelligible.
a
Hearing condition in the presence of ambient noise, if any.

3.7.2.2 Relation between barrier STC and hearing condition on receiving side with background noise level at NC-25
is shown in Table 8.3.5

Table 8.3.5
Barrier STC and Hearing Condition on Receiving Side with Background Noise Level at NC-25
Source: Stein, B. et al., 2006. Mechanical and Electrical Equipments for Buildings. John Wiley & Sons, New Jersey
Barrier
STC
Hearing Condition
Descriptor
and Ranking
a

Application
25 Normal speech can be understood quite easily
and distinctly through the wall.
Poor/1 Space divider
30 Loud speech can be understood fairly well.
Normal speech can be heard but not easily
understood.
Fair/2 Room divider where
concentration is not essential
35 Loud speech can be heard but not easily
intelligible. Normal speech can be heard only
faintly, if at all.
Very Good/4 Suitable for offices next to
quiet spaces
42-45 Loud speech can be faintly heard but not
understood. Normal speech is inaudible.
Excellent/5 For dividing noisy and quiet
areas; party wall between
apartments
46-50 Very loud sounds (such as loud singing, brass
musical instruments or a radio at full volume)
can be heard only faintly or not at all.
Total Privacy/6 Music room, practice room,
sound studio, bedrooms
adjacent to noisy areas
a
See Table 8.4.4.

3.7.2 Speech Privacy Design for Enclosed Space

3.7.2.1 Fig. J, Appendix J shows a Speech Privacy Analysis Sheet, which shall be used to determine speech privacy
rating number for design of enclosed space.

3.7.2.2 Following factors are involved in speech privacy rating of enclosed-space:
a) Space rating of source room (Room No. 1)
i) Speech effort - a measure of loudness of speech

ii) Source room factor - gives the approximate effect of room absorption on the speech level in
the source room. The scale in Fig. J, Appendix J represents average absorption. For live
rooms the factor should be raised by 2 points and for dead room the factor should be
lowered by 2 points. Factors a + b give the approximate source-room voice level.

iii) Privacy allowance-determines the measure of privacy required, such as Normal Privacy and
Confidential Privacy.

b) Isolation rating of receiving room (Room No. 2)
iv) The STC rating of the barrier (see Table I.1 and I.2, Appendix I)

v) Noise reduction factor A
2
/S indicates receiving room absorption, that is, the difference
between NR and TL, where A
2
is the area of receiving room and S is the area of the barrier
Part 8
Building Services
8-14

between the rooms. Absorption is assumed to be average. For live rooms the factor should
be lowered by 2 points and for dead room the factor should be raised by 2 points.

vi) Recommended background noise level in the receiving room. As a reference, Table 8.4.2
might be used.

3.8 SOUND AMPLIFICATION SYSTEM

3.8.1 Objectives and Design Criteria

3.8.1.1 A well designed sound amplification system should augment the natural transmission of sound from source
to listener with adequate loudness and diffusion. It should never be used as a substitute for good building
acoustics design, because it rarely overcomes or corrects any serious deficiency; rather, it may amplify and
exaggerate the deficiency.

3.8.1.2 An ideal sound amplification system shall give the listener the desired loudness, directivity, intelligibility
and other acoustical qualities.

3.8.1.3 Spaces seating less than 500 (approximately, 1400 m
3
volume) should not require any sound amplification
system if it is properly designed; since, a normal speaking voice can maintain speech level of 55 to 60 dBA in
this volume of space.

3.8.1.4 The central type amplification system is preferred, in which a loudspeaker or a cluster of loudspeakers is
placed directly above the source of sound to provide desired realism and intelligibility. In case, the ceiling
height is low and sound can not reach all listeners from a central type; a distributed system can be used with
a number of loudspeaker each serving a small area with low-level amplification. A distributed system is
particularly feasible in areas under the balcony.

3.8.1.5 A careful location of microphone should be chosen to avoid feedback of sound from loudspeaker to the
microphone.

3.9 OCCUPANCY A: RESIDENTIAL BUILDINGS

3.9.1 Controlling Noise
Controlling measures shall have to be taken against noise coming from outdoor and indoor sources as
specified in Sec 4.4 and 3.5.

3.9.2 Space Layout
a) Quiet and noisy quarters shall be grouped and separated horizontally and vertically from each other by
rooms (or spaces) not particularly sensitive to noise such as entry, corridor, staircase, wall closets or
other built-in building components.

b) If a living room in one apartment is located adjacent to a living room in another apartment, adequate
sound insulation should be provided in separating wall.

c) Bedrooms shall be located in a relatively quiet part of the building.

d) Bathrooms must be separated acoustically from living rooms both horizontally and vertically.

If bathroom fixtures are installed along walls which separate living room and bathroom, adequate
sound insulation should be provided in separating wall.

e) Measures should be taken to avoid transmission of footstep noise through floors.

3.9.2.2 Sound Insulation Factors
a) Separation for Sound Insulation: The sound insulation criteria in residential units are to be based on
three grades:
Chapter 4

i) Grade I criteria apply mainly to fully residential, quiet rural and suburban areas and in certain
cases to luxury apartment buildings or to dwelling units above the eighth floor of a high-rise
building.

ii) Grade II criteria apply to residential buildings built-in relatively noisy environments typical of
urban or suburban areas.

iii) Grade III criteria express minimal requirements applicable to very noisy locations, such as
commercial or business areas (like shop houses with dwelling units on the upper floors) or
downtown areas.

iv) Among the above three categories, Grade II covers the majority of residential constructions and
shall therefore be regarded as a basic guide.

v) In all grades wall constructions and floor-ceiling assemblies between dwelling units shall have
STC ratings at least equal to the values given in Table 8.3.6 and 8.3.7.

v) An STC rating of not less than 45 dB is to be provided in walls and floors of residential
buildings, between dwelling units of the same building and between a dwelling unit and any
space common to two or more dwelling units.

vi) Table I.2, Appendix I shows STC requirements for different spaces of specific occupancies.

Table 8.3.6
Airborne Sound Insulation of Partitions
Between Dwelling Units
Source: Stein, B. et al., 2006. Mechanical and
Electrical Equipments for Buildings. John Wiley &
Sons, New Jersey.
Table 8.3.7
Airborne and Impact Sound Insulation of Floor-
Ceiling between Dwelling Units
Source: Stein, B. et al., 2006. Mechanical and Electrical
Equipments for Buildings. John Wiley & Sons, New Jersey.
Apt. A Apt. B
Grade
II
STC
Apt. A Apt. B
Grade
II
STC
Grade
II
IIC
Bedroom
Living room
Kitchen
b

Bathroom
Corridor
Living room
Kitchen
b

Bathroom
Corridor
Kitchen
Bathroom
Corridor
Bathroom
Corridor
to
to
to
to
to
to
to
to
to
to
to
to
to
to
Bedroom
Bedroom
a
Bedroom
a

Bedroom
a

Bedroom
a,c
Living room
Living room
a

Living room
Living room
a,c,d
Kitchen
e
Kitchen
Kitchen
a,c,d
Bathroom
Bathroom
a,c
52
54
55
56
52
52
52
54
52
50
52
52
50
48
Bedroom
Living room
Kitchen
b
Family room
Corridor
Bedroom
Living room
Kitchen
Family room
Corridor
Bedroom
Living room
Kitchen
Bathroom
Family room
Corridor
Bedroom
Living room
Kitchen
Bathroom
Corridor
above
above
above
above
above
above
above
above
above
above
above
above
above
above
above
above
above
above
above
above
above
Bedroom
Bedroom
a
Bedroom
a,c
Bedroom
a,d
Bedroom
a
Living room
e
Living room

Living room
a,c
Living room
a,d
Living room
a
Kitchen
c,e

Kitchen
c,e

Kitchen
c

Kitchen
a,c
Kitchen
a,c,d
Kitchen
a,c
Family room
e
Family room
e
Family room
e
Bathroom
c
Corridor
52
54
55
56
52
54
52
52
54
52
55
52
50
52
52
48
56
54
52
50
48
52
57
62
62
62
52
52
57
60
57
50
52
52
52
58
52
48
50
52
50
48
For Grade I, add 3 points; for Grade III,
subtract 4 points.
a
Whenever a partition wall may serve to
separate several functional spaces, the
highest criterion must prevail.
b
Or dining or family or recreation room.
Part 8
Building Services
8-16

c
It is assumed that there is no entrance
door leading from the corridor to the
living unit.
d
Criterion applies to the partition. Doors in
corridor partition must have the rating
of the partition, not vice versa.
e
Double wall construction is recommended
to minimise kitchen impact noise.

For Grade I, add 3 points; for Grade III, subtract 4
points.
a
This arrangement requires greater impact sound
insulation than the inverse, where a sensitive area
is above less sensitive area.
b
Or dining or family or recreation room.
c
It is assumed that the plumbing fixtures, appliances
and piping are insulated with proper vibration
isolation.
d
The airborne STC criteria in this table apply as well
to vertical partitions between these two spaces.
e
This arrangement require equivalent airborne
sound insulation than the converse.

b) Reduction of Airborne Noise : In case of air borne noise (between the frequency range 100-31500 Hz), a
sound insulation of 50 dB shall be provided in between the living room in one house or flat and
rooms/bed rooms in another. The value shall be 35 dB in between different rooms of the same house.
(See Appendix I for airborne sound insulation properties of walls, doors and windows).

c) Reduction of Airborne Noise Transmitted through the Structure: Exterior walls shall be rigid and
massive and have good sound insulation characteristics with as few openings as possible. Windows
with acoustic louvers might be used to protect noise intrusion, while allowing ventilation.

Ventilation ducts or air transfer openings (ventilators), where provided, shall be designed to minimize
transmission of noise, if necessary, by installing some attenuating devices.

d) Construction of sound insulation doors shall be of solid core and heavy construction with all edges
sealed up properly. Hollow core wooden doors and light weight construction shall be avoided because
these are dimensionally unstable and can warp, destroying the seal along the perimeter of the door.

e) Rubber, foam rubber or foamed plastic strips, adjustable or self-aligning stops and gaskets shall be used
for sealing the edges of the doors. They shall be so installed that they are slightly compressed between
doors and stop when the door is in a closed position. In simple cases the bottom edges shall have a
replaceable strip of felt or foam rubber attached to minimize the gap between door and floor.

f) Separation between the two faces of the door shall be carried through uninterruptedly from edge to
edge in both directions. Damping treatments shall be inserted between individual layers of the doors.
Ordinary doors with surface leather padding shall not be used.

g) Automatic damped door closers are to be used whenever applicable and economically feasible in order
to avoid the annoying sound of doors slamming.

h) The difference between the TL of the wall and that of the door shall not exceed 10 dB.

i) The floor of a room immediately above the bedroom or a living room shall satisfy the Grade I impact
sound insulation.

3.10 OCCUPANCY B: EDUCATIONAL BUILDINGS and OCCUPANCY C: INSTITUTIONAL BUILDINGS

3.10.1 Sources of Noise

3.10.1.1 Outdoor Noise: Measures shall be taken in planning and design to control noise from external sources
mentioned in Sec 3.4 and Sec 3.5.

3.10.1.2 Indoor Noise:

The following sources of indoor noise shall be taken into consideration:
Chapter 4
a) Wood and metal workshops, machine shops, technical as well as engineering testing laboratories, other
machine rooms, typing areas etc. which produce continuous or intermittent noises of disturbing nature,

b) Music rooms,

c) Assembly halls, particularly those which are attached to the main building,

d) Practical work spaces, gymnasiums and swimming pools,

e) School kitchen and dining spaces,

f) Entry lobby, foyer, lounge, corridor and other circulation spaces.

3.10.2 Planning and Design Requirements

3.10.2.1 Site Planning: The school building shall be located as far away as possible from the sources of outdoor
noise such as busy roads, railways, neighbouring market places or adjacent shopping areas as well as local
industrial and small scale manufacturing concerns.

Where the site permits, the building shall be placed back from the street, in order to make use of the noise
reducing effect of the increased distance between street line and building line.

If adequate distance between the school/institution building and the noisy traffic route cannot be provided,
rooms which do not need windows or windowless walls of classrooms shall face the noisy road.

Car parking areas shall preferably be located in remote parts of the site.

3.10.2.2 Activities and Space Layout: The minimum requirement for sound insulation in educational buildings shall
be as specified in Table 8.4.3.

3.10.2.3 Halls and Circulation Areas: The lobby, lounge areas etc. or other circulation spaces and linking corridors
shall be separated from teaching areas, lecture galleries or laboratories. No direct window openings shall be
placed along the walls of the corridors or circulation areas.

Doors, ventilators and other necessary openings shall be designed with sufficient foam or rubber seals, so
that they are noise proof when closed.

3.10.2.4 Noise Reduction within Rooms:
Lecture halls of educational institutions (with a seating capacity of more than 100 persons) shall be designed
in accordance with the relevant acoustical principles.

Lecture halls with volumes of up to about 550 m
3
or for an audience of up to about 150 to 200, shall not
require a sound amplification system, if their acoustical design is based on appropriate principles and
specifications.

A diagonal seating layout shall preferably be used for rectangular lecture rooms of the capacity mentioned
above as it automatically eliminates undesirable parallelism between walls at the podium and effectively
utilizes the diverging front walls as sound reflectors.

3.11 OCCUPANCY D: HEALTH CARE BUILDINGS

3.11.1 Sources of Disturbing Noise

3.11.1.1 Outdoor Noise: Sources of outdoor noise specified in Sec 4.4 shall be taken into consideration for planning
and design. Additionally, health care service facilities like ambulance, medicine and equipment vans, store
deliveries, laundry and refuse collection trolleys are also frequent sources of noise. Health care buildings
shall be sited away from such sources as far as practicable.
Part 8
Building Services
8-18

3.11.1.2 Indoor Noise: Indoor noise sources include mechanical and mobile equipment like X-ray and suction
machines, drilling equipment etc.

Planning and design shall take into account the following sources of noise:

a) The handling of sterilizing, as well as metal or glass equipment,

b) Wheeled trolleys used for the purpose of carrying foods and medical supplies,

c) Mechanical equipment like mechanical and electrical motors, machineries, boilers, pumps, fans,
ventilators, transformers, elevators, air-conditioning equipment etc.

d) Operational facilities like refrigerators, sterilizers, autoclaves etc. ,

e) Patient service facilities including oxygen cylinders or tanks, saline stands, carrier carts and instrument
cases, etc.

f) Maintenance work of engineering services like plumbing and sanitary fixtures or fittings, hot and cold
water and central heating pipes, air-conditioning ducts, ventilation shafts etc., and

g) Audible calling systems, radio and television sets.


3.11.2.1 Site Planning: Site shall be selected to keep adequate distance from traffic noise from highways, main
roads, railroads, airports and noise originating from parking areas. In addition to the requirements of Sec
4.4.3, the following requirements shall be fulfilled:

a) In the selection of a site and site planning, consideration shall be given to:

i) Distance from exterior noise,
ii) Effect of high buildings adjacent to the site which can act as noise reflectors, and
iii) Traffic conditions surrounding the site.

b) Parking areas might be carefully located at the farthest possible corners of the premises. If enough
space is not available to provide facilities for the desired number of vehicles, parking spaces shall be
provided in more than one area. Loading platforms and service entries are to be planned in such a
manner as to minimize noise in areas requiring silence.

c) Closed courts shall preferably be avoided.

3.11.2.2 Activities and Space Layout: The following points might be given due consideration in the planning and
design of health care buildings.

a) Rooms to be used for board meetings, conference, counselling and instructional purposes shall be
grouped near public zones of the building in such a way that spread of noise can be avoided.

b) Long corridors might be avoided, as it may freely spread noise.

c) The main kitchen might be housed in a separate building and connected to the wards only by service
lifts or a service stair. If this is impracticable, it shall be planned beneath the wards, rather than above
them.

d) Mechanical plants might preferably be placed in separate buildings.

e) Rooms housing equipment, operational facilities and patient service facilities shall be designed for
adequate sound insulation.
Chapter 4

f) Closed courts might be avoided, unless rooms facing the court are air-conditioned with completely
sealed and air tight windows.

g) The units which are themselves potential sources of noise for example, children's wards and outpatient
departments, shall be treated with special care regarding the protection against noise.

3.11.2.3 Noise Reduction in the Sensitive Area: In health care buildings, many sensitive areas such as operation
theatres, doctor's consultation rooms, intensive care units and post-operative areas shall be provided with
special noise control arrangements.

These rooms shall preferably be isolated in locations (or corners) surrounded by other intermediate zones
which ensure protection of the core area from outdoor noise.

A sound reduction of about 45 dBA between the consulting and the waiting rooms shall be provided in
order to weaken the transmission of sound.

A lobby like space in between the interconnecting and communicating doors shall be provided.

3.11.2.4 Sound Insulation Factors: The rooms and indoor spaces of a health care building shall be treated with
sound absorptive materials.

Different STC ratings of walls specified for separate components of buildings shall have to be considered as
follows:

a) For airborne noise, the average STC rating of wall and floors shall be 50 dB.

b) An STC rating of 55 dB shall be required between rooms whose occupants are susceptible to noise.

c) In general an average STC of 45 dB is to be provided for corridor walls and for walls between patient
rooms.

d) All doors shall be fitted with silent closers. Doors to opposite rooms might be positioned in a staggered
manner.

e) For ward doors, a corresponding STC of 35 dB shall be provided.

f) PVC mats, rubber mats or other resilient materials and rubber shod equipment shall be used in utility
rooms, ward kitchens and circulation areas as floor coverings.

Other finish materials like rubber tile, cork tile, vinyl tile or linoleum which can also help reduce the
impact noise substantially shall be used alternatively.

g) Mobile equipment, such as trolleys and bed, oxygen cylinder carriers and stretchers shall be made
relatively silent by means of non-friction wheels with rubber tyre.

h) Special treatments such as thin nonporous coverings or films over some soft absorbent materials shall
be used for good sound absorption when a washable acoustical treatment is desired.

i) Door and window curtains or screens, as well as bed sheets etc. shall be used wherever the indoor
openings are located to help reduce reverberation in the hard surfaced surroundings. Curtain rails,
rings and runners of silent type shall be used so that they generate as little frictional noise as possible.

j) Ventilation ducts and conduits shall be laid out in such a way that they do not open an easy by-pass for
spreading out any noise from other sources. These conduits and ducts shall be completely sealed
around the pipes where they pass through walls and floors.

Part 8
Building Services
8-20

k) Special care shall be taken to reduce noise of plumbing equipment and fixtures. Specially made
silencing pipes and flushing fixtures shall be used to reduce the noise of water closet and cisterns in
lavatories and toilets.

Ducts carrying waste or water pipes shall be properly lined with sound insulation material to prevent
noise from the pipes passing through duct walls into the patients' wards or cabins or the spaces
susceptible to noise.

l) Wherever available, cisterns shall be used to replace the pressure operated flushing system so that the
disturbance becomes less irritating.

3.12 OCCUPANCY E: ASSEMBLY

3.12.1 General
Buildings of Occupancy E shall be designed both for transmission of noise through the walls and openings
and also for internal acoustics. Public address systems installed in such buildings shall conform to the
standards and specifications.

3.12.2 Sources of Noise

3.12.2.1 Outdoor Noise: The following sources of noise shall be taken into account in planning and design:

a) Traffic noise (air, road and rail) and noise from other outdoor sources entering through walls, roofs,
doors, windows or ventilation openings,

b) Noise from any other gathering spaces, public meetings, outdoor activities and crowds, particularly
during the time of breaking of shows and performances,

c) Noise produced from parking areas.

3.12.2.2 Indoor Noise: The following indoor noise sources shall be taken into account in planning and design:

a) Noise from other adjacent halls located within the same building used for similar performance, or for
seminar, symposium or general meetings,

b) Noise produced from ticket counters, lobby or lounge areas, rehearsal rooms, waiting areas and
corridors,

c) Noise generated from other ancillary services located within the building, like cafeteria or snack bar, tea
shop, post office, bank or the like,

d) Noise generated from the mechanical or electrical equipment, air-conditioning plants, ventilation
channels and ducts, plumbing and water lines etc.


3.12.3.1 Site Planning and Acoustical Requirements: The noise control of auditoria or assembly halls shall begin
with sensible site planning following the measures and precautions stated below:

a) The auditorium shall be effectively separated from all exterior and interior noise and vibration sources
as far as practicable;

b) The assembly halls shall be protected from vehicular or air traffic, parking or loading areas, mechanical
equipment, electrical rooms or workshops.

The following are the acoustical requirements for good hearing conditions in an auditorium which shall be
ensured in planning and design:

Chapter 4
a) Adequate loudness shall have to be ensured in every part of the auditorium;

b) The sound energy shall be uniformly distributed in the hall;
c) Optimum reverberation characteristics shall have to be provided;

d) The hall shall be free of such acoustical defects as echoes, long delayed reflections, flutter echoes, sound
concentrations, distortions, sound shadow and room resonance etc.;

e) Noise and vibration shall be excluded or reasonably reduced in every part or the hall room.

3.12.3.2 Activities and Space Layout in Divisible and Multi-purpose Auditoria
a) A protective buffer zone of rooms between exterior noise source and auditorium proper shall be
designed.

b) Rooms in the buffer zone (lobbies, vestibules, circulation areas, restaurants, ticket counters, offices etc.)
shall be shut off from the auditorium proper by sound insulation doors.

c) The purposes of the subdivided spaces shall be clarified, in order to establish the predictable intensity
of the various sound programmes.

3.12.3.3 Noise Reduction within Rooms
a) There shall not be any use of continuous, unrecognizable and loud background noise.

b) The ventilating and air-conditioning system shall be so designed that the noise level created by the
system is at least 10 dB below the permissible background noise level specified in noise criteria level.

c) In order to protect the hall from external noise the minimum sound reduction value required in an
auditorium is 65 dB for a concert hall and 60 dB for a theatre. This reduction shall be provided on all
sides.

3.12.3.4 Sound Insulation Factors
a) Rooms in the buffer zone (lobbies, vestibules, circulation areas, restaurants, counter and issue desk
corners, office etc.) shall have sound absorbing ceilings and carpeted floor. If the rooms are to be used
for the purposes of verbal instructions only, a moderate degree of sound insulation (STC 40 to 45 dB)
shall be accomplished by the movable partitions.

b) If audio equipment or loudspeakers are to be used, an acoustically more effective, efficient partition
system shall be used, with sound insulation of STC 45 to 50 dB.

c) An insulation of STC 50 to 60 dB shall be provided if any section of the space is selected for the
performance of live music.

d) All windows shall have to be eliminated from the main auditorium walls in order to exclude excessive
outdoor noises.

e) Suspended ceilings shall accommodate the ventilating, air-conditioning and electrical services above
the room.

f) In order to increase the effectiveness of the suspended ceilings the following measures shall be taken :
i) The ceiling membrane shall weigh not less than 25 kg/m
2
;

ii) The ceiling membrane shall not be too rigid;

iii) Noise transmission through the ceiling shall have to be avoided by the use of a solid, airtight
membrane;

iv) Gaps between ceiling and surrounding structure shall be sealed;

Part 8
Building Services
8-22

v) The air space between ceiling membrane and structural floor shall be increased to a reasonable
maximum;

vi) An absorbent blanket is to be used in the air space above the ceiling;

vii) The number of points of suspension from the structural floor above shall be reduced to a
minimum;

viii) Hangers made of resilient substance shall be preferable to the rigid ones.

g) In order to improve the airborne or impact sound insulation of a ceiling the following specifications
shall be followed:

i) The ceiling membrane shall have a minimum of 25 mm solid cement plaster layer with
completely closed, airtight and sealed joints all around;

ii) If further reduction of undesirable noise is desired within a sound insulated room, sound
absorptive treatment shall be provided along the underside of the solid ceiling.

3.12.3.5 Masking Noise: The artificial noise produced by electronically created background noise for the purpose of
drowning out or masking unwanted noise, shall be provided. The process shall effectively suppress minor
intrusions which might interrupt the recipient's privacy.

3.12.3.5 The maximum permissible background noise levels in various occupancies are specified in terms of
Balanced Noise Criteria (NCB) curves. Each of the NCB curves is expressed by the sound pressure level
values in the important 1200-2400 Hz frequency band. The NCB levels shall be used to specify the desirable
lowest limit under which the background noise must not fall. (See Table 8.4.1 and Fig. D, Appendix D).

Note: The general configuration of the NCB curves is quite similar to the noise rating (NR) curves established by the
International Organization for Standardization, used mostly in the European practice

3.13 OCCUPANCY F: BUSINESS AND MERCANTILE BUILDINGS

3.13.1 General
Buildings of Occupancy F shall be planned and designed to minimize noise from external and internal
sources.

3.13.2 Sources of Disturbing Noise

3.13.2.1 Outdoor Noise: The following sources of outdoor noise and those specified in Sec 4.4 shall be taken into
account in the planning and design of business and mercantile buildings:
- Traffic,
- Playgrounds,
- Market places and shopping areas,
- Crowds grouped around the buildings for business purpose or other.

3.13.2.2 Indoor Noise: The following sources of indoor noise shall be identified for noise attenuation within
buildings:

a) Mechanical noise, caused by heating, ventilating and air-conditioning systems, elevators, escalators and
pneumatic tubes etc. ;

b) Noise produced by office equipment or machines such as typewriters, printers, teleprinters,
reproduction, tabulating and punching machines etc.;

c) Noise produced by mechanical amplifiers, for example in seminar halls, conference rooms or staff
training rooms or the like where public address system is used;

Chapter 4
d) Machine noise generated from slide rooms, projection rooms and from electrical and mechanical
machines like generators, transformers, switch rooms and electric substations etc. ;

e) Typical office noise created by speech, voices in circulation areas, opening and closing of doors etc. ;

f) Plumbing systems, ventilation plants, lift machineries, air-conditioning and cooling systems.


3.13.3.1 Site Planning: Rooms susceptible to noise shall be located away from the sources of noise.

3.10.3.2 Activities and Space Layout: Spaces producing noise and those susceptible to noise shall be separated as far
as practicable. The effective length of long corridors shall be minimized. Swing doors are to be provided at
intervals.

3.10.3.3 Noise Reduction in the Sensitive Areas
a) Open plan Offices
i) The floor area may be carpeted in order to absorb airborne noise and footstep noise. The carpet
shall preferably be thick and placed on top of resilient floors.

ii) The entire portion of the ceiling shall be treated with sound absorption materials. Such treatment
shall be applied to the screens and nearby walls also.

A highly sound absorptive ceiling with a sound absorption coefficient of 0.70 shall preferably be
used to absorb 70 per cent of the sound energy reflecting 30 per cent of it.

iii) Moderately noisy office equipment (like typewriters, telephones, computers etc.) shall be
distributed as uniformly as possible all over the office space.

iv) Noisy office equipment shall be concentrated into specific areas of the office space. The space
shall be treated with maximum amount of sound absorptive material and visually separated
from the rest of the office.

b) General Offices: Sound absorbent ceiling shall be provided in corridors. Hard floor finishes and batten
floors in corridors shall be avoided. Floor ducts shall be planned on one side of corridors.

3.10.3.4 Reduction of Noise at Source: The following measures shall be undertaken to reduce noise at source
depending on the degree of noise reduction desired.

a) The noise from slamming of doors shall be reduced by fitting automatic quiet action type door closers.
Continuous soft, resilient strip set into the door frames as well as quiet action door latches shall be
used.

b) Machines like typewriters, calculators, printers etc. shall be fitted or installed with resilient pads to
prevent the floors or tables (on which they stand) from acting as large radiating panels.

c) Noises from ventilating systems, from a uniform flow of traffic or from general office activities, shall be
considered to generate an artificial masking noise. In open plan offices the provision of a relatively high
but acceptable degree of background noise (from the ventilating or air-conditioning system) shall be
provided, in order to mask undesirable office noises created by typewriters, telephones, office machines
or loud conversation and to provide a reasonable amount of privacy.

The background noise masking system shall be introduced gradually without disturbing the feeling of
the occupants.

The air-conditioning system may be used to generate background masking noise if the noise level from
the ceiling fans, ducts etc. can be suitably reduced to generate the desired frequency spectrum.

Part 8
Building Services
8-24

3.10.3.5 Sound Insulation Factors: The acoustical performance of the partitions dividing rentable office spaces shall
not exceed an STC rating of 25 to 30 dB, unless the background noise is so high that it masks the sound
coming through the lightweight partition.

If lightweight partitions are employed for subdivision of large spaces into executive cabins and secretarial
areas, the following measures shall be taken to increase the insulation factors:

a) Sound barriers shall be provided up to above the false ceiling with a noise reduction characteristic that
will not be affected by ducts, conduits or other cable lines including electricity and water pipings
installed in the ceiling space.

b) Where construction of light weight partitions is considered essential, a double skin panel shall be
preferred.

The panels shall be installed apart from each other either by use of separate framing or by use of elastic
discontinuities in the construction. Sound absorbing materials shall be provided in the air cavity
between the panels so that more insulation can be assured.

c) All apertures, gaps and joints at side walls, floors and ceiling junctions shall be properly sealed.

d) A double panel hollow floor construction shall be employed with heavy sound damping materials
introduced between the panels for effective reduction of the structure-borne noise transmitted from
upper floors to the floors below, particularly when lightweight floors are provided in multi-use spaces.

Lightweight materials having high natural frequencies may resonate or vibrate due to an applied
vibratory force, which may be caused by mechanical equipment, road or rail traffic etc. These
materials, if used for specific reasons, shall be isolated from the source of noise in order to reduce the
amount of vibration transmitted to the building.

e) The floor surfaces surrounding the office space may be lined with a carpet of high sound absorption.

f) For sound adsorption with floor carpeting, the following characteristics shall be maintained:

i) Fibre type carpet shall not be used, as it has practically no effect on sound absorption;

ii) Hair, hair jute and foam rubber pads shall be used for higher sound absorption than the less
permeable rubber coated hair jute, sponge rubber etc.;

iii) To improve sound absorption the loop-pile fabrics with increased pile height (with the density
held constant) shall be applied;

iv) The backing shall be more permeable for higher sound absorption.

3.14 OCCUPANCY G: INDUSTRIAL BUILDINGS

3.14.1 General Noise Levels
In the noise control of industrial buildings the following requirements are to be fulfilled:

a) An acceptable acoustical environment for individual workers and machine operators;

b) Speech communication among operators to the required degree;

c) Protection of other workers or office employees (either close to the noise source or at some other
location within the same building);

d) Prevention of noise transmission into adjacent buildings or into the surrounding community.

Chapter 4
3.14.1.1 Intermittent Noises : Intermittent noise in the form of isolated explosions, and periodic noise related to
pressure relief valves, hammering, grinding and sawing operations etc. shall be identified for enforcing
controlling measures.

3.14.1.2 Sources of Noise: The following sources of noise in industrial buildings and manufacturing plants shall be
identified and investigated to find whether the machines are in smooth operation and producing minimal
mechanical noise.

a) Fabrication and assembly machines;

b) Machines used for material transport and general plant services;

c) Noise caused by impact and coupled with resonant response of the structural members, connected to
the impacting surfaces;

d) High frequency sounds generated from grinders;

e) Frictional noise occurring at the time of sawing, grinding or sanding, as well as during the cutting on
lathe machines and in brakes or from bearings;

f) Noise generated from piping systems and valves;

g) High velocity flow of air, steam or other fluids that undergo an abrupt change in pipe diameter which
give rise to turbulence and resultant noise, and noise generated by rapid variation in air pressure
caused by turbulence from high velocity air, steam or gases;

h) Unpleasant noise identified with rotating or reciprocating machines, which is generated due to
pressure fluctuation in the fluids inside the machines.

3.14.2 Hearing Damage Risk Criteria
When the sound level at a particular section in a factory or industrial building exceeds the specified level in
terms of magnitude and time (as shown in Table 8.4.4 below), feasible engineering control shall be applied
and implemented in order to reduce the sound to the limits shown. Personal hearing protection equipment
shall be provided and used if such control fails to reduce sound levels.

3.14.3 Interference with Communication
In industries where the operator has to follow verbal instructions during operation of the machine the
background noise shall be reduced to an acceptable level.

Precautionary measures shall be taken so that the noise generated inside may not be the cause of accidents
by hindering communication or by masking warning signals.

3.14.4 Requirements for Noise Reduction

3.14.4.1 Noise Reduction by Layout and Location: Considerable noise reduction may be achieved by a sensible
architectural layout in noisy industrial buildings following the steps mentioned below:

a) Noisy areas shall be separated from spaces requiring silence.

b) The office block is to be located in a separate building. If this is not possible, the office space in a factory
shall be segregated from the production area as far as practicable.

c) The office building shall not have a common wall with the production areas. Where a common wall is
unavoidable it should be of heavy construction (not less than 375 mm thick).

d) Electrically operated vehicles shall be used as far as practicable, since they eliminate most of the noise
normally associated with combustion engines.

Part 8
Building Services
8-26

3.14.4.2 Noise Reduction at Source: In order to suppress the noise at the source relatively silent machines and
equipment shall be installed. Additionally the following provisions shall be adhered to:

a) Appropriate type of manufacturing process or working method shall be selected which does not cause
disturbing noise. Machine tools and equipment are to be selected carefully in order to attain lower
noise levels in the machine shop.

b) Maintenance of vibrating and frictional machineries shall be ensured.

c) Impact noises in general shall be reduced; soft and resilient materials shall be applied on hard surfaces
where impact noise can originate.

d) Rubber tyres or similar other materials shall be fixed on the areas or surfaces used for the handling and
dropping of materials.

e) The area of the radiating surface from which a noise is radiated shall be reduced to a minimum.

f) Resilient flooring (carpeting, rubber tile, cork tile, etc.) shall be used adequately to reduce impact
transmission onto the floor.

g) Flexible mountings, anti-vibration pads, floating floors etc. shall be used to prevent the transmission of
vibration and shock from various machines into the building or structure.

h) Mechanically rigid connecting paths must be interrupted by resilient materials so that the transmission
of vibration and noise is reduced.

3.14.4.3 Isolator Specifications
a) Isolators shall be made of resilient materials like steel (in the form of springs), soft rubber and corks.

b) Direct contact between the spring and the supporting structure shall be eliminated, in order to reduce
transmission of high frequencies by metal springs.

c) Rubber or felt pads shall be inserted between the ends of the springs and the surfaces to which they are
fixed.

d) Felt or cork shall be used under machine bases, as resilient mats or pads.

e) If the equipment is massive like drop hammers causing serious impact vibration (in larger
manufacturing plants), it shall be mounted on massive blocks of concrete, on its own separate
foundation.

f) The foundation shall have a weight 3 to 5 times that of the supported machines.

g) A sound reduction of 5 to 10 dBA shall have to be realized from the vibration isolation measures.

3.14.4.4 Noise Reduction by Enclosures and Barriers: When the plant is large in which the overall noise level
results from many machines, an enclosure shall be provided.

a) When only one or two machines are the dominant source of disturbing noise, the noisy equipment shall
be isolated in a small area of enclosure.

b) The enclosure shall be in the form of close fitting acoustic box around the machines. The box shall be of
such character that the operator can continue with his normal work outside the box.

c) An enclosure around the offending unit shall be impermeable to air and lined with sound absorbing
materials such that the noise generated by machines is reduced substantially.

Chapter 4
d) i) When the industrial plant is a large one in which the resultant noise level is produced from a
number of machines, enclosures shall be used either for supervisory personnel or operators who
are engaged in monitoring the automatic machines. Such barriers may have inspection openings.

ii) Enclosures of this type shall ensure noise reduction of at least 30 dBA, and shall be made of sheet
metal lined inside with an appropriate insulation material.

iii) Where curtains are used to isolate the noisy equipment in a small area, they shall be of full
length i.e. from ceiling to floor and shall be made of fibreglass cloth and lead or leaded vinyl.

e) If the size of the machine is large and asks for more working spaces, thus not permitting close fitting
enclosures, the machine shall be housed in a separate room or enclosure.

The inside of the enclosure shall be lined with sound absorbing materials in order to reduce the
contained noise.

f) If after all these measures are taken the noise level still remains above a tolerable degree, the workers
shall be provided with earplugs for protection.

3.15 ACOUSTICAL REQUIREMENTS OF SPECIAL OCCUPANCIES

3.15.1 Susceptible Buildings

3.15.1.1 Recording and Radio Studios: A recording studio shall present optimum acoustical conditions. A
differentiation shall be made among the numerous various purposes of studio use.

a) Particular attention shall be given to the following requirements:
i) An optimum size and shape of the studio shall be established following the design criteria;

ii) A high degree of diffusion shall be secured;

iii) Ideal reverberation characteristics shall be provided;

iv) Noises and vibration shall be completely eliminated and acoustical defects shall be totally
prevented.

b) The acoustical treatments shall be uniformly and proportionately distributed over the three pairs of
opposite surfaces enclosing the studio.

c) Portable acoustic screen and a reverberation chamber shall be provided so that the desired
reverberation condition can be achieved.

d) Variable absorbers such as hinged or sliding panels, rotatable cylinders, adjustable drapery etc. shall be
fixed on wall surfaces and ceiling areas.

e) All surfaces shall be carefully checked for echoes, flutter echoes etc.

f) Parallel surfaces shall be eliminated or treated with highly absorptive acoustical materials (throughout
the frequency range between 63 and 8000 Hz).

3.15.1.2 Research Laboratories
a) In the selection of site, care shall be taken to ensure that no noise generating installations exist in the
vicinity.

b) Location of laboratories shall be secluded from the noisy zones within the building.

c) A sound insulation of at least 35 dB shall be achieved by means of acoustic partitions where offices are
attached to the laboratory.
Part 8
Building Services
8-28

d) Sound absorbing screens shall be used where scientists and researchers are engaged in laboratory
activities and desk work simultaneously.

e) Transmission of noise through service ducts, pipes, lifts and staircases shall be guarded.

f) Double glazed windows shall be provided in the noise sensitive areas. There shall be a minimum gap of
100 mm between the two glasses.

3.15.1.3 Music Rooms: The following provisions shall apply to music rooms, including rehearsal rooms,
instructional space, practice booth etc.

a) Acoustical conditions in practice booths and listening booths shall have a reverberation time of 0.4 to
0.5 second.

b) Adequate floor area, room height, room shape and volume must be established to achieve proper
reverberation.

c) Sound absorbing materials shall be applied sufficiently so that the excessive sound generated by bands
or individual instruments can be soaked up.

d) Parallelism between opposite surfaces shall be avoided.

e) Entire surfaces of at least two adjacent walls, and all the ceiling area shall be treated with sound
absorbing materials.

3.15.1.4 Libraries: A quite and peaceful interior shall be maintained inside libraries. The following provisions are to
be adhered to in planning and design:

a) Screening and sound insulation measures shall be undertaken in and around the reception/issue desk
and photocopying facility areas.

b) Stack rooms, store rooms and administrative offices shall be planned in such a way that the audiovisual
areas are properly isolated from external noises.
c) Walls enclosing the library shall have a sound reduction value of not less than 50 dB.

d) Fanlights shall be double glazed and non-openable.

e) Walls facing the corridors or other noisy areas shall not have fanlights or borrowed lights unless they
are double glazed.

3.15.1.5 Law Courts and Council Chambers
a) Entrance into court rooms and council chambers (especially from circulation areas and gathering
spaces) shall be through baffle lobbies, with two sets of doors fitted with silencers.

b) Offices shall be planned around the court rooms or chambers for further protection against outdoor
noise and the central rooms shall have a sound insulation value of not less than 50 dB (provided by 225
mm thick brick wall) to insulate against airborne noise in the corridors.

c) The court and chamber rooms shall have floors finished with resilient materials.
d) Ceiling and upper parts of the walls of lobbies and circulation areas shall have sound absorbing
treatments.

3.15.2 Public Address System

3.15.2.1 Design of public address systems shall take care of equipment choice, positioning of the individual elements
and other precautions to obtain optimum performance of the system.

Chapter 4
3.15.2.2 Passenger terminals and other public places equipped with public address systems shall as far as practicable
avoid the use of sound reflecting surfaces like hard walls and floors. Reverberation time shall be reduced as
far as possible by using sound absorbing materials on walls and ceilings.

3.15.2.3 Reverberation built-up sound level shall not be relied upon. Direct sound shall preferably be audible in all
areas to be covered by the public address system.

3.15.2.4 Sound levels of the public address system in the areas covered shall be adequately high to overcome
background noise.

Related Appendices

Appendix D Fig. D Activity Flow Diagram: Planning and Design in Building Acoustics

Appendix E Table E.1 Allowable Upper Limit of Outdoor Noise Levels
Table E.2 Typical Noise Levels Generated by Aircrafts
Table E.3 Subjective Evaluation and Pressure Levels of Familiar Sounds

Appendix F Fig. F.1 Noise Criteria (NC) and Balanced Noise Criteria (NCB) Curve
Fig. F.2 Recommended Criteria for Sound Isolation between Dwelling Units

Appendix G Fig. G.1 Coefficients for Percentage Syllable Articulation (PSA)
Fig. G.2 Liveliness of a Room as a Function of its Volume and Total Absorption

Appendix H Table H Octave Band Average Sound Absorption Coefficients

Appendix I Table I.1 Typical STC Ratings for Building Elements
Table I.2 Recommended STC for Partitions for Specific Occupancies
Fig. I.1 Speech and Music in Aural Field
Fig. I.2 Recommended proportion of a space

Appendix J Fig. J Speech Privacy Analysis Sheet

Appendix K Form K - Checklist: Acoustical Planning and Design

Part8
Chapter 4
LIFTS,ESCALATORSANDMOVINGWALKS
4.1 GENERAL
4.1.1 Purpose
The purpose of this chapter is to provide minimum standards for regulating and controlling the design,
construction, installation, quality of materials, location, operation, maintenance and use of lifts, escalators and
movingwalkstoensurepublicsafetyandwelfare.
4.1.2 Scope
4.1.2.1
Theprovisionsofthischaptershallapplytotheerection,installation,alteration,repair,relocation,replacement,
additionto,operationandmaintenanceoflifts,escalatorsandmovingwalks.
4.1.2.2
Additions,alterations,repairsandreplacementofequipmentorsystemsshallcomplywiththeprovisionsfornew
equipmentandsystems.
4.1.2.3
Where,inanyspecificcase,differentsectionsofthecodespecifydifferentmaterialsorotherrequirements,the
most restrictive one shall govern. Where there is a conflict between a general requirement and a specific
requirement,thespecificrequirementshallbeapplicable.
4.1.2.4
Itshallbeunlawfultoinstall,extend,alter,repairormaintainlift,escalatorormovingwalksystemsinoradjacent
tobuildingsexceptincompliancewiththisCode.
4.1.3 Terminology
ThissectionprovidesanalphabeticallistofthetermsusedinthischapteroftheCode.Incaseofanyconflictor
contradiction between a definition given in this section and that in Part 1, the meaning provided in this section
shallgovernforinterpretationoftheprovisionsofthischapter.
Automatic Rescue Device
Adevicemeanttobringaliftstuckbetweenfloorsduetolossofpower,tothenearestlevelandopenthedoors
in order to allow trapped passengers to be evacuated. Such a device may use some form of internal auxiliary
powersourceforsuchpurpose,complyingwithallthesafetyrequirementsofaliftduringnormalrun.Thespeed
of travel is usually lower than the normal speed. In the case of manual doors on reaching the level, the device
shall allow the door to be opened and in case of power operated doors the device shall automatically open the
door.
Baluster
Oneoftheslenderuprightsupportsofahandrail.
Balustrade
Arowofbalustersmeantforsupportingmovinghandrails.
BasementStorey
Thelowerstoreyofabuildingbeloworpartlybelowthegroundlevel.
Part8
BuildingServices
6166 Vol.3
BottomCarClearance
The clear vertical distance from the pit floor to the lowest structural or mechanical part, equipment or device
installedbeneaththecarplatformapronsorguardslocatedwithin300mm,measuredhorizontallyfromthesides
ofthecarplatformwhenthecarrestsonitsfullycompressedbuffers.
BottomCarRunby
Thedistancebetweenthecarbufferstrikerplateandthestrikingsurfaceofthecarbufferwhenthecarisinlevel
withthebottomterminallanding.
BottomCounterweightRunby
Thedistancebetweenthecounterweightbufferstrikerplateandthestrikingsurfaceofthecounterweightbuffer
whenthecarisinlevelwiththetopterminallanding.
Buffer
A device designed to absorb the impact of the falling car or counter weight beyond its normal limit of travel by
absorbinganddissipatingthekineticenergyofthecarorcounterweight.
(a) Oil Buffer A buffer using oil as a medium which absorbs and dissipates the kinetic energy of the
descendingcarorcounterweight.
i. Oil buffer stroke The oil displacing movement of the buffer plunger or piston, excluding the
travelofthebufferplungeracceleratingdevice.
(b) Spring Buffer A buffer which stores in a spring the kinetic energy of the descending car or
counterweight.
i. SpringbufferloadratingTheloadrequiredtocompressthespringbyanamountequaltoits
stroke.
ii. Spring buffer stroke The distance, the contact end of the spring can move under a
compressiveloaduntilthespringiscompressedsolid.
CallIndicator
Avisualandaudibledeviceinthecartoindicatetotheattendanttheliftlandingsfromwhichthecallshavebeen
made.
CarBodyWork
Theenclosingbodyworkoftheliftcarwhichcomprisesthesidesandroof,andisbuiltuponthecarplatform.
CarDoorElectricContact
Anelectricdevice,thefunctionofwhichistopreventoperationofthedrivingmachinebythenormaloperating
deviceunlessthecardoorisintheclosedposition.
CarFrame
Thesupportingframetowhichtheplatformoftheliftcar,itssafetygear,guideshoesandsuspensionropesare
attached.
CarPlatform
Thepartoftheliftcarwhichformstheflooranddirectlysupportstheload.
CarSpeed
SeeRATEDSPEED(LIFT).
CombPlate
Aprongedplatethatformspartofanescalator(ormovingwalk)landingandengageswiththeCleatsofthesteps
(ortreadway)atthelimitsoftravel.
ControlSystem
The system of equipment by means of which starting, stopping, direction of motion, speed, acceleration, and
retardationofthemovingmemberarecontrolled.
(a) SingleSpeedAlternatingCurrentControlAcontrolforadrivingmachineinductionmotorwhichis
arrangedtorunatasinglespeed.
(b) TwoSpeedAlternatingCurrentControlAcontrolforatwospeeddrivingmachineinductionmotor
which is arranged to run at two different synchronous speeds either by pole changing of a single
motororbytwodifferentarmatures.
Lifts,EscalatorsandMovingWalks Chapter4
(c) RheostaticControlAsystemofcontrolwhichisaccomplishedbyvaryingresistanceorreactanceor
bothinthearmatureorfieldcircuitorbothofthedrivingmachinemotor.
(d) Variable Voltage Motor Control (Generator Field Control) A system of control which is
accomplished by the use of an individual generator for each lift wherein the voltage applied to the
drivingmachinemotorisadjustedbyvaryingthestrengthanddirectionofthegeneratorfield.
(e) ElectronicDevicesAsystemofcontrolwhichisaccomplishedbytheuseofelectronicdevicesfor
drivingtheliftmotoratvariablespeed.
(f) Alternating Current Variable Voltage (ACW) Control A system of speed control which is
accomplished by varying the driving and braking torque by way of voltage variation of the power
supplytothedrivingmachineinductionmotor.
(g) Alternating Current Variable Voltage Variable Frequency (ACVVVF) Control A system of speed
control which is accomplished by varying the voltage and frequency of the power supply to the
drivingmachineinductionmotor.
(h) SolidState d.c. Variable Voltage Control A solidstate system of speed control which is
accomplished by varying the voltage and direction of the power supply to the armature of driving
machined.c.motor.
CounterWeight
Aweightorcombinationofweightstocounterbalancetheweightofthecarandpartoftheratedload.
DeterminingEntranceLevel
Theinsidefloorlevelattheentrancetothebuilding.
DeflectorSheave
Anidlerpulleyusedtochangethedirectionofaropelead.
Door,CentreOpeningSliding
Adoorwhichslideshorizontallyandconsistsoftwopanelswhichopenfromthecentreandaresointerconnected
thattheymovesimultaneously.
Door,Hinged
Thehingedportionoftheliftwellenclosurewhichclosestheopeninggivingaccesstothelanding.
Door,MidBarCollapsible
Acollapsibledoorwithverticalbarsmountedbetweenthenormalverticalmembers.
Door,Multipanel
Adoorarrangementwherebymorethanonepanelisusedsuchthatthepanelsareconnectedtogetherandcan
slideoveroneanotherbywhichmeanstheclearopeningcanbemaximizedforagivenshaftwidth.Multipanels
areusedincentreopeningandtwospeedslidingdoors.
Door,SingleSlide
Asinglepaneldoorwhichslideshorizontally.
Door,TwoSpeed
A two panel door which slides horizontally in the same direction wherein each panel has different operating
speedandreachestheendssimultaneously.
Door,VerticalBiparting
A door or shutter which slides verticallyand consistsof two panels or sets of panels that move away fromeach
othertoopenandaresointerconnectedthattheymovesimultaneously.
Door,VerticalLifting
Asinglepaneldoor,whichslidesinthesameplaneverticallyuptoopen.
Door,Swing
Aswingingtypesinglepaneldoorwhichisopenedmanuallyandclosedbymeansofadoorcloserwhenreleased.
DoorClose
Adevicewhichautomaticallyclosesamanuallyopeneddoor.
DoorOperator
Part8
BuildingServices
6168 Vol.3
Apoweroperateddeviceforopeningandclosingdoors.
DrivingMachinery
Themotorizedpowerunitfordrivingthelift,escalatorormovingwalk.
Dumbwaiter
A small lift with a car which moves in guides in a substantially vertical direction, has net floor area, total inside
height and capacity not exceeding 0.9 m
2
, 1.25 m and 225 kg respectively and is exclusively used for carrying
materialsandnoperson.Itmayormaynotbeprovidedwithfixedorremovableshelves.
ElectricalandMechanicalInterlock
Adeviceprovidedtopreventsimultaneousoperationofbothupanddownrelays.
ElectroMechanicalLock
Adevicewhichcombinesinoneunit,electricalcontactandamechanicallockjointlyusedforthelandingand/or
cardoors.
EmergencyStopPushorSwitch
Apushbuttonorswitchprovidedinsidethecardesignedtoopenthecontrolcircuittocausetheliftcartostop
duringemergency.
EnclosedWell
Theliftwellhavingenclosurewallsofcontinuousconstructionwithoutopeningsexceptfordoorsatlandings.
Escalator
Apowerdriven,inclined,continuouslymovingstairwayusedforcarryingpassengersfromoneleveltoanother.
EscalatorLanding
Theportionofthebuildingorstructurewhichisusedtoreceiveordischargepassengersintoorfromanescalator.
EscalatorLandingZone
Aspaceextendingfromahorizontalplane40cmbelowalandingtoaplane40cmabovethelanding.
EscalatorMachine
Themechanismandotherequipmentinconnectiontherewithusedformovingtheescalator
Floor
Thelowersurfaceinastoreyonwhichonenormallywalksinabuilding.Thegeneralterm'floor',unlessotherwise
specificallymentionedshallnotrefertoa'mezzaninefloor'.
FloorLevelingSwitch
Aswitchforbringingthecartolevelatslowspeedincaseofdoublespeedorvariablespeedmachines.
FloorSelector
A mechanism forming a part of the control equipment, in certain automatic lifts, designed to operate controls
whichcausetheliftcartostopattherequiredlandings.
FloorStoppingSwitch
A switch or combination of switches arranged to bring the car to rest automatically at or near any preselected
landing.
GearedMachine
Amachineinwhichthepoweristransmittedtothesheavethroughwormorwormandspurreductiongearing.
GearlessMachine
A lift machine in which the motive power is transmitted to the driving sheave from the motor without
intermediatereductiongearingandhasthebrakedrummounteddirectlyonthemotorshaft.
GoodsLift
A lift designed primarily for the transport of goods, but which may carry a lift attendant or other persons
necessaryfortheloadingorunloadingofgoods.
Governor
A device which automatically actuates safety devices to bring the lift car and/or counter weight to rest in the
eventthespeedoftheequipmentinthedescendingdirectionexceedsapredeterminedlimit.
GuideRails
Themembersusedtoguidethemovementofaliftcarorcounterweightinaverticaldirection.
GuideRailsfixing
Thecompleteassy.comprisingtheguiderailsbracketanditsfastenings.
GuideRailsShoe
Anattachmenttothecarframeorcounterweightforthepurposeofguidingtheliftcarorcounterweightframe.
HandlingCapacity
Thecapacityoftheliftsystemtocarrypassengersduringafiveminutepeakperiod,expressedasthepercentage
oftheestimatedtotalpopulationhandled.
HoistingBeam
Abeam,mountedimmediatelybelowthemachineroomceiling,towhichliftingtacklecanbefixedforraisingor
loweringpartsoftheliftmachine.
HospitalLift
A lift normally installed in a hospital, nursing home or clinic and designed to accommodate one number
bed/stretcheralongitsdepth,withsufficientspaceallaroundtocarryaminimumofthreeattendantsinaddition
totheliftoperator.
HydraulicLift
Aliftwheretheverticalmovementisdonebyhydraulicforce.
Interval
Averagetimegap(s)betweenconsecutiveliftsleavingthegroundfloororpassinganyspecificfloor.
Landing
Thatportionofabuildingorstructureusedforthereceptionanddischargeofpassengersorgoodsorbothinto
andfromaliftcar,escalatorormovingwalk.
LandingCallPushButton(Lift)
Apushbuttonfittedataliftlanding,eitherforcallingtheliftcarorforactuatingthecallindicator.
LandingDoor(Lift)
Thehingedorslidingportionofaliftwellenclosure,controllingaccesstoaliftcarataliftlanding.
LandingPlate
The portion of the landing immediately above the mechanism at either end of escalator or moving walk and
constructedsoastogiveaccesstothismechanismintheseareas.
LandingZone
Aspaceextendingfromahorizontalplane400mmbelowalandingtoaplane400mmabovethelanding.
LevelingDevice,LiftCar
Anymechanismwhicheitherautomaticallyorunderthecontroloftheoperator,movesthecarwithintheleveling
zonetowardsthelandingonly,andautomaticallystopsitatthelanding.
LevelingDevice,OneWayAutomatic
A device which corrects the car level only in case of under run of the car but will not maintain the level during
loadingandunloading.
LevelingDevice,TwoWayAutomaticMaintaining
Adevicewhichcorrectsthecarlevelonbothunderrunandoverrunandmaintainsthelevelduringloadingand
unloading.
LevelingDevice,TwoWayAutomaticNonMaintaining
Adevicewhichcorrectsthecarlevelonbothunderrunandoverrunbutwillnotmaintainthelevelduringloading
andunloading.
LevelingZone
The limited distance above or below a lift landing within which the leveling device may cause movement of the
cartowardsthelanding.
Lift
Part8
BuildingServices
6170 Vol.3
A machine designed to transport persons or materials between two or more levels in a vertical or substantially
verticaldirectionbymeansofaguidedcarorplatform.Theword"elevator"isalsosynonymouslyusedfor"lift"
LiftCar
Theloadcarryingunitwithitsfloororplatform,carframeandenclosingbodywork.
LiftLanding
Thatportionofabuildingorstructureusedfordischargeofpassengersorgoodsorbothintoorfromaliftcar.
LiftMachine
The part of the lift equipment comprising motor(s) and control gear therewith, reduction gear (if any), brake(s)
andwindingdrumorsheave,bywhichtheliftcarisraisedorlowered.
LiftPit
Thespaceintheliftwellbelowthelevelofthelowestliftlandingserved.
LiftSystem
Oneormoreliftcarsservingthesamebuilding.
LiftWell
Theunobstructedspacewithinanenclosureprovidedfortheverticalmovementoftheliftcar(s)andanycounter
weight(s),includingtheliftpitandthespacefortopclearance.
LiftWellEnclosure
Anystructurewhichseparatestheliftwellfromitssurroundings.
LiftingBeam
A beam, mounted immediately below the machine room ceiling to which lifting tackle can be fixed for raising
partsoftheliftmachine.
MachineRoom
Thecompartmentallocatedtohousetheliftmachineandassociateditems.
MachinerySpace
Thespaceoccupiedbythedrivingmachineandcontrolgearofthelift,escalatorormovingwalk.
Mezzanine
Anintermediatefloorbetweentwofloorsabovegroundlevel.
MovingWalk
A power driven, horizontal or inclined, continuously moving conveyor used for carrying passengers, horizontally
orataninclineuptoamaximumof15degree.
Newel
An upright support of the handrail at the landing of escalator/moving walk where the handrail reverses its
direction.
OpenTypeWell
Aliftwellhavingenclosurewallsofwiregrilleorsimilarconstruction.
Operation
Themethodofactuatingthecontroland/orfunctioninganyliftmachine/equipment.
(a) AutomaticOperation:Amethodofoperationinwhichbyamomentarypressureofabuttonthelift
carissetinmotionandcausedtostopautomaticallyatanyrequiredliftlanding.
(b) NonSelective Collective Automatic Operation: Automatic operation by means of one button in the
carforeachlandinglevelservedandonebuttonateachlanding,whereinallstopsregisteredbythe
momentary actuation of landing or car buttons are made irrespective of the number of buttons
actuatedorofthesequenceinwhichthebuttonsareactuated.Withthistypeofoperation,thecar
stopsatalllandingsforwhichbuttonshavebeenactuatedmakingthestopsintheorderinwhichthe
landingsarereachedafterthebuttonshavebeenactuatedbutirrespectiveofitsdirectionoftravel.
(c) SelectiveCollectiveAutomaticOperation:Automaticoperationbymeansofonebuttoninthecarfor
each landing level served and by up and down buttons at the landings, wherein all stops registered
by the momentary actuation of the car made as defined under nonselective collective automatic
operation,butwhereinthestopsregisteredbythemomentaryactuationofthelandingbuttonsare
madeintheorderinwhichthelandingsarereachedineachdirectionoftravelafterthebuttonshave
been actuated. With this type of operation, all 'up' landing calls are answered when the car is
travelling in the up direction and all `down' landing calls are answered when the car is travelling in
the down direction, except in the case of the uppermost or lowermost calls which are answered as
soonastheyarereachedirrespectiveofthedirectionoftravelofthecar.
(d) SingleAutomaticOperation:Automaticoperationbymeansofonebuttoninthecarforeachlanding
level served and one button at each landing so arranged that if any car or landing button has been
actuated, the actuation of any other car or landing operation button will have no effect on the
movementofthecaruntiltheresponsetothefirstbuttonhasbeencompleted.
(e) GroupAutomaticOperation:Automaticoperationoftwoormorenonattendantliftsequippedwith
poweroperated car and landing doors. The operation of the cars is coordinated by a supervisory
operation system including automatic dispatching means whereby selected cars at designated
dispatchingpointsautomaticallyclosetheirdoorsandproceedontheirtripsinaregulatedmanner.
(f) Typically,itincludesonebuttonineachcarforeachfloorservedandupanddownbuttonsat each
landing(singlebuttonsatterminallandings).Thestopssetupbythemomentaryactuationofthecar
buttons are made automatically in succession as a car reaches the corresponding landings
irrespectiveofitsdirectionoftravelorthesequenceinwhichthebuttonsareactuated.Thestopsset
upbythemomentaryactuationofthelandingbuttonsmaybeaccomplishedbyanyliftinthegroup,
and are made automatically by the first available car that approaches the landing in the
correspondingdirection.
(g) Car Switch Operation: Method of operation by which the movement of lift car is directly under the
operationoftheattendantbymeansofahandle.
(h) SignalOperation:Sameascollectiveoperation,exceptthattheclosingofthedoorisinitiatedbythe
attendant.
(i) Double Button (Continuous Pressure) Operation: Operation by means of buttons or switches in the
carandatthelandingsanyofwhichmaybeusedtocontrolthemovementofthecaraslongasthe
buttonorswitchismanuallypressedintheactuatingposition.
OperatingDevice
Acarswitch,pushbuttonorotherdeviceemployedtoactuatethecontrol.
OverheadBeams(Lift)
Themembers,usuallyofsteelorreinforcedconcrete,whichimmediatelysupporttheliftequipmentatthetopof
theliftwell.
OverheadPulley
Anidlerpulleyusedtochangethedirectionofrope.
PassengerLift
Aliftdesignedforthetransportofpassengers.
Positionand/orDirectionIndicator
Adevicewhichindicatesontheliftlandingorintheliftcarorboth,thepositionofthecarintheliftwellorthe
directionorbothinwhichtheliftcaristravelling.
PowerOperatedDoor
Adooroperatedautomaticallybyadeviceinitiatedbyamomentarypressureonthepushbuttonorbyoperation
ofthecontrolsystem.
RatedLoad
Themaximumloadwhichtheliftcar,escalatorormovingwalkisdesignedandinstalledtocarrysafelyatitsrated
speed.
RatedSpeed(Lift)
Thespeedattainedbytheliftintheupdirectionwithratedloadintheliftcar.AlsoknownasCARSPEED.
RatedSpeed(Escalator)
The speed at which the escalator is designed to operate in the up direction. It is the rate of travel of the steps,
measuredalongtheangleofinclinationwithratedloadonthestepsorcarriage.
Part8
BuildingServices
6172 Vol.3
RatedSpeed(MovingWalk)
Thespeedatwhichthemovingwalkisdesignedtooperateintheupdirection.Itistherateoftravelofthetread
way,measuredalongtheangleofinclinationwithratedloadonthetreadway.
RetiringCam
Adevicewhichpreventsthelandingdoorsfrombeingunlockedbytheliftcarunlessitstopsatalanding.
RopingMultiple
Asystemofropingwhere,inordertoobtainamultiplyingthefactorfromthemachinetothecar,multiplefallsof
ropearerunaroundsheaveonthecarorcounterweightorboth.Itincludesropingarrangementof2to1.3to1
etc.
SafetyGear
Amechanicaldeviceattachedtothecarframeorthecounterweighttostopandholdthecarorcounterweight
totheguidesintheeventofafreefall.Governoroperatedsafetygearsareusedtostopthecarorcounterweight
whenittravelsataspeedexceedingapredeterminedspeed.
ServiceLift
A lift designed primarily for the transport of goods, but which may carry a lift attendant or other persons
necessaryfortheloadingandunloadingofgoods.
Sheave
Aropewheel,therimofwhichisgroovedtoreceivethesuspensionropesbuttowhichtheropesarenotrigidly
attachedandbymeansofwhichpoweristransmittedfromtheliftmachinetothesuspensionropes.
SlackRopeSwitch
Switchprovidedtoopenthecontrolcircuitincaseofslackeningofrope(s)
Storey
Thespacebetweenthesurfaceofonefloorandthesurfaceoftheadjacentfloorverticallyaboveorbelowit.The
term'Floor'shallinclude'Roof'butwillexcludemezzaninefloors.
StoreysForSpecificUse
Storeys which are named according to their functionsand the specificuses theyare put to. For example,aduct
storeyisonethroughwhichservicepipesandelectricalconduitsmaybetaken.
SubsidiaryStorey
Astoreywhichoccursbelowthedeterminingentrancelevelbutabovethebasementstorey.
SuspensionRopes(Lift)
Theropesbywhichthecarandcounterweightaresuspended.
TerminalSlowDownSwitch
A switch when actuated shall compulsorily cut off the high speed and switch on the circuitry to run the lift in
levelingspeedbeforereachingonterminallandings.
TerminalStoppingSwitchNormal
Switch for cutting all the energizing current in case of car travelling beyond the top bottom landing or a switch
cutsofftheenergizingcurrentsoastobringthecartostopatthetopandbottomlevel.
TerminalStoppingDeviceFinal
A device which automatically cause the power to be removed from an electric lift driving machine motor and
brake, independent of the functioning of the normal terminal stopping device, the operating device or any
emergencyterminalstoppingdevice,afterthecarhaspassedaterminallanding.
TopCarClearance
The shortest vertical distance between the top of the car crosshead, or between the top of the car where no
crossheadisprovided,andthenearestpartoftheoverheadstructureoranyotherobstructionwhenthecarfloor
islevelwiththetopterminallanding.
TopCounterweightClearance
The shortest vertical distance between any part of the counterweight structure and the nearest part of the
overheadstructureoranyotherobstructionwhenthecarfloorislevelwiththebottomterminallanding.
TotalHeadroom
Theverticaldistancefromthelevelofthetopliftlandingtothefloorofthemachineroom.
Travel(Lift)
Theverticaldistancebetweenthebottomandtopliftlandingsservedbytheequipment.
Vent
Anopeningprovidedintheroofortheexternalwallofaspaceforthepurposeofventilation.
4.1.4 PreliminaryDesignParticulars
4.1.4.1
Allrelevantaspectsoflift,escalatorormovingwalkinstallationsshallbeproperlyevaluatedduringtheplanning
stageofthebuildinginordertodesignthemosteffectiveconveyingsystem.
4.1.4.2
Appropriate steps shall be taken during the planning stage of the building to determine particulars of lift,
escalator or moving walk and the necessary provisions to be kept in the building structure so as to meet the
requirementsofthisCode.Discussionshallbecarriedout,duringplanningstage,withallconcernedparties,viz.
building owner, architect, consulting engineer and/or lift/escalator/moving walk manufacturer to determine the
extentofnecessaryprovisionstobekeptinthebuilding.
4.1.4.3
Minimumamountofinformationtobecollectedforliftsduringsuchmeetingsshallbethefollowing:
(a) number, capacity, speed and disposition of the lifts necessary to give adequate lift service in the
building;
(b) layoutandsizesofliftwell;
(c) particularsofliftwellenclosure,sizesofpunchesIntheliftwellenclosure;
(d) locationofliftmachineroom(aboveorbelow),heightofliftmachineroom;
(e) provisionofadequateaccesstotheliftmachineroomandsizeofmachineroom;
(f) totalheadroomclearance;
(g) provisionofventilationoftheliftwell;
(h) depthofliftpit;
(i) loads which the lift will impose on the building structure, and the holes to be left in the machine
roomfloorandcutoutsforwallboxesforpushbuttonsandsignals;
(j) necessityforandtypeofinsulationtominimizethetransmissionofvibrationandnoisetootherparts
ofthebuilding;
(k) requirements for fixing guide brackets to the building structure, hoisting beam for hoisting of lift
machine;
(l) requirementsandlayoutofelectricalpowerfeedersforthelift.
4.1.4.4
Minimumamountofinformationtobecollectedfortheescalatorsshallbethefollowing:
(a) Numberandsizeofeachescalator;
(b) Angleofescalactor;
(c) arrangementandlayoutofescalatorswithdimensionsoffloorpunchesrequired;
(d) minimumfloortofloorheightrequirement.
(e) dimensionsoftopandbottomescalatorlandings.
4.1.4.5
Minimumamountofinformationtobecollectedforthemovingwalksshallbethefollowing:
(a) Numberandsizeofeachmovingwalk;
Part8
BuildingServices
6174 Vol.3
(b) Angleofmovingwalk;
(c) arrangementandlayoutofmovingwalkswithdimensionsoffloorpunchesrequired;
(d) dimensionsoftopandbottommovingwalklandings.
4.1.4.6
For the safety considerations of lift installations and effective utilization of lift installations, locations and
arrangementofliftsshallbeinaccordancewithclause4.3.3.
4.1.4.7
Thebuildingplansubmittedwiththeapplicationforseekingpermissionofinstallationoflift,escalatorormoving
walk from the Authority shall include layout of lift, escalator or moving walk properly identified in the drawing
alongwiththedetailedparticularsasperAppendix84A.
4.1.4.8
Specificationsforlifts,escalatorsandmovingwalksshallincludedetailedparticularsasperAppendix84A.
4.1.4.9
Forthepurposeofeffectiveinstallationoflifts,escalatorsormovingwalks,workingdrawingsshowingthelayout
oflifts,escalatorsormovingwalksproperlyidentifiedinthedrawing,detailsofbuildersworks,forexample,holes
and/orpunchesinfloorsor,wallsandsupportsforlifts,escalatorsormovingwalksshallbepreparedpriortothe
finalizationofbuildingdesigndrawings.
4.1.4.10
Necessary particulars of electrical requirements of lifts, escalators or moving walks shall be determined early in
theplanningstagetoincludeitintheelectricalprovisionsofthebuilding.
4.2 ESSENTIALREQUIREMENTSFORLIFTS
4.2.1 General
4.2.1.1
Liftsshallbeprovidedinbuildingsmorethansixstoreysor20minheight.Installationofliftsshallbecarriedout
inconformitywiththe"LiftAct"andrulesthereunder,wherevertheyareinforce.
4.2.1.2 StretcherFacilityinLifts
(a) When passenger lifts are installed in anybuilding having more than ten storeys ora height ofmore
than 32 m, each floor served by these lifts must have access to at least one lift with a stretcher
facilityinaccordancewithSec4.2.1.2(b).
(b) AliftrequiredtohaveastretcherfacilitybySec4.2.1.2(a)shallaccommodatearaisedstretcherwith
apatientlyingonithorizontallybyprovidingaminimuminsideplatformarea1275mmwidex2000
mmlongwithaminimumclearopeningwidthof1050mm,unlessotherwisedesignedtoprovidean
equivalentfacility,toallowtheentranceandexitofanambulancestretcher(minimumsize600mm
wide x 2000 mm long) in its horizontal position. These lifts shall be identified by the internationally
recognizedsymbolforemergencymedicalservices.
(c) In any multistoried hospital and health care building there shall be at least one hospital lift having
stretcherfacilityinaccordancewithSec4.2.1.2(b).
4.2.1.3 StandbyPower
(a) Oneormoreliftsshallbeprovidedwithstandbypowerin
i. Abuildingwhichhasmorethantenstoreysoraheightofmorethan32m,
ii. Hospitalandhealthcarebuildings.
(b) Standby power shall be provided by an approved self contained generator set to operate
automaticallywheneverthereisadisruptionofelectricalpowersupplytothebuilding.
(c) Theoperationofthestandbypowersystemshallbeasfollows:
i. Where only one lift is installed, the lift shall transfer to standby power within 60 seconds after
failureofnormalpower.
ii. Where two or more lifts are controlled by a common operating system, all lifts may be
transferredtostandbypowerwithin60secondsafterfailureofnormalpower,orifthestandby
power source is of insufficient capacity to operate all lifts at the same time, all lifts shall be
transferredtostandbypowerinsequence,shallreturntothedesignatedlanding anddischarge
their load. After all lifts have been returned to the designated landing, at least one lift shall
remainoperablefromthestandbypower.
4.2.1.4 ADA(AmericanDisabilitiesAct)ApprovedTypeLift
(a) At least one of the lifts of any lift bank shall have features as per requirements of ADA accessibility
guidelines.
(b) Accessible lifts shall be on an accessible route and shall comply with the ASME A17.11990, safety
codeforElevatorsandEscalactors.
(c) Lift operation shall be automatic. It shall have door safeties as per clause 4.2.3.9. It shall have self
levelingfeatureasperclause4.2.3.13.
(d) Hallcallbuttonsintheliftlobbiesandhallsshallbecenteredat1065mmabovethefloor.Suchcall
buttons shall have visual signals to indicate when each call is registered and each call is answered.
Call buttons shall be a minimum 19 mm in the smallest dimension. The button designating the up
directionshallbeonthetop.
(e) A visible and audible signal shall be provided at each hoistway entrance to indicate which car is
answering a call. Audible signal shall sound once for the up direction and twice for the down
direction or shall have verbal annunciators that say up or down. visible signals shall have the
followingfeatures:
i. Hall lantern fixtures shall be mounted so that their centerline is at least 1830 mm above the
lobbyfloor.
ii. Visualelementsshallbeatleast64mminthesmallestdimension.
iii. Signals shall be visible from the vicinity of the hall call button. Incar lanterns located in cars,
visiblefromthevicinityofhallcallbuttons,andconformingtotheaboverequirements,shallbe
acceptable.
(f) AlllifthoistwayentranceshallhaveraisdandBraillefloordesignationsprovidedonbothjambs.The
centerline of the characters shall be 1525 mm above finish floor. Such characters shall be 50 mm
high.Permanentlyappliedplatesareacceptableiftheyarepermanentlyfixedtothejambs.
(g) Liftdoorsshallopenandcloseautomatically.Theyshallbeprovidedwithareopeningdevicethatwill
stop and reopen a car door and hoistway door automatically if the door becomes obstructed by an
object or person. The device shall be capable of completing these operations without requiring
contact for an obstruction passing through the opening at heights of 125 mm and 735 mm above
finish floor. Door reopening devices shall remain effective for at least 20 seconds. After such an
interval,doorsmaycloseinaccordancewiththerequirementsofASME17.11990.
(h) Theminimumacceptabletimefromnotificationthatacarisansweringacalluntilthedoorsofthat
carstarttocloseshallbecalculatedfromthefollowingequation:
T=D/(445mm/s)
Where,
T=totaltimeinseconds
D=distanceinmillimetersfromapointinthelobbyorcorridor1525mmdirectlyinfrontofthe
farthestcallbuttoncontrollingthatcartothecenterlineofitshoistwaydoor.Forcarswithincar
lanterns,Tbeginswhenthelanternisvisiblefromthevicinityofhallcallbuttonsandanaudible
signalissounded.Theminimumacceptablenotificationtimeshallbe5seconds.
(i) Theminimumtimeforliftdoorstoremainfullyopeninresponsetoacarcallshallbe3seconds.
Part8
BuildingServices
6176 Vol.3
(j) Thefloorareaofliftcarsshallprovidespaceforwheelchairuserstoenterthecar,maneuverwithin
reachofcontrols,andexitfromthecar.Theminimumwidthanddepthofthecarshallbe2000mm
and1291mm.Theclearancebetweenthecarplatformsillandtheedgeofanyhoistwaylandingshall
benogreaterthan32mm.
(k) The level of illumination at the car controls, platform, and car threshold and landing sill shall be at
least53.8lux.
(l) Liftcontrolpanelsshallhavethefollowingfeatures:
i. Buttons:Allcontrolbuttonsshallbeatleast19mmintheirsmallestdimensions.Theyshallbe
raisedorflush.
ii. Tactile. Braille, and Visual Control Indicators : All control buttons shall be designated by Braille
and by raised standard alphabet characters for letters, Arabic characters for numerals, or
standard symbols, and as required in ASME 17.11990. The call button for the main entry floor
shallbedesignatedbyaraisedstaratleftofthefloordesignation,andasrequiredinASME17.1
1990. All raised designations for control buttons shall be placed immediately to the left of the
button to which they apply. Applied plates, permanently attached, are an acceptable means to
provide raised control designations. Floor buttons shall be provided with visual indicators to
show when each call is registered. The visual indicators shall be extinguished when each call is
answered.
4.2.1.5 ResponsibilityoftheOwner
(a) It is the responsibility of the owner of the premises where the lift will be installed, to obtain
necessary permission from the Authority before the erection of lifts(s) and for the subsequent
commissioningandoperationoflift(s).
(b) The owner shall conduct periodic inspection and maintain the installation in safe working condition
atalltimes.
(c) ConformitywiththeprovisionsofthisCodedoesnotrelievetheownerofhisresponsibilitytosatisfy
the requirements of any other Act, Regulations or Ordinances that may be in force from time to
time.
4.2.1.6 ConformitywithBangladeshElectricityAct
All electricalwork in connection with electrical lifts shall be carried out in accordance with the provisions of the
latest Bangladesh Electricity Act and the provisions of any of its byelaws and regulations, and shall also comply
withtherequirementsofChapter1ofPart8ofthisCode.
4.2.1.7
Fordetailedspecificationsoflifts,escalatorsandmovingwalksreferenceshallbemadetothelatesteditionofthe
ANSI/ASMEA17.1codeortheEuropeanEN81code.
4.2.2 SafetyConsiderations
4.2.2.1 FireProtection
(a) Necessaryprovisionsshallbekepttopreventspreadoffirethroughtheliftwell.Adequatemeasures
shallalsobetakentoreducethepossibilityofspreadoffirefromthemachineroomintotheliftwell.
(b) Lift well enclosures and machine room shall be constructed with fire resistant materials. In case of
fire,theliftwellenclosureshallnotgiveoffharmfulgasorfumes.
(c) Where lift enclosures are fire rated, manually closing doors at the enclosure well shall have a fire
rating equal to that of the enclosure well and automatically closing doors shall have a fire rating
equaltoonehalfofthatoftheenclosurewell.
4.2.2.2 FireSwitch
When required fire switch shall be provided, the function of which is to enable the fire authority to take over
completecontrolofoneormoreliftsinaninstallationbyoperatingwithafireman'skey.
4.2.2.3 Fireman'sLift
For buildings having height of 15m or more at least one lift shall meet the requirements of fireman's lift as
describedbelow:
(a) Liftcarshallhavefloorareaofnotlessthan1.44sq.m.Itshallalsohavealoadingcapacityofnotless
than544kg(8persons).
(b) Liftlandingdoorsshallhaveminimumfireresistanceoftwohours.
(c) Doorsshallbeofautomaticoperationforcarandlanding.
(d) The lift speed shall be 1.0 m/s or more so as to reach the top floor from the ground (or entrance)
floorwithin60seconds.
4.2.2.4 WarningSigns
Warningsignsagainstuseoftheliftsduringafireshallbedisplayedneareverycallbuttonforapassengerliftin
accordancewithSec4.2.10.3(c).
4.2.2.5 OverSpeedSafety
Efficient automatic devices shall be provided and maintained in each lift to stop the car by suitable braking
devicesandtocutoffpowerfromthemotorwheneverexcessivedescendingspeedisattained.
4.2.2.6 OverTravelSafety
Efficientautomaticdevicesshallbeprovidedandmaintainedineachlifttocutoffpowerfromthemotorifthecar
overtravelseitherthetoporbottomterminallanding.
4.2.2.7 ManualCrankingSystem
Thereshallhavestandardcrankingsystemoperablefromtheliftmachineroomtomovethecarmanually,during
apowerfailure,tothenearesthigherorlowerlandingforevacuationofpassengers.
4.2.2.8 EmergencyEvacuationSystem
There shall have arrangement for emergency unlocking of the landing and lift door with a special key from any
landingforevacuationaswellasformaintenance.
4.2.2.9 ProtectionofRopeBreakage
Necessaryprotectionshallbetakenagainstbreakingofsteelrope.
4.2.2.10 SafeWorkingEnvironment
Inordertomaintainasafeworkenvironment,andtoavoidpotentialhazards,thefollowingshallbeprovided:
(a) cautionsignshallbeinstalledintheareaslistedbelowwherepotentialhazardexists:
i. Triphazardinmachineroom;and
ii. Cautionnoticeagainstunauthorizeduseofrescuedevices(forexample,brakereleasedevice).
(b) Useofhardhatsforentryinpitandcartopduringconstructionperiod.
(c) Warning sign shall be provided on the controller so also to eliminate the possibility of contact with
anyexposedorconcealedpowercircuit.
(d) Cartopbarricadesystemshallbeprovidedasprimaryprotectionagainstfall,oncartop.
(e) Wheneverworkiscarriedoutontheliftandliftisnotrequiredtobemovedonpower,noticeshall
beputonelectricalmainswitchindicatingrequirementofdeenergizedcondition.
(f) Duringliftinstallation/maintenance,protectionagainstfallshallbeprovidedwithsuitablebarricades
forallopenlandingentrances.
4.2.2.11 CarDoorSafeties
Liftcardoorsandlandingdoorsshallbeprovidedwithnecessarysafetiesasperclause4.2.3.9.
Part8
BuildingServices
6178 Vol.3
4.2.3 LiftCars
4.2.3.1
LiftcarsshallhavenetinsideareafordifferentloadingcapacitiesnotmorethanthatshowninTable8.4.1.
4.2.3.2
Liftcarframeshallbeofsteelconstructionhavingsufficientstrengthtosupportsafelytheratedload,theliftcar
andallrequisiteaccessories.
4.2.3.3
There shall be provisions for elastic isolators between metal parts to ensure low vibration and low noise during
cartravel.
Table8.4.1MaximumInsideNetPlatformAreasforVariousRatedLoads
RatedLoad
(mass)
(kg)
Maximum
AvailableCar
Area(seenote)
(m
2
)
Maximum
Numberof
Passengers
RatedLoad
(mass)
(kg)
Maximum
AvailableCar
Area(seenote)
(m
2
)
Maximum
Numberof
Passengers
100
180
225
300
375
400
450
525
600
630
675
750
800
825
900
0.40
0.50
0.70
0.90
1.10
1.17
1.30
1.45
1.60
1.66
1.75
1.90
2.00
2.05
2.20
1
2
3
4
5
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
11
12
13
975
1000
1050
1125
1200
1250
1275
1350
1425
1500
1600
1800
2100
2500
2.35
2.40
2.50
2.65
2.80
2.90
2.95
3.10
3.25
3.40
3.56
3.88
4.36
5.00
14
14
15
16
17
18
18
19
20
22
23
26
30
36
Beyond2500kg,add0.16m
2
foreach100kgextra
Note: Maximumavailablecararea=(WxD)+Availableareanearthecardoor(s)insidethecar.
Where, W=Carinsidewidth,m
D=Carinsidedepth,m
4.2.3.4
The car bodywork shall be of sufficient mechanical strength to resist accidental impact by users or goods. The
roof, solid or perforated, shall be capable of supporting twopersons or a minimum load of 150 kg. Perforations
shallbesufficientlycloseinmeshnotexceeding40mmtoprovidereasonableprotectionagainstfallingarticlesto
anypersontravellinginthecar.
4.2.3.5
Thefloorshallbeasmoothnonslipsurface.Ifcarpetingisused,itshallbesecurelyattached,heavyduty,witha
tightweaveandlowprofile,installedwithoutpadding.
4.2.3.6
Ahandrailshallbeprovidedonatleastonewallofthecar,preferablytherear.Therailsshallbesmoothandthe
insidesurfaceatleast38mmclearofthewallsatanominalheightof800mmfromthefloor.
4.2.3.7
Heightoftheentrancetotheliftcarshallnotbelessthan2m.
4.2.3.8
The lift car doors, shall be power operated horizontally sliding type (noncollapsible), opened and closed by
automatic means. However, if space is limited, collapsible doors may be installed in case of buildings not
exceeding8storeysor26minheight,buttheyshallnotbepoweroperated.Slidingdoorsshallbeguidedattop
andbottom.Meansshallbeprovidedtopreventallslidingdoorsfromjumpingoffthetracksandsuitablestops
shallbeprovidedtopreventthehangercarriagefromleavingtheendofthetrack.
4.2.3.9 LiftDoorSafeties
(a) Car and landing doors shall open and close in full synchronization being mechanically connected to
eachother.
(b) Doorsclosedbyautomaticmeansshallbeprovidedwithdoorreopeningdevice(s)whichwillfunction
to stop and reopen a car door and adjacent landing door in case the car door is obstructed while
closing. The reopening device shall also be capable of sensing an object or person in the path of a
closing door without requiring contact for activation. Door reopening devices shall remain effective
foraperiodofnotlessthan20seconds.Theoperatingmechanismforthecardoorshallnotexerta
forcemorethan125N.
(c) Car doors shall be equipped with efficient interlocking or other devices so that the door cannot be
opened except when the lift car is at the landing, and that the lift car cannot be moved away from
the landing until the leading edge of the single slide or double speed door is within 50 mm of the
nearestfaceofthedoorjambortheleadingedgesofthecentreopeningdoorsarewithin50mmof
contactofeachother.
4.2.3.10
Liftcardoors,whenclosed,shallcovertheopeningfullyexceptinthecaseofverticalbipartingcardoorsofgoods
lifts.
4.2.3.11
Where the lift car has solid enclosure and doors, provision shall be made for a fan for adequate ventilation. To
permitswitchingoffthepowersupplytotheliftwithoutswitchingoffthefanandlight,aseparateswitchshallbe
providedforfanandlight.
4.2.3.12
Anyvisionpanelinacardoorshallbefireresistingandshallbeofsafetywiredglassorsimilarmaterial.Thearea
between division bars or other supports shall not exceed 0.1 m
2
. The bottom rail of a framed and glazed door
shall be not less than300mm deep. Any projections on orrecesses (includingvision panels) in slidingcardoors
shallbekepttoaminimuminordertoavoidfingertrappingbetweenslidingpartsofthedoorandanyfixedpart
ofthestructure.
4.2.3.13
Theliftcarshallbeprovidedwithaselflevelingfeaturethatwillautomaticallybringthecartothefloorlanding
within a tolerance of + 13 mm under normal loadingand unloading conditions. This selfleveling shall, withinits
zone, be entirely automaticand independent of the operating device and shallcorrect the overtravel or under
travel.Thecarshallalsobemaintainedapproximatelylevelwiththelanding,irrespectiveofload.Wherenoself
levelingdeviceisprovided,thelevelingdifferencebetweenthecarandthelandingshallbewithin+40mm.
4.2.3.14
Caroperatingpanelsshallbeconvenientlylocatedonthesidenearthedoorsothatpassengerscanregistercalls
asquicklyaspossible.Thecentrelineofthealarmbuttonandemergencystopswitchshallbeatanominalheight
of 890 mm, and the highest floor button no higher than 1.37 m from the floor. Floor registration buttons,
Part8
BuildingServices
6180 Vol.3
exclusive of border, shall be a minimum of 18 mm in size, raised, flush or recessed. Visual indication shall be
provided to show each call registered and extinguished when the call is answered. Depth of flush or recessed
buttons when operated shall not exceed 10 mm. Markings shall be adjacent to the controls on a contrasting
colourbackgroundtotheleftofthecontrols;lettersornumbersshallbeaminimumof15mmhighandraisedor
recessed 0.75 mm. Sign plates permanently attached shall be acceptable. Emergency controls shall be grouped
togetheratthebottomofthepanel.
4.2.3.15
A suitable battery operated alarm system shall be installed inside the lift car so as to raise an alarm at a
convenientplaceforgettingassistanceforpassengerstrappedinsidetheliftcar.
4.2.3.16
Acarpositionindicatorshallbeprovidedabovethecaroperatingpanelorovertheopeningofeachcartoshow
thepositionofthecarintheliftwellbyilluminatedvisualindicatorcorrespondingtothelandingatwhichthecar
isstoppedorthroughwhichitispassing.
In addition, an audible signal shall preferably be installed which shall sound to tell a passenger that the car is
stopping at a floor served by the lift. A special button located with emergency controls may be provided,
operationofwhichshallactivateanaudiblesignalonlyforthedesiredtrip.
4.2.3.17
Each lift car shall be fitted with a light and the car shall be kept illuminated during the whole period the lift is
availableforuse.
4.2.3.18
In installations with more than two lifts in a bank, a telephone or other device for twoway communication
between each lift car and a convenient point outside the lift well shall preferably be provided. Markings or the
internationalsymbolfortelephonesshallbeplacedadjacenttothecontrolonacontrastingcolourbackground.
4.2.4 LiftWellandLiftWellEnclosures
4.2.4.1
TheLiftwellshallonlybeusedforhousingequipmentformingpartoftheliftinstallationorforitsoperationand
maintenance.Nootherequipmentorservicesshallbeaccommodatedtherein.Forthispurpose,themainelectric
supply line for lift machineshall be deemed to be part of the lift and the electric cable, if laid along the lift well
shaft,shallbeproperlyclampedtothewall.
4.2.4.2
Theliftwellshallnotformpartoftheventilationsystemofthebuilding.
4.2.4.3
In multistory residential buildings, hotels and hospitals, lift well shall be isolated from sleeping rooms (bed
rooms)bylobbiesorotherspaces.
4.2.4.4
Liftwellshallnotbelocatedaboveanyroom,passageorthoroughfare.However,whenabsolutelynecessary,this
can only be permissible with the prior approval of the competent authority and in such case the following
provisionsshallbemade:
(a) The pit shall be sufficiently strong to withstand the impact of the lift car with the rated load or the
impact of the counterweight when either of these is descending at the rated speed or at governor
trippingspeed;
(b) Springoroilbuffersshallbeprovidedforliftcarandcounterweight;and
(c) Thecarandcounterweightshallbeprovidedwithagovernoroperatedsafetygear.
4.2.4.5
When there are three or fewer lift cars in a building, they may be located within the same lift well enclosure.
Whentherearefourliftcars,theyshallbedividedinsuchamannerthatatleasttwoseparateliftwellenclosures
areprovided.Whentherearemorethanfourlifts,notmorethanfourliftcarsmaybelocatedwithinasinglelift
wellenclosure.
4.2.4.6
Theliftcaranditscounterweightshalltravelinjuxtapositiontoeachother.
4.2.4.7 TotallyEnclosedWells
Theenclosureofthetotallyenclosedwellsshallbecontinuousandshallextendonallsidesfromfloortoflooror
stair to stair. No openings except for doors at landings and necessary access panels shall be provided. The
enclosure shall be of sufficient mechanical strength to support the lift guides at appropriate intervals and to
supportintruealignmentthelandingdoorswithoperatingmechanismsandlockingdevices.
4.2.4.8 OpenTypeWells
(a) When Lift well enclosures are constructed of wire grille or similar material, the mesh opening shall
not be greater than 30 mm (except for door at landings). Such enclosures shall be of sufficient
strength to resist accidental impact by users of adjoining areas or by materials or vehicles being
movedinthevicinity.
(b) Where the clearance between the inside of an open type lift well enclosure and any moving or
movable part of the lift equipment or apparatus is less than 50 mm, the openings in the enclosure
materialshallnotbemorethan10mm.Largeropeningsupto30mmshallbepermissibleprovidedit
isfurtherprotectedbysquaremeshnettingwithapertureofnotgreaterthan10mmandwirenot
smallerthan1mmindiameter.
4.2.4.9
There shall be no opening in the lift well enclosure for access to the lift well through the space under the
counterweight.
4.2.4.10
Theinsidesurfacesoftheliftwellenclosuresfacinganycarentranceshallformasmoothcontinuousflushsurface
devoid of projections or recesses. Where projections or recesses cannot be avoided, the underside of these
projections/recessesshallbebevelledtoanangleof60degreesfromthehorizontalbymeansofmetalplatesor
otherfireresistivematerialsasshowninFig8.4.1.
4.2.4.11
Sufficient clearance space shall be provided between the guides for the car and the side walls of the lift well
enclosuretoallowsafeandeasyaccesstothepartsofthesafetygearsfortheirmaintenanceandrepairs.
4.2.4.12
Maximum clearance between the inner surface of well enclosure on the landing door side and any part of car
facingthesurfaceshallbe150mmexceptthat230mmand200mmclearancewillbepermissiblewhenpower
operatedverticallybipartinglandingdoorsortwospeedhorizontallyslidingdoorsareinstalledrespectively.
4.2.4.13
Eachliftwellservingmorethantwofloorsshallhavevent(s)properlylocatedatthetopoftheexteriorwall.The
ventsshallbelouveredwithbirdsscreens.Ifthewellislocatedinsuchawaythatnoexteriorwallisavailablefor
louvers,ventswithconnectingnoncombustibleductstoanoutsidewallshallbeprovided.Theareaofventshall
not be less than 3.5% of the area of the lift well, provided that a minimum of 0.3 m
2
per lift is provided. Of the
totalrequiredventareanotlessthanonethirdshallbepermanentlyopenorautomaticallyopenedbyadamper.
4.2.4.14 Bottomcarclearance,PassengerandServiceLift
When the car rests on its fully compressed buffer there shall be a vertical clearance of not less than 600 mm
betweenthepitfloorandthebufferstrikerplateortheloweststructuralormechanicalpartequipmentordevice
installed.Theclearanceshallbeavailablebeneaththewholeareaoftheplatformexceptfor:
Part8
BuildingServices
6182 Vol.3
(a) guideshoesorrollers,safetyjawblocks,platformaprons,guardsofotherequipmentlocatedwithin
300mmmeasuredhorizontallyfromthesidesofthecarplatform;and
(b) compensatingsheaves.
Providedthatinallthecases,includingsmallcars,aminimumclearanceof600mmisavailableoverahorizontal
areaof800mmx500mm.
Provided also that in all the cases, when the car rests on its fully compressed buffers, there shall be a vertical
clearanceofnotlessthan50mmbetweenanypartofthecarandanyobstructionofdevicemountedinthepit.
4.2.4.15 Topcarclearance,PassengerandServiceLift
The vertical clearance between the car crosshead and the nearest overhead obstruction within 500 mm
measured horizontally to the nearest part of the crosshead when the car platform is level with the top landing,
shallbenotlessthanthesumofthefollowing;
(a) Thebottomcounterweightrunby.
(b) Thestrokeofthecounterweightbufferused.
(c) Onehalfofthegravitystoppingdistancebasedon:
i. 115 percent of the ratedspeed where oil buffers are used and no provision ismade to prevent
thejumpofthecaratcounterweightbufferengagement;and
ii. Governortrippingspeedwherespringbuffersareused.
NOTE The gravity stopping distance based on the gravityretardation from any initial velocitymaybe
calculatedaccordingtothefollowingformula
S=51V
2
where
S=Freefallinmm(gravitystoppingdistance),and
V=Initialvelocityinm/s
(d) 600mm.
Where there is a projection below the ceiling of the well and the projection is more than 500 mm, measured
horizontallyfromthecentrelineofthecrossheadbutovertheroofofthecar,aminimumverticalclearancenot
lessthanthatcalculatedaboveshallalsobeavailablebetweentheroofofthecarandtheprojection.
Providedthattheverticalclearancebetweenanyequipmentmountedontopofthecarandthenearestoverhead
obstructionshallbenotlessthanthesumofthethreeitems(a),(b)and(c)ascalculatedaboveplus150mm
4.2.4.16 Bottom Runby for Cars and Counterweights, passenger and service lift
Thebottomrunbyofcarsandcounterweightsshallbenotlessthanthefollowing:
(a) 150mmwhereoilbuffersareused;
(b) Wherespringbuffersareused;
i. 150mmforcontrolsasin5.1.3.17(d)to5.1.3.17(h)
ii. Notlessthanthefollowingforcontrolsasin5.1.3.17(a)to5.1.3.17.
Ratedspeed Runby
m/smm
Upto0.125 75
0.125to0.25 150
0.25to0.50 225
0.50to1 300
4.2.4.17 MaximumBottomRunby,passengerandservicelift
Innocasethemaximumbottomrunbyshallexceedthefollowing:
(a) 600mmforcars;and
(b) 900mmforcounterweights.
4.2.4.18 TopCounterweightClearances,passengerandservicelift
Thetopcounterweightclearanceshallbenotlessthanthesumofthefollowingfouritems:
(a) thebottomcarrunby;
(b) thestrokeofthecarbufferused;
(c) 150mm;and
(d) onehalfthegravitystoppingdistancebasedon
i. onehundredandfifteenpercentoftheratedspeedwhereoilbuffersareusedandnoprovision
ismadetopreventjumpofthecounterweightatcarbufferengagement;and
ii. governortrippingspeedwherespringbuffersareused.
4.2.4.19 Topcarclearance,Goodslift
Thetopcarclearanceshallbesufficienttoavoidanyprotrudingpartfixedonthetopofthecarcomingindirect
contactwiththeceilingordivertingsheave.
The clearance shall be calculated taking into account the following and shall not be less than the sum of the
followingfouritems:
(a) Thebottomcounterweightrunby,
(b) Thestrokeofthecounterweightbufferused,
(c) Thedimensionsoftheportionofthedivertingsheavehangingunderneaththeceilingintheliftwell,
and
(d) 150mmforcompensatingforgravitystoppingdistanceandfuturerepairstotheropeconnectionsat
counterweightandatthecaroratthesuspensionpoints.
4.2.4.20 Bottomcarclearance,goodslift
Thebottomcarclearanceshallbemaintainedinsuchawaythatthecounterweightshallnotcomeincontactwith
theceilingoranyparthangingunderneaththeceiling,whenthecarcompletelyrestsonfullycompressedbuffers,
providedthebuffersarespringtypemountedonsolidconcreteorsteelbed.
In case of wooden buffers the bottom car clearance shall be maintained in such a way that thetotal downward
travel of the car from the service level of the immediate floor near the pit, shall not be more than the top
counterweightclearance,whenthewoodenbuffersarecompletelycrushed.
4.2.4.21 Topcounterweightclearance,goodslift
Thetopclearanceforthecounterweightcanbecalculatedtakingintoaccountthefollowingandshallnotbeless
thanthesumofthefollowingthreeitems:
(a) Carrunby,
(b) Compressionofthebufferspringorheightofthewoodenblockusedasbuffer,and
(c) 150 mm to compensate for gravity stopping distance for counterweight and any future repairs to
ropeconnectionsatthecounterweightatthecarendsoratthesuspensionpoints.
4.2.4.22 RunbyforCarsandCounterweights,goodslift
Thebottomrunbyforcarsandcounterweightsshallnotbelessthan150mm
4.2.4.23 Maximumbottomrunby,goodslift
Innocasethemaximumbottomrunbyshallexceed300mm.
4.2.4.24 OverheadHeight
TheoverheadheightshallnotbelessthanasshowninTable8.4.2
4.2.4.25 Liftwelldimensions
Part8
BuildingServices
6184 Vol.3
Recommended dimensions of lift well and its entrances are provided in Table 8.4.2(A), Table 8.4.2 (B), Table
8.4.2(C)andTable8.4.2(D).Thesedimensionsareprimarilyforarchitectsandbuildingplannersforplanningoflift
well.
4.2.5 LandingDoors
4.2.5.1
Everylanding,wherethereisaccessfromthelandingtotheliftcar,shallbefittedwithalandingdoor.Suchdoor
shallbefittedwithefficientinterlockingorotherdevicessoastoensurethatthedoorcannotbeopenedexcept
whentheliftcarisatthelandingandthattheliftcarcannotbemovedawayfromthelandinguntilthedooris
closed and locked. Where mid bar collapsible doors are used for landing entrance, they shall not be power
operated.
4.2.5.2
Wherelandingdoorsaremanuallyoperatedandnoindicatorsareprovided,visionpanelsofsimilarconstruction
asinSec4.2.3.12shallbeprovided.
Figure8.4.1:BevelledProjections/Recesses
4.2.5.3
No automatic fire door or shutter which operates by means of a fusible link or otherwise due to the action of
heatshallbeallowedinanylandingopeningorliftwayenclosureofanylift,ifsuchopeninggivesaccesstoany
exitfromthebuilding.
4.2.5.4
Incaseofpassengerlifts,solidslidingdoorsshallpreferablybeprovidedforbuildingsabovesixstoreysor20m
in height. Solid swing doors may also be used where sliding space is not available parallel to the entrance door.
Collapsibledoorsshallnotbeprovidedincaseofbuildingsaboveeightstoreysor26minheight.
4.2.6 GuideRails
4.2.6.1
Guide rails shall be made of high quality steel, straight and of proper thickness. Where the nature of processes
carried on in the building gives rise to acid fumes or corrosive substances the steel rails shall be treated for
corrosionresistance.
4.2.6.2
Carandcounterweightguiderailsshallbecontinuousthroughouttheentirelengthrightfromthebottomofthe
pit floor to the top most floor served plus additional length as may be required for operation of safety against
overrun. They shall be provided with adequate brackets or equivalentfixing devices of such design andspacing
thattherailsshallnotdeflectmorethan4mmundernormaloperations
4.2.6.3
For passenger and goods lifts having a rated speed of 0.5 m/s or more, the car guide rails shall have working
surfacesmachinedandsmooth.
4.2.7 LiftPits
4.2.7.1
Aliftpitshallbeprovidedatthebottomofeveryliftwell.TheminimumdepthofliftpitshallbeasshowninTable
8.4.2.
4.2.7.2
Lift pits shall be of sound construction and shall be maintained in dry and clean condition. Where necessary,
provisionshallbemadeforpermanentdrainage.
4.2.7.3
Liftpitshavingdepthmorethan1.6mshallbeprovidedwithasuitabledescendingarrangementtoreachthelift
pit.
4.2.7.4
Lightpointsshallbeprovidedinallliftpitsforfacilityofrepairandmaintenanceworks.
4.2.7.5
Incaseofagroupoftwoormoreliftwells,arrangementsshallbeprovidedtoallowinspectionofaliftpitthrough
theadjoiningone.
Part8
BuildingServices
6186 Vol.3
Table8.4.2MinimumPitDepths,OverheadHeightsandMachineRoomsizesforTractionLiftsOverheadMachines
Speed(m/s) Upto
0.70
>0.70
1.00
>1.00
1.50
>1.50
1.75
>1.75
2.00
>2.00
2.50
>2.50
3.00
>3.00
4.00

i)PitDepth,mm
ii)OverheadHeight,mm
iii)MachineroomDepth,mm
iv)MachineRoomwidth,mm
1500
4200
D+
2000
C+
1000
1500
4250
D+
2000
C+
1000
1600
4800
D+
2000
C+
1200
2150
4800
D+
2500
C+
1200
2200
5200
D+
2500
C+
1500
2500
5400
D+
2500
C+
1500
3000
D+
3000
C+
1800
3200
D+3000
C+
1800
NOTES:
1.Cisliftwelldepth(mm)andDisliftwellwidth(mm).
2.Thetotaloverheadheighthasbeencalculatedonthebasisofcarheightof2300mm.
3.Dimensionsofpitdepthandoverheadheightmaydifferinpracticeasperindividualmanufacturer'sdesigndependinguponload,
speedanddrive.However,thepitdepthandoverheadheightshallbesuchastoconformtotherequirementsofbottomclearance
andtopclearanceInaccordancewiththeacceptedstandard.
Table8.4.2(A)RecommendedDimensionsofPassenger&ServiceLiftsandLiftWells
Capacity CarDimensions
(mm)
LiftWellDimensions
(mm)
Entrance
Size(mm)
Persons Kg Width Depth Width Depth
4 272 1100 700 1900 1300 700(Min)
6 408 1100 1000 1900 1700 700(Min)
8 544 1300 1100 1900 1900 800
10 680 1300 1350 1900 2100 800
13 884 2000 1100 2500 1900 900
16 1088 2000 1300 2500 2100 1000
20 1360 2000 1500 2500 2400 1000
Notes:
1.Incaseofmanuallyoperateddoors,clearentrancewillbereducedbytheamountofprojectionofhandleon
thelanding.
2.Alldimensionsgivenaboveforliftshavingcentreopeningpoweroperateddoorswithcounterweightatrear,
are recommended dimensions primarily for architects and building planners. Any variations mutually agreed
betweenthemanufacturerandpurchaserarepermitted.Howevervariationin:
(a) Car inside dimensions shall be within the maximum area limits specified in accordance with Table
8.4.1
(b) EntrancewidthonthehighersideIspermitted.
(c) Entrancewidthmaybereduceduptoamaximumof100mmsubjecttoaminimumof700mm.
Table8.4.2(B)RecommendedDimensionsofGoodsLiftsandLiftWells
Load(Kg) CarDimensions(mm) LiftWellDimensions
(mm)
Entrance
Size(mm)
Width Depth Width Depth
500 1100 1200 1900 1500 1100
1000 1400 1800 2300 2100 1400

1500 1700 2000 2600 2300 1700
2000 1700 2500 2600 2800 1700
2500 2000 2500 2900 2800 2000
3000 2000 3000 2900 3300 2000
4000 2500 3000 3400 3300 2500
5000 2500 3600 3400 3900 2500
Notes:
1.Thewidthofliftmachineroomshallbeequaltobeliftwellwidthsubjecttoaminimumof2500mm.
2.Clearentrancewidthisbasedonverticalliftingcardoorandverticalbipartinglandingdoors.Forcollapsiblemidbardoorsthe
clearentrancewidthwillbereducedby200mm(maximum1800mm).
3.Alldimensionsgivenabovearerecommendeddimensionsprimarilyforarchitectsandbuildingplanners.Anyvariationsmutually
agreedbetweenthemanufacturerandthepurchaserarepermitted.However,variationincarinsidedimensionsshallbewithinthe
maximumarealimitsinaccordancewithTable8.4.1.
4.Fordimensionsofpitdepthandoverheadheight,considerdatashowninTable8.4.2.
Table8.4.2(C)RecommendedDimensionsofHospitalLiftsandLiftWells
Capacity CarDimensions
(mm)
LiftWellDimensions
(mm)
Entrance
Size(mm)
Persons Kg Width Depth Width Depth
12 1020 1000 2400 1800 3000 800
20 1360 1300 2400 2200 3000 1200
26 1768 1600 2400 2400 3000 1200
Notes:
1.Inthecaseofmanuallyoperateddoors,clearentrancewillbereducedbytheamountofprojectionofhandleonthelandingdoor.
2.Although15personscapacityliftisnotstandardone,thisisincludedtocoverliftsofsmallercapacitywhichcanbeusedinsmall
hospitals.
3.Alldimensionsgivenabovearerecommendeddimensionsprimarilyforarchitectsandbuildingplanners.Anyvariationsmutually
agreedbetweenthemanufacturerandthepurchaserarepermitted.However,variationincarinsidedimensionsshallbewithinthe
maximumarealimitsinaccordancewithTable8.4.1.
4.Fordimensionsofpitdepthandoverheadheight,considerdatashowninTable8.4.2.
Table8.4.2(D)RecommendedDimensionsofDumbWaiterandLiftWells(forspeedsupto0.5m/s)
Load
(Kg)
CarInsideDimensions(mm) LiftWellDimensions
(mm)
Entrance
Size(mm)
Width Depth Height Width Depth
100 700 700 800 1200 900 700
150 800 800 900 1300 1000 800
200 900 900 1000 1400 1100 900
250 1000 1000 1200 1500 1200 1000
Notes:
1.Entrancewidthisbasedonassumptionofprovisionofverticalbipartingdoors(nocardoorisnormallyprovided).
4.2.8 Buffers
4.2.8.1
Buffersofspringoroilshallbeusedforsafety.Buffersshallbefittedundertheliftcarandcounterweightdirectly
or on the pitfloor with suitable concrete orsteel foundation.Oilresistant rubberbuffers may be used with lifts
Part8
BuildingServices
6188 Vol.3
having a rated speed not exceeding 0.25 m/s. Lifts having rated speed in excess of 0.25 m/s and up to and
including 1.0 m/s, spring or oil buffers shall be used. For lifts having rated speed more than 1.0 m/s, only oil
buffersshallbeused.Woodenblockssuitablytreatedmayalsobeusedforserviceliftsforspeedsupto0.5m/s.
Buffers shall be located symmetrically with reference to the vertical centreline of the car/counterweight with a
toleranceof50mm.
4.2.8.2
Theminimumstrokeofoil buffersshallbesuchthatthecarorthe counterweightonstrikingthebuffersat 115
percentofratedspeedshallbebroughttorestwithanaverageretardationofnotmorethan10m/s
2
.
4.2.8.3
Whenbuffersarestruckwithaninitialspeedoflessthan115percentof theratedspeed,thepeakretardation
shallnotexceed25m/s
2
foradurationmorethan0.04second,withanyloadinthecarrangingfrom75kgtothe
ratedload.
4.2.9 MachineRoomandOverheadStructures
4.2.9.1
Theliftmachineroomshallonlybeusedforhousingliftmachinery,controllerandotherassociatedapparatusand
equipment. No other services or equipment shall be accommodated therein. If motorgenerators for controlling
speed of multivoltage or variable voltage machines, secondary sheaves, pulleys, governors, floor selecting
equipment and other associated equipment are installed in an adjoining room, this room shall also be reserved
forexclusiveuseofliftequipment.
4.2.9.2
Lift machine room and other associated equipment rooms shall be fire proof, weather proof and adequately
lighted. Means to prevent spread of fire or smoke from machine room into lift well shall be provided. Machine
roomshallhavepermanentventilationopeningdirecttotheopenairhavingafreeareanotlessthan0.1m2per
lift.Theambienttemperatureofmachineroomshallbemaintainedbetween+5Cand+40C
4.2.9.3
Theheightofthemachineroomshallnotbelessthan2.30mthroughoutundertheliftingbeam(trolleybeam)to
allowanyportionofequipmenttobeaccessibleandremovableforrepairandreplacement.Anoverheadtrolley
beam of steel construction of adequate strength shall be provided in the machine room, for movement of
equipmentduringinstallation.
4.2.9.4
The machine room shall be adequately sized and shall have sufficient floor area required for easy access to all
parts of the machines and equipment located therein for purposes of inspection, maintenance or repair.
Clearance space of 1 m shall be provided on those sides of control panels where maintenance is required to be
carriedoutwhilethepanelisenergized,otherwise0.5mclearancespacemaybeprovided.Forplanningpurposes
theliftmachineroomsizecanbeasshownInTable8.4.2
4.2.9.5
The room shall be kept closed, except to those who are concerned with the operation and maintenance of the
equipment. When the electrical voltage exceeds 220/230V dc, a danger notice plate shall be displayed
permanentlyontheoutsideofthedoorandonornearthemachinery.
4.2.9.6
Machineroomfloorshall nothaveholes/punchesinitexceptfornecessarysmallopeningsforpassageofropes
cablesetc.Ifanymachineroomfloororplatformdoesnotextendtotheenclosingwallstheopensidesshallbe
providedwithhandrailsorotherwisesuitablyguarded.
4.2.9.7
Allmachines,pulleys,overspeedgovernorsandsimilarunitsshallbesecurelyfixedonthemachineroomfloor.
4.2.9.8
Adequateartificiallightshallbeprovidedinthemachineroom.A15amps3pinpoweroutletforhandoperated
toolsanda5amps2pinelectricaloutletforportablehandlampsetshallbeprovidedinthemachineroom.
4.2.9.9 AccesstoMachineRoom
(a) The machine room shall be provided with a direct, independent and convenient access. Accessto a
machineroomabovealiftwellmaybeeitherfromtherooforbyaninternalstaircase.
(b) Machineroomfloormaybeprovidedwithatrapdoor.Whenaccesstothemachineroomisprovided
throughthetrapdoor,thesizeofthetrapdoorshallnotbelessthan1.0mx1.0motherwiseitmay
be0.5mx0.5m.Trapdoorsshallbehinged,openingintothemachineroom,ofsoundconstruction,
balancedandtightlysecuredtominimizenoisetravel.Handrailsshallbeprovidedaroundtrapdoor
opening.
(c) Whereamachineroomentranceislessthan1.5maboveorbelowtheadjacentfloororroofsurface,
asubstantialpermanentlyattachedladdermaybeused.
(d) Where the machine room entrance is 1.5 m or more above or below the adjacent floor or roof
surface,accessshallbeprovidedbymeansofstandardstairs.
(e) Accesstoamachineroominabasementmaybeprovidedfromacorridor.
(f) Accesstoamachineroomviatheliftwellshallbeprohibited.
(g) Emergencyexitshallbeprovidedincaseoflargemachineroomhavingfourormorelifts.
4.2.9.10
The space at secondary level in which the overhead pulleys, overspeed governors and similar machinery are
housedshallhaveaclearheightofatleast1.2m.Wherepracticable,itshallhaveasubstantialplatformorfloor
and be provided with permanent and adequate artificial illumination. Safe and convenient access to secondary
level shall be provided. Means of access between a secondary floor and machine room may be a ladder. Hand
railsshallbeprovidedatplatformandaccesstofloor.
4.2.10 HallButtons,HallLanternsandSpecialSigns
4.2.10.1 HallButtons
(a) Each landing shall have hall call buttons to register call for lift service for upward or downward
movements. The centre line of the hall call buttons shall be at a nominal height of 1 m above the
floor.
(b) Direction buttons, exclusive of borders, shall be a minimum of 18 mm in size, raised, flush or
recessed.Visualindicationshallbeprovidedtoshoweachcallregisteredandextinguishedwhenthe
callisanswered.Depthofflushorrecessedbuttonwhenoperatedshallnotexceed10mm.
4.2.10.2 HallLantern
(a) Where lifts are installed in totally enclosed wells, a visual signal shall be provided at each lift well
entranceindicatingtotheprospectivepassengerthecaransweringthecallanditsdirectionoftravel.
Anaudiblesignalmayalsobeincluded.
(b) Thevisualsignalmaybeintheformofdigitalliftpositionindicatorordirectionalindicator.Thevisual
signal for each direction/lift position shall be a minimum of 62mm in size and visible from the
proximityofthehallcallbuttons.
(c) Thecentrelineofthefixtureshallbelocatedataminimumof1.8mfromthefloor.
4.2.10.3 SpecialSigns
(a) DoorJambMarking:Thefloordesignationshallbeprovidedateachliftwellentranceonbothsides
of jamb visible from within the car and the lift lobby at a height of 1.5 m above the floor.
Designationsshallbeonacontrastingbackground50mmhighandraised0.75mm.
(b) Appliedplatespermanentlyattachedshallbeacceptable.Incaseofacompletelyenclosedliftwella
noticewiththeword'Lift'shallbeplacedoutsideofeachlandingdoor.Electriclightshallbeprovided
suchthatthissignremainsvisibleevenifthesurroundingsaredark
Part8
BuildingServices
6190 Vol.3
(c) Apermanentwarningsignshallbeinstalledimmediatelyaboveeachhallpushbuttonstationoneach
floor reading : IN FIRE EMERGENCY, DO NOT USE LIFT. USE EXIT STAIRS. This sign shall be in letters
notlessthan12mmhigh.
The warning sign may consist of incised, inlaid or embossed letters on a metal, wood, plastic or similar plate
securelyandpermanentlyattachedtothewall,orlettersincisedorinlaiddirectlyintothesurfaceofthematerial
formingthewall.
4.2.11 ElectricalWiringandApparatus
4.2.11.1
Construction, installation and maintenance of all electrical supply lines and apparatus in connection with lift
installationshallbedonewithproperprotectionsothattheremaybenodangertopersonstherefrom.Nobare
conductorshallbeusedinanyliftcar.InstallationofelectricalwiringshallconformtotheprovisionsofChapter1.
4.2.11.2
Electricalcircuitsforlightsandventilationfans,andsupplyto3pinand2pinsocketoutletsshallbecontrolledby
aseparatemainswitchorcircuitbreaker,andshallbeindependentofmachinerypowersupplysuchthatlighting
circuitsremainalivewhenpowertomachineryisinterrupted.
4.2.11.3
Suitable cautionary notice shall be affixed near every motor or other apparatus in which energy used is at a
voltageexceeding220volts.
4.2.11.4 TravellingCable
(a) Circuits which supply current to the motor shall not be included in any twin or multicore travelling
cableusedinconnectionwiththecontrolandsafetydevices.
(b) Atravellingcablewhichincorporatesconductorsforthecontrolcircuitsshallbeseparateanddistinct
fromthatwhichincorporateslightingandsignallingcircuitsincaseofbuildingstenstoreys(32m)or
lessinheight.Incaseofbuildingsmorethantenstoreysor32metresinheightorwherehighspeed
(1.50m/sormore)liftsareemployed,useofasingletravellingcableforlightingandcontrolcircuits
shallbepermitted,providedthatallconductorsareinsulatedforthemaximumvoltageinthecables.
4.2.11.5 SupplyCablesandSwitches
(a) Each lift shall be providedwitha main switch or circuit breaker of a capacity determined bythe lift
manufacturerandtheincomingsupplycableshallterminateinthisswitch.Forasinglelift,thisswitch
shallbefixedadjacenttothemachineroomentrance.Inamachineroomcommontomorethanone
lift,eachmainswitchshallbeconvenientlysituatedwithrespecttotheliftitcontrols.Switchesand
fuses(whichmayformpartofadistributionswitchboard)shallbeprovidedforisolatingthesupply
powertothemachineroom.
(b) Whereasupplycableservesmorethanonelift,adiversityfactormaybeusedforthedetermination
ofconductorsize.Theactualdiversityfactortobeadoptedshallbedecidedbytheliftmanufacturer.
4.2.11.6 Earthing
Allelectricalmachinery/equipmentviz.electricmotor,windingmachine,controlpaneletc.whichnormallycarry
mains current shall be properly connected to the earthing system. Similarly all metallic cases, covers of door
interlocks,doorcontacts,callandcontrolbuttons,stopbuttons,carswitches,limitswitches,junctionboxesand
similar electrical fittings which normally carry only the control current shall also be properly connected to the
earthingsystem.Allearthingterminalandearthingconductorsinthisregardshallconformtotherequirements
ofChapter1.
4.3 DESIGNCONSIDERATIONS
4.3.1 NumberofLiftsandCapacity
4.3.1.1
Thenumberoflifts,carcapacityandspeedoftheliftshallbeselectedtohavethemosteffectiveliftsystem.The
lift system shall be able to handle adequate number of passengers during peak hours and at the same time
IntervalandTravelTimeshallbewithinreasonablelimits.
4.3.1.2
TheaverageIntervalshallnotbemorethanshowninTable8.4.3.TheTravelTimeshallnotexceed150seconds.
4.3.1.3
The passenger handling capacity (H) of a lift system for different occupancies in terms of the number of
passengerstobehandledinthebuildinginafiveminutepeakperiodshallnotbelessthanthatindicatedinTable
8.4.3.
Table8.4.3RecommendedIntervaland5minuteHandlingCapacityforDifferentOccupancy
TypeofOccupancy Recommended
Interval
(Sec)
Recommended5min.
PassengerHandling
Capacity(H)%
Office
DiversifiedTenancy
HighQuality
StandardQuality
SingleTenancy
HighQuality
StandardQuality
HotelsandMotels
HighQuality
StandardQuality
Apartments
HighCostApartments
MiddleIncomeApartments
LowIncomeApartments
Dormitories,HallsofResidence
Hospitals
PrivateHospital
GeneralHospital
LongtermNursingFacilities
EducationalInstitutions
BuildingswithAssemblyFacilities
Shopsandstores
15~29
30~39
15~24
25~35
30~50
50~70
50~70
60~80
80~120
60~80
50~60
60~70
60~70
40~50
40~50
40~50
12
14
14
16
12~15
10~12
5~7
6~8
10~11
10~11
12
14
8
25
15
5
4.3.1.4
For the purpose of population estimation, the density of people shall be based on the actual number of
occupants,butinnocaselessthanthosespecifiedinTable8.5.4.Theoccupantloadofamezzaninefloorshallbe
takenintoaccountforworkingoutthepopulationforaparticularfloortowhichthemezzaninefloordischarges
itsloads.
Part8
BuildingServices
6192 Vol.3
Table8.4.4OccupantLoadforEstimationofPopulation
TypeofOccupancy PopulationFactor
Office
DiversifiedTenancy
HighQuality
StandardQuality
SingleTenancy
HighQuality
StandardQuality
HotelsandMotels
HighQuality
StandardQuality
Conventions
Apartments
HighCostApartments
MiddleIncomeApartments
LowIncomeApartments
Dormitories,HallsofResidence
Hospitals
PrivateHospital
GeneralHospital
LongtermNursingFacilities
EducationalInstitutions
BuildingswithAssemblyFacilities
Withfixedormovableseatsanddancefloor
Withoutseatingfacilitiesincludingdiningrooms
Shopsandstores
14~23m
2
netusableareaperperson
a
10~12m
2
12~19m
2
8~10m
2
1.3peopleperroom
1.7peopleperbedroom
1.9peopleperbedroom
1.5peopleperbedroom
2peopleperbedroom
2.5~3peopleperbedroom
20m
2
3peopleperbed
3~4peopleperbed
1.75peopleperbed
4m
2
perstudent
0.60m
2
perperson
b
1.5m
2
perperson
b
2m
2
ofnetsellingarea
c
Notes: a Net usable area = gross area less lift shaft and lobby space, mechanical space, columns, toilets, corridor
aroundcore,airconditioningmachineryspace.
b Population estimation shall be based on gross area (plinth area or covered area). The gross area shall include, in
addition to the main assembly room or space, any occupied connecting room or space in the same storeys or in the storey
aboveand below, where entrance is common to such rooms and spaces andthey are available foruse by the occupants of
theassemblyplace.Nodeductions shallbemadein thegrossarea forcorridors,closets orothersubdivisions,theareashall
includeallspaceservingtheparticularassemblyoccupancy.
c Netsellingareaisareaopentothepublic.
4.3.1.5 CarSpeedandAcceleration
(a) The car speed for the different types of lifts in different occupancies shall normally be as given in
Table8.4.5.Ahigherorlowerspeedliftmaybeusedinspecialcaseswhenconditionswarrantuseof
suchlifts.
Thecaraccelerationordecelerationshallnotbemorethan1.2m/s
2
.
Table8.4.5CarSpeedforLiftinDifferentKindsofUsage
BuildingType Rise(m) MinimumCarSpeed(m/s)
OfficeBuilding 0to40
41to70
71to85
86to115
Above115
2.0
2.5
3.6
4.0
5.0
Hotels 0to40
41to70
71to85
86to115
Above115
2.0
2.5
3.6
4.0
5.0
Hospital 0to20
21to30
31to40
41to55
56to75
Above75
0.63
1.0
1.6
2.0
2.5
3.6
Apartments 0to25
26to40
41to60
Above60
0.63
1.0
1.6
2.0
Stores 0to30
31to45
46to60
Above60
1.0
1.6
2.0
2.5
4.3.1.6 HandlingCapacityandInterval
(a) Thehandlingcapacity,forincoming/uppeakpassenger,shallbecalculatedbythefollowingformula:
T P
N Q
H

=
100 300
Where
H = passengerhandling capacity of the lift system during five minute peak period, expressed as
thepercentageoftheestimatedtotalpopulationhandled.
Q = averagenumberofpassengerscarriedineachcarpertrip,
N = numberofliftsinthesystem,
P = total population to be handled during peak period (it is related to the area for which a
particularbankofliftserves)
T = averageroundtriptimeinseconds,thatis,theaveragetimerequiredbyeachliftintaking
one full load of passengers from ground floor discharging them in various upper floors and coming
backtogroundfloorfortakingfreshpassengersforthenexttrip;
Note:
(a) ThevalueofQdependsonthedimensionofthecar.Itmaybenotedthatthecarisnotloaded
alwaystoitsmaximumcapacityduringeachtripandtherefore,forcalculatingTandHthevalue
ofQshallbetakenas80percentofthemaximumcapacityofthecar.
(b) Tisthesumofthetimeinsecondsrequiredinthefollowingprocess:
i. Timeforentryofpassengersonthegroundfloororlowestliftlobby;
ii. Timeforexitofthepassengersoneachfloorofdischarge;
Part8
BuildingServices
6194 Vol.3
iii. Door operation time (opening and closing) and car start time on each floor the lift stops,
includinggroundfloor;
iv. Accelerationanddecelerationperiods;
v. Stoppingandlevelingperiods;
vi. Periodsoffullratedspeedsbetweenstopsgoingupand
vii. Periodsoffullratedspeedsbetweenstopsgoingdown.
(b) TheaverageIntervalshallbecalculatedbythefollowingformula:

I =
T
N
where,
I=Intervalofavailabilityofliftsonthelowestliftlobby.
4.3.2 ShapeandSizeofLifts
4.3.2.1
Careful analysis shall be performed during selection of shape and size of lifts so as to get full advantage of its
shapeforthemosteffectiveuseofliftsandbuildingspace.
4.3.2.2
Thedimensionsofthecarplatformshallbesuchthatthecarwillnotexceeditsratedloadwhenpackedfull.Net
insideareaoftheliftcarshallbeasperSec4.2.3.1.
Note:
i) Forthesameplatformarea,alifthavinghigherwidthtodepthratiocanaccommodatemorepassengersand
takeslesstimeforpassengertransfer.
ii) Thewidthofthecarisdeterminedbythewidthoftheentranceandthedepthofthecarisregulatedbythe
loading.
4.3.3 LocationandArrangementofLifts
4.3.3.1
Athoroughinvestigationshallbecarriedoutforassessingthemostsuitablelocationforlift(s)whileplanningthe
building.Itshalltakeintoaccountfutureexpansions,ifany.
4.3.3.2
The lifts shall be easily accessible from all entrances to the building. For maximum efficiency, they shall be
grouped near the centre of the building. Walking distance from the lift to the farthest office or suite shall not
exceed60m.
4.3.3.3 ArrangementofLifts
(a) Whenmorethanoneliftsareinstalledinagroup,theyshallbearrangedsidebysideorintworows
facingeachother.Separationofliftsinthegroupshallbeavoided.
(b) The lift lobby in front of lifts shall be wide enough to allow sufficient space for waiting passengers
andpropervisionofhallbuttonandhalllanterns.Fig8.4.2to8.4.6giveacceptablearrangementsof
liftsinagroupwithacceptablespaceforwaitingpassengers.Morespaceshallbeallowedinfrontof
theliftsinthemainfloorthanintheupperfloors.
(c) Itispreferablethattheliftlobbyisnotusedasathoroughfare,butwhenabsolutelyneededthelift
lobbyshallbewiderenoughtotakeintoaccountofthespaceforpeoplewhoaremoving.
4.3.4 LocationofMachineRoom
4.3.4.1
Themachineroomshall,asfaraspracticable,beplacedimmediatelyabovetheliftwell.
Fig8.4.2:TwoCarArrangement
Fig8.4.3:ThreeCarArrangement
Part8
BuildingServices
6196 Vol.3
Fig8.4.4:FourCarArrangement
Fig8.4.5:SixCarArrangement
Fig8.4.6:EightCarArrangement
4.3.4.2
If a machine room on the lift well is impracticable for architectural or other reasons, the machine room may be
placed below the lift well or in the basement, keeping adequate safety provisions. If the lift machine room is
locatedinthebasement,itshallbeseparatedfromtheliftwellbyaseparationwall.Alternatively,machineroom
lessliftcanbeconsideredforinstallation.
4.3.4.3
Highspeedliftswithgearlessmachineshall,inallcases,havemachineroomabovetheliftwell.
4.3.4.4
Machine room shall not be located adjacent to or above sleeping rooms (bed rooms) in residential and hotel
buildings;andpatients'rooms,intensivecareroomsandoperationtheatresofhospital/healthcarebuildings.
Part8
BuildingServices
6198 Vol.3
4.3.5 StructuralConsiderations
4.3.5.1
Lift well enclosures, lift pits, machine rooms and machine supports, besides conforming to the essential
requirements in Sec 4.2, shall form part of the building construction and comply with the lift manufacturer's
drawings.
4.3.5.2 MachineRoom
Machine room floor shall be strong enough to support the heaviest component of lift machinery and shall be
designedtocarryaloadofnotlessthan500kg/m
2
overthewholeareaandalsoanyloadwhichmaybeimposed
thereonbytheequipmentusedinthemachineroomorbyanyreactionfromanysuchequipmentduringperiods
ofbothnormaloperationandrepair.
4.3.5.3
Thetotalloadonoverheadbeamsandtheirsupportingstructuralmembersshallbeassumedtobeequaltothe
deadloadofslabsincludingloadofallequipmentrestingonthebeamsplustwicetheminimumloadsuspended
fromthebeams.
4.3.5.4
The deflection of the overhead beams under the minimum static load calculated in accordance with Sec 4.3.5.3
shallnotexceed

1
1500
ofthespan.
4.3.5.5
Beamsatallotherfloorslabswhichcorrespondtothebeamatmachineroomfloorshallalsobemadestronger
totakethereactionfromtheguideswhentheliftismadetostopconsequenttothebreakingofthewireropesor
theapplicationofthesafetydevice.
4.3.5.6
Suitable lifting beams may be provided immediately below the machine room ceiling for carrying the tackle to
facilitate lifting of any heavy part of a heavy lift. For lower capacity lifts, suitable suspension hooks may be
provided.
4.3.5.7
The roof of the machine room shall be strong enough to take up the pulley which could be used for lifting up
partsoftheliftmachineryforinspectionandrepair.
4.3.5.8
The equivalent dead loads imposed upon the building by the lift installations shall be shown on the lift
manufacturer'sdrawingsothatthearchitect/engineermaymakeprovisionsaccordingly.
4.3.6 ControlSystem
4.3.6.1
Thecontrolofoperationoftheliftsystem,leveling,dooropeningandclosing,responsetohallcallsetc.shallbe
fullyautomatic.Allcontrolequipmentshallbeefficientandfailsafe.
4.3.6.2
The control system shall be capable of accelerating the car smoothly to full running speed and stopping the lift
withsmoothretardation.
4.3.6.3
Variation in speed of the lift between no load and full load conditions shall not be more thanplus or minus five
percent.Thecontrolsystemshallbecapableofcorrectinganytendencytooverspeedorunderspeed.Thecontrol
systemshallhavesafetydevice(s)tostoptheliftcarifitsrunningspeedexceedsitsratedspeedbytenpercent.
4.3.6.4
Itshallhavefacilitytolevelorreleveltheliftcarwithinplusorminus13mm.Thelevelingsystemshallbefully
automatic and shall correct for over travel or under travel and rope stretch. The car stopping and leveling
systemshallbeunaffectedbyexternalinfluenceslikevariationinload,temperature,ropeelongationetc.
4.3.6.5
Closing and opening of car doors and landing doors shall be fully automatic and shall operate in full
synchronization with one another. Door opening and closing operations shall be so controlled as to ensure
propersafetyofpassengers.
4.3.6.6
Door opening and closing time and door hold open time shall be automatically controlled to get minimum
transfer time in any landing. For larger installations, transfer times shall be independently adjustable to suit the
requirementsofthebuildingaswellasthecharacteristicsofthetraffic.
4.3.6.7
Independent door closing push button shall be provided in the lift car to allow instant door closing. Similarly
dooropeningpushbuttonshallbeprovidedintheliftcartoreversetheclosingmotionofthedoorsorholdthem
open.
4.3.6.8
When there are conditions that particularly affect the safety of passengers, the closing of doors shall only be
effectedbythecontinuouspressureofpushbuttonsintheliftcarorlandings.
4.3.6.9
Each lift shall have key operated switch to transfer from normal passenger control to a car preference control.
Duringcarpreferencecontroltheoperationoftheliftshallbefromthecaronlyandthedoorsshallremainopen
untilacarcallisregisteredforafloordesignation.Alllandingcallsshallbebypassedandcarpositionindicators
onthelandingsforthisliftshallnotbeilluminated.
4.3.6.10
Provisions shall be made in the control system to take any car out of service still maintaining the controlled
operationoftheremainingcarsofagroupofcarsrequiredforpassengertraffic.Itisessentialthatsuchprovision
shallnotstopthefireman'scontrolfrombeingoperativeintheeventoftheliftbeingdesignatedasafireman's
lift.
4.3.6.11
Whenrequired,fireswitchshallbeprovidedinthecontrolsystemasperSec4.2.2.2.
4.4 ESCALATORS
4.4.1 General
4.4.1.1
Escalators shall be located in the main line of circulation and in such a way that most persons entering the
buildingcanseeit.Careshallbetakentoeliminateinterferencetothetrafficmovement.
4.4.1.2
Escalators shall discharge into an open area with no turns or choice of direction necessary. Ample space for
people must be provided at the entry and exit landings of an escalator, space between the newel and the
nearestobstructioninfrontoftheescalatorshallbeaminimumof3m.
4.4.1.3
Part8
BuildingServices
6200 Vol.3
If an unloading area is restricted, such restrictions as doors or gates shall be interlocked with the escalator to
insurethattherestrictionisremovedbeforetheescalatorcanberun.
4.4.1.4
The escalator shall have provision to run in both upward and downward directions. However it shall not run in
onedirectionforonetripandreversedforthenext.Starting,stoppingorreversalshallbecontrolledonlybyan
attendantandwiththeassurancethatnopassengerisridingatthattime.
4.4.1.5
Minimumheadroomabovetheescalator(minimumverticalclearancebetweenthelineofstepnosingandlowest
edgeofceilingopening)shallnotbelessthan2.3m.
4.4.1.6
Near the place of escalator installation, one lift with wheel chair facility shall be installed to facilitate vertical
movementofdisabledpersons.
4.4.2 EssentialRequirements
4.4.2.1
Angleofinclineoftheescalatorshallnotbemorethan30fromthehorizontal.Inparticularcases,anangleof
inclineupto35
o
maybepermittedforescalatorshavingaverticalrisenotmorethan6m.
4.4.2.2
The speed of the escalator, measured along the incline shall not be more than 0.63 m/s for 30
o
angle of incline
and0.50m/sfor35
o
angleofincline.
4.4.2.3 Balustrades
(a) Escalatorsshallbeprovidedoneachsidewithsolidbalustrades.Onthestepside(interiorpanel),the
balustradesshallbesmoothandsubstantiallyflushexceptforprotectivemoldingparalleltotherun
of the steps. Vertical moldings that cover joints of panels shall be properly bevelled and shall not
project more than 6.5 mm. Gaps between interior panels of the balustrade shall not be wider than
4mm.
(b) Thewidthbetweenbalustrades,measuredontheinclineuptoapoint680mmverticallyabovethe
noselineofthesteps,shallnotbelessthanthewidthofthestep.Itshallnotexceedthewidthofthe
stepbymorethan330mmwithamaximumof165mmoneithersideoftheescalator.
(c) There shall be no abrupt changes in the width between the balustrades on the two sides of the
escalator. Where a change in width is unavoidable, such change shall not exceed 8 per cent of the
greater width. In changing the direction of the balustrades resulting from a reduction in width the
maximumallowableangleofchangeinbalustradesshallnotexceed15degreesfromthelineofthe
escalatortravel.
(d) Thebalustradeinteriorpanelingshallhaveadequatemechanicalstrengthandrigidity.Whenaforce
of500Nisappliedatananglesongapgreaterthan4mmandnopermanentdeformation.
(e) The use of glass for balustrade interior panelling is permitted, provided it is splinter free one layer
safety(tempered)glassandhassufficientmechanicalstrengthandrigidity.Thethicknessoftheglass
shallnotbelessthan6mm.
4.4.2.4
Theclearanceoneithersideofthestepsbetweenthestepsandtheadjacentskirtguardshallnotbemorethan
5mmandthesumoftheclearancesonbothsidesshallnotbemorethan6mm.
4.4.2.5
Wheretheintersectionoftheoutsidebalustrade(deckboard)andtheceilingorsoffitislessthan600mmfrom
thecentrelineofthehandrail,asolidguardshallbeprovidedintheintersectingangleoftheoutsidebalustrade
(deck board) and the ceiling or soffit. The vertical face of the guard shall project at least 360 mm horizontally
fromtheapexoftheangle.
4.4.2.6 Handrails
(a) Each balustrade shall be provided with a handrail moving in the same direction and at the same
speedasthesteps.
(b) Eachmovinghandrailshallextendatnormalhandrailheightnotlessthan300mmbeyondthelineof
pointsofcombplateteethattheupperandlowerlandings.
(c) Handorfingerguardsshallbeprovidedatpointswherethehandrailsenterthebalustrade.
(d) Thehorizontaldistancebetweenthecentrelinesoftwohandrails,measuredontheincline,shallnot
exceed the width between the balustrades by more than 150 mm, with a maximum of 75 mm on
eithersideoftheescalator.
4.4.2.7 StepTreads
(a) The depth of any step tread in the direction of travel shall not be less than 400 mm and the rise
betweentreadsshallnotbemorethan220mm.
(b) Themaximumclearancebetweensteptreadsonthehorizontalrunshallbe4mm.
(c) Thetreadsurfaceofeachstepshallbeslottedinadirectionparalleltothetravelofthesteps.Each
slotshallnotbemorethan6.5mmwideandnotbelessthan9.5mmdeep;andthedistancefrom
centretocentreofadjoiningslotsshallnotbemorethan9.5mm.
(d) Safety provision shall be installed in the system to stop the escalator when anything is stuck in the
clearancebetweenthesteptreadandtheskirting.
4.4.2.8 Landings
Landingsshallbemadeofantislipmaterial.
4.4.2.9 CombPlates
There shall be comb plates at the upper and lower landings of every escalator. The comb plate teeth shall be
meshed with and set into the slots of the tread surface. Comb plates shall be adjustable vertically. Safety
provision shall be installed in the comb plate assembly so that the safety contact stops the escalator when
anythingiscaughtbetweenthecombplateandthestep.
4.4.2.10 Trusses
Thetrussshallbedesignedtosustainthedeadandliveloadsofthestepsandrunninggearinoperationsafely.In
theeventoffailureofthetracksystemitshallretaintherunninggearinitsguides.
4.4.2.11 StepWheelTracks
Theseshallbedesignedtopreventdisplacementofstepsandrunninggearifastepchainbreaks.
4.4.2.12 RatedLoad
Theescalatorshallbeselectedinsuchawaythatitdoesnotexceeditsratedloadduringoperation.
Theratedloadinkilogramonanescalatorshallbecomputedbythefollowingformula:
Ratedload=0.27WAkg
where,
W=widthbetweenthebalustrades,mm;and
A=horizontaldistancebetweentheupperandlowercombplateteeth,(m).
4.4.2.13 DesignFactorofSafety
Thefactorofsafetybasedonstaticloadshallbeatleastthefollowing:
i. fortrussesandallstructuralmembersincludingtracks 5
ii. fordrivingmachineparts:
a) wheremadeofsteelorbronze 8
Part8
BuildingServices
6202 Vol.3
b) wheremadeofcastironandothermaterials 10
iii. forpowertransmissionmembers 10
Stepchaincomposedofcaststeellinkswhich,ifthoroughlyannealed,shallbepermittedwithafactorofsafetyof
atleast20.
4.4.2.14 DrivingMachine,MotorandBrake
(a) Thedrivingmachineshallbeconnectedtothemaindriveshaftbytoothedgearing,acoupling,ora
chain.
(b) Anelectricmotorshallnotdrivemorethanoneescalator.
(c) Eachescalatorshallbeprovidedwithanelectricallyreleased,mechanicallyappliedbrakecapableof
stopping the up or down travelling escalator with any load up to the rated load. The brake shall be
locatedeitheronthedrivingmachineoronthemaindriveshaft.
Whereachainisusedtoconnectthedrivingmachinetothemaindriveshaft,abrakeshallbeprovided
onthisshaft.Itisnotrequiredthatthisbrakebeoftheelectricallyreleasedtypeifanelectricallyreleased
brakeisprovidedonthedrivingmachine.
(d) Thebrakingsystemshallhaveprovisiontobringtheescalatorautomaticallytoasmoothstopinthe
eventoffailureofelectricalpowerormechanicalparts.
(e) SpeedGovernor:Aspeedgovernorshallbeprovided,theoperationofwhichshallautomaticallyshut
down the escalator in case of over speed or under speed, and prevent reversal of direction (up or
down).
(f) Adequateilluminationshallbeprovidedatalllandings,atthecombplatesandcompletelydownall
stairways.
(g) Anemergencystopswitchshallbelocatednearthecombplateorinsomeobtrusivelocation.
(h) Allmachineryspacesshallhaveaccessdoorsorpanelsforinspectionandmaintenance.Thesepanels
shallremainlockedtopreventunauthorizedaccess.
(i) Reasonableventilationshallbeprovidedinmachineryspaces.
4.4.2.15 EscalatorCapacity
(a) For normal peak period, the recommended handling capacity for design purposes shall be taken as
3200to6400personsperhourdependinguponthewidthoftheescalator.
(b) Thenumberofpersonsthatmaybetheoreticallycarriedbytheescalatorin1hourcanbecalculated
asfollows:
i. For determination of theoretical capacity it Is assumed that one step with an average depth of
0.4 m can carry 1 person for step width of 0.6m, 1.5 persons for a step width of 0.8m and two
personsforstepwidthof1m.
ii. Thetheoreticalcapacity=3600x(vxk)/0.4
where,
v=ratedspeedofescalatorinm/s
k=1,1.5or2forstepwidthof0.6m,0.8mand1mrespectively.
4.5 MOVINGWALKS
4.5.1 EssentialRequirements
4.5.1.1
Angleofinclineofmovingwalksshallbenomorethan15
o
.Amovingwalkmayhaveslopingentranceandexitor
levelentranceandexit.
4.5.1.2
Theoperatingspeedsofmovingwalkatdifferentinclinationsanddifferententranceandexitconditionsshallnot
bemorethanthosegiveninTable8.4.6
Table8.4.6OperatingSpeedsofMovingWalk(Basedon1000mmNominalTreadWidth)*
InclineofRamponSlope MaximumSpeedwithLevel
EntranceandExit
(m/s)
MaximumSpeedwithSloping
EntranceandExit
(m/s)
0to3
o
0.9
0.9
Over3to5
o
0.9 0.8
Over5to8
o
0.9 0.7
Over8to12
o
0.7 0.65
Over12to15
o
0.7 0.63
*Highertreadwidthmaybeallowableonhorizontalruns.
4.5.2 Balustrades
(a) Moving walks shall be provided on each side with solid balustrades. On the tread way side the
balustradesshallbesmoothandsubstantiallyflush.
(b) Thewidthbetweenbalustrades,measureduptoapoint680mmverticallyabovethetreadway,shall
notbelessthanthewidthofthetreadway.Itshallnotexceedthewidthofthetreadwaybymore
than330mmwithamaximumof165mmoneithersideofthemovingwalk.
(c) Thereshallbenoabruptchangesinwidthbetweenthebalustradesonthetwosidesofthemoving
walk.Whereachangeinwidthisunavoidable,suchchangeshallnotexceed8percentofthegreater
width.Inchangingthedirectionofthebalustradesresultingfromareductioninwidththemaximum
allowable angle of change in balustrades shall not exceed 15 degrees from the line of the moving
walktravel.
4.5.3 Handrails
4.5.3.1
Each balustrade shall be provided with a handrail moving in the same direction and at the same speed as the
treadway.Onlyonehandrailmaybeallowedinamovingwalkwhentheslopeofthewalkwaydoesnotexceed
3
o
,operatingspeedislessthan0.35m/sorthewidthisnomorethan530mm.
4.5.3.2
Eachmovinghandrailshallextendatnormalhandrailheightnotlessthan300mmbeyondthelineofpointsof
combplateteethattheupperandlowerlandings.
4.5.3.3
Handorfingerguardsshallbeprovidedatthepointwherethehandrailsenterthebalustrade.
4.5.3.4
The horizontal distance between the centre lines of two handrails shall not exceed the width between the
balustradesbymorethan150mmwithamaximumof75mmoneithersideofthemovingwalk.
4.5.4 TreadWay
4.5.4.1
Thetreadsurfaceofthetreadwayshallbeslottedinadirectionparalleltothedirectionoftravel.
4.5.4.2
Theclearanceoneithersideofthetreadwaybetweenthetreadwayandtheadjacentskirtguardshallnotbe
morethan5mmandthesumoftheclearancesonbothsidesshallnotbemorethan6mm.Safetyprovisionsshall
bekeptinthesystemtostopthemovingwalkwhenanythingisstuckintheclearancebetweenthetreadwayand
theadjacentskirtguard.
Part8
BuildingServices
6204 Vol.3
4.5.5 Landings
Landingsshallbemadeofantislipmaterial.
4.5.6 CombPlates
4.5.6.1
Thereshallbecombplatesattheentranceandexitofeachmovingwalk.Thecombplateteethshallbemeshed
withandsetintotheslotsinthetreadsurface.Safetyprovisionshallbeinstalledinthecombplateassemblyso
thatthesafetycontactstopsthemovingwalkwhenanythingiscaughtbetweenthecombplateandthetread.
4.5.6.2
Anemergencystopswitchshallbelocatednearthecombplateoratsomeobtrusivelocation.
4.5.6.3
Adequateilluminationshallbeprovidedatcombplates.
4.6 INSPECTIONANDCERTIFICATION
4.6.1
Allnewlifts,escalatorsandmovingwalks,afterinstallation,shallbeinspectedandtestedbytheAuthoritybefore
theseareputintonormalservices.
TheseshallnotbebroughtintouseunlesstheAuthorityissatisfiedthattheinstallationshavebeencarriedoutas
perprovisionsofthisCodeandtestsindicatethatallthesafetydevicesoperatesatisfactorily.Itshallbeunlawful
tooperateanylift,escalatorormovingwalkwithouta currentcertificateofinspectionissuedbytheAuthority.
CertificatesshallnotbeissuedwhentheconveyanceispostedasunsafepursuanttoSec4.6.7.
4.6.2
All electrical lines, control lines and earthings of lift, escalator and moving walk systems shall be tested to
determine whether these have been installed properly to meet the requirements of the machine and as per
provisionsofChapter1.
4.6.3 Testing
Testsshallbecarriedouttodeterminetheoperationalandsafetyconditionsoflifts,escalatorsandmovingwalks
inaccordancewiththeprovisionsofsection:
4.6.3.1 Lift
Testsshallbeconductedtoascertainthat
(a) themotor,brakecontrolequipmentandcarlevelingmechanismfunctionproperly,
(b) thedooroperationisproperanddoorlockingdevicesfunctionproperly,
(c) thecarraisesandlowersratedload,
(d) thecarachievesatleasttheratedspeed,
(e) theliftmotorcanbeoverloadeduptoaminimumof10%abovetheratedcapacity,
(f) thesafetygearstopsthecarwiththeratedloadincaseofoverspeedand/orovertraveletc.,
(g) thebuffersfunctionproperly,and
(h) the safety gear operate and keeps operation of the lift suspended in case of the lift car is loaded
aboveitsmaximumcapacity.
4.6.3.2 EscalatorandMovingWalk
Testsonescalatorsandmovingwalksshallbeconductedtoascertainthat
(a) theautomaticcontroldevicefunctionsproperlyandbringstheescalatortoasmoothstopincaseof
failureofanymechanicalpartsorelectricalpower,
(b) the automatic safety protection for over speed, under speed and direction reversal functions
properly,and
(c) Safety devices function properly and stops the escalator or moving walk when anything is caught
betweenthecombplateandthetreadsortheskirtingandthetreads.
(d) thehandrailandstepsortreadwaytravelatexactlythesamespeed.
4.6.4
Alift,escalatorormovingwalk,inwhichrepairand/ormaintenanceworkhasbeencarriedoutshallalsobeputto
therelevanttestsasprovidedforinSec4.6.3.
4.6.5
Afterpropertesting,theAuthorityshallissuecertificateregardingsuitabilityofthelift,escalatorormovingwalk
for normal or regularservice. A lift, escalator or moving walkshallbe allowed to work only on issuance of this
certificate.
4.6.6
Thelift,escalatorormovingwalkshallbeinspectedperiodicallytoensuresafety.
4.6.7
When an inspection reveals an unsafe condition and the Authority finds that the unsafe condition endangers
humanlife,theAuthorityshallcausetobeplacedonsuchlift,escalatorormovingwalk,inaconspicuousplace,a
notice stating that such conveyance is unsafe. The owner shall see to it that such notice of unsafe condition is
legiblymaintainedwhereplacedbytheAuthority.TheAuthorityshallalsoissueanorderinwritingtotheowner
requiringtherepairsoralterationstobemadetosuchconveyancewhicharenecessarytorenderitsafeandmay
ordertheoperationthereofdiscontinueduntiltherepairsoralterationsaremadeortheunsafeconditionsare
removed.ApostednoticeofunsafeconditionsshallberemovedonlybytheAuthorityandwhensatisfiedthatthe
unsafeconditionshavebeencorrected.
4.7 OPERATIONANDMAINTENANCE
4.7.1
The owner shall be responsible for the safe operation and maintenance of each lift, escalator or moving walk
installation and shall cause periodic inspections, tests and maintenance to be made on such conveyances as
requiredinthissection.
4.7.2
Thelift,escalatorormovingwalkshallreceiveregularcleaningandlubricationofrelevantparts,andadjustment
and adequate servicing by authorized competent persons at such intervals as the type of equipment and
frequencyofservicedemand.Inorderthatthelift,escalatorormovingwalkinstallationismaintainedatalltimes
in a safe condition, a proper maintenance schedule shall be drawn up in consultation with the machine
manufacturerwhichshallbestrictlyfollowed.
4.7.3
In case of lift, periodic examination of wire ropes, components of landing and car doors, door interlocking
mechanism, brakes, gears, components of safety gears, guides, rollers, channels etc. shall be carried out as
recommendedbythemanufacturer.Innocaseshalltheintervalbetweensuchinspectionsexceedsixmonths.
4.7.4
Grooves of drums, sheaves and pulleys of lifts shall also be examined when rope replacement is made. If
necessary,thedrums,sheavesorpulleysshallbeproperlyremachined.
Part8
BuildingServices
6206 Vol.3
4.7.5
In case of escalators and moving walks, periodic examination of balustrades, handrail, tread way, tread way
interconnection, comb plates speed governor, drives, chains, nonreversal device, brakes, gears etc. shall be
carriedoutasrecommendedbythemanufacturer,butinnocasetheintervalshallexceedsixmonths.
4.7.6 SundryPrecautions
4.7.6.1
Adequate precaution shall be taken to guard against any possibility of a lift being operated by unauthorized
persons. Precautions shall also be taken to prevent a lift from being operated by any person when it is not
intendedforuse.
4.7.6.2
Nopersonshallremaininthepitwhiletheliftisworking.Adequateprecautionsshallbetakentoprotectpersons
workinginthepitfromaccidentalcontactwiththecounterweight.
4.7.6.3
Whiletheliftisunderexaminationorrepairs,suitablestepsshallbetakentoensurethattheliftisnotoperated
inadvertentlybyanypersoninsuchamannerasmayendangerthesafetyofpersonsworkinginthelift.
4.7.6.4
No such explosive or other inflammable material shall be carried in the lift car as may endanger the safety of
personsandproperty.
RelatedAppendix:
Appendix84A: FormatforParticularsofLifts,EscalatorsandMovingWalks
Part8
Chapter 5
WATERSUPPLY
5.1 PURPOSEANDSCOPE
5.1.1
The purpose of this chapter of the Code is to provide minimum standards for the design, installation and
maintenanceofwatersupplyanddistributionsystemwithinabuildinganditspremises.
5.1.2
The regulations of this chapter also provide guidelines for water requirements for different classes of buildings
accordingtotheiroccupancyclassification.
5.1.3
The provisions stated herein do not cover the requirements of water supply for industrial plants and process,
municipaluses,viz.streetwashing,streethydrant,etc.
5.2 TERMINOLOGY
ThissectionprovidesanalphabeticallistofthetermsusedinandapplicabletothischapteroftheCode.Incaseof
thissectionshallgovernforinterpretationoftheprovisionsofthischapter.
Accessible:Whenappliedtoafixture,applianceorequipmentshallmeanhavingaccessthereto,butwhichmay
require the removal of an access panel or similar obstruction; "readily accessible" shall mean direct access
withoutthenecessityofremovinganypanel,doororsimilarobstruction.
Airgap:Theunobstructedverticaldistancethroughthefreeatmospherebetweenthelowestopeningfromany
pipeorfaucetsupplyingwatertotank,plumbingfixtureorotherdeviceandthefloodlevelrimofthereceptacle.
AvailableHead:Theheadofwateravailableatthepointofconsiderationduetomains'pressureorstoragetank
oranyothersourceofpressure.
BackSiphonage:Theflowingbackofused,contaminated,orpollutedwaterfromaplumbingfixtureorvesselinto
awatersupplypipeduetoareducedpressureinsuchapipe(seeBackflow).
Backflow:Theflowofwaterorotherliquids,mixturesorsubstancesintothedistributionpipesofapotablewater
supplyfromanysourceotherthanitsintendedsource.
BackflowConnectionorcondition:Anyarrangementwherebybackflowcanoccur.
BackflowPreventer:Adeviceormeanstopreventbackflow.
BallCock:Awatersupplyvalve,openedorclosedbymeansofafloatorsimilardevice,usedtosupplywatertoa
tank forming an approved air gap or vacuum breaker and acting as an antisiphon device. Also known as FLOAT
OPERATEDVALVE.
Bedpan Washer and Sterilizer: A fixture designed to wash bedpans and to flush the contents into the sanitary
drainage system and located adjacent to a water closet or clinical sink. Such fixtures can also be provided for
disinfectingutensilsbyscaldingwithsteamorhotwater.
BRANCH:Anypartofthepipingsystemotherthanariserormain.
BRANCHCONNECTOR:AconnectorbetweenwatermainandbranchpipesbyT,Y,TY,doubleY,andVbranches
accordingtotheirrespectiveshapes.
Building Supply: The water supply pipe carrying potable water from the water meter or other source of water
supplytoabuildingorotherpointofuseordistributiononthelot.
Part8
BuildingServices
8208 Vol.3
Contamination:Ageneraltermmeaningtheintroductioninto thepotablewatersupplyofchemicals,wastesor
sewagewhichwillrenderthewaterunfitforitsintendedpurpose.
Critical LEVEL: The level at which the vacuum breaker may be submerged before backflow occurs. When the
criticallevelisnotindicatedonthevacuumbreaker,thebottomofthedeviceshallbeconsideredasthecritical
level.
CrossConnection:Anyphysicalconnectionorarrangementbetweentwootherwiseseparatepipingsystems,one
ofwhichcontainspotablewaterandtheothereitherwaterofunknownorquestionablesafetyorsteam,gas,or
chemical whereby there may be a flow from one system to the other, the direction of flow depending on the
pressuredifferentialbetweenthetwosystems(SeeBackflow).
CYLINDER: A cylindrical closed vessel capable of containing water under pressure greater than the atmospheric
pressure.
DevelopedLENGTH:Lengthofapipealongthecenterlineofthepipeandfittings
DistributionPIPE:Anypipeconveyingwaterfromastoragetank/cisternorfromahotwaterapparatussupplied
fromafeedcisternunderpressurefromthatcistern.
Effective OPENING: The minimum crosssectional area at the point of water supply discharge measured or
expressed in terms of (1) diameter of a circle, (2) if the opening is not circular, the diameter of a circle of
equivalentcrosssectionalarea.(Thisisalsoapplicabletoairgap.)
FAUCET:Avalveendofawaterpipebymeansofwhichwatercanbedrawnfromorheldwithinthepipe.
FeedCISTERN:Astoragetank/cisternusedforsupplyingcoldwatertoahotwaterapparatus.
FITTING:Anythingfittedorfixedinconnectionwiththesupply,measurement,control,distribution,utilizationor
disposalofwater."Waterfitting"includespipes(otherthanmains),taps,cocks,valves,ferrules,meters,cisterns,
baths,waterclosets,soilpansandothersimilarapparatususedinconnectionwiththesupplyanduseofwater.
FIXTURE:SeePlumbingFixture.
FixtureBRANCH:Awatersupplypipebetweenthefixturesupplypipeandthewaterdistributionpipe.
FixtureSUPPLY:Awatersupplypipeconnectingthefixturewiththefixturebranch.
FixtureUnit:Aquantityintermsofwhichtheloadproducingeffectsontheplumbingsystemofdifferentkindsof
plumbingfixturesareexpressedonsomearbitrarychosenscale.
FloatOperatedVALVE:SeeBallCock.
FloodLevelRIM:Thetopedgeofareceptaclefromwhichwateroverflows.
FlushTANK:Atanklocatedabovewaterclosets,urinalsorsimilarfixturesforthepurposeofflushingtheusable
portionofthefixture.AlsoknownasFLUSHINGCISTERNandFLUSHOMETERTANK.
FLUSHVALVE:SeeFlushometerValve.
FlushingCISTERN:SeeFlushTank.
FlushometerTANK:SeeFlushTank.
FlushometerVALVE:Adevicelocatedatthebottomofthetank,andwhichdischargesapredeterminedquantity
ofwatertofixturesforflushingpurposesandisclosedbydirectwaterpressureorothermechanicalmeans.Also
knownasFLUSHVALVE.
Full FACILITIES: The modern plumbing facilities allowed to the occupants of modern dwellings or, of VIP hotels
andaccommodations.
ULLOPENVALVE:Ashutoffvalvethatinthefullpositionhasastraightthroughflowpassagewaywithadiameter
notlessthanonenominalpipesizesmallerthannominalpipesizeoftheconnectingpipe.
GEYSER:Anapparatusforheatingwaterwithsupplycontrolontheinletsideanddeliveringitfromanoutlet.
GRADE:Theslopeorfallofalineofpipewithreferencetoahorizontalplane.
HANGERS:SeeSupports.
HorizontalPIPE:Anypipeorfittingwhichisinstalledinahorizontalpositionorwhichmakesananglelessthan45
degreeswiththehorizontal.
HotWaterTANK:Avesselforstoringhotwaterunderpressuregreaterthantheatmosphericpressure.
IndividualWaterSUPPLY:Asupplyotherthananapprovedpublicwatersupplywhichservesoneormorefamilies.
LAGGING:Thematerialusedforthermaloracousticinsulation.
WaterSupply Chapter5
LiquidWASTE:Thedischargefromanyfixture,applianceorappurtenanceinconnectionwithaplumbingsystem
whichdoesnotreceivefecalmatter.
MAIN:Theprincipalarteryofthesystem,towhichbranchesmaybeconnected,forthepurposeofwatersupply
fromasupplytoindividualconsumers.AlsoknownasWATERMAIN.
Mechanical Joint : A connection between pipes, fittings or pipes and fittings which is neither screwed, caulked,
threaded,soldered,solventcemented,brazednorwelded.
OFFSET:Acombinationof approvedbendsinalineofpipingusedtoconnect twopipeswhoseaxesareparallel
butnotinline.
PLUMBING: The business, trade or work having to do with the installation, removal, alteration or repair of
plumbinganddrainagesystemsorpartthereof.
Plumbing APPLIANCES: The plumbing fixtures whose operation or control can be dependent upon one or more
energizedcomponents,suchasmotors,controls,heatingelements,orpressureortemperaturesensingelements.
Plumbing APPURTENANCE: A manufactured device or prefabricated assembly of component parts, which is an
adjunct to the basic piping system and plumbing fixtures, performing some useful function in the operation,
maintenance,servicing,economyorsafetyoftheplumbingsystem.
Plumbing FIXTURE: A receptacle or device which is either permanently or temporarily connected to the water
distributionsystemofthepremises,anddemandsasupplyofwatertherefrom,ordischargesusedwater,waste
materialsorsewageeitherdirectlyorindirectlytothedrainagesystemofthepremises,orrequiresbothawater
supplyconnectionandadischargetothedrainagesystemofthepremises.AlsoknownasFIXTURE.
Plumbing System : A system of potable water supply and distribution pipes, plumbing fixtures and traps, soil
wasteandventpipes,and sanitaryandstormsewersandbuildingdrainsincludingtheirrespectiveconnections,
devicesandaappurtenanceswithinabuildingorpremises.
PotableWATER:Waterfreefromimpuritieswhichmaycausediseasesorharmfulphysiologicaleffectsandwater
whichissatisfactoryfordrinking,culinaryanddomesticpurposes.
Private/PrivateUSE:Plumbingfixturesintendedfortheuseofafamilyinresidences,orfortherestricteduseof
anindividualincommercialestablishments.
Quick closing VALVE: A valve or faucet that closes automatically when released manually or controlled by
mechanicalmeansforfastactionclosing.
Receptor:Anapprovedplumbingfixtureordeviceofsuchmaterial,shapeandcapacityastoadequatelyreceive
thedischargefromindirectwastepipes,soconstructedandlocatedastobereadilycleaned.
ResidualHEAD:Theheadavailableatanyparticularpointinthedistributionsystem.
RestrictedFACILITIES:Theminimumplumbingfacilitiesacceptablefortheoccupantsoflowincomegroup.
RIM:Anunobstructedopenedgeofafixture.
RISER: A water supply pipe which extends vertically one full storey or more to convey water to branches or
fixtures.
ROUGHINGIN: The installation of all parts of the plumbing system which can be completed prior to the
installationoffixtures.Thisincludeswatersupply,drainage,ventpipingandnecessarysupports.
ServicePIPE:Thepipethatrunsbetweenthedistributionmaininthestreetandtheriserincaseofamultistoried
buildingorthewatermeterinthecaseofanindividualhouseandissubjecttowaterpressurefromsuchmain.
Slip JOINT: An adjustable tubing connection, consisting of a compression nut, a friction ring, and a compression
washer,designedtofitathreadedadapterfitting,orastandardtaperpipethread.
Soldered JOINT: A joint obtained by the joining of metal parts with metallic mixtures of alloys which melt at a
temperaturebelow427oCandabove149oC.
StopVALVE:Anydevice(includingastopcockorstoptap)otherthanadrawofftap,forstoppingatwilltheflow
ofwaterinapipe.
Storage Cistern : A container, other than a flashing cistern, having a free water surface under atmospheric
pressureandusedforstorageofwater,andisconnectedtothewatermainortubewellbymeansofsupplypipe.
AlsoknownasSTORAGETANK.
STORAGETANK:SeeSTORAGECISTERN.
Supports: Hangers and anchors or devices for supporting and securing pipe, fixture and equipment to walls,
ceilings,floorsorotherstructuralmembers.AlsoknownasHANGERS.
Part8
BuildingServices
8210 Vol.3
TemperedWater:Thewaterrangingintemperaturefrom29oCupto43oC.
VacuumBreaker:Atypeofbackflowpreventerinstalledonopeningssubjecttonormalatmosphericpressure.
Vertical Pipe: Any pipe which is installed in a vertical position or which makes an angle of not more than 45
degreeswiththevertical.
WARMINGPIPE:Anoverflowpipesofixedthatitsoutletwhetherinsideoroutsideabuilding,isinaconspicuous
positionwherethedischargeofanywatertherefromcanbereadilyseen.
Washout Valve: A device located at the bottom of the tank for the purpose of draining a tank for cleaning,
maintenance,etc.
Water conditioning or Treating Device: A device which conditions or treats a water supply so as to change its
chemicalcontentorremovesuspendedsolidsbyfiltration.
WaterHammerArrester:Adeviceusedtoabsorbthepressuresurge(waterhammer)whichoccurswhenwater
flowissuddenlystoppedinawatersupplysystem.
WaterHeater:Anyheatingdevicethatheatspotablewaterandsuppliesittothepotablehotwaterdistribution
system.
Water Line: A line marked inside a cistern to indicate the highest water level at which the ball valve should be
adjustedtoshutoff.
WATERMAIN:SeeMAIN.
WaterOutlet:Adischargeopeningthroughwhichwaterissuppliedtoafixture,intotheatmosphere(exceptinto
an open tank which is part of the water supply system), to a boiler or heating system, or to any devices or
equipmentrequiringwatertooperatebutwhicharenotpartoftheplumbingsystem.
Water Supply System : A system consisting of building supply pipe, water distributing pipes, and necessary
connecting pipes, fittings, control valves, and all appurtenances carrying or supplying potable water in or
adjacenttothebuildingorpremises.
WeldedJointsorSeam:Anyjointorseamobtainedbythejoiningofmetalpartsintheplasticmoltenstate.
5.3 PERMITFORWATERCONNECTION
5.3.1 RequirementofPermit
No water supply system shall be installed in a new building until a permit for such work has been issued by the
Authority.Theadditionoralterationoftheexistingwatersupplyfacilitiesinabuildingshallalsorequireapermit
fortheirinstallation.
5.3.1.1 ApplicationforPermit(ObtainingPublicSupplyConnection)
Applicationforapermitforwatersupplysystemshallbemadeinwritingbythelicensedplumberandtheowner
or his appointed person(s) or agent on a prescribed form (Appendix 8.5.A). The application shall accompany
buildingdrawingsshowingthewatersupplysystemwiththefollowingdetails:
(a)Siteplansshowingthelocationofwatermain.
(b) Typical floor plan(s) and elevations of the building with the position of different plumbing fixtures
andpiping.
(c)Materials,sizesandgradients(ifany)oftheproposedinterconnectingpipingsystem.
(d)Pipes(ifany)conveyingnonpotablewater(forflushingwaterclosetsandurinals)shallbemarkedby
distinctive(durable)yellowcolor.
(e)Designcalculationsofwaterrequirement,indicatingconsiderationsofpercapitawaterrequirement
andpopulation.
5.3.1.2 ApplicationofPermitforBulkWaterSupply
In the case of large housing colonies or where new services are so situated that it will be necessary for the
Authoritytolaynewmainsorextendanexistingmain,fullinformationabouttheproposedhousingschemeshall
be furnished to the Authority; information shall also be given regarding their phased requirements of water
supply with full justification. Such information shall include site plans, showing the layout of roads, footpaths,
building and boundaries and indicating there on the finished line and level of the roads or footpaths and water
supplylinesandappurtenances.
5.3.1.3 ApplicationforIndividual(PermissionforDTWInstallation)WaterSupply
For private water supply facility in addition to public water main connection through installing own deep tube
well,permissionmustbesoughtsubmittingapplicationtowatersupplyAuthorityinaprescribedform.Necessity
forsuchconnectionindicatingtotalwaterrequirementshouldbementioned.
5.3.2 JustificationofRequirement
Thedesigncalculationsforwatersupplysystemofhighriseandpublicbuildingsshallbesubmittedalongwiththe
drawingsmentionedinSection5.3.1above.
5.3.3 PermitsandApprovals
TheBuildingOfficialshallexamineorcausetobeexaminedtheapplicationforapermitandamendmentsthereto
within45daysfromthedayofreceiptofsuchapplication.Iftheapplicationdoesnotconformtotheprovisionsof
this Code, it shall be rejected in writing, stating the reasons therefore. If the proposed work satisfies the
provisionsofthisCode(Section5.3.2and5.3.3),theAuthorityshallissueanontransferablepermit.
5.3.4 CompletionCertificate
On completion of the plumbing work for the water supply system, the licensed plumber shall give a completion
certificate in the prescribed form (Appendix 8.5.B) to the Authority for getting the water connection from the
mains.
5.4 LICENSING/REGISTRATIONOFPLUMBERS
5.4.1 LicenseRequirement
Plumbing work shall be executed only by a licensed plumber under the control of the Authority and shall be
responsibletocarryoutalllawfuldirectionsgivenbytheAuthority.Noindividual,partnership,corporationorfirm
shallengageinthebusinessofinstallation,repairoralterationofwatersupplysystemwithoutobtainingalicense
fromtheAuthority.
5.4.2 ExaminationandCertificationofPlumber
TheAuthorityshallestablishaplumbersselectionandexaminationboard.Theboardwilldetermine:
a) Therequirementsofobtaininglicense,i.e.,
(i) minimumacademicqualification
(ii) minimumpracticalvocationalandothertraining
(iii) minimumyearsofexperience
(iv) totalvolumeofworksdoneand
b) Finally,establishstandardsandproceduresforexaminationoftheapplicantsforlicense.
The Authority will issue license to such applicants who meet the qualifications thereof and successfully passthe
examinationconductedbytheboard.
Part8
BuildingServices
8212 Vol.3
5.4.3 AnnulmentofLicense
The license of a plumber may be annulled by the Authority, if it is proved that a plumbing work has been
completed and certified by the licensed plumber violating the provisions of this Code and deliberately setting
asidetheapprovalsgiveninthepermitorwithoutreceivingthepermitfromtheAuthority.
5.5 WATERSUPPLYREQUIREMENTS
5.5.1 General
5.5.1.1 Buildingsequippedwithplumbingfixturesandusedforhumanoccupancyorhabitationshallbe
providedwiththesupplyofcoldpotablewaterintheamountsspecifiedinSection5.5.2to5.5.4and
atthepressuresspecifiedinSection5.10.4.2and5.10.4.3.Onlypotablewatershallbeaccessibleto
theplumbingfixturessupplyingwaterfordrinking,bathing,culinaryuseandfortheprocessingof
food.
5.5.1.2 Nonpotablewatermaybeusedforflushingwaterclosetsandurinalsprovidedsuchwatershallnotbe
accessiblefordrinkingorsuchotherpurposes.
5.5.2 WaterRequirementforDomesticUse
Water requirement for domestic purposes should be classified according to the socioeconomic status, type of
habitants,populationoftheareaandpublicfacilitiespresent.
Socioeconomicgroups:
(a) HighIncomegroupmonthlyIncome>1lactaka
(b) MiddleIncomegroupmonthlyIncome>30,0001lac
(c) lowincomegroupmonthlyIncome<20,000taka
TypeofHabitants/Population
(a) CityCorporationareas,bigcitiesPopulation>0.5million
(b) Smalldistricttowns,UpazilasandUrbangrowthcenterspopulation>0.1million
(c) Villageareaspopulation<0.05million
Water requirements for daily domestic use of a building shall be assessed on the basis of the one or a
combinationofthefollowingtwomethods:
(a) Number of occupants according to their occupancy classification and their water requirements as
specifiedinTable8.5.1(a).toTable8.5.1(d)
(b) PeakdemandormaximumprobableflowspecifiedinSectionP3andP4intheAppendix8.5.C.
Table8.5.1(a):WaterConsumptionforDomesticPurposes(Cities/BigDistrictTowns)[InResidentialBuildings]
Cat Socioeconomicgroup,TypeofBuilding&OtherFacilities WaterConsumption
A BigCities/CityCorporationArea/BigDistrictTowns
(Population>0.5million)
FullFacility
(lpcd)
RestrictedFacility
(lpcd)
a Highincomegroup:
a1 SingleFamilyDwellingwithGarden&Carwashing 260 200
a2 BigMultiFamilyApartment/Flat(>2500sft) 200 150
b Middleincomegroup:
b1 Officer'sQrt./Colony&moderateApartment(<2000sft) 180 135
b2 Smallbuilding/StaffQrt.&smallApartment(<1500sft) 120
c Lowincomegroup:
c1 JuniorstaffQrt./flat(<1000sft)&temporaryshade 80
c2 Standpostconnectioninthefringearea 65
c3 Commonyard(standpost)connectioninthefringearea 50
c4 Slumdwellerscollectionfromroadsidepublicstandpost 40
Table8.5.1(b):WaterRequirementforDomesticPurposes(DistrictTowns/Upazilas/UrbangrowthCentres)
[InResidentialBuildings]
B
Small District Towns/ Upajilas & Urban Growth Centre
(Population>0.1million)
FullFacility
(lpcd)
RestrictedFacility
(lpcd)
a Middleincomegroup:
a1 SingleFamilyDwellingwithGarden 150
a2 Officer'sQrt./Colony&moderateApartment(<2000sft) 135
a3 Smallbuilding/StaffQrt.&smallApartment(<1500sft) 120
b Lowincomegroup:
b1 JuniorstaffQrt./flat(<1000sft)&temporaryshade 80
b2 PrivateStandpostconnectioninthefringearea 65
b3 Commonyard(standpost)connectioninthefringearea 50
b4 Slumdwellerscollectionfromroadsidepublicstandpost 40
Table8.5.1(c):WaterRequirementforDomesticPurposes(VillageAreasandSmallCommunities)[InResidentialBuildings]
C VillageAreas/SmallCommunityfromhandtubewell,
dugwells,ponds&rivers(Nonpipedwatersupplysystem)
FullFacility
(lpcd)
RestrictedFacility
(lpcd)
a1 PrivateSource(OwnTubewell/dugwell&pond) 5060
a2 PublicSources(PublicTW/Dugwell/othersources) 4050
5.5.3 WaterRequirementforFireFighting
5.5.3.1 The Authority shall make provision to meet the water supply requirements for fire fighting in the
city/area,dependingonthepopulationdensityandtypesofoccupancy.
5.5.3.2 Provision shall be made by the owner of the building for water supply requirements for firefighting
purposeswithinthebuilding,dependingupontheheightandoccupancyofthebuilding,inconformity
withtherequirementslaiddowninPart4FireProtection.
5.5.3.3 Therequirementsregardingwatersupplyinstoragetanks,capacityoffirepumps,arrangementsofwet
risercumdowncomer and wet riser installations for buildings above 15 m in height, depending upon
theoccupancyuse,shallbeinaccordancewithSection4.2ofPart4.
5.5.4 WaterRequirementforSpecialEquipment
5.5.4.1 Water supply in many buildings is also required for many other applications other than domestic use,
whichmustbeidentifiedintheinitialstagesofplanningsoastoprovidetherequisitewaterquantity,
storagecapacityandpressureasrequiredforeachapplication.
Part8
BuildingServices
8214 Vol.3
5.5.4.2 Insuchinstancesinformationaboutthewateruseandthequalityrequiredmaybeobtainedfromthe
users.Sometypicalusesotherthandomesticuseandfirefightingpurposesareairconditioningandair
washing, swimming pools and water bodies and gardening. The water requirement for special
equipmentlikeairconditioningorsuchothersshallbebasedonthespecificationofthemanufacturer.
Table8.5.1(d):DomesticWaterRequirementsforVariousothersOccupanciesandFacilityGroups
Classof
Occupancy
OccupancyGroups
ForFull
a
Facilities
(lpcd)
ForRestricted
Facilities
(lpcd)
OccupancyA:
Residential
A1:Mess,Hostels,orBoardingHouse
A2:MinimumStandardHousing
A3:HotelsorLodgingHouse(Perbed)
A4:Hotel(upto4Star)
A5:Hotels(upto5Star)
A6:GardeningandSprinkling
A7:CarWashing
135
300
180
320
70
70
135
OccupancyB:
Educational
B1:EducationalFacilities
B2:PreschoolFacilities
70
50
45
35
OccupancyC:
Institutional
C1:InstitutionforChildren'sCare
C2:CustodianInstitutionforCapable
C3:CustodianInstitutionforIncapable
C4:PenalandMentalInstitution
180
180
120
120
100
100
70
70
OccupancyD:
HealthCare
D1:NormalMedicalFacilities/SmallHospitals
D2:BigHospitals(Over100beds)
D3:EmergencyMedicalFacilities
D4:Nurses&MedicalQuarters
340
450
300
250
225
250
135
135
Table8.5.1(d)Cont.:DomesticWaterRequirementsforVariousothersOccupanciesandFacilityGroups
Classof
Occupancy
OccupancyGroups
ForFull
a
Facilities
(lpcd)
ForRestricted
Facilities
(lpcd)
OccupancyE:
Assembly
E1:LargeAssemblywithFixedSeats(perseat)
E2:SmallAssemblywithFixedSeats(perseat)
E3:LargeAssemblywithoutFixedSeats
b
E4:SmallAssemblywithoutFixedSeats
E5:SportsFacilities
90
90
8
8
8
45
45
5
5
5
OccupancyF:
Businessand
Mercantile
F1:Offices
F2:SmallShopsandMarkets
F3:LargeShopsandMarkets
F4:GarageandPetrolStations
F5:EssentialServices
F6:Restaurant
45
45
45
70
70
70
30
30
30
45
45
50
OccupancyG:
Industrial
G1:LowHazardIndustries
G2:ModerateHazardsIndustries
40
40
25
25
OccupancyH:
Storage
H1:LowFireRiskStorage
H2:ModerateFireRiskStorage
10
10
6
6
OccupancyJ:
Hazardous
J1:ExplosiveHazardBuilding
J2:ChemicalHazardBuilding
8
8
5
5
OccupancyK
c
Miscellaneous
K1:PrivateGarage&SpecialStructure
K2:Fences,TanksandTowers
8
5
3
aForfullfacilityinoccupancyclassificationsA,B,CandD,thewaterrequirementvalueincludes25%hotwater.
bInthecaseofmosques,thewaterrequirementsgivenaboveshallbeadequateforablutionandotherusesof
onedevoteeperprayer.TheappropriateLPCDvaluemaybecalculatedonthisbasis.
cWaterrequirementforoccupancyKisshownasaprovisionforunknownvisitorsonly.
5.6 ESTIMATIONOFDEMANDLOAD
5.6.1
Estimatesoftotalwatersupplyrequirementsforbuildingsshallbebasedontheestimationoftotalpresentand
predictedfuturepopulationandpercapitawaterrequirementasmentionedinsection5.5.
5.6.2
Inmakingassessmentofwatersupplyrequirementsoflargecomplexes,thefutureoccupantloadshallbekeptin
view.Usemaybemadeofthefollowingmethodsforestimatingfuturerequirements
(a) demographicmethodofpopulationprojection,
(b) arithmeticprogressionmethod,
(c) geometricalprogressionmethod,
(d) methodofvaryingincrementorincrementalincrease,
(e) logisticmethod,
(f) graphicalprojectionmethod,and
(g) graphicalcomparisonmethod.
5.6.3
Forresidentialbuildings,therequirementsofwatershallbebasedontheactualnumberofoccupants;wherethis
information is not available, the number of occupants for each residential unit may be based on a family size
around 5 (five). For assessing the population in other occupants, reference may be made to Part 4 Fire
Protection.
5.6.4
Toestimateoffice building occupancy,allow 7.49.3sqm (80100 sq ft) of floorspace per person, depending on
thetypeofofficebuilding,exclusiveofelevatorandstairspace,corridors,orserviceareas.
5.6.5
Todeterminethepresentandfuturewaterrequirement:
(a) Classify the total population based on the basis socioeconomic status (Higher/middle/lower income
group&slumdwellers)
(b) Determine per capita water requirement for different categories (types) of people for different type of
domestic,recreational,andcommercialuses.
(c) Multiply the population with per capita water consumption to determine the present and future water
requirement.
Part8
BuildingServices
8216 Vol.3
5.7 WATERSOURCESANDQUALITY
5.7.1 SourcesofWater
Theoriginofallsourcesofwaterisrainfall,Watercanbecollectedasitfallsasrainbeforeitreachestheground;
or as surface water when it flows over the ground or is pooled in lakes or ponds; or as ground water when it
percolates into the ground and flows or collects as ground water; or from the sea into which it finally flows.
Surfacewatersarephysicallyandmicrobiallycontaminatedandcannotbeusedwithouttreatment,ontheother
handgroundwatersourcesarechemicallycontaminatedandtreatmentmaybenecessaryinmanycases.
5.7.2 QualityofWater
ThequalityofwatertobeusedfordrinkingshallbemaintainedusingWHOWaterSafetyPlan(WSP)andatleast
complywiththeBangladeshStandard(ECR,1997)andWHOGuidelineValues(2004)aspresentedinTable5.Q1
ofAppendix8.5.D.Forpurposesotherthandrinking,waterifsuppliedseparately,shallbeabsolutelysafefrom
bacteriological contamination so as to ensure that there is no danger to the health of the users due to such
contaminants.
5.7.3 WasteWaterReclamation
Treatedsewageorotherwastewaterofthecommunitymaybeutilizedfornondomesticpurposessuchaswater
for cooling, flushing, lawns, parks, fire fighting and for certain industrial purposes after giving the necessary
treatmenttosuitthenatureoftheuse.Thissupplysystemshallbeallowedinresidencesonlyifproperprovision
ismadetoavoidanycrossconnectionofthistreatedwastewaterwithdomesticwatersupplysystem.
Wheneverabuildingisusedafterlongintervals,thewaterqualityofthestoredwatermustbecheckedsoasto
ensurethatthewaterissafeforuseasperwaterqualityrequirementsspecifiedinthisCode.
5.8 WATERSUPPLYSYSTEM
Each floor or unit within the water supply system shall be provided with a control valve in addition to the main
controlvalveattheentranceofthesystem.Oneofthefollowingpublicwatersupplysystemsshallbeadoptedfor
distributingwatertotheplumbingfixtureswithinthebuilding[Figures8.5.C.2(a),2(b)&2(c)ofAppendix8.5.C]
5.8.1 DirectConnectiontoWaterMain
For continuous water supply system with sufficient pressure to feed all plumbing fixtures during peak demand
period, the direct connection of water distribution system to thewater mains may be adopted. However, direct
pumpingfromthepublicwatermainshouldstrictlybeprohibited.
5.8.2 SystemIncorporatingBalancingRoofTank
Forcontinuouswatersupplysystemwithinadequatepressureonlyduringpeakdemandhourorforintermittent
water supply with sufficient pressure to feed balancing tank, a balancing roof tank shall be required to feed
plumbing fixtures within the building. The connection to the balancing roof tank from the water main or from
groundtankorfromindividualwatersourcesshallbethroughanonreturnvalve.
5.8.3 SystemIncorporatingGroundTank
Forwatersupplysystemwithinadequatepressuretofeedplumbingfixturesorbalancingrooftank,thebuilding
premises shall have a ground (or underground) tank to store water. The water from the ground tank shall be
boosteduptotherooftanktofeedplumbingfixtures.Theconnectionofwatermaintothegroundtankshallbe
throughaballvalvesystem.Installationofboosterpumpdirectlyintothewatermainshallnotbeallowed.Since,
this system cannot ensure protection against possible contamination (particularly during flood), disinfection
systemshouldbeincorporated.
5.8.4 IndividualWaterSupply
In the absence of a public water supply system, or In case of need of additional supply of water, the building
premisesshallhaveindividualwatersupplyasspecifiedinSection5.23.1.Thewaterfromthesources(DTW)shall
be boosted up to the roof storage tank to feed plumbing fixtures. The system shall be protected as specified in
Section5.13.3to5.23.7.
5.9 STORAGEOFWATER
5.9.1 CapacityofStorageTank
5.9.1.1
Thetypeandcapacityofastoragetankshallbedeterminedconsideringthefollowingfactors:
(a) Therateandregularityofsupply;
(b) Thefrequencyofreplenishmentofthestoragetankduring24hours;
(c) Buildingoccupancyclassification;
(d) Hoursofsupplyofwateratsufficientlyhighpressuretofilluptheroofstoragetankinabsenceofaground
(orunderground)storagetank;
(e) Theamountofwaterrequiredforfirefightingandmethodoffirefightingsystem(Section4.2,Part4)
(f) Theamountofwaterrequiredbyspecialequipment(Section5.5.4).
5.9.1.2
Thesizeandvolumeofastoragetankshallbecalculatedconsideringthefollowingfactors:
a) Theamountofstoragetobeprovidedisafunctionofcapacityofthedistributionnetwork,thelocationofthe
servicestorage,andtheusetowhichitistobeput.
b) Tocomputetherequiredequalizingoroperatingstorage,amassdiagramorhydrographindicatingthehourly
rateofconsumptionisrequired.
Theproceduretobeusedindeterminingtheneededstoragevolumefollows:
a) Obtainahydrographofhourlydemandsforthemaximumday,throughastudyofavailablerecords.
b) Tabulatethehourlydemanddataforthemaximumdayanddrawacumulativedemandcurve,
c) The required operating storage is found by comparing (maximum deviation) the cumulative demand
curve(SShapedCurve)withcumulativepumpingcurve(Straightline)plottedonit..
c) Therequiredcapacityofatankvarieswiththecapacityandrunningtimeofthehouseorfillpumps,however,
followingproceduremaybefollowedtodeterminethecapacityofstoragetanksandpump:
a) Capacity of Roof Tank = x Total daily demand of water (m
3
) + 1 hr. reserve (m
3
) for firefighting
requirement(fortallbuilding).Therefore,twotimesfillingofrooftankwillmeetthedailyrequirement.
b) Capacity of Delivery Pump = Peak hourly demand of water, lph. Therefore, daily pumping period would
bearound78hours(23hoursinthemorning+3hoursintheafternoon+2hoursintheevening).
c) Capacity of Under Ground Reservoir = 1 x Total daily demand of water (m
3
) + 1 hr. reserve (m
3
) for
firefighting(fortallbuilding).Foremergencyrequirement23daysdailydemandofwaterissometimes
stored.
5.9.2 ConstructionofStorageTank
5.9.2.1 General
Storagetankshallbeeasilyaccessibleforinspectionandcleaning.Thetankshallbeprovidedwithadequatesize
of valved drains at its lowest point in accordance with Table 8.5.2. The water supply inlet into the storage tank
shallbeatanelevationthatisrequiredforanairgapinanopentankwithoverflow(Section5.18.6)or100mm
Part8
BuildingServices
8218 Vol.3
abovetheoverflowwhicheverisgreater.Thediameterofoverflowpipeshallnotbelessthanthesizeshownin
Table8.5.3 for the specific discharge into storage tank. The storage tank shall be equipped with water tight and
verminandrodentproofcover.Thetankshallbeprovidedwithreturnbendventpipewithanopenareanotless
thanhalftheareaoftheriser(upfeedordownfeed).Allopenings(overflowpipeandventpipe)shallbeprovided
with corrosion resistant screens against the entrance of insects and vermin. There must be at least two
compartments/unitsforalternativecleaning.
Table8.5.2:SizesofStorageTankDrainagePipes
TankCapacity(V)
inLitres( )
DiameterofDrainage Pipe
(mm)
V2800
2800<V5500
5500<V11000
11000<V19000
19000<V28000
28000<V
25
38
50
63
75
100
Table8.5.3:SizesofOverflowPipesforStorageTank
MaximumDischarge(Q)of
WaterSupplyPipeintoStorageTank(l/min)
DiameterofOverflowPipe
(mm)
Q190
190<Q570
570<Q760
760<Q1500
1500<Q2650
2650<Q3800
3800<Q
50
63
75
100
125
150
200
5.9.2.2 RoofStorageTank
Theroofstoragetankshallbeconstructedwithprestressedorreinforcedconcreteorferrocementorgalvanized
steel or of the material that will resist any action by the plain or chlorinated water. The tank shall be made of
watertightwithouttheuseofputty.Tanksmadeofnongalvanizedmetalsheetsshallbecoatedinternallywitha
nontoxicmaterialwhichdoesnotimpartatasteorodor.Themetalstoragetankshallbecoatedexternallywitha
goodqualityanticorrosiveweatherresistantpaint.Theoutletofstoragetanktothedistributionsystemshallbeat
least50mmabovethetankbottom.
Toprovidesufficientpressure,thebottomofthetankmustbeelevatedsufficientlyabovethehighestfloorwater
fixtures.
Ventpipeshouldbeprovidetoavoidanyairlockandshouldbeplacedwherethehorizontalbranchpipesconnect
the vertical down feed pipes (not adjacent to storage tank and at interconnection place between storage tank
anddistributionpipes).
5.9.2.3 GroundorUndergroundStorageTank
The ground or underground storage tank shall be constructed of either prestressed or reinforced concrete or
ferrocement.Thetankshallbeabsolutelywaterproofandhaveawatertightcastironmanholecoversuitablefor
inspection.Theinsideandoutsideofthetankmaybecoatedwithnontoxicandwaterproofmaterials.Theground
tank shall be placed at a location so as to avoid contamination by flood water or any other sources. Each
compartment/units should be divided in two chambers with provision of sump for longer contact time with
chlorineandeasycleaning
5.10 DESIGNOFDISTRIBUTIONSYSTEM
5.10.1 RateofFlowofWater
Oneoftheimportantitemsthatneedstobedeterminedbeforethesizesofpipesandfittingsforanypartofthe
waterpipingsystemmaybedecidedupon,istherateofflowintheservicepipewhich,inturndependsuponthe
numberofhoursforwhichthesupplyisavailableatsufficientlyhighpressure.Ifthenumberofhoursforwhich
thesupplyisavailableisless,therewillbelargenumberoffittingsinusesimultaneouslyandtherateofflowwill
becorrespondinglylarge.
Thedatarequiredfordeterminingthesizeofthecommunicationandservicepipesare:
a) themaximumrateofdischargerequiredatpeakdemandperiod(Peakhourlydemandofwater)
=
) 17 15 ( hours usually n consumptio water of Hours
water of t requiremen daily Total
XPeakFactor(usually2.2)
b) thelengthofthepipe;and
c) theheadlossbyfrictioninpipes,fittingsandmeters.Forheadlosscalculationinpipingsystem
i) Determine the total length of pipe and calculate the equivalent Pipe Length (Head Loss from bend, gate valves, reducer
etc.)fromTables8.5.C2(a),C2(b)andC(c)ofAppendix8.5.C.
ii) Assumetheprobablemaximumvelocityofflow(v)ortentativediameterofpipes(d),
consideringmaximumpermissibleheadlossof1.51.6m/100m
For13mmand50mmdiameterpipe:0.300.60m/sec
iii) Determination of total head loss (h
f
) from Hazen William's Nomograph (Figure8.5.C.4 of Appendix 8.5.C) or friction loss
formula,h
f
=
gd
fLv
2
4
2
where,f=frictionlossfactor,L=lengthofpipe,v=velocityofflowandd=diameterofpipe.
5.10.2 DischargeComputation
5.10.2.1
BasedonFixtureUnitsThedesignoftheconsumerspipesorthesupplypipetothefixturesisbasedon:
a) thenumberandkindoffixturesinstalled;
b) thefixtureunitflowrate;and
c) theprobablesimultaneoususeofthesefixtures.
Theratesatwhichwaterisdesirablydrawnintodifferenttypesoffixturesareknown.Theseratesbecomewhole
numbersofsmallsizewhentheyareexpressedinfixtureunit.Thefixtureunitsfordifferentsanitaryappliancesor
groupsofappliancesaregiveninthefollowingTable8.5.4
Table8.5.4:FixtureUnitfordifferentTypesofFixtureswithInletPipeDiameter
SlNo. TypeofFixture FixtureUnit(FU)
AsLoadFactor
MinimumSizeof
FixtureBranch,mm
1 AblutionTap 1 15
2 Bathtubsupplywithspout 3 15
3 ShowerStallDomestic 2 15
Part8
BuildingServices
8220 Vol.3
SlNo. TypeofFixture FixtureUnit(FU)
AsLoadFactor
MinimumSizeof
FixtureBranch,mm
4 ShowerinGroupperhead 3 15
5 WashBasin(DomesticUse) 1 15
6 WashBasin(PublicUse) 2 15
7 WashBasin(Surgical) 2 15
8 KitchenSink(DomesticUse) 2 15/20
9 WashingMachine 3 15/20
10 DrinkingFountain 0.5 15
5.10.2.2 ProbableSimultaneousDemand(HunterCurve)
The possibility that all water supply taps in any system in domestic and commercial use will draw water at the
same time are extremely remote. Designing the water mains for the gross flow will result in bigger and
uneconomical pipe mains and is not necessary. A probability study made by Hunter suggests the relationship as
showninFigure8.5.C.1ofAppendix8.5.C,andmayalsobecalculatedfromTable8.5.5.
5.10.3 PipeSizeComputation
Commercially available standard sizes of pipes are only to be used against the sizes arrived at by actual design.
Therefore, several empirical formulae are used, even though they give less accurate results. The Hazen and
Williamsformulaandthechartsbasedonthesamemaybeusedwithoutanyriskofinaccuracyinviewofthefact
that the pipes normally to be used for water supply are of smaller sizes. Nomogram of Hazen and Williams
equationhasbeenprovidedinFigure8.5.C.4ofAppendix8.5.C.
5.10.4 GeneralFeaturesofDistributionSystemDesign
5.10.4.1
The water supply system shall be designed to supply minimum but requisite quantity of water to all fixtures,
devicesandappurtenancesineverysectionofthebuildingwithadequatepressure.Thedesignrequirementsofa
watersupplysystemarepresentedinTable8.5.6.
5.10.4.2
For a down feed water distribution system (roof tank supply), static pressure due to gravity increases with
increasing floor height (4.32 psi or 0.3 Bar per floor of 10 ft. height at non flow condition). Therefore, water
distributionpipeinabuildingshallbemaintainedatapressuresothatnoneoftheirfittingsshallaresubjecttoa
waterheadgreaterthan35m(approximately50psi).
Table8.5.5:ProbableSimultaneousDemand
No.of
FixtureUnits
SystemwithFlushTanks
Demand(BasedonFixtureUnits)
SystemwithFlushValves
Demand(AfterHunter)
UnitRateof
FIow
1
)
FlowinLitre
perMinute
UnitRateof
FIow1)
FlowinLitre
perMinute
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5)
20
40
60
80
100
120
140
160
180
2.0
3.3
4.3
5.1
5.7
6.4
7.1
7.6
8.2
56.6
93.4
121.8
144.4
161.4
181.2
201.0
215.2
232.2
4.7
6.3
7.4
8.3
9.1
9.8
10.4
11.0
11.6
133.1
178.4
209.5
235.0
257.7
277.5
294.5
311.5
328.5
200
220
240
300
400
500
600
700
800
900
1000
8.6
9.2
9.6
11.4
14.0
16.7
19.4
21.4
24.1
26.1
28.1
243.5
260.5
271.8
322.8
396.4
472.9
549.3
606.0
682.4
739.0
795.7
12.3
12.7
13.1
14.7
17.0
19.0
21.1
23.0
24.5
26.1
28.1
348.3
359.6
370.9
416.2
481.4
538.0
597.5
651.3
693.7
739.0
795.7
1
Unitrateofflow=Effectivefixtureunits.
5.10.4.3
ThedistributionsystemshallbemaintainedatapressurenotlessthanthosespecifiedinTable8.5.6duringpeak
demandperiod.
5.10.4.4
TheminimumsizeofsupplypipefordifferentfixturesshallbeinaccordancewithTable8.5.6.Thefixturesupply
shallnotterminatemorethan0.76m(2.5ft)fromthepointofconnectiontothefixture.Areducedsizeflexible
waterconnectionpipeshallbeused.
5.10.4.5
Thewaterflowvelocityinthedistributionsystemshallbecontrolledtominimizethepossibilityofwaterhammer.
5.10.4.6
Thedesignofwaterdistributionsystemshallconformtoapprovedengineeringpractices.Analternativeguideto
thedesignofabuildingwaterdistributionsystemisalsopresentedinAppendix8.5.C.
Note: Thesizingofwaterdistributionpipingwithinthebuildingmaybemadeeitherbyconsideringthevelocity
of flow or by velocity of flow and pressure loss as governing parameters. The first method have limited
applicationforoneortwostoreybuildingsprovidedtheminimumavailablepressureissufficienttooperatethe
highest or most remote fixtures during peak demand period. The second method provides better estimate of
pipesizesforawaterdistributionsystem.
5.10.5 DesignofWaterDistributionPump
Thecapacityofawaterdeliverypumpcanbecalculatedfromtheestimatedmaximumrateofflow(Q)ofwaterin
gpm,andtotalhead(H=hs+hd+hf+hv)ofsupplyofwaterinftandusingthefollowingformula:
BreakHorsePower,BHP=
3960
Q x H
xEfficiencyofpumpin%.
Statichead,hsisthetotalsuctionliftofwater(sumofverticaldistancebetweentheundergroundreservoirand
pumplevelanddeliveryhead,hdistheverticaldistancebetweenthepumplevelandrooftankstoragepoint.
Frictional head loss, hf can be determined for whole length (vertical and horizontal) of pipe flow using the
proceduresdescribedinsection5.10.1(c).
Velocityhead,hv=
g
v
2
2
where,v=velocityofflowofwateratthedischargepointintherooftank.
Part8
BuildingServices
8222 Vol.3
5.11 WATERDISTRIBUTIONINTALLBUILDINGS
5.11.1 DistributionMethods
In tall buildings some of the fixtures at the lower level may be subject to excessive pressure. The sanitary
appliances and fittings in tall buildings shall not be subject to a pressure of greater than 350kPa. This shall be
achievedbyoneoracombinationofthefollowingtwomethods:
a) Zoning Floors by Intermediate Tank : High rise buildings shall be zoned by providing intermed4ate tanks on
differentfloors,eachfeedingazonerangingfrom56storeyssothattheplumbingfixturesarenotsubjectedto
excessive pressure. Distribution in each zone shall be through independent downtake pipes from intermediate
tanks asshown in Figures 8.5.C.3(a), 8.5.C.3(b), 8.5.C.3(c) and 8.5.C.3(d)of Appendix 8.5.C. The floors on which
anintermediatetanksarelocatedshallbefedfromthestoryaboveit.
i) SystemIncorporatingIntermediateTanksSuppliedbyStorageTankWaterrequiredforthebuilding
shall be pumped from the underground tank to the storage tank. The intermediate tanks shall be fed
fromthestoragetankthroughaseparatedowntakepipe.
ii) System Incorporating Intermediate Tanks Supplied by Independent Pumps Alternatively the
intermediatetanksmaybesuppliedfromtheundergroundtankthroughindependentpumps
Table8.5.6:WaterSupplySystemDesignRequirements
Fixture
SupplyControl
MinimumSizeof
SupplyPipe
(mm)
Required Flow
Pressure
(kPa)
Required
FlowRate
(lpm)
Bathroomgroup
Bathroomgroup
Bathtub
Clotheswasher
Combinationfixture
Dishwashingmachine
Drinkingfountain
Kitchensink
Laundrytray
Washbasin
Pedestalurinal
Pedestalurinal
Restaurantsink
Servicesink
Showerhead
Watercloset
Watercloset
Watercloset
Flushtank
Flushometervalve
Faucet
Faucet
Faucet
Faucet
Faucet
Faucet
Flushtank
Flushometervalve
Faucet
Faucet
Mixingvalve
Flushtank
Flushometertank
Flushometervalve
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
19
13
19
19
13
13
19
19
25
55
55
55
55
55
55
55
55
55
55
55
100
55
55
55
55
55
100
15.1
10.4
2.8
9.5
15.1
56.8
56.8
11.4
11.4
11.4
6.1
132
Forfixturenotlistedherebutmaximum
supplysizerequirement
13
19
25
55
55
100
Note:1psi=6.895kPa(1kPa=0.145psi),1gallon=3.785liter
b) System IncorporatingPressure Reducing Valves: The excessive pressuressuffered by different fixtures shall
beminimizedbypressurereductionvalves.
c) HydroPneumatic System: This system may be adopted where the source is independent of public water
supplysystem.Inthissystemthesupplyshallbethroughapneumaticpressurevesselfittedwithaccessories
like nonreturn and pressure relief valves. The pump and compressor shall be automatically controlled
throughanelectriccontrolpaneltoprovideairandwaterasandwhenneeded.
5.11.2 RecirculationofWasteWater
Recirculationofcoolingwaterand/orwastewaterfromwashbasintothecisternofwaterclosetsandurinalsin
the lower floor may be provisioned only through a separate tank. No connection between the potable water
supply line and the recirculated wastewater lineshall be allowed with orwithout any nonreflex or nonreturn
valves.
5.12 HOTWATERSUPPLYINSTALLATION
5.12.1 HotWaterRequirements
For a residential building, hot water may be supplied to all plumbing fixtures and equipment used for bathing,
washing,cleansing,laundryandculinarypurposes.Foranonresidentialbuilding,hotwatermaybesuppliedfor
bathingandwashingpurposes.WaterrequirementforhotwatersupplyshallbeinaccordancewithSection5.5.
5.12.2 StorageTemperature
Thedesignofhotwatersupplysystemmaybebaseduponthefollowingtemperaturerequirement:
Scalding 68
o
C
Hotbath 41
o
C
Warmbath 37
o
C
Tepidbath 30
o
C
Sink 60
o
C
5.12.3 StorageCapacity
Thecapacityofhotwatervesselshallbebasedonthemaximumshorttimedemandofthepremises.
5.12.4 HotWaterHeater
Thehotwaterheatershallconformtothefollowingstandards:BS758,BS779,BS843,BS855,BS1250,BS2883
andthosespecifiedinPart5ofthisCode.
5.12.5 ColdWaterSupplyConnectiontoWaterHeaters
Theconnectionofcoldwatersupplypipingintowaterheatershallbemadenearitsbottom.Theminimumsizeof
coldwatersupplypipingshallbebasedontheprobablehotwaterdemandofdifferentfixturesbutnotlessthan
25mm.Thesupplypipeshalldelivercoldwaterintohotwatercylinderasfollows:
a) The water heater (electric or gas) of less than 15 liters storage capacity may be directly connected to the
watermainthroughanonreturnvalve.
b) The storage heater of 20 to 70 liters capacity may be connected directly to the water main through a non
return valve and with an additional device that will prevent the siphonage of hot water back to the water
main.
c) Theenclosedwaterheaterwithstoragecapacitygreaterthan70litersshallbefedfromthestoragetank.This
waterheatershallnotbeconnecteddirectlytothewatermain.
d) Thewatersupplyconnectiontoanopenvesseltypewaterheatermaybemadewithanairgapofatleast15
mm above the top edge of the water heater. Ball valve connection shall not be used to control the flow of
waterintothiswaterheater.
5.12.6 HotWaterDistributionPiping
The connection of hot water distribution pipe to the hot water cylinder shall be at the top of the cylinder. The
installationofpipingshallbesuchastoavoidairlock.Incaseofhotwaterhorizontalpipingthegradientshallnot
belessthan1in250.
Part8
BuildingServices
8224 Vol.3
5.12.6.1
The procedure for sizing may be the same as that for cold water distribution system in Sec 5.10 but in no case
shallthesizebelessthanthatspecifiedinTable8.5.7.
Table8.5.7:MinimumPipeSizeforHotWaterPiping
DifferentPipes MinimumDiameter(mm)
Thesizeofmaindistributingpipethatsupplieshotwatertothefixtures
inthesamestoreyofthehotwatercylinder
25
Thesizeofmaindistributingpipethatsupplieshotwatertothefixtures
notinthesamestoreyofhotwatercylinder
19
Branchpipesupplyinghotwatertothebathtuborshower 19
Branchpipesupplyinghotwatertothesink 19
Branchpipesupplyinghotwatertothewashbasin 19
5.12.6.2
The design consideration of hot water piping shall be such that hot water will appear quickly at the outlet of
differentfixtures.Toimprovethesituation,asecondarycirculationsystemwithflowandreturnpipefromandto
thehotwatercylinder(Fig8.5.1)maybeadopted.Thelengthofhotwaterdistributionpipemeasuredalongthe
pipefromthetopofdrawofftaptothehotwatercylinderorthesecondarycirculationpipeshallnotexceedthe
lengthprescribedinTable8.5.8.Thedrawofftapshallnotbeconnectedtotheprimaryfloworreturnpipe.
Table8.5.8:MaximumPermissibleLengthofHotWaterDrawOffPipe
LargestInternalDiameter(D)ofPipe LengthofPipe(m)
D<19mm 12
20mm<D<25mm 7.5
25mm<D 3
5.12.7 VentPipe
Thepressuretypehotwaterheatershallbeprovidedwithaventpipeofnotlessthan19mmdiameter.Thevent
pipeshallriseverticallyabovethewaterlineofcoldwatertankbyatleast150mmplus1mmforevery30mm
heightofwaterlineabovethebottomofthewaterheater.
Theventpipeshallbeconnectedtothetopofthehot watercylinder.Theventpipemaybeusedtosupplyhot
watertothepointinbetweenthecoldwatertankandthehotwatercylinder.Theventpipeshallnotbeprovided
withanyvalveorcheckvalves.
Theterminationofventpipeshallbesuchasnottocauseanyaccidentaldischargetohurtorscaldanypasserby
orpersoninthevicinity.
5.12.8 CapacityofColdWaterStorageTank
The storage capacity of cold water cistern shall be at least equal to the size of hot water storage cylinder if the
coldwatercisternsupplieswateronlytothehotwaterheatercylinder.Thiscapacityshallbeatleast twice the
capacityofhotwaterheatercylinderifthecoldwaterstoragetankalsosupplieswatertothecoldwaterdrawoff
taps.
5.12.9 SafetyDevices
Thetemperaturereliefvalveorpressurereliefvalveoracombinationoftemperatureandpressurereliefvalves
shallbeinstalledfortheequipmentforheatingorstorageofhotwater.Thetemperaturereliefvalveshallbeset
atamaximumtemperatureof99
o
C.Themaximumpressureratingofwaterheatershallnotbemorethan1000
kPa.Thetemperaturereliefvalveshallbeplaceddirectlyabovethecylinderitservesbutinnocasemorethan75
mmawayfromthecylinder.Thelocationofpressurereliefvalveshallbeclosetotheequipmentitserves.There
shallbenovalveconnectioninbetweenareliefvalveandthehotwatercylinderitserves.
5.12.10 WastesfromReliefValve
Theoutletofpressure,temperatureorsuchothervalveshallnotbedirectlyconnectedtothedrainagesystem.
5.12.11 DrainCock
Adequatesizeofdraincockshallbeprovidedwithallstoragetanksfortheirpropercleaning.
5.13 MATERIALS,FITTINGS&APPLIANCES
a) The materials and fittings for water supply and distribution pipe and for storage tank shall comply with the
standardslistedinPart5'BuildingMaterials'andshallbeinaccordancewithSection2.15andthosespecified
inthissection.
b) The materials chosen shall be resistant to corrosion, both inside and outside or shall be suitably protected
against corrosion and free from all toxic and harmful substances. Polyethylene and unplasticized PVC pipes
shallnotbeinstallednearhotwaterpipesornearanyotherheatsource..
c) Alljointingofpipesandfittingsshallbedoneinaccordancewithacceptablestandardpractices.
5.13.1 WaterSupplyServiceandDistributionPipes
WatersupplyserviceanddistributionpipesshallconformtothestandardslistedinTables8.5.9and8.5.10.The
watersupplypipesandtubingusedoutsidethebuildingorundergroundshallhaveaminimumworkingpressure
of1.1MPaat23
o
C.Incaseofwatersupplyexceeding1.1MPapressure,thepipingmaterialshallhaveatleasta
rated working pressure equal to the highest available pressure. The hot water distribution piping shall have a
minimumpressureof550kPaat80
o
C.Differenttypes/classesofuPVC(UnplasticizedPVCpipes)areusedbothfor
serviceandinternaldistributionpipesasdescribedinTable8.5.11.However,Polyvinylchloride(PVC)plasticpipesshall
not be used exposed and unprotected as riser or water distribution pipe. Polythene or unplasticized PVC pipes
shallnotbeinstalledneartheheatersorhotwaterpiping.Leadpipesmaybeusedonlyforflushingandoverflow
purposesinawatersupplysystem.
5.13.2 PipeFittings
ThepipefittingsshallbeinaccordancewiththestandardslistedinTable8.5.12andthosespecifiedinPart5.
5.13.3 Concrete,PrestressedorFerrocementStructures
The properties of the materials used for storage tank or such other structures shall conform to the material
standardsspecifiedinPart5oftheCode.
Table8.5.9:WaterSupplyServicePipe
Materials Standards
Acrylonitrilebutadienestyrene(ABS)plasticpipe ASTMD1527,ASTMD2282
Brasspipe ASTMB43
Castironwaterpipe ASTMD377
CopperorCopperalloypipe ASTMB42,ASTMB302
CopperorCopperalloytubing ASTMB75,ASTMB88,ASTMB251,ASTMB447
Chlorinatedpolyvinylchloride(CPVC)pipe ASTMD2846,ASTMF441,ASTMF442
Galvanizedsteelpipe ASTMA53
Polybutyline(PB)plasticpipeandtubing ASTMD2662,ASTMD2666,ASTMD3309
Polyethyline(PE)plasticpipeandtubing ASTMD2239,ASTMD2737
PVCplasticpipe ASTMD1785,ASTMD2241,ASTMD2672
Part8
BuildingServices
8226 Vol.3
Table8.5.10:WaterDistributionPipe
Material Standard
Brasspipe ASTMB43
CopperorCopperalloypipe ASTMB42,ASTMB302
CopperorCopperalloytubing ASTMB75,ASTMB88,ASTMB251,ASTMB477
CPVCplasticpipeandtubing ASTMD2846,ASTMF441,ASTMF442
PVCplasticpipe ASTMD1785,ASTMD2241,ASTMD2672
5.14 GENERALREQUIREMENTFORPIPEWORK
5.14.1 PublicWaterMains
Thefollowingprinciplesshallapplyforthemains:
a) Servicemainsshallbeofadequatesizetogivetherequiredrateofflow.
Table8.5.11(a):WorkingPressureRangeofDifferentTypesofuPVC(UnplasticizedPVC)Pipes
Material Type/Class(Bar)(kg/cm
2
)
uPVCPipe
uPVCPipe
uPVCPipe
uPVCPipe
ClassB6.06.12
ClassC9.09.19
ClassD12.012.25
ClassE15.015.30
Table8.5.11(b):AverageWallThicknessClassEuPVC(UnplasticizedPVC)Pipes
Table8.5.12:PipeFittings
Material Standard
Asbestoscement ISO160,ISO881,ISO392
Castiron ASMEB164,ASMEB16.12
Copperorcopperalloy ASMEB16.15,ASMEB16.18,ASMEB1622
ASMEB16.23,ASMEB16.26,ASMEB16.29
ASMEB16.32
Greyironandductileiron AWWAC110,ISO2531
Malleableiron ASMEB16.3
Plastic,uPVC
ASTMD2464,ASTMD2466,ASTMD2467
ASTMD2609,ASTMF409,ASTMF437,
ASTMF438,ASTMF439
Steel ASMEB16.9,ASMEB16.11,ASMEB16.28
AverageWallThicknessofClassETypeuPVCPipe
3/8inch(9.5mm) inch(13mm) inch(19mm) 1.0inch(25mm)
1.9mm 2.1mm 2.5mm 2.7mm
b) Themainsshallbedividedintosectionsbymakingloopsystemandwiththeprovisionsofsluicevalvesand
othervalvessothatanypartofwatermainmaybeshutoff forrepairswithoutaffectingmajorpartofpipe
network
c) Toavoiddeadends,themainsshallbearrangedinagridformationorinanetwork.
d) Wheredeadendsareunavoidable,ahydrantshallbeprovidedtoactasawashout
e) Thewashoutvalveshallnotdischargedirectlyintoadrainorsewer,orintoamanholeorchamberdirectly
connectedtoit;aneffectivelytrappedchambershallbeinterposed,intowhichthewashoutshalldischarge.
f) Airvalvesshallbeprovidedatallsummits,andwashoutatlowpointsbetweensummits.
g) Mainsneednotbelaidatunvaryinggradients,butmayfollowthegeneralcontouroftheground.Theyshall,
however, fall continuously towards the washoutand rise towardsthe air valves. The gradient shallbe such
thatthereshallalwaysbeapositivepressureateverypointunderworkingconditions.
h) Thecoverforthemainsshallbeatleast900mmunderroadwaysand750mminthecaseoffootpaths.This
covershallbemeasuredfromthetopofthepipetothesurfaceoftheground.
i) The mains shall be located sufficiently away from other service lines like electric and telegraph cables to
ensure safety and where the mains cannot be located away from such lines, suitable protective measures
shallbeaccordedtothemains.
5.14.2 InterconnectionPipesfromWaterMain
a) EverypremisesthatissuppliedwithwaterbytheAuthorityshallhaveitsownseparatecommunicationpipe.
Inthecaseofagrouporblockofpremisesbelongingtothesameownerthesamecommunicationpipemay
supplywatertomorethanonepremiseswiththepriorpermissionoftheAuthority.
b) Thecommunicationpipebetweenthewatermainandthestopcockattheboundaryofthepremisesshallbe
laidbytheAuthority.
c) Connectionsupto50mmdiametermaybemadeonthewatermainbymeansofscrewedferrules,provided
the size of the connections does not exceed onethird the size of the water main. In all other cases, the
connectionshallbemadebyaTbranchoffthewatermain.
d) Asfaraspracticable,thecommunicationpipeandtheundergroundservicepipeshallbelaidatrightanglesto
themainandinapproximatelystraightlinestofacilitatelocationforrepairs.Itisalsorecommendedthatthe
communicationpipebelaidinapipeinpipesleeveoflargerdia.Madeofnoncorrosivematerialtoprotect
thecommunicationpipe.
e) Everycommunicationpipe shallhaveastopcockandmeterinsertedinit.Thewaterwayofeachsuchfitting
shallnotbelessthantheinternalsectionalareaofthecommunicationpipeandthefittingsshallbelocated
withinthepremisesataconspicuousplaceaccessibletotheAuthoritywhichshallhaveexclusivecontrolover
it.
5.14.3 User/ConsumerPipes
a) No consumerpipe shallbe laid in the premises toconnect the communication pipe without the approval of
theAuthority.
b) Theconsumerpipewithinthepremisesshallbelaidundergroundwithasuitablecovertosafeguardagainst
damagefromtrafficandextremesofweather.
c) Tocontrolthebranchpipetoeachseparatelyoccupiedpartofabuildingsuppliedbyacommonservicepipe,
astoptapshallbefixedtominimizetheinterruptionofthesupplyduringrepairs.Allsuchstopvalvesshallbe
Part8
BuildingServices
8228 Vol.3
fixed in accessible positions and properly protected. To supply water for drinking or for culinary purposes,
direct taps shall be provided on the branch pipes connected directly to the consumer pipe. In the case of
multistoriedbuildings,downtaketapsshallbesuppliedfromoverheadtanks.
d) Pumpsshallnotbeallowedontheservicepipe,astheycauseadropinpressureonthesuctionside,thereby
affecting the supply to the adjoining properties. In cases where pumping is required, a properly protected
storagetankofadequatecapacityshallbeprovidedtofeedthepump.
e) Nodirectboosting(byboosterpumps)shallbeallowedfromtheservicepipes(communicationandconsumer
pipes).
f) Consumerpipesshallbesodesignedandconstructedastoavoidairlocks.Drainingtapsshallbeprovidedat
thelowestpointsfromwhichthepipingshallrisecontinuouslytodrawofftaps.
g) Consumer pipes shall be so designed as to reduce the production and transmission of noise as much as
possible.
h) Consumer pipes in roof spaces and unventilated air spaces under floors or in basements shall be protected
againstcorrosion.
i) Consumerpipesshallbesolocatedthattheyarenotundulyexposedtoaccidentaldamageandshallbefixed
insuchpositionsastofacilitatecleaningandavoidaccumulationsofdirt.
j) Allconsumerpipesshallbesolaidastopermitexpansionandcontractionorothermovements.
5.14.4 ProhibitedConnections
a) Aservicepipeshallnotbeconnectedintoanydistributionpipe;suchconnectionmaypermitthebackflowof
waterfromacisternintotheservicepipe,incertaincircumstances,withconsequentdangerofcontamination
and depletion of storage capacity. It might also result in pipes and fittings being subjected to a pressure
higherthanthatforwhichtheyaredesigned,andinfloodingfromoverflowingcisterns.
b) No pipe for conveyance or in connection with water supplied by the Authority shall communicate with any
otherreceptacleusedorcapableofbeingusedforconveyanceotherthanwatersuppliedbytheAuthority.
c) Wherestoragetanksareprovided,nopersonshallconnectorbepermittedtoconnectanyservicepipewith
anydistributingpipe.
d) Noserviceorsupplypipeshallbeconnecteddirectlytoanywaterclosetoraurinal.Allsuchsuppliesshallbe
fromflushingcisternswhichshallbesuppliedfromstoragetank.
e) Noserviceorsupplypipeshallbeconnecteddirectlytoanyhotwatersystemortoanyotherapparatusused
forheatingotherthanthroughafeedcisternthereof.
5.15 SAFECONVEYANCEANDDISTRIBUTIONOFWATER&PREVENTIONOFBACKFLOW
5.15.1 BasicPrinciples
a) Wholesome water supply provided for drinking and culinary purposes shall not be liable to contamination
from any less satisfactory water. There shall, therefore, be no crossconnection whatsoever between the
distribution system for wholesome water and any pipe or fitting containing unwholesome water, or water
liable to contamination, or of uncertain quality, or water which has been used for any other purpose. The
provision of reflux or nonreturn valves or closed and sealed stop valves shall not be construed as a
permissiblesubstituteforcompleteabsenceofcrossconnection.
b) Thedesignofthepipeworkshallbesuchthatthereisnopossibilityofbackflowtowardsthesourceofsupply
from any cistern or appliance, whether by siphonage or otherwise. Reflux nonreturn valves shall not be
reliedupontopreventsuchbackflow.
c) Where a supply of less satisfactory water than wholesome water becomes inevitable as an alternative or is
required to be mixed with the latter, it shall be delivered only into a cistern and by a pipe or fitting
dischargingintotheairgapataheightabovethetopedgeofthecisternequaltotwiceitsnominalboreand
in no case less than 150 mm. It is necessary to maintain a definite air gap in all appliances or taps used in
waterclosets.
d) Allpipeworkshallbesodesigned,laidorfixedandmaintainedastoremaincompletelywatertight,thereby
avoidingwastage,damagetopropertyandtheriskofcontamination.
e) Nowatersupplylineshallbelaidorfixedsoastopassintoorthroughanysewer,scouroutletordrainorany
manhole connected therewith nor through any ash pit or manure pit or any material of such nature that is
likelytocauseunduedeteriorationofthepipe,exceptwhereitisunavoidable.
f) Where the laying of any pipe through corrosive soil or previous material is unavoidable, the piping shall be
properlyprotectedfromcontactwithsuchsoilormaterialbybeingcarriedthroughanexteriorcastirontube
or by some other suitable means as approved by the Authority. Any existing piping or fitting laid or fixed,
which does not comply with the above requirements, shall be removed immediately by the consumer and
relaidbyhiminconformitywiththeaboverequirementsandtothesatisfactionoftheAuthority.
g) Where lines have to be laid in close proximity to electric cables or in corrosive soils, adequate
precautions/protectionshouldbetakentoavoidcorrosion.
h) Undergroundpipingshallbelaidatsuchadepththatitisunlikelytobedamagedbyfrostortrafficloadsand
vibrations. It shall not be laid in ground liable to subsidence, but where such ground cannot be avoided,
specialprecautionsshallbetakentoavoiddamagetothepiping.Wherepipinghastobelaidacrossrecently
disturbed ground, the ground shall be thoroughly consolidated so as to provide a continuous and even
support.
i) Undesigningandplanningthelayoutof thepipework,dueattentionshallbegiventothemaximumrateof
discharge required, economy in Iabour and materials, protection against damage and corrosion, water
hammer, protection from frost, if required, and to avoidance of airlocks, noise transmission and unsightly
arrangement.
j) Toreducefrictionallosses,pipingshallbeassmoothaspossibleinside.Methodsofjointingshallbesuchasto
avoidinternalroughnessandprojectionatthejoints,whetherofthejointingmaterialsorotherwise.
k) Change in diameter and in direction shall preferably be gradual rather than abrupt to avoid undue loss of
head.Nobendorcurveinpipingshallbemadewhichislikelytomateriallydiminishoralterthecrosssection.
l) Noboilerforgeneratingsteamorclosedboilersofanydescriptionoranymachineryshallbesupplieddirect
fromaserviceorsupplypipe.Everysuchboilerormachineryshallbesuppliedfromafeedcistern.
5.15.2 BackflowPrevention
a) The installation shall be such that water delivered is not liable to become contaminated or that
contaminationofthepublicwatersupplydoesnotoccur.
b) Thevarioustypesofpipingandmechanicaldevicesacceptableforbackflowprotectionare:
i) Barometricloop,
ii) Airgap,
iii) Atmospherevacuumbreaker,
Part8
BuildingServices
8230 Vol.3
iv) Pressurevacuumbreaker,
v) Doublecheckvalve,and
vi) Reducedpressurebackflowdevice.
c) Theinstallationshallnotadverselyaffectdrinkingwater:
i) bymaterialsincontactwiththewaterbeingunsuitableforthepurpose;
ii) asaresultofbackflowofwaterfromwaterfittings,orwaterusingappliancesintopipeworkconnected
tomainsortootherfittingsandappliances;
iii) by crossconnection between pipes conveying water supplied by the water undertaker with pipes
conveyingwaterfromsomeothersource;and
iv) bystagnation,particularlyathightemperatures.
d) No pump or similar apparatus, the purpose of which is to increase the pressure in or rate of flow from a
supplypipeoranyfittingorapplianceconnectedtoasupplypipe,shallbeconnectedunlessthepriorwritten
permissionofthewatersupplierhasbeenobtainedineachinstance.
Theuseofsuchapumporsimilarapparatusislikelytoleadtopressurereductionintheupstreampipework
which,ifsignificant,increasetheriskofbackflowfromotherfittings.
e) Thewatershallnotcomeincontactwithunsuitablematerialsofconstruction.
f) No pipe or fitting shall be laid in, on or through land fill, refuse, an ashpit, sewer, drain, cesspool or refuse
chute,oranymanholeconnectedwiththem.
g) Nopipesusceptibletodeteriorationbycontactwithanysubstanceshallbelaidorinstalledinaplacewhere
suchdeteriorationislikelytooccur.Nopipethatispermeabletoanycontaminantshallbelaidorinstalledin
anypositionwherepermeationislikelytooccur.
h) Ifaliquid(otherthanwater)isusedinanytypeofheatingprimarycircuit,whichtransfersheattowaterfor
domesticuse,theliquidshallbenontoxicandnoncorrosive.
i) A backflow prevention device shall be arranged or connected at or as near as practicable to each point of
delivery anduse of water. Appliances with builtin backflow prevention shall be capable of passing the test.
All backflow prevention devices shall be installed so that they are accessible for examination, repair or
replacement. Such devices shall be capable of being tested periodically by the Authority to ensure that the
deviceisfunctioningefficientlyandnobackflowisoccurringatanytime.
5.16 LAYINGOFPIPESONSITE
5.16.1 ExcavationofTrenchesandRefilling
a) Thebottomsofthetrenchexcavationsshallbesopreparedthatthebarrelsofthepipes,whenlaid,arewell
beddedfortheirwholelengthonafirmsurfaceandaretruetolineandgradient.
b) In the refilling of trenches, the pipes shall be surrounded with fine selected material, well rammed so as to
resistsubsequentmovementofthepipes.
c) Nostonesshallbeincontactwiththepipes;whenrestingonrock,thepipesshallbebeddedonfineselected
materialor(especiallywherethereisasteepgradient)onalayerofconcrete.
d) Thewidthofexcavationtrenchshallbeatleast0.4mmorethantheoutsidediameterofthepipe.
e) The depth of ground cover shall be at least 0.9 m under roadway or 0.75 m under garden from the top
surfaceofthepipetothegroundsurface.
f) Thebottomofthetrenchshallbecarefullypreparedsothatthepipewillbebeddedwellforitsentirelength
onfirmsurface.
5.16.2 LayingofPipe
a) Thepipesshallbecarefullyclearedofallforeignmatterbeforebeinglaid.
b) Inslopingground,thepipelayingshallproceedinupwarddirection.Thepipeshallbeprovidedwithanchor
blockstowithstandhydraulicpressure.
5.16.3 LayingofPipeThroughDucts,Chases,NotchesorHoles
Provisionsforlayingpipesinductsorchaseshallbemadeduringthetimeofconstruction.Whenthesewillbecut
into existing walls, they shall be large enough with smooth finishing for fixing the pipe and to accommodate
thermalexpansion.Pipingsubjecttoexternalpressureshallnotbelaidinnotchesorholes.
5.16.4 LaggedPiping
Lagged piping shall be entirely covered with waterproof and fire insulating materials before their attachment to
the walls outside the building and shall be anchored with the wall keeping a gap in between the wall and the
piping.
5.16.5 JointingofPipes
All joints and connections shall be gas tight and water tight for the pressure required by the test in accordance
withSec5.22.2.Thejointsbetweendifferentpipingandfittingsforwatersupplyshallconformtothestandards
citedagainsttheminTable8.5.13.Therequirementsforthejointsnotspecifiedinthetableshallbesubjecttothe
approvaloftheAuthority.
Table8.5.13:JointsBetweenDifferentPipingandFittings
Material Standard
ABSplasticpipeandfittings ASTM D2235, ASTM D2661, ASTM
D3139,ASTMF628ASMEB1.20.1
Asbestos,cementpipeandfittings ASTMD1869
Brasspipeandfittings ASMEB1.20.1
Castironpipeandfittings ASTMC564
Copperandcopperalloypipeandfittings ASTMB32,ASMEB1.20.1
PVCplasticpipeandfittings ASTM D2846, ASTM D3139, ASTM
F493,ASMEB1.20.1
Galvanizedsteelpipeandfittings ASMEB1.20.1
PBplasticpipe,tubingandfittings ASTM D2657, ASTM D3140, ASTM
D3309
PEplasticpipe,tubingandfittings ASTMD2657
PVCplasticpipeandfittings ASTM D2564, ASTM D2855, ASTM
D3139, ASTM D3212, ASTM F402,
ASTMF656,ASMEB1.20.1
5.16.6 SpecialCareforRatProofing
The location and installation of water meter box shall be such as not to permit the entrance of rats into the
building.Theopeningsthroughwalls,floorsorceilingsfortheinstallationofpipingshallbeclosedbyusingproper
collarstopreventtheentranceofrats.
Part8
BuildingServices
8232 Vol.3
5.17 HANGERSANDSUPPORT
Thepipingsystemshallbeinstalledwithproperhangersandsupporttominimizeunduestrainsandstresses.All
fixturesandfittingsshallbeprovidedwithhangersandsupporttosecurethemproperly.
5.17.1 Galvanicaction
Hangers,anchorsandstrappingmaterialsshallbestrongandductileandshallnotpromotegalvanicaction.
5.17.2 HangerSpacing
VerticalandhorizontalpipingshallbesupportedinaccordancewithTable8.5.14.
Table8.5.14:HangerSpacing
PipingMaterial Max.Horizontal
Spacing(m)
Max.Vertical
Spacing(m)
Galvanizedsteelpipe 3.5 4.5
Copperpipeorcopperalloytubing>38mmdiameter 3.5 3.0
Copperpipeorcopperalloytubing<38mmdiameter 2.0 3.0
PVCpipeandtubing 1.0 1.0
Aluminiumtubing 3.0 4.5
Brasspipe 3.0 3.0
5.18 PROTECTIONOFPOTABLEWATERSUPPLY
5.18.1 Crossconnection
Potable water supply system shall be protected against nonpotable water sources or wastes (solid, liquid or
gases). There shall be no crossconnection between potable water distribution system and nonpotable water
distributionorwastedisposalsystem.
5.18.2 Submergedoutlet
Frompotablewatersupplysystemshallbeavoided.Connectionofpotablewatertoboilerfeedwatersystem,or
heatingorcoolingsystemshallbemadethroughproperairgap.
5.18.3 Coolingwater
Waterusedforcoolingorforotherpurposesshallnotbereturnedtothepotablewatersupplysystem.
5.18.4 Backflow
Potable water supply system shall be protected against backflow either by air gap or by back flow preventor.
Reflexnonreturnvalveshallnotbeusedforthispurpose.Detailshavebeenexplainedinsection5.15.2.
5.18.5 BackflowProtections
The connection of potable water for health care plumbing fixtures shall be protected against backflow in
accordancewithTable8.5.15.
5.18.6 AirGap
The minimum air gaps for different water supply openings or outlet shall be at least 3 times the effective
opening when they will be placed close to a wall. The minimum air gaps shall be at least 2times the effective
openingwhentheywillbelocatedawayfromawall.
Table8.5.15:WaterSupplyProtectionforHospitalFixtures
Fixtures ProtectionsRequired
Aspirators
Bedpanwasher
Boilingtypesterilizer
Exhaustcondenser
Flushfloordrain
Houseconnection
Pressuresterilizer
Vacuumsystem
(cleaningandfluidsection)
Vacuumbreaker
Vacuumbreaker
Airgap
Vacuumbreaker
Vacuumbreaker
Vacuumbreaker
Vacuumbreaker
Airgaporvacuumbreaker
5.18.7
Potable water supply connection to any cistern or apparatus containing chemical(s) shall be done only with the
specialapprovalforsuchconnectionbytheAuthorityandshallbemarkedbyatag.
5.18.8
Allpipingandfittingshallbedesigned,installedandmaintainedastobeandtoremaincompletelyairtightand
therebyavoidingwasteofwater,damagetopropertyandtoavoidtheriskofcontamination.
5.18.9
Nonpotablewatersupplysystemshallhavetobepaintedandmarkedbyatag.
5.18.10
Flushingvalveoperatedwaterclosetswheninstalledinanybuildingshallbesuppliedthroughaseparatebranch
pipewithabackflowpreventeratthestartingpointwherethebranchpipeistakenofffromthesupplypipe.
5.19 HEALTHCAREWATERSUPPLY
5.19.1 GeneralRequirement
Allhospitalsshallhaveatleasttwoservicepipesfromtheindividualwatersupplysourceorfromthewatermain
forsupplyingwaterwithoutanyinterruption.Forroofstoragesystem,thehospitalshallhaveatleasttwostorage
tanks such that each of them is capable of serving the water distribution system in absence of the other. All
specialfixturesshallbeinstalledwithoutinterferencetothetransportationandtothesafetyofpatientandstaff.
5.19.2 HotWaterSupply
Allhospitalsshallbeequippedtosupplyhotwaterasrequiredbydifferentfixturesandequipment.
5.19.3 WaterSupplyProtection
The water supply connection to all special equipment or fixtures shall be protected against backflow, flooding,
foulingandcontaminationofwatersupplysysteminaccordancewithSection5.9.
5.20 CLEANINGANDDISINFECTINGTHESYSTEM
5.20.1 General
The new and repaired potable water supply system including storage tank shall be disinfected before their use.
The existing water supply system shall be cleaned and disinfected depending upon the quality of water. The
storagetankshallbecleanedanddisinfectedatleastonceayear.
Part8
BuildingServices
8234 Vol.3
5.20.2 DisinfectionProcedure
Thefollowingproceduremaybeadoptedtodisinfecttheplumbingsystem:
a) Thewatersupplysystemorstoragetankshallbeflushedwithpotablewateruntilcleanwaterappearsatthe
outlets.
b) Thesystemorpartthereofwhichrequiresdisinfectionshallbefilledupwithchlorinatedwatercontaining50
mg/lofchlorinefor24hoursorfor3hourswithachlorinatedwaterofchlorineconcentrationof200mg/l.
c) After the period of disinfection, the system shall be flushed with potable water until the chlorine is
completelyremovedfromthewaterinthesystem.
d) The above procedure shall be repeated until the bacteriological examination shows presence of no water
contaminationwithinthesystem.
5.21 INSPECTION,TESTINGANDCOMPLETIONCERTIFICATE
5.21.1 Inspection
Pipingandjointsshallnotbeenclosed,concealedorcovereduntiltheyhavebeeninspectedandapprovedbythe
Authority. All piping and fixtures shall be inspected for satisfactory supports and protection from damage and
corrosion.
5.21.2 Testing
After installation of the entire water supply system or part thereof, it shall be tested and approved by the
Authoritybeforeitsuse.
a) Testing of Water Mains : The section of the main to be tested shall be charged with water carefully by
providinga25mminletwithastopcocktoexpelallairfromthemain.Themainshallbeallowedtostandfull
ofwaterforafewdays.Afterthatthemainsshallbetestedtoapressureof500kPaordoublethemaximum
workingpressure,whicheverisgreaterforatleast5minutes.Thesystemshallbeabletomaintaintheabove
testpressure.
b) TestingofDistributionPipesandFixtures:Thedistributionsystemtobetestedshallbeslowlyandcarefully
chargedwithwatertoexpelallairfromthesystemandtoavoidallshocksandwaterhammer.Thepipingand
fittingsshallbeabsolutelywatertightwhenalldrawofftapsareclosed.Thesystemshallbeabletomaintain
thepressuresandflowrequiredunderworkingconditions.
c) Testing of Hot Water System : The entire hot water system shall be tested for the maximum rated
temperature and pressure of hot water storage system. The system shall be able to maintain the required
testpressure.Allsafetydevicesshallbetestedfortheirproperoperation.
Thelicensedplumbershallissuecompletioncertificateinaprescribedform(Appendix8.5.B)totheAuthorityon
completionofthewatersupplysystemorpartthereofforinspectionandtesting.Aftertesting,theAuthoritywill
allowthewaterconnectionfromthewatermain(ifany)andgivethefinalapproval(Appendix8.5.B)tousethe
system.
5.22 GUIDETOMAINTENANCE
The owner or his/her designated agent shall maintain the water supply system in a safe operating condition as
specifiedbytheCode.
5.22.1 FrequencyofCleaning
The storage tank shall be inspected regularly and shall be cleaned and disinfected periodically. Metal tanks
showingthesignofcorrosionshallbecoatedasspecifiedinSection5.9.2.2.
5.22.2 OverflowPipe
Theoverflowpipesofstoragetankshallbeinspectedregularlytokeeptheflowfreefromobstruction.
5.22.3 WaterQuality
Aperiodicalexaminationofwaterqualitymaybemade.
5.23 INDIVIDUALWATERSUPPLYSYSTEM
5.23.1 General
In the absence of a public water supply, the individual potable water source shall be used to supply water in a
distributionsystem.Thefollowingwatersourcesmaybeusedforindividualwatersupplypurposes:drilledwell,
dugwell,drivenwell,spring,infiltrationgallery.
5.23.2 WaterRequirements
ThecapacityofsourceshallbesufficienttosupplywaterasspecifiedinSection5.5.
5.23.3 QualityofWater
Water from developed well or cistern shall meet the potable water quality standard requirements specified by
theDepartmentofEnvironment,Bangladesh.
5.23.4 Chlorination
Thewellorcisternshallbechlorinatedaftertheirconstructionorrepair.
5.23.5 LocationofWaterSource
Theminimumdistanceofwatersourceandpumpsuctionlinefrompotentialsourcesofcontaminationshallbein
Table8.5.16:DistancefromPotentialSourcesofContamination
PotentialSourceofContamination Distance(m)
Pumpfloordrainofcastiron,drainingtogroundsurface 1
Sewer 3
Farmsilo 8
Septictank 8
Subsurfacepit/Seepagepit 15
Subsurfacedisposalfield 15
Barnyard 30
Pasture 30
5.23.6 WellConstruction
5.23.6.1 LocationofWaterTable
Theindividualwatersupplyshallnotbedevelopedfromawaterbearingstratumwithwatertableatadepthless
than3mbelowthegroundsurface.
Part8
BuildingServices
8236 Vol.3
5.23.6.2 OutsideCasing
The outside watertight casing shall have to be installed for each well up to a depth of at least 3 m below the
groundsurfaceandshallprojectatleast150mmabovethegroundsurface.Thelowerendofthecasingshallbe
sealedinanimpermeablestratumorextendintothewaterbearingstratum.Thesizeofthecasingshallbelarge
enoughtopermittheinstallationofanindependentdroppipe.Thecasingmaybeofconcrete,tile,orgalvanized
or corrugated metal pipe. The annular space between the casing and the earth shall be filled with grout to a
minimumdepthof3m.Forfloodproneregions,topofthecasingorpipesleeveshallbeatleast300mmabove
thefloodlevel.
5.23.6.3 WellCover
Allpotablewellsshallbeequippedwithawatertightcoveroverlappingthetopofthecasingorpipesleeve.Fordugorboredwell,
theoverlapanddownwardextensionofthecovershallbeatleast50mmoutsidethewellcasingorwell.Theannularspacebetween
thecasingorpipesleeveandthedroppipeshallhaveawatertightsealing.
5.23.6.4 DrainagefromWellPlatformorPumpHouse
Theconstructionofwellplatformorpumphouseshallbesuchthatthiswilldrainawayfromthewellbygravity.
5.23.7 PumpingEquipment
Thedesign,installationandconstructionofpumpsshallbesuchthattheywillnotpermittheentranceofanycontaminatingmaterial
intothewellorwatersupplysystem.Thepumpshallbeaccessibleforinspection,maintenanceandrepair.
RelevantAppendices:
Appendix8.5.A ApplicationforPermittoConstructWaterSupplyandDistributionSystem
Appendix8.5.BCompletionCertificate(WaterSupplyWorks)
Appendix8.5.C SizingofColdWaterSupplyandDistributionPiping
Appendix8.5.D RecommendedWaterQualityforDomesticPurposes.
Part8
Chapter 6
SanitaryDrainage
6.1 PURPOSE
Thepurposeofthischapteristosetforthprovisionsforplanning,designandinstallationofwastedisposalsystems
inandoutofbuildings
6.2 SCOPE
6.2.1
This chapter specifies the general requirements for environmental sanitation for different categories of buildings
accordingtotheiroccupancyclassification.
6.2.2
This chapter also covers the design, installation and maintenance of drainage systems together with all ancillary
workssuchasmanholesandinspectionchambersusedwithinthebuildingandfromthebuildingtopublicsewers
ortooffsitewastedisposalsystem(i.e.intoseptictanksandseepagepitsorsubsurfacedrainagesystem).
6.2.3
Thedisposalofwastesfromindustries,nuclearplants,slaughterhouses,etc.arenotcoveredbythisCode.These
wastes shall be properly treated as specified by environmental quality standards of Bangladesh before their
disposalintopublicsewersorintonaturalbodiesofwater.
6.3 TERMINOLOGY
ThissectionprovidesanalphabeticallistofalltermsusedandapplicabletothischapteroftheCode.Incaseofany
conflict or contradiction between a definition given in this section and that in any other chapter or part of the
Code,themeaningspecifiedinthischaptershallgovernforinterpretationoftheprovisionsofthischapter.
BEDDINGFACTOR:Theratiooftheproductofdesignloadandfactorofsafetytotheminimumcrushingstrength.
BRANCH:Anypartofthepipingsystemotherthanamain,riser,orstack.
BRANCHINTERVAL:Thelengthofsoilor waste stackcorrespondingingeneraltoastoreyheight, but in nocase
less than 2.5 m within which the horizontal branches from one floor or storey of building are connected to the
stack.
BRANCHVENT:Theventconnectingoneormoreindividualventswithaventstackorstackvent.
BUILDING DRAIN : The building (house) drain is that part of the lowest piping or open channel of a drainage
systemwhichreceivesthedischargesfromsoil,waste,andotherdrainagesystemsinsidethewallsofthebuilding
andconveysthesametothebuilding(house)sewer,beginningat0.9moutsidethebuildingwall.
Part8
BuildingServices
8238 Vol.3
BUILDING SEWER : The building (house) sewer is that part of the horizontal piping of a drainage system which
extendsfromtheendofthebuildingdrainandwhichreceivesthedischargeofthebuildingdrainandconveysitto
apublicsewer,privatesewer,individualsewagedisposalsystem,orotherpointofdisposal.AlsoknownasSEWER.
CIRCUITVENT:Ventingofbranchdrainagepipewithwhichmultiplefixturesareconnectedinbattery.
DRAIN:Adrainisanypipeoropenchannelwhichcarrieswastewaterorwaterbornewastesinabuildingdrainage
system.
DRAINAGESYSTEM:Adrainagesystem(drainagepiping)includesallthepipingwithinpublicorprivatepremises,
which conveys sewage, rain water, or other liquid wastes to a legal point of disposal, but does not include the
mainsofapublicsewersystemoraprivateorpublicsewagetreatmentordisposalplant.
DRINKINGFOUNTAIN:Afountainoratapwithpotablewatersupplyconnection.
EXISTINGWORK:Theexistingworkisaplumbingsystemoranypartthereofwhichwasinstalledpriortothedate
ofenforcementofthisCode.
FIXTUREUNIT:Afixtureunitisaquantityintermsofwhichtheloadproducingeffectsontheplumbingsystemof
differentkindsofplumbingfixturesareexpressedonsomearbitrarilychosenscale.
FLUSHVALVES:Aflushvalveisadeviceinstalledonthefixturesforthepurposeofflushingthosefixtures.
FRENCH DRAIN: A shallow trench filled with coarse rubble, clinker or similar material with or without field drain
pipes.
GRADE:Thegradeistheslopeorfallofapipeinreferencetoahorizontalplane.Indrainageitisusuallyexpressed
asthefallinmmpermlengthofpipe.
HORIZONTALBRANCH:Ahorizontalbranchisadrainpipeextendinglaterallyfromasoilorwastestackorbuilding
drain,withorwithoutverticalsectionsorbranches,whichreceivesthedischargefromoneormorefixturedrains
andconductsittothesoilorwastestackortothebuilding(house)drain.
HORIZONTALPIPE:Ahorizontalpipeisanypipeorfittingwhichisinstalledinahorizontalpositionorwhichmakes
anangleoflessthan45degreeswiththehorizontal.
IMHOFF TANK: These are twostoreyed settling cum digestion tanks used for primary treatment of domestic
sewageinaveryanaerobicenvironment.
INDIVIDUAL VENT: An individual vent is a pipe installed to vent a fixture trap and which connects with the vent
systemabovethefixtureservedorterminatesintheopenair.
INTERCEPTOR: An interceptor is a device designed and installed so as to separate and retain deleterious,
hazardous, or undesirable matter from normal wastes and permit normal or liquid wastes to discharge into the
disposalterminalbygravity.
INVERT:Thelowestpointoftheinternalsurfaceofapipeorchannelatanycrosssection.
KITCHENSINK:Sinkorwashingfacilitiesraisedaboveoratthelevelofthefloorfittedwithatap.
LEADER:Averticaldrainagepipethatcarriesrainwaterfromrooforgutterdraintobuildingstormdrainorbuilding
drainorprivatedisposalsystem.ItisalsocalledRainwaterDownPipe(RDP)
LIQUIDWASTE:Theliquidwasteisthedischargefromanyfixture,appliance,orappurtenanceinconnectionwitha
plumbingsystemwhichdoesnotreceivefaecalmatter.
LOAD FACTOR: The load factor is the percentage of the total connected fixture unit flow rate which is likely to
occuratanypointinthedrainagesystem.Itvarieswiththetypeofoccupancy,thetotalflowunitabovethepoint
beingconsidered,andwiththeprobabilityfactorofsimultaneoususe.
SanitaryDrainage Chapter6
LOCALVENTSTACK:Averticalpipingtowhichconnectionsaremadefromthedischargesideoftrapsandthrough
whichvapourorfoulgasisremovedfromthefixtureordeviceusedonbedpanwasher.
LOOPVENT:AlsocalledCircuitvent.SeeCIRCUITVENT.
MAIN:Themainofanysystemofcontinuouspipingistheprincipalarteryofthesystem,towhichbranchesmaybe
connected.
MAINSEWER:SeePUBLICSEWER.
MAINVENT:Themainventistheprincipalarteryoftheventingsystem,towhichventbranchesareconnected.
MANHOLE : An opening through which a man may enter or leave a drain, a sewer or other closed structure for
inspection,cleaningandothermaintenanceoperations,fittedwithasuitablecover.
MANHOLE CHAMBER: A chamber constructed on a drain or sewer so as to provide access thereto for inspection,
testingortheclearanceofobstruction.
NONSERVICELATRINE:Alatrineotherthanservicelatrine.
OFFSET:Anoffsetinalineofpipingisacombinationofelbowsorbendswhichbringsonesectionofthepipeout
oflinebutintoalineparallelwiththeothersection.
PIPE SYSTEM:The system tobe adopted will depend on the type and planning of the building in which it is to be
installedandwillbeoneofthefollowing:
a) SingleStackSystem(seeFig8.6.1):Theonepipesystemwithouttrapventilationpipework.
b) OnePipeSystem(seeFig8.6.2):Theplumbingsysteminwhichthewastefromsinks,bathroomsandwash
basins,andsoilpipebranchesareallcollectedintoonemainpipeconnecteddirectlytothedrainagesystem.Gully
trapsandwastepipesarecompletelydispensedwithbutallthetrapsofwaterclosets,basins,etc.arecompletely
ventilatedtopreservethewaterseal.
c) Two Pipe System (see Fig 8.6.3) : A discharge pipe system comprising two independent discharge pipes, one
conveying soil directly to the drain, the other conveying waste water to the drain through a trapped gully. The
systemmayalsorequireventilatingpipes.
PLUMBING : The plumbing includes the practice, materials, and fixtures used in the installation, maintenance,
extension, and alteration of all piping, fixtures, appliances, and appurtenances in connection with any of the
following:sanitarydrainageorstormdrainagefacilities,theventingsystemandthepublicorprivatewatersupply
systems, within or adjacent to any building, structure, or conveyance; also the practice and materials used in the
installation,maintenance,extension,oralterationofthestormwater,liquidwaste,orsewerage,andwatersupply
systemsofanypremisestotheirconnectionwithinanypointofpublicdisposalorotheracceptableterminal.
PLUMBING FIXTURES : The plumbing fixtures are installed receptacles, devices, or appliances which are supplied
withwaterorwhichreceiveordischargeliquidsorliquidbornewastes,withorwithoutdischargeintothedrainage
systemwithwhichtheymaybedirectlyorindirectlyconnected.
PLUMBINGSYSTEM:Theplumbingsystemincludesthewatersupplyanddistributionpipes,plumbingfixturesand
traps, soil, waste and vent pipes, building drains and building sewers, including their respective connections,
devices, and appurtenances within the property lines of the premises, and water treating or water using
equipment.
PUBLIC SEWER : A public sewer is a common sewer directly controlled by public authority. Also known as MAIN
SEWER.
RELIEFVENT:Areliefventisaventtheprimaryfunctionofwhichistoprovidecirculationofairbetweendrainage
andventsystems(Fig8.6.6).
Part8
BuildingServices
8240 Vol.3
RISER:Awatersupplypipethatextendsverticallyonefullstoreyormoretoconveywatertobranchesorfixtures.
SANITARYSEWER:Asanitarysewerisapipewhichcarriessewageandexcludesstorm,surface,andgroundwater.
AlsoknownasSEWER.
SEEPAGEPIT:SeeSOAKPIT.
SEPTICTANK:Aseptictankisawatertightsettlingtankwhichreceivesthedischargeofadrainagesystemorpart
thereof and is designed and constructed so as to separate solids from the liquid, digest organic matter through a
periodofdetention,andallowtheliquidstodischargeintothesoiloutsidethetankthroughasystemofopenjoint
orperforatedpipingordisposalpit(Fig8.6.15).
SERVICELATRINE:Alatrinefromwhichtheexcretaareremovedbymanualagencyandnotbywatercarriage.
SEWAGE:Thesewageisanyliquidwastecontaininganimalorvegetablematterinsuspensionorsolutionandmay
includeliquidscontainingchemicalsinsolution.
SEWER:SeeBUILDINGSEWERorPUBLICSEWERorSANITARYSEWERorSTORMSEWER.
SLUDGE : A settled portion of the sewage or waste water effluent from a sedimentation tank in semisolid
condition.
SOAK PIT : A pit, dug into permeable soil lined to form a covered perforated chamber or filled with sand at the
bottomandgravelorbrokenbricksatthetopintowhicheffluentfromseptictankorstormwaterisledandfrom
whichthesemaysoakawayintotheground.AlsoknownasSEEPAGEPITorSOAKWELL.
SOAKWELL:SeeSOAKPIT.
SOIL PIPE :A soil pipe is any pipe which conveys the discharge of water closets, urinals, or fixtures having similar
functions,withorwithoutthedischargefromotherfixtures,tothebuildingdrainorbuildingsewer.
SOILVENT:SeeSTACKVENT.
STACK:Astackistheverticalmainofasystemofsoil,waste,orventpiping.
STACKVENT:Astackvent(sometimescalledawasteventorsoilvent)istheextensionofsoilorwastestackabove
thehighesthorizontaldrainconnectedtothestack.AlsoknownasSOILVENT.
STACKVENTING:Stackventingisamethodofventingafixtureorfixturesthroughthesoilorwastestack.
STERILIZER VENT : A separate pipe or stack, indirectly connected to the building drainage system at the lower
terminal, which receives the vapour from non pressure sterilizers or the exhaust from pressure sterilizers and
conductthevapourdirectlytotheouterair.
SUBSOIL DRAIN : A subsoil drain is a drain which receives only subsurface or seepage water and conveys it to a
placeofdisposal.
SULLAGE:Thedischargefromwashbasins,sinksandsimilarappliances,whichdoesnotcontainhumanoranimal
excreta.
SUMP : A sump is a tank or pit which receives sewage or liquid waste, located below the normal grade of the
gravitysystem,andwhichmustbeemptiedbymechanicalmeans.
SUPPORTS:Thesupports,hangers,andanchorsaredevicesforsupportingandsecuringpipeandfixturestowalls,
ceilings,floors,orstructuralmembers.
TRAP:Atrapisafittingordevicesodesignedandconstructedastoprovide,whenproperlyvented,aliquidseal
which will prevent the back passage of air or gas without materially affecting the flow of sewage or waste water
throughit.
TRAP SEAL : The trap seal is the maximum vertical depth of liquid that a trap will retain, measured between the
crownweirandthetopofthedipofthetrap.
VENTPIPE:SeeVENTSYSTEM.
VENTSTACK:Aventstackisaverticalventpipeinstalledprimarilyforthepurposeofprovidingcirculationofairto
andfromanypartofthedrainagesystem.
VENTSYSTEM:Aventsystemisapipeorpipesinstalledtoprovideaflowofairtoorfromadrainagesystemorto
provideacirculationofairwithinsuchsystemtoprotecttrapsealsfromsiphonageandbackpressure.Alsoknown
asVENTPIPE.
VERTICALPIPE:Averticalpipeisanypipeorfittingwhichisinstalledinaverticalpositionorwhichmakesanangle
ofnotmorethan45degreeswiththevertical.
WASTEPIPE:Awastepipeisapipewhichconveysonlyliquidwastefreeoffaecalmatter.
YOKEVENT:Ayokeventisaventprovidedbetweendrainageandventstackstoprovidecirculationofairbetween
drainageandventsystems(Fig8.6.6).
6.4 DRAINAGEANDSANITATIONPLANS
DrainageandsanitationsystemshallnotbeinstalleduntilapermitforsuchworkhasbeenissuedbytheAuthority
forexisting(onlyforadditionorforalteration)ornewbuildingorforanyotherpremises.
6.4.2 ApplicationforPermit
An application for a permit for drainage and sanitation work shall be made on a prescribed form (see Appendix
8.5.A)bythelicensedplumberandtheowner,orbyhisappointedpersonoragenttoinstallalloraselfcontained
orworkablepartofsuchwork.Theapplicationshallaccompanybuildingdrainageplansandadequatedescription
of the proposed drainage and sanitation installation in a drawing (drawn to a scale not less than 1:100) with the
followingdetails:
a) plan(s)ofthebuildingwithtypicalarrangementofplumbingfixtures;
b) sanitarywastedisposalsystem;
c) ventingsysteminthebuildingdrainagesystem;
d) materials,sizesandgradientsofallproposedpiping;
e) the position of manhole, traps, waste pipe, rainwater pipe, vent pipe, water closet, urinal,
lavatory, sink or other appliances in the premises and their connection with sewerage/drainage
system or with private waste disposal system; the following colours may be used to indicate
sewers,wastewaterpipes,rainwaterpipesandexistingworks:
proposedsanitarysewersandsanitarywastedisposalpipes: red
proposedsanitarysewersandsanitarywastedisposalpipes: blue
existingnetwork: black
f) the position of refuse chute, inlet hopper and collection chamber for buildings more than six
storeyshigh.
Part8
BuildingServices
8242 Vol.3
6.4.3
Inadditiontodrainageplanaseparatesiteplanofthebuildingshallbesubmittedwiththefollowingparticulars:
a) adjoiningplotsandstreetswiththeiridentification;
b) thepositionandinvertlevelofthepublicsewers(ifany)andthedirectionofflowinit;
c) theleveloftheproposeddrainsconnectingtothesewers(ifany);
d) thepositionandlayoutofprivatewastedisposalsystem(inabsenceofpublicsewers);and
e) thealignment,sizeandgradientsofalldrains.
6.4.4
For high rise buildings, design calculations and specifications for various items of the work involved shall be
submittedalongwiththedrawings.
Thebuildingofficialshallexamineorcause tobeexaminedallapplicationsforpermits and,amendmentsthereto
within45days.Iftheapplicationdoesnotconformtotherequirementsofallpertinentlaws,suchapplicationshall
berejectedinwriting,statingthereasonstherefore.IftheproposedworksatisfiesalltheCoderequirements,the
Authorityshallissueanontransferablepermit.
6.5 LICENSINGOFPLUMBER
No individual, partnership, corporation or firm shall engage in the business of installation, repair, alteration or
maintenanceofplumbing,drainageandsanitationworkwithoutobtainingalicensefromtheAuthority.
6.5.2 ExaminationandCertification
TheBuilding Authorityshall establishaplumbersexaminationboard.The boardwill determinetherequirements
for the qualification and procedures for examination of applicants for license. The Authority will issue license to
such applicants who meet the qualifications therefore and successfully pass the examination conducted by the
board.
ThelicenseofalicensedplumbermaybenullifiedbytheBuildingAuthority,ifitisprovedthataplumbingworkhas
been completed and certified by the licensed plumber violating the provisions of this Code deliberately setting
asidetheapprovalsgiveninthepermitorwithoutreceivingthepermitfromtheBuildingAuthority.
6.6 DRAINAGEANDSANITATIONREQUIREMENT
6.6.1 General
6.6.1.1
Eachfamilydwellingunitonpremisesabuttingapublicsewerorwithaprivatewastedisposalsystemshallhaveat
leastonewaterclosetandonekitchensinkorwashingfacilities.Itisrecommendedtohaveatleastonebathroom
withabathtuborshowertomeetthebasicrequirementsofsanitationandpersonalhygieneandinthatcasebath
andwaterclosetshallbeseparatelyaccommodated.
6.6.1.2
All other structures for human occupancy or use on premises abutting a sewer or with a private waste disposal
system shall have adequate sanitary facilities but in no case less than one water closet and one other fixture for
cleaningpurposes.
6.6.1.3
Thereshallbeonewatertapandarrangementfordrainageinthevicinityofeachwaterclosetinallbuildings.
6.6.1.4
Thereshallbeatleastonewatertapandarrangementfordrainageinthevicinityofeachurinalorgroupofurinals
inallbuildings.
6.6.1.5
There shall be separate facilities for each sex for public toilets and for public bathing places based on the
percentageofeachanticipatedsex.
6.6.1.6
Wheredrinkingwaterfountainisprovided,itshallnotbeinstalledintoiletroom.
6.6.1.7
Rooms containing water closets or urinals shall be separated by partition wall from places where food will be
preparedandserved.
6.6.1.8
Allwaterclosetsandurinalsshallbeprovidedwithflushingsystem.
6.6.2 MinimumNumberofFixtures
Table8.6.1andSec6.6.2.1and6.6.2.2providetheminimumnumberoffixturesrequiredfordifferentcategoriesof
buildings according to their occupancy classifications. The fixture requirement for the occupancy not provided in
thesesectionsshallbesubjecttotheapprovaloftheBuildingAuthority.
6.6.2.1
TheSizeofdrainagepipeoffixturesshallbeprovidedasshowninTable8.6.0.
Table8.6.0:Theminimuminternaldiameterforsanitaryappliancesshallbeasfollows:
SanitaryApplianceMinimumInternalDiameterofWasteOutletmm
Soilappliances
a)IndianandEuropeantypewater
closets
100
b)Bedpanwashersandslopsinks 100
c)Urinalwithintegraltraps 75
Part8
BuildingServices
8244 Vol.3
d)Stallurinals(withnotmorethan50
120mmofchanneldrainage)
40
e)Lippedurinalsmallhge 40
Wasteappliances
f)Drinkingfountain 25
g)Washbasin 32
h)Bidets 32
j)Domesticsinksandbaths 40
k)Showerbathtrays 40
m)Domesticbathtubs 50
n)Hotelandcanteensinks 50
p)Floortraps(outletdiameter) 65
6.6.2.2 AutomaticClothesWashers
Waste connection. The waste from an automatic clothes washer shall discharge through an air break into a
standpipein.Thetrapandfixturedrainforanautomaticclotheswasherstandpipeshallbeaminimumof2inches
(51mm)indiameter.
6.6.2.3 Floordrains
Floor drains shall have removable strainers. The floor drain shall be constructed so that the drain is capable of
beingcleaned.Accessshallbeprovidedtothedrain.
6.6.2.4 PhysicallyHandicappedPlumbingFacilities
All buildings other than residential, educational, storage and hazardous according to building occupancy
classification,havingpublictoiletfacilitieswithrequirednumberoffixturesshallhaveatleastonewaterclosetfor
each sex (or one unisex water closet facility) and one drinking fountain accessible to and usable by physically
handicapped persons. The water closet compartment for physically handicapped persons shall be in accordance
withSec6.9.4.
6.6.2.5 DrainageandSanitationRequirementsforTrafficTerminalStations
a) The minimum sanitary conveniences provided at any traffic terminal station like railway station, bus station
etc.shallconsistofnonservicetypelatrinesoneforeachsex,andonenonservicetypeurinalformalesforadaily
passengervolumeupto300persons.Forlargestationsandairports,sanitaryarrangementsshallbeinaccordance
withTable8.6.1.
b) There shall be adequate arrangements for satisfactory drainage of all sewage, sullage and waste water. The
drainage shall be so designed as to cause no stagnation at the maximum discharge rate for which the different
unitsaredesigned.
c) Adequate scavenging arrangements shall be provided to keep the stations or terminals clear of all refuse.
Refusecontainersshallbeplacedatconvenientpoints.
6.6.3 Accessibility
ThefixturesspecifiedinSec7.6.2forpublicbuildingshallbelocatednotmorethanonefloorabovenormorethan
onefloorbelowtheflooroccupiedbythepeopleforwhoseusethefixturesareintended,unlesselevatorserviceis
available, except that in buildings which are accessible to the physically handicapped, there shall be minimum
facilities as specified by the Code. It is desirable that the path of travel to the facilities shall not exceed a travel
distanceof150m.
6.7 MATERIALSANDAPPLIANCES
Different sanitary appliances, materials and fittings listed in Tables 8.6.1 to 8.6.4 and 8.5.9 (Chapter 5) shall
conform to the standard or one of the standards cited against them. For other appliances, materials and fittings
notprovidedinTables8.6.2to8.6.5and8.5.9(Chapter5)shallbesubjecttotheapprovaloftheBuildingAuthority.
Applicable standards for different materials and appliances have also been listed in Part5.
Part8
Table8.6.1:PlumbingFixturesRequirement
TypeofBuildingOccupancy WaterClosets* Urinals** WashBasins*** BathtubsorShower DrinkingFountains OtherFixtures
AResidentialBuildings
A1DetachedSingleFamily
Dwelling
A2FlatsorApartments
A4MinimumStandardHousing
1perdwellingorapartment
1perdwellingor
apartment
1perdwellingor
apartment
1kitchensink
perdwelling
A3Mess,BoardingHousesand
Hostels

ForResidenceand
ResidentialStaff
Males:1for8persons
Females:1for6persons
Males:1for25persons
upto150persons.
Add1fixtureforeach
additional50persons
Males:1for8persons
Males:1for8persons
1for75persons 1kitchensinkin
eachkitchen
ForNonresidentialStaff Males:
1for115persons
2for1635persons
3for3665persons
4for66100persons
Females:
1for112persons
2for1325persons
3for2640persons
4for4157persons
5for5877persons
6for78100persons
Males:
Nilupto6persons
1for720persons
2for2145persons
3for4670persons
4for71100persons
Males:
1for115persons
2for1635persons
3for3665persons
4for66100persons
Females:
1for112persons
2for1325persons
3for2640persons
4for4157persons
5for5877persons
6for78100persons
1for100persons
RoomswhereinOutsidersare
Received
Males:
1for100personsupto400
personsandadd1fixturefor
additional250persons
Females:
personsandadd1fixturefor
additional100persons.
Males:
1for50persons
Male:
1perwaterclosetand1
perurinalorgroupof
urinals
Females:
1perwatercloset

(Continuedtonextpage)
Table8.6.1(Contd.)
PlumbingFixturesRequirement

Houses
ForResidentialPublicandStaff 1for8personsomittingthe
occupantoftheroomwith
attachedwatercloset;
minimumof2ifbothsexare
lodged.
1for10personsomitting
thewashbasinsinstalled
intheroomorsuite.
1for10personsomitting
theoccupantsofthe
roomwithbathinsuite.
1for100persons 1kitchensinkin
eachkitchen
ForPublicRooms Males:
personsandadd1for
additional250personsor
partthereof.
Females:
personsandadd1for
additional100personsor
partthereof.
Males:
1for50persons
Males:
1perwaterclosetand
1perurinalorgroupor
urinals
Females:
1perwatercloset
1for100persons
ForNonresidentialStaff Males:
1for115persons
2for1635persons
3for3665persons
4for66100persons
Females:
1for112persons
2for1325persons
3for2640persons
4for4157persons
5for5877persons
6for78100persons
Males:
Nilupto6persons
1for720persons
2for2145persons
3for4670persons
4for71100persons
Males:
1for115persons
2for1635persons
3for3665persons
4for66100persons
Females:
1for112persons
2for1325persons
3for2640persons
4for4157persons
5for5877persons
6for78100persons
1for100persons
Part8
BuildingServices
8248 Vol.3
Table8.6.1(Contd.)

BEducationalBuilding
B1EducationFacilities Males:
1for40persons
Females:
1for25persons
Males:
1for20persons
Males:
1for60personsbut
minimum2
Females:
1for40personsbut
minimum2
1for50persons
Servicesink:
1perfloor.
B2PreschoolFacilities 1for15children 1for15children
1for50children
Servicesink:
1perfloor
CInstitutionalBuildings
C1InstitutionforCareof
Children
Boys:1forboys
Girls:1forgirls
Urinalsmaybe
providedinboystoilet
roomsinlieuofwater
closetsbutfornot
morethanofthe
requirednumberof
waterclosets
Boys:1for8boys
Girls:1for6girls
1for8persons(boysor
girls)
1for50persons
(boysorgirls)
Servicesink:1
perfloor
C2CustodialInstitutionsfor
PhysicallyCapable
C3CustodialInstitutionforthe
Incapable
1unisexfacilityor1foreach
sexfor1100persons
2unisexfacilitiesor1unisex
facilityand1foreachsexfor
100200persons.Over200
personsoneadditional
unisexfacilityor1foreach
sexforeachadditional100
persons.
1for200persons 1for10personsbutnot
lessthat1forusebyboth
sexes.
1for100persons Servicesink:
1perfloor
C4PenalandMentalInstitutions 1percell 1percell 1for15persons 1for100persons Servicesink
Table8.6.1(Contd.)
DHealthCareBuilding
D1NormalMedicalFacilities
(IndoorPatientWard)
1for8patient
(maleorfemale)
2upto30patientsand
add1fixturefor
additional30patients
1for8patients 1for75patients
Servicesink:
1foreachward.
Bedpanwashing
sink:1foreach
ward.
Kitchensink:
1foreachkitchen
D2EmergencyMedicalFacilities
andOutdoorPatientWard
Males:1for100persons
Males:1for50persons 1fro100persons
1forpersons
Servicesink:
1foreachward
EAssemblyBuilding
E1largeAssemblywith
FixedSeats
E2SmallAssemblywith
FixedSeats
E3LargeAssembly
withoutFixedSeats
E4SmallAssembly
withoutFixedSeats

Mosque 1for30persons
1for100persons 1for100persons
Watertapswith
drainage
arrangement:1for
10persons
JunctionStations,
IntermediateStations,
TerminalStationsand
BusTerminals
Males:Min2,4for1000
personsandadd1for
Females:Min2,5for1000
personsandthenadd1for
additional1000persons
Male:Min2,4for1000
personsandthenadd1
foradditional1000
persons
Males:Min2,4for1000
personsandadd1for
Females:Min2,6for
1000personsandthen
add1foradditional1000
persons
1for300persons
Servicesink:
1perfloor
Part8
BuildingServices
8250 Vol.3
Table8.6.1(Contd.)
DomesticAirport
Minimum
for200persons
for400persons
for600persons
for800persons
for1000persons
Males:2Females:2
Males:4Females:5
Males:6Females:8
Males:8Females:10
Males:9Females:13
Males:10Females:13
Males:1
Males:2
Males:4
Males:5
Males:6
Males:7
2
4
6
8
9
10
1per300persons
Servicesink:
1perfloor
InternationalAirport
for200persons
for600persons
for1000persons
Males:6Females:10
Males:12Females:20
Males:18Females:29
Males:8
Males:22
Males:22
10
20
25
4showerstallsinthe
femalesormalestoiletin
thetransitanddeparture
loungeandalsointhe
mainconcourse
1for300persons
Servicesink:
1perfloor
Cinemas,Concerthalls,
Theatres(forpublicuse)
Males:1for100persons
Upto400persons.
Add1foreachadditional250persons.
Females:3for100personsupto200
persons.
Add2foreachadditional100persons.
Males:1for25persons 1for200persons
1for500persons Servicesink1
Cinemas,Concerthalls,
Theatres(forpermanent
employeeuse)
Males:
1for115persons
2for1635persons
Females:
1for112persons
2for1325persons
Males:Nilupto6
persons
1for720persons
2for2145persons
Males:
1for115persons
2for1635persons
Females:
1for112persons
2for1325persons
1for500persons
ArtGalleries,Libraries,
Museums(forpublicuse)
Males:1for200personsupto400
persons.
Add1foreachadditional250persons
Females:1for100personsupto200
persons.
Add1foreachadditional150persons
Males:1for50persons 1for200personsupto
200personsandthenadd
1foradditional250
persons
1for500persons Servicesink:1
Table8.6.1(Contd.)
ArtGalleries,Libraries,
Museums(forpermanent
employeeuse)
Males:
1for115persons
2for1635persons
Females:
1for112persons
2for1425persons
Males:
Nilupto5persons
1for720persons
2for2145persons
Males:
1for115persons
2for1635persons
Females:
1for112persons
2for1425persons
1for100persons
E5SportsFacilities Males:1for75persons
Males:1for75persons 1for60persons 1for50persons 1for300persons Servicesink:1
FBusinessand
MercantileBuilding

F1Offices
F4GaragesandPetrolStations
F5EssentialServices
Males:1for25persons
Female:1for15persons
Males:Nilupto6
persons
1for720persons
2for2145persons
3for4670persons
4for71100persons
Add@3%for101200
personsand@2.5%for
over200persons
1for25persons
1for100persons
Servicesink:
1perfloor.
F2SmallShopsandMarkets
F3LargeShopsandMarkets
1for500persons Urinalsmaybe
providedintoiletroom
inlieuofwaterclosets
formenbutfornot
morethanofthe
requirednumberof
waterclosets.
1for750persons 1for1000persons Servicesink:1
Part8
BuildingServices
8252 Vol.3
Table8.6.1(Contd.)

GIndustrialBuildings
Factories
Males:
1for115persons
2for1635persons
3for3665persons
4for66100persons
Females:
1for112persons
2for1325persons
3for2640persons
4for4157persons
5for5877persons
6for78100persons
Males:Nilupto6
persons
1for720persons
2for2145persons
3for4670persons
4for71100persons
Add@3%for101200
personsand@2.5%for
over200persons
1for25persons
Asrequiredbyparticular
tradesoroccupations
1for100persons
Servicesink:
1perfloor
HStorageBuildings 1for100persons 1for100persons Provisionsforemergency
shower
JHazardousBuildings 1for100persons 1for100persons Provisionsforemergency
shower
*SomeofthewaterclosetsmaybeofEuropeanstyle.Thewatercloset(s)shallnotbeorientedintheeast2estdirection.
**Theurinal(s)shallnotbeorientedintheeastwestdirection.
***Toilet(s)ofpublicuseshallhaveatleastonewatertapwithadequatedrainagearrangementforablutionpurposewhenthenumbersofdevoteesexceedtwenty.
Part8
Table8.6.2SanitaryAppliances
Appliances Standard
Ceramicwashbasinandpedestals BDS116287
Ceramicwashdownwaterclosetpans BS1213
Footrestvitreouschina BDS116387parts1&4
Integratedsquattingpansvitreouschina BDS116387parts1&5
Metalhandrinsebasin BS1329
Metalsinkfordomesticpurpose BS1244
Urinals(bowltype)vitreouschina BDS116387parts1&3
Washdownwaterclosetpans,vitreouschina BDS116387parts1&2
Waterclosetseatplastic BS1254
Waterclosetflushingcisternsandpipes BS1125
Table8.6.3BuildingDrainageandVentPipe
Material Standards
Acrylonitrilebutadienestyrene(ABSplasticpipe) ASTMD2661,ASTMF628
Aluminumtubing ASTMB429,ASTMB745M
Brasspipe ASTMB43
Castironpipe ASTMA74
CopperorCopperalloytubing ASTMB75M,ASTMB88M,
ASTMB251M,ASTMB306
Polyvinylchlorideplasticpipe ASTMD2665,ASTMD2949,
ASTMF891
Table8.6.4BuildingSewerorBuildingStormSewerPipe
Material Standards
Acrylonitrilebutadienestyrene(ABSplasticpipe) ASTMD2261,ASTMD2751,ASTMF628,
ASTMD2321
Bihuminizedfibrepipe ASTMD1861,ASTMD1862
Concretepipe ASTMC14M,ASTMC76M
CopperorCopperalloytubing ASTMB75,ASTMB88M,ASTMB251M
UnplasticigedPolyvinylchloride(uPVC)plasticpipe ASTMD2665,ASTMD2949,
ASTMD3034,ASTMD2321,ASTMF891
Vitrifiedclaypipe ASTMC4,ASTMC700
Table8.6.5SubsoilDrainagePipe
Material Standard
Bituminousfibrepipe ASTMD2311
Concretepipe ASTMC654M
Polyethyline(PE)plasticpipe ASTMF405
UnplasticigedPolyvinylchloride(uPVC)plastic
pipe
ASTMD2729,ASTMF891
Vitrifiedclaypipe ASTMC4,ASTMC700
Part8
BuildingServices
8254 Vol.3
6.8 HANGERSANDSUPPORTANDPIPEJOINTING
6.8.1 HangersandSupport
Thepiping,fixturesandequipmentusedforplumbing,watersupplyanddrainagesystemshallbeprovidedwith
hangersandsupportinaccordancewithSec5.13inChapter5.
6.8.2 PipeJoints
ThejointsbetweendifferentpipingandfittingsshallconformtothestandardscitedagainsttheminTable8.6.6.
The requirements for the joints not specified in the table shall be subject to the approval of the Building
Authority.
6.9 DESIGNCONSIDERATIONS
6.9.1 Objective
Forthedesignofdrainageandsanitationsystemofdifferentbuildingsaccordingto building classification,the
objective shall be to safeguard against fouling, deposition of solids and clogging and with adequate cleanouts
andinspectionchamberssoarrangedthatthedrainsmaybereadilycleanedwithouttheriskofhealthhazard.
6.9.2 General
a) The plumbing system shall be designed and adjusted to use the minimum quantity of water consistent
withproperperformanceandcleaning.
b) Plumbing fixtures, devices and appurtenances shall be supplied with required volume of water at
pressuresadequatetoenablethesetofunctionproperlyandwithoutunduenoiseundernormalconditionsof
use.
6.9.3 DifferentBuildingDrainageSystems
For the design and installation for drainage piping, one of the following building drainage systems shall be
adopted:
i. singlestacksystem,
ii. onepipesystem,and
iii. twopipesystem.
Table8.6.6JointsBetweenDifferentPipesandFittings
Material Standard
ABSplasticpipeandfittings ASTM D2235, ASTM D2661, ASTM
D3212,ASTMF628ASMEB1.20.1
Aluminiumtubing ASTMC564
Asbestoscementpipeandfittings ASTMD1869
Brasspipeandfittings ASMEB1.20.1
Castironpipeandfittings ASTMC564
Concretepipeandfittings ASTMC443
CopperorCopperalloypipeandfittings ASTMB32,ASMEB1.20.1
Copperalloytubingandfittings ASTMB32
CPVCplasticpipeandfittings ASTMF493,ASMEB1.20.1
Galvanizedsteelpipeandfittings ASMEB1.20.1
PEplasticpipeandfittings ASTMD2657
Material Standard
PVCplasticpipeandfittings ASTMD2657,ASTMD2855,ASTM
D3139,ASTMD3212,ASTMF402,ASTM
F656,ASMEB1.20.1
Vitrifiedclaypipeandfitting ASTMC425
a) Singlestacksystemmaybeusedwith100mmdiameterstackforbuildingsupto5storey
height. The fixtures in each floor shall be connected to a single stack for increasing the
rate of discharge in the downward direction. There shall be at least 200 mm vertical
distancebetweenthewastebranchandthesoilbranchconnection,whilethesoilpipewill
beconnectedtostackabovethewastepipe.Thesizeofsoilbranchshallnotbelessthan
100mm.Thehorizontalbranchdistanceforfixturesfromstackandbend(s)atthefootof
stack to avoid back pressure as well as the vertical distance between the lowest
connectionandtheinvertofdrainshallbeasshowninFig8.6.1.Therecommendeddepth
ofwatersealtrapfordifferentfixturesshallbeinaccordancewithTable8.6.7.
FIG.8.6.1SINGLESTACKSYSTEM
b) Where all types of waste from the building are desired to be discharged into a common
sewerorintosamewastedisposalsystem,onepipesystemmaybeused(Fig8.6.2).
Part8
BuildingServices
8256 Vol.3
FIG.8.6.2DIAGRAMOFONE PIPESYSTEM
c) Where the sullage from kitchen and bath will be dealt with separately and where soil
waste shall be discharged into septic tank or Imhoff tank, the two pipe system shall be
used(Fig8.6.3).
Floor level
Floor level
Floor level
Vent stack
Branch vent pipe
Sink
Bath
Wash basin
Soil stack
WC
Access Branch soil pipe
Branch Waste Pipe
Urinal
Branch soil pipe
Sink
Bath
WC
Access
Wash basin
Branch waste pipe
Sink
Bath
WC
Access
Wash basin
Cowl Cowl
FIG.8.6.3DIAGRAMOFTWOPIPESYSTEM
6.9.4 WaterClosetCompartmentforPhysicallyHandicapped
6.9.4.1 ProvisionforWheelchairUsers
Thewaterclosetcompartmentforwheelchairusersshallhaveatleastthedimensionsandfittingsasshownin
Fig8.6.4.
Vent stack
Wash basin
Wash basin
Waste water stack Soil stack
WC
Urinal
Floor level
Floor level
Floor level
WC
Sink
Bath
Clean out
Sink
Bath
Sink
WC
Clean out
Wash basin
Cowl Cowl Cowl
Part8
BuildingServices
8258 Vol.3
FIG.8.6.4WATERCLOSETCOMPARTMENTFORWHEELCHAIRUSER
6.9.4.2 ProvisionforAmbulantDisabledPeople
Theminimumdimensionforwaterclosetcompartmentandthefittingsforambulantdisabledpeopleshallbe
asshowninFig8.6.5.
32 Dia. Support Rail
Water tap
2
5
0
4
5
0
SECTION
32 Dia.
Grab bar as
support rails
Water tap
32 Clearance
3
0
0
4
0
0
1
5
0
6
5
0
1
5
0
0300
400 600 500
PLAN
(All dimensions in mm)
8
0
0
FIG.8.6.5WATERCLOSETSTALLFORAMBULANTDISABLEDPEOPLE
Table8.6.7RecommendedDepthofWaterSealTrapforDifferentFixtures
Fixture WaterSeal(mm)
WaterClosets
FloorTraps
ForWasteBranchof75mmdiameterorMore
ForWasteBranchofLessThan75mmdiameter
50
50
40
75
6.9.5 InstallationofDrainageSystem
6.9.5.1
All plumbing fixtures shall be made of smooth and nonabsorbent materials, free from concealed fouling
surfacesandmaybelocatedinventilatedenclosures.
6.9.5.2
Wheneverpossible,alldrainagesystemshallbedrainedtothepublicsewerorprivatewastedisposalsystemby
gravity.
6.9.5.3
Horizontaldrainagepipingof75mmdiameterandlessshallbeinstalledwithafallofnotlessthan20mmper
m.
Horizontaldrainagepipinglargerthan75mmdiametershallbeinstalledwithafallofnotlessthan10mmper
m.
32 Dia. Support Rail
Water tap
2
5
0
4
5
0
SECTION
Water tap
32 Clearance
32 Dia.
Grab bar as
support rails
8
0
0
400 600 500
300mm
PLAN
(All dimensions in mm)
Part8
BuildingServices
8260 Vol.3
It is a good policy to design the system for the highest possible velocity. However, consideration should be
given to the fact that the high velocities in pipes with slopes greater than 20 mm per m may cause self
siphoningoftrapseal.
6.9.5.4
Where conditions do not permit building drains and sewers to be laid with a fall as great as that specified, a
lesser slope may be permitted provided the computed velocity in the drains will not be less than 0.6 m per
second.Themaximumrecommendedvelocitywillbe2.5mpersecond.
6.9.5.5
Thesoilpipeconveyinganysolidorliquidfilthtoadrainshallbecircularwithaminimumdiameterof100mm.
6.9.5.6
The waste branch from bath room, wash basin or sink shall be of 32 mm to 50 mm diameter and shall be
trapped immediately beneath such wash basins or sink by an efficient siphon trap with adequate means of
inspectionandcleaning.Theminimumrecommendedsizeofwastestackis75mm.
6.9.5.7
Thesoilandwastestackshallbecontinuedupwardundiminishedinsize0.6mabovetheroofsurfacewhenthe
roofwillbeusedonlyforweatherprotection.Wheretheroofwillbeusedforanypurposeotherthanweather
protection, the soil and vent stack shall run at least 2 m above the roof surface so that there shall be least
possiblenuisance.
6.9.5.8
Thesoilandwastestackshallbefirmlyattachedtothewallwithaminimumclearanceof25mmfromthewall.
6.9.5.9
Allsoil,waste,vent(antsiphoning)stacksshallbecoveredontopwithcowlofsamepipematerial.
6.9.6 InstallationofVentingSystem
6.9.6.1
The ventstackormainvent shall be installedin conjunctionwith asoil orwastestack ina building.Onevent
stackmayservenotmorethantwosoilorwastestacks.
6.9.6.2
Ventilatingpipesshouldbesoinstalledthatwatercannotberetainedinthem.Theyshouldbefixedvertically.
Wheneverpossible,horizontalrunsshouldbeavoided.Ventilatingpipeshallbecarriedtosuchaheightandin
suchapositionastoaffordbymeansoftheopenendofsuchpipeorventshaft,asafeoutletforfoulairwith
theleastpossiblenuisance.
6.9.6.3
The building with building drain shall have at least one 100 mm vent stack or stack vent carried full size to
outdoorairabovetheroofinaccordancewithSec6.9.5.7above.
6.9.6.4
Thediameterofaventstackshallnotbelessthan50mm.
6.9.6.5
Thediameterofabranchventpipeonawastepipeshallnotbelessthan25mmortwothirdsofthediameter
ofthebranchwastepipeventilated.
6.9.6.6
Thebranchventpipeonasoilpipeshallnotbelessthan32mmindiameter.
6.9.6.7
All main vents or vent stacks shall connect full size at their base to the building drain or to the soil or waste
stackatorbelowthelevelofthelowestdrainageconnectiontothem.Allventstacksshallextendundiminished
insizeabovetherooforshallbereconnectedtoaventheaderortothestackventportionofthesoilorwaste
stack,atleast150mmabovethefloodlevelofthehighestfixtureconnectiondischargingintothesoilorwaste
stack.Wheretheroofistobeusedforanypurposeotherthanweatherprotection,theventextensionshallbe
inaccordancewiththeSec6.9.5.7.
6.9.6.8
Incaseofoffsettingofstacksarelief vent shall be providedatthebaseofupperstackjustabovethestartof
offsetandattopofthelowerstackportionjustbelowtheendofoffset.
6.9.6.9
Inhighrisebuildingsyokeventshallbeprovidedat10storeyintervalscountingdownfromtop.
6.9.6.10
In case huge number of fixtures are installed in battery to a single branch drainage pipe, circuit or loop vents
shallbeprovidedafter8fixturesintervalfor100mmdrainpipeand24fixturesintervalfor150mmdrainpipe
asshowninfig.8.6.7
FIG.8.6.7CIRCUITVENTFORABATTERYOFWATERCLOSETS
6.9.6.11
Offsetinthestackventportionofsoilorwastestack,offsetinventstackand connectionofventstackatthe
bottomtosoilorwastepipeortothebuildingdrainshallbeatanangleofatleast45degreestothehorizontal.
Main vent
Floor
Loop vent
Level
Part8
BuildingServices
8262 Vol.3
6.9.6.12
All vent and branch vent pipe shall be so graded and connected that sufficient slope is provided for
condensationtodrainbacktosoilorwastepipebygravity.
6.9.6.13
Where fixtures, other than water closets discharge into the stack downstream of a water closet, each fixture
connectingdownstreamshallbeindividuallyvented.
6.9.6.14
Soilandwastestacksinabuildinghavingmorethan10branchintervalsshallbeprovidedwithareliefvent(Fig
8.6.7)ateachtenthintervalcountingfromthetopfloor.
FIG.8.6.7RELIEFVENTSFORSTACKOFMORETHANTENBRANCHINTERVALS
6.9.6.15
Incasetheadjoiningbuildingistaller,theventilatingpipeshallbecarriedhigherthantheroofoftheadjacent
building,whereveritispossible.
Vent stack
Soil stack
Branch drain pipe
Branch interval
10 branch interval
Reliet vent on 10th interval
below the top branch
Vent stack connection at the
base of soil stack
Lowest floor horizontal branch
should be connected to the soil
stack atleast 0.6 m below the offset
3m
3m
3m
3m
3m
3m
3m
3m
3m
3m
3m
3m
3m
3m
4m
1st Floor
2nd Floor
3rd Floor
4th Floor
5th Floor
6th Floor
7th Floor
8th Floor
9th Floor
10th Floor
11th Floor
12th Floor
13th Floor
14th Floor
15th Floor
Roof
Ground Floor
6.9.6.16
Thebuildingdrainintendedforcarryingwastewaterandsewagefromabuildingshallbeprovidedwithatleast
oneventilatingpipesituatedasnearaspracticabletothebuildingandasfarawayaspossiblefromthepointat
whichthedrainemptiesintothesewerorotherearner.
6.9.7 ClearanceofBlockages
6.9.7.1
There shall be sufficient and suitable access points at every change of alignment, gradient or diameter or at
bendsandjunctionsforclearingblockagesfromdrainswhichcannotbereachedbyanyothermeans.
6.9.7.2
Incaseofstraightrunofpipes,accesspointsshallbeprovidedatintervalsof15meter.
Tables 8.6.8 and 8.6.9 show the maximum spacing and the recommended minimum dimensions for access
fittingsandchambersforthespecifieddepth.
Table8.6.8MaximumSpacingofAccessPoints
To
From
AccessFitting
Junction Inspection
Chamber
Manhole
(m) (m) (m) (m)

Startofexternaldrain 12 22 45
Roddingeye 22 22 45 45
Accessfitting 12 22 22
Inspectionchamber 22 22 45 45
Manhole 22 45 90
higherspacingmaybeusedforlargersizeaccessfitting.
Table8.6.9MinimumDimensionsforAccessPoints
Access
Points
Depth
(m)
InternalSizes CoverSizes
Lengthxwidth
(mmxmm)
Diameter
(mm)
Lengthx
width
(mmxmm)
Circula
r
(mm)
Roddingeye min.100mmorsizeof
drains

Accessfitting 0.6orless 150x100 150 150x100 150
Inspection
chamber
1.0orless 450x450 450* 450x450 450*

Manhole 1.5orless
over1.5
over2.7
1200x750
1200x750
12000x840
1050
1200
1200
600x600
600x600
600x600
600
600
600
*190mmdiamaybeusedfordepth0.6m
6.9.7.3 Accessshouldbeoneofthefollowingfourtypes:
i. roddingeyescappedextensionsofthepipes,
Part8
BuildingServices
8264 Vol.3
ii. access fittings small chambers (or an extension of the pipes) but not with an open
channel,
iii. inspectionchamberschamberswithworkingspaceatgroundlevel,and
iv. manholeslargechamberswithworkingspaceatdrainlevel.
6.9.7.4
Inspectionchambersandmanholesshallhaveremovablenonventilatingcoversofdurablematerialandbeof
suitablestrength.Inspection chambersand manholesinbuildingsshallhavemechanicallyfixedairtightcovers
unlessthedrainitselfhaswatertightaccesscovers.Manholesdeeperthan1mshallhavenoncorrosivesteps
orfixedladders.Fig8.6.8and8.6.9showthedetailsoftypicalmanholesatsmallerdepth(<1m)andathigher
depth(>1m)respectively.Fig8.6.9showsthedetailsofadropmanhole.Thedropmanholeisamanholethat
servesasajunctionandreceivessewerlinesattwodifferentelevations.
FIG.8.7.8DETAILOFMANHOLE(Depth1mAndBelow)
FIG.8.6.9DETAILOFMANHOLE(Depthmorethan1m)
Rendering with cement morter
(Slope 1 in 6)
B B
C
C
SECTIONAL PLAN (SECTION A - A)
DETAIL OF BENCHING
500 mm
Dia
Cast iron frame and cover
Depth of
manhole
350 mm
350 mm
200 mm
Galvanized wrought iron
manhole steps
300 mm
Ring
arch
Concrete Base
SECTION B - B
A A
150 mm
380 mm
Steps
SECTION C - C
Part8
BuildingServices
8266 Vol.3
FIG.8.6.10DROPMANHOLE
6.9.7.5 Spacingofmanholes
Thespacingofmanholesforagivenpipesizeshouldbeasfollows:
PipeDiameter(mm) SpacingofManhole(m)
a) Upto300 45
b) 301to500 75
c) 501to900 90
d) Beyond900Spacingshalldependuponlocalconditionandshallbe
gottenapprovedbytheAuthority
B B
C
SECTIONAL PLAN (SECTION A - A)
150 mm
380 mm
Steps
Slope 1 in 6
Cast Iron Frame And Cover
Depth of
manhole
350 mm
350 mm
200 mm
300 mm
Ring
arch
Concrete Base
SECTION B - B
A A
SECTION C - C
6.9.8 ProtectionAgainstRodent
Holes through walls shall be such that they will not provide passage of rodent or other insects from room to
roomorfromfloortofloor.Materialsusedforembeddingpipesshallberodentproof.
6.9.9 BeddingandBackfilling
Thechoiceofbeddingandbackfillingdependsonthedepthofthebed,andsizeandstrengthofthematerials.
Fig 8.6.10 and Table 8.6.10 show two types of bedding and backfilling and minimum and maximum depth of
coverforeachtypeofbeddingforrigidpipings.ThebeddingandbackfillingforflexiblepipingsisshowninFig
8.6.11.Theminimumdepthofbeddingforflexiblepipingsshallbe0.3mwheretherewillbenoextrasurcharge
loadcomingonpipeotherthanbackfilling.
Thedepthshallnotbemorethan10m.Theflexiblepipemaybelaidwithlesscoverinfieldsandgardens.The
beddingandbackfillingshallbeinaccordancewithFig8.6.12.
FIG.8.6.11BEDDINGFORRIGIDPIPES
FIG.8.6.12BEDDINGFORFLEXIBLEPIPES
Minimum
1
OD
2
OD
8
min. 100 mm
min. 150 mm
1
OD
16
OD
8
min. 100 mm
Type 1 : Bedding Factor 1.9 Type 2 : Bedding Factor 1.5
Note :
1 - Compacted granular material
2 - Carefully compacted backfill
OD - Outer diameter
3 - Lightly compacted backfill
OD OD
150 mm
200 mm
2
1
3
100 mm
100 mm
Minimum
Minimum
Minimum
OD
Part8
BuildingServices
8268 Vol.3
FIG.8.6.13FLEXIBLEPIPESBEDDINGUNDERCONCRETESLAB
Table8.6.10 LimitsofCover(m)forStandardStrengthRigidPipesinanyWidthofTrench
PipeBore Bedding Fieldsand
Gardens
LightTraffic
Roads
HeavyTraffic
Road
(mm) Class Min Max Min Max Min Max
100
Type1
Type2
0.3
0.3
7.4
5.8
0.4
0.5
7.4
5.8
0.4
0.5
7.2
5.5
150 Type1
Type2
0.6
0.6
5.0
3.9
0.6
0.7
5.0
3.8
0.6
0.7
4.6
3.3
6.9.10 GreaseTraps
Oilandgreaseisfoundinwastesgeneratedfromkitchensinhotels,industrialcanteens,restaurant,butcheries,
somelaboratoriesandmanufacturingunitshavingahighcontentofoilandgreasesintheirfinalwaste.
Wasteexceedingtemperatureof60Cshouldnotbeallowedinthegreasetrap.Whensoencountereditmay
beallowedtocoolinaholdingchamberbeforeenteringthegreasetrap.
Oilandgreasestendtosolidifyas theycoolwithinthedrainagesystem.Thesolidified matter clogs thedrains
andtheothermatterinthewastesticktoitduetotheadhesionpropertiesofthegrease.Oilandgreasesare
lighterthanwaterandtendtofloatonthetopofthewastewater.
Greasetrapsshallbeinstalledinbuildinghavingtheabovetypesofwastes.Inprinciplethegreaseladenwater
isallowedtoretaininagreasetrapwhichenablesanysolidstobesettledorseparatedformanualdisposal.The
retention time allows the incoming waste to cool and allow the grease to solidify. The clear waste is then
allowedtodischargeintothebuildingsdrainagesystem.
6.9.11 OilInterceptors
Oils and lubricants are found in wastes from vehicle service stations, workshops manufacturing units whose
wastemaycontainhighcontentofoils.Oils,forexample,petroleum,keroseneanddieselusedasfuel,cooking,
lubricant oils and similar liquids are lighter than water and thus float on water in a pipe line or in a chamber
whenstored.Suchoilshavealowignitionpointandarepronetocatchfireifexposedtoanyflameoraspark
andmaycauseexplosioninsideoroutsidethedrainagesystem.Theflamesfromsuchafirespreadrapidlyifnot
confined or fire vented at the possible source. Lighter oils and lubricants are removed from the system by
passingthemthroughanoilinterceptor/petrolgully.Theyarechambersinvariouscompartmentswhichallow
the solids to settle and allow the oils to float to the top. The oil is then decanted in separate containers for
min. 75 mm
1
min. 100 mm
Concrete Slab
OD
disposalinanapprovedmanner.Theoilfreewastecollectedfromthebottomofthechamberisdisposedinthe
buildingdrainagesystem.
6.9.12 SepticTank
6.9.12.1
Septictank(s)(Fig8.6.15and8.6.16)dischargingintoeitherasubsurfacedisposalfieldoroneormoreseepage
pitsshallberequiredfortheapprovalofdrainageandsanitationplansfortheplaceswherepublicsewersare
notavailable.
FIG.8.6.16TYPICALONECHAMBERBRICKSEPTICTANK
FIG.8.6.17TYPICALTWOCHAMBERCONCRETESEPTICTANK
6.9.12.2
Such disposal method shall be designed by a licensed professional in accordance with the requirement of the
provisionsofthisCodeandregulationsoftheconcernedauthorities.
At least 100 mm
inlet pipe
At least 100 mm
outlet pipe
L
B
Brick wall in cement mortar
13 mm thick
cement
mortar finish
D = Liquid Depth
300 mm
300 mm
D/3
Approx
W.L
GL
PLAN SECTION A - A
A A
150
mm
C.C bed
MH Cover
A A
50 mm
350 mm 400 mm
Manhole Cover
At least 150 mm
Inlet
Outlet
At Least 150 mm
Sanitary tees
top & bottom open
Equally Spaced
Opening At Least 2(50mm x 50 mm)
or 150mm Dia Holes at 0.5m
Opening 75mm x 75mm
Centre to Centre L
SECTION A - A
PLAN
6 D
L
D
1
3 L
2
3
150 mm
150mm
Part8
BuildingServices
8270 Vol.3
6.9.12.3
Thedesignofsuchsystemshallbeonthebasisoflocationwithrespecttowellsorothersourcesofwater,soil
permeability,groundwaterelevation,areaavailableandmaximumoccupancyofthebuilding.
6.9.12.4
Sullagewatershallnotbedischargedintotheseptictank.
6.9.12.5
Effluentfromseptictank(s)shallnotdischargeintoopenwatercourses.
6.9.12.6
TheminimumdistanceforvariouscomponentsofthedisposalsystemshallbeinaccordancewithTable8.6.11.
6.9.12.7
The flow into a septic tank may be calculated on the basis of plumbing fixtures discharging soil wastes
simultaneouslyintoit.Thecapacityofseptictankforresidentialbuildingsshallbedeterminedaccordingtothe
formula in Appendix 8.6.C. For other occupancies a reduction factor shall be used as shown in Table T1 in
Appendix8.6.C.
6.9.12.8
The septic tank shall have a minimum liquid capacity of 2000 liters, minimum width 1 m and minimum liquid
depth 1 m. The minimum length of a septic tank shall be at least thrice its width. It is recommended that the
maximumlengthofaseptictankshallbenotmorethan4timesitswidth.
6.9.12.9
The maximum size of a septic tank shall be limited to the number of users not exceeding 300 persons for
residentialbuildings.
6.9.12.10
The volume required for digested sludge and scum may be computed on the basis of 0.04m
3
/capita/year.
Thereshallbeaclearancebetweentopoftheliquidlevelandbottomofthetankcoverslabwhichshallbeat
least300mm.
6.9.12.11
Theliquidretentiontimeofaseptictankshallbeatleast1day.
6.9.12.12
Thedesludggingfrequencyofaseptictankshallbeatleast6monthsintervalandmaximumonceayear.
6.9.12.13
Itisrecommendedtousetwochamberseptictankwhenthecapacityofaseptictankexceeds3000liters.The
inlet compartment of a two chamber septic tank shall have a capacity not less than twothird of its total
capacity(Fig8.6.16).
Table8.6.11LocationofComponentsofSewageDisposalSystem
SystemComponent Distance(m)
Building
Foundation
Well Stream Seepage
Pit
DryWell
Septictank
1.5
1.5
Disposalfield 3 15 7.5 6 6
Seepagepit 4.5 15 15 6 6
Drywell 3 15 6
6.9.12.14
The septic tank shall be constructed of corrosion resistant material and be of permanent water tight
construction.Themanholecoverandtheroofofthetankshallbedesignedforatleast7kPaliveload.Theinlet
compartment shall be provided with a manhole. Outlet compartment shall also be provided with a manhole.
ThedesignguidelineofaseptictankispresentedinAppendix8.6.C.
6.9.13 Imhofftank(s)
6.9.13.1
Imhofftank(s)(Fig8.6.17)dischargingintoeitherasubsurfacedisposalfieldoroneormoreseepagepitsshallberequired
fortheapprovalofdrainageandsanitationplansfortheplaceswherepublicsewersarenotavailable.
FIG.8.6.18CROSSSECTIONOFANIMHOFFTANK
Inlet pipe
GAS
HOLES
IN THE
CROSS
BAFFLE
1.2
1
A
SETTLING
ZONE
SLOT
N
SLUDGE DIGESTION
ZONE
5 TO 7
4
Sludge
storage space
N - Neutral zone
H - height of the
cross baffle
G - Gas collecting
domes
Sludge withdrawl
pipe 20 cm dia
1.2 TO 1.5 m
H
G G
Part8
BuildingServices
8272 Vol.3
6.9.13.2
Imhofftanksshallbeusedwheremorethan300peoplesofresidentialbuildingsaretobeserved.
6.9.13.3
Thesettlingchambershallbedesignedforadetentionperiodof1.5to4.0hoursandanoverflowrateof0.95
to1.4m/hr.Thedisplacementvelocityshouldnotbemorethan18m/hr.Slopingsidesofsettlingchambershall
haveinclination1.0horizontalto1.2vertical.Theslotatthebottomis0.15to0.25metermeasuredalongthe
slope of the hopper. The width of the side spaces should not be less than 0.45 meter. The digestion chamber
shouldhaveacapacitytostoreabout6to12monthsdigestedsludge.Capacityofthedigestionchambercanbe
foundfromthefollowingformula
C=[V
f
2/3(V
f
V
d
)] t.
WhereCisthevolumeofthedigestiontankinm
3
/capitabelowtheneutralzonewhichis0.2mbelowtheslot.
V
f
isthevolumeoffreshsludgeinm
3
/capitadayandV
d
isthevolumeofthedigestedsludgeinm
3
/capitaday
and t is the time required for digestion. The digestion chamber should have sloping side with a ratio of 4
horizontalto5vertical.
6.9.13.4
The Capacity found in sec. 6.9.12.3 is true for residential buildings. For other occupational buildings use a
reductionfactorasshownTable8.6.C.1inAppendix8.6.C.
6.9.14 Installation
Septic and Imhoff Tank shall be located with a horizontal distance not less than specified in Table 802.8
betweenvariouselements.Tanksinstalledingroundwatershallbesecurelyanchored.A3inchthick(76mm)
compactedbeddingshallbeprovidedforallsepticandothertreatmenttankinstallations.Thebeddingmaterial
shall be sand, gravel, granite, lime rock or other noncorrosive materials of such size that the material passes
througha0.5inch(12.7mm)screen.
Table:Minimumhorizontalseparationdistancesfortreatmenttankselementdistance(feet)
Eachcleanoutshallbeinstalledsothatitopenstoallowcleaninginthedirectionofflowofthesoilorwasteor
at right angles thereto, and except in the case of wye branch and endofline cleanouts, shall be installed
verticallyabovetheflowlineofthepipe.
Thebathtubshallbefittedwithoverflowandwastepipeofnominaldiameterofnotlessthan32mmand40
mmrespectively.
Building 5
Cistern 25
Foundationwall 5
Lake,highwatermark 25
Lotline 2
Pond 25
Reservoir 25
Spring 50
Streamorwatercourse 25
Swimmingpool 15
Waterservice 5
Well 25
6.9.15 DisposalFieldandSeepagePit
6.9.15.1
AdistributionboxshallbeprovidedtoreceivetheeffluentfromtheseptictankorImhofftanktoassureequal
distributiontoeachindividuallineofdisposalfield.Thedistributionboxshallbeconnectedtotheseptictankor
Imhofftankbyawatertightsewerlineandshallbelocatedattheupperendofdisposalfield.Fig8.6.19shows
theplansandsectionsoftypicaldistributionboxes.
FIG.8.6.19DISTRIBUTIONBOXES
6.9.15.2
Soil percolation tests (at least for three holes) shall be performed at the site of a proposed individual sewage
disposalsysteminstallationtodeterminethesuitabilityofsoilandsite.
6.9.15.3
The liquid capacity (volume below inlet line) of seepage units (disposal field or seepage pit) shall be at least
twice that of a septic tank or Imhoff tank. Effective absorption area of seepage unit may be computed in
6.9.15.4
No seepage unit shall be extended into water table directly. The bottom of seepage unit shall be at least 1
meterabovethehighestwatertable.
Inlet
Outlet
Inlet Outlet
Outlet
Outlet
Inlet
Inlet
Outlets
SECTION
PLAN
PLAN
PLAN
Outlets
25 mm
min.
Part8
BuildingServices
8274 Vol.3
6.9.15.5
Each disposal field shall have at least two outlet distribution lines from the distribution box. No portion of
disposalfieldshallbeinstalledunderanypavementoranyareawheretherewillbevehiculartrafficorparking
6.9.15.6
MinimumstandardsfordisposalfieldconstructionshallbeasshowninTable8.6.13.
Table8.6.12AbsorptiveCapacityofDisposalFieldandSeepagePit
PercolationTestRatein
MinutesforWatertoFall
25mm
EffluentAllowanceRateofSeepageUnit
inlitreperm
2
perday
DisposalFieldTrenches
(bottomoftrench)
SeepagePit
(wallarea)
2orless
5
10
30
60(notrecommended)
over60(notsuitable)
128
96
68
32
16
172
128
92
44
24
Table8.6.13DesignFeaturesofDisposalField
Numberoflateralbranches
Maximumlengthofbranch
Minimumdiameteroffielddistributionpipe
Maximumslopeoffielddistributionpipe
Depthoftrench
Trenchbottom,minimumabovegroundwater
Trenchbottomwidth
Depthofcoarsematerial
underpipe
overpipe
Sizeofcoarsematerial
2
20m
100mm
3.3mmperm
0.45mto9m
0.61m
0.45mto0.75m
150mm
50mm
12mmto63mm
6.9.15.7
Seepage pit (soak pit) shall be lined with stone, brick or concrete blocks laid up dry with open joints that are
backedupwithatleast75mmcoarseaggregate.Thejointsabovetheinletshallbesealedwithcementmortar.
A reinforced concrete cover shall be provided. For cover area more than 0.75 m
2
the pit shall have an access
manhole. The bottom of the pit shall be filled with coarse gravel, or crushed stone/brick to a depth of 0.3 m.
Figure8.6.20providesthedetailsofaseepagepit.
FIG.8.6.20TYPICALSEEPAGEPIT
6.9.15.8
Largedrywellshallbeconstructedinaccordancewiththerequirementsforseepagepit(Sec6.9.12).However,
forsmalldrywellshandlinglimitedquantitiesofwastewaterthepitmayconsistofa2.0metredeepand1.0m
diameterpipefilledwithcrushedbricks/stone.
From Septic Tank
Cover
Hight used
to compute
absarption area
Pit Wall (Brick)
(Open joint)
Gravel or Crushed
Stone/Brick (75 mm)
Gravel or Crushed Stone / Brick bats
Sand
A A
SECTION A - A
PLAN
Part8
BuildingServices
8276 Vol.3
FIG.8.6.21TYPICALLOCATIONOFADRYWALL
FIG.8.6.22INSTALLATIONDETAILSOFADRYWALL
6.9.15.9
Frenchdrainsmaybeemployedassurfacewaterdrainsfordrainageofunpavedsurfaces.
Roof
Roof drain
Building
Leader
Minimum distance
Dry wall
G.L
Earth
G.L
Concrete Cover
Rainwater
from Building
Clamp
Crushed Stone/ Bricks
Pre-cast
Concrete Section
or Porous Brick Wall
Drainage slots
6.10 DESIGNOFDRAINAGEANDSANITATIONSYSTEM
6.10.1 EstimationofMaximumLoadWeightofWasteWater
Toestimatethetotalloadweightcarriedbyasoilorwastepipe,therelativeloadweightfordifferentkindsof
fixturesareprovidedinTable8.6.14.Table8.6.15providesanapproximateratingofthosefixturesnotlistedin
Table8.6.14.
6.10.2 GradientandSizeofPipe
6.10.2.1
The building drains and sewer shall be designed to discharge the peak simultaneous load weight flowing half
full with a minimum selfcleansing velocity of 0.75 m per second. However, flatter gradient may be used if
required buttheminimumvelocityshall notbelessthan0.6m persecond.Again,itisundesirabletoemploy
gradientsgivingavelocityofflowgreaterthan2.5mpersecond.
6.10.2.2
Themaximumnumberoffixtureunitsthatmaybeconnectedtoagivensizeofbuildingsewer,buildingdrain,
horizontalbranchorverticalsoilorwastestackshallbeprovidedasinTables8.6.16and8.6.17.
6.10.3 SizeofVentPiping
6.10.3.1
The size of vent piping shall be determined from its length and the total number of fixture units connected
theretoinaccordancewithTable8.6.21.
6.10.3.2
ThebranchventshallbesizedinaccordancewithTable8.6.22.
6.11 CONSTRUCTIONRELATINGTOCONVEYANCEOFSANITARYWASTES
6.11.1 ConveyanceofSanitaryWastes
6.11.2
The layout ofdrainage systems shall be simple. Changeof direction and gradient shall be minimized and shall
beaseasyaspracticable.
6.11.3
Theexcavation,wherenecessary,shallbemadeinaccordancewithTable8.6.23.
Part8
BuildingServices
8278 Vol.3
Table8.6.14FixtureUnitsforDifferentSanitaryAppliancesorGroups
TypeofFixture
Fixture
UnitValue
asLoad
Factors
Onebathroomgroupconsistingofwatercloset,washbasinandbath
tuborshowerstall:
a)FlushTankwatercloset
b)Flushvalvewatercloset
Bathtub
*
Bidet
Combinationsinkandtray(drainboard)
Drinkingfountain
Floortraps
Kitchensink,domestic
Washbasin,ordinary
Washbasin,surgeon's
Showerstall,domestic
Shower(group)perhead
Urinal,wallhung
Urinal,stall
Watercloset,tankoperated
Watercloset,valveoperated
3
6
2
2
2
0.5
1
2
1
2
2
3
4
4
3
6
*Ashowerheadoverabathtubdoesnotincreasethefixtureunitvalue.
Sizeoffloortrapshallbedeterminedbytheareaofsurfacewatertobedrained.
Washbasinwith32mmand40mmtraphavethesameloadvalue.
Table8.6.15FixtureUnitValuesforFixturesBasedonFixtureDrainorTrapSize
FixtureDrainonTrapSize FixtureUnit
Value
30mmandsmaller
40mm
50mm
65mm
75mm
100mm
1
2
3
4
5
6
Table8.6.16 MaximumNumberofFixtureUnitsthatcanbeConnectedtoBranchesandStacks
Diameter
ofPipe
MaximumNumberofFixtureUnitsthatcanbeConnected
(mm) Any
Horizontal
Fixture
Branch
a
OneStackof
3Storeysin
Heightor3
Intervals
Morethan3StoreysinHeight
Totalfor
Stack
TotalatOne
Storeyor
Branch
Interval
30
40
50
65
75
100
125
150
200
250
300
375
1
3
6
12
20
160
360
620
1400
2500
3900
7000
2
4
10
20
30
240
540
960
2200
3800
6000
b
2
8
24
42
60
500
1100
1900
3600
5600
8400
b
1
2
6
9
16
90
200
350
600
1000
1500
b
a
Doesnotincludebranchesofthebuildingsewer.
b
Sizingloadbasedondesigncriteria
Table8.6.17 MaximumNumberofFixtureUnitsthatcanbeconnectedtoBuildingDrainsandSewers
Diameter
ofPipe
(mm)
MaximumNumberofFixtureUnitsthatcanbeConnectedtoany
Portion*oftheBuildingDrainortheBuildingSewerforVariousSlopes
1/200 1/100 1/50 1/25
100
150
200
250
300
375
1400
2500
2900
7000
180
700
1600
2900
4600
8300
216
840
1920
3500
5600
10000
250
1000
2300
4200
6700
12000
*Includesbranchesofbuildingsewer
Part8
BuildingServices
8280 Vol.3
Table8.6.18SizeofVerticalLeaders*
SizeofLeader** MaximumProjectedRoofAreaandFlow
(mm) (m
2
) (l/min)
50
65
75
100
125
150
200
202
367
598
1287
2336
3790
8180
87
155
253
544
986
1602
3450
* Table 8.7.18 is based upon a maximum rainfall of 25 mm per hour for a 1hour
duration. The figure for drainage area shall be adjusted to local conditions (Appendix
8.6.C).
** Theequivalentdiameterofsquareleaderwillbethediameterofthatcirclewhichcan
beinscribedwithinthecrosssectionalarea.Theequivalentdiameteroftherectangular
leaderwillbetheshortdimensionoftherectangularleader.However,theratioofwidth
todepthofrectangularleadershallnotexceed3:1.
Table8.6.20SizeofSemicircularRoofGutters*
Diaof
Gutter
(mm)
MaximumProjectedRoofAreaforGutterofVariousSlopes
5mmperm 10mmperm 20mmperm 40mmperm
m l/min m
2
l/min m
2
l/min m
2
l/min
75
100
125
150
175
200
250
61
130
227
350
503
725
1300
25
55
96
148
210
307
555
87
185
320
495
710
1020
1850
36
77
136
210
300
430
785
123
260
455
700
1000
1300
2610
51
110
192
296
425
610
1110
174
370
645
1010
1420
2040
3650
73
155
273
425
600
862
1540
*Table8.7.20isbaseduponamaximumrainfallof25mmperhourfor1hourduration.Thefigurefordrainagearea
shallbesubjecttolocalconditionsinaccordancewithAppendix8.6.C.
6.11.3.1
ThedepthofcovershallbeinaccordancewithSec6.9.8.
6.11.3.2
The pipe shall be laid to even gradients and change of gradient shall be combined with an access point (Sec
7.9.6).However,accesspointsshallbeprovidedonlyifblockagescouldnotbeclearedwithoutthem.
6.11.3.3
The joints and connection in drainage and venting system shall be gastight and watertight for the pressures
required by the test, with the exception of those portions of perforated or open joint piping which will be
installed for the purpose of collecting and conveying ground or seepage water to the underground storm
drains.
6.11.3.4
Pipingindrainageandventingsystemshallbeinstalledwithoutunduestrainsandstressesandprovisionshall
be made for expansion, contraction and structural settlement. Vertical piping shall be secured at sufficiently
closeintervalstokeepthepipeinalignmentandcarrytheweightofthepipinganditscontent.Thehorizontal
pipingshallbesupportedatsufficientlycloseintervals(Sec6.8)tokeepitinalignmentandtopreventsagging.
6.12 REFUSECHUTESYSTEM
6.12.1
All buildings higher than 6storeys shall be provided with refuse chute system for transporting and collecting
refusefromdifferentfloorsinasanitaryway.Therefuseshallbereceivedfromtherespectivefloorthroughan
inlethopperintothechutewhichconveysrefuseanddischargesintothecollectionchamber.Therefusefrom
thecollectionchambershallbeclearedatsuitableintervals.
6.12.2
The refuse chute, inlet hopper and collection chamber shall be constructed with smooth and nonflammable
materials.
6.12.3
The hopper shall be selfcleaning and shall be fitted with selfclosing shutter to prevent the passage of foul
gasesinsidethebuilding.
6.12.4
Thediameterofthechuteshallnotbelessthan300mm.Itshallbeadequatelyventilatedatthetop.Thechute
shallbeprovidedwithsuitablearrangementsforflushingwithwaterforthefulllength.
6.13 BASEMENTFLOORDRAINAGESYSTEM
6.13.1
All buildings having basement floor below the surrounding sewer system and area more than 1000 sqm shall
havepumpingsystemtodrainoutwastewater.
6.13.2
All buildings having basement floor below the surrounding sewer system and area more than 1000 sqm shall
haveonesumppitforevery1000sqm.
6.13.3
Formorethanonesumppit,pitsshallbeconnectedtoamastersumppitfromwherepumpingshallbedoneto
drainoutthewaste.Minimumdiameterofsumppitconnectiondrainpipeshallbe75mm.
6.13.4
Forwastewaterandsewagedrainagefrombasementfloorseparatedrainagesystemshallbeprovided.
Part8
BuildingServices
8282 Vol.3
Table8.6.21SizeandLengthofVentStacksandStackVents
Diameter
ofSoil
orWaste
Stack
(mm)
Total
Fixture
Unit
(FU)
Connect
edto
fixture
MaximumDevelopmentLengthofVent(m)*
forDiameter(mm)ofVentPipes
30 40 50 65 75 100 125 150 200 250 300
30
40
40
50
50
65
75
75
75
75
100
100
100
100
125
125
125
125
150
150
150
150
200
200
200
200
250
250
250
250
300
300
300
300
375
375
375
375
2
8
10
12
20
42
10
21
53
102
43
140
320
540
190
490
940
1400
500
1100
2000
2900
1800
3400
5600
7600
4000
7200
11000
15000
7300
13000
20000
26000
15000
25000
38000
50000
9
15
9
9
8
45.5
30.5
22.5
15
9
12.5
9.5
8
7.5
61
45.5
30.5
45.5
33.5
28.5
26
10.5
8
7
6.5
91.5
109.5
82
70
64
26
19.5
16.5
15
8.5
6.5
5.5
4.5
317
247
207
189
76
61
52
45.5
25
19
16
15
10
6.5
6
298.5
228.5
195
176.5
97.5
76
64
58
39.5
30.5
25.5
23.5
9.5
7
6
5.5
301.5
231.5
204
180
122
94.5
79
73
29
22
19
17
9.5
7
6
5.5
305
237.5
201
183
73
58
48.5
42.5
23.5
18
15.5
14
9.5
7
6
5.5
286.5
219.5
186
170.5
94.5
73
61
55
36.5
28.5
24
22
12
9.5
8
7
292.5
225.5
192
173.5
116
91.5
76
70
39.5
29
24.5
22.5
286.5
219.5
186
152.5
94.5
73
61
55
* Thedevelopmentlengthshallbemeasuredfromtheventconnectiontotheopenair
6.13.5
Thecollectionchambershallbeofsuitablesizeandlocatedatgroundlevel.
6.13.6
Thedesignandarrangementofthesystemshallbeinaccordancewithestablishedengineeringpractices.
6.14 Healthcaredrainagesystem
6.14.1 General
The health care drainage system shall comply with applicable drainage and venting requirements specified in
thischapterandwiththissection.
6.14.2 SpecialFixturesandEquipment
The hospital shall be provided with clinical sink, bedpan washer and such other fixtures and equipment for
disposal of bedpan contents and for the cleansing and disinfection of such fixtures. A clinical sink shall not be
consideredasasubstituteforservicesink.
Part8
BuildingServices
8284 Vol.3
Table8.6.22MinimumDiameterandMaximumLengthofIndividual,Branch,andCircuitVentsfor
HorizontalDrainageBranches
Diameterof
Horizontal
Drainage
Branch(mm)
Slopeof
Horizontal
Drainage
Branch
(mm/m)
MaximumDevelopment
LengthofVent(m)forDiameter(mm)ofVentPipe
30 40 50 65 75 100 125 150 200 250

30
40
50
65
75
100
125
150
200
250
300
20
40
20
40
10
20
40
10
20
40
10
20
40
10
20
40
10
20
40
10
20
40
10
20
40
10
20
40
10
20
40
NL*
NL
NL
NL
NL
88
45
54
29
15
NL
NL
NL
NL
115
137
73
39
58
29.5
15
NL
NL
NL
NL
NL
NL
NL
128
67
58
30
14.5
NL
NL
NL
NL
NL
NL
94
48.5
58
29.5
14
NL
NL
NL
NL
NL
125
149
76
39.5
58
29.5
14
NL
NL
NL
NL
NL
NL
NL
76
39.5
58
27.5
11.5
NL
NL
NL
NL
NL
NL
NL
94.5
45.5
58
26
9.5
NL
NL
NL
NL
NL
125
152
73
33.5
54.5
24
8
NL
NL
NL
NL
NL
NL
NL
128
61
NL
NL
NL
NL
NL
NL
NL
* NLmeansnolimit;Actualvalueinexcessof150m.
Table8.6.23MinimumWidthatBottomofTrench
DepthofTrench(m) WidthofTrench(m)
Upto1.2 Diameterofpipeplus0.4
Above1.2 Diameterofpipeplus0.45
Note:Trenchtopwidthshallnotbelessthan0.75mfordepthsexceeding0.9m
6.14.3 BedpanWasherandClinicalSink
Bedpan washer and clinical sink shall be connected to soil branches and soil stacks through a water seal trap.
The bedpan washer with vapour vent connection shall be provided with additional local vent stack. The
minimumventstacksizeforbedpanwashershallbeinaccordancewithTable8.6.24.
Table8.6.24MinimumVentStackSizeinBedpanDrainage
NoofBedpanWasher Diameter(mm)
Upto3bedpanwashersatdifferentfloors
4to6bedpanwashers
7to12bedpanwashers
50
75
100
The bottom of the bedpan local vent stack (except for one bedpan washer) shall be drained indirectly into
sanitarydrainagesystemthroughtraps.Thesizeofthetrapandconnectingpipeshallbeatleastthesizeofthe
vent stack. Atleast6mm diameter watersupply piping shall betakenfromeach flushsupplyofeach bedpan
washeronthedischargesideofvacuumbreaker,trappedtoform75mmormoretrapsealandconnectedto
thelocalventstackoneachfloor.
6.14.4 SterilizerVentStack
The pressure or nonpressure sterilizer shall have vent connection to the sterilizer vent stack. This vent
connectionshallbeaccessibleforinspectionandcleaning.Thesizeofsterilizerventstackshallbeasfollows:
6.14.4.1 PressureSterilizers:
The minimum diameter for pressure sterilizer vent stack shall be 63 mm. The stack size for combinations of
pressuresterilizerexhaustshallbeinaccordancewithTable8.6.25.
6.14.4.2 PressureInstrumentWasherSterilizers:
The minimum size of sterilizer vent stack for instrument washer sterilizer shall be 50 mm for up to two
sterilizers.The75mmstackwillserveuptofoursterilizers.
6.14.4.3 NonpressureSterilizers:
Theminimumdiameterofnonpressuresterilizerventstackshallbe50mmforutensilsterilizerand38mmfor
instrumentsterilizer.MultipleinstallationsshallbesizedinaccordancewithTable8.6.26.
6.14.4.4 BedpanSteamers:
Thediameterforonebedpansteamershall be38mm.Thestacksizeforcombinationsshall bein accordance
withTable8.6.26.
Part8
BuildingServices
8286 Vol.3
Table8.6.25PressureSterilizerVentStackSize
StackSize
(mm)
NumberofConnectionsPermittedforDifferent
CombinationSizes(mm)
19 25 31 38
38 3
38 2
38 1
38 2 1
50 6
50 3
50 2
50 1
50 3 2
50 2 1 1
50 1 1 1
75 15
75 7
75 5
75 3
75 1 5 1
75 1 2 2
6.14.5 VentExtension
TheterminationofventstackshallbeinaccordancewithSec6.9.5.7and6.9.6.6.
6.14.6 SpecialFixtureDrainage
Thedevice,appurtenanceandappliancerequiredforspecialpurposessuchasrefrigerators,iceboxes,cooling
or refrigerating coils etc. shall be protected against backflow with adequate air gap between the equipment
inletanddrainageoutlet.
Table8.6.26NonpressureSterilizerVentStackorBedpanSteamerSizes
StackSizes
(mm)
NoofConnectionsPermittedforDifferent
ConnectionSizes(mm)
38 50
38 1
50 2
50 1
50 1 1
75 4
75 2
75 2 2
100 8
100 4
100 4 4
6.14.7 MentalHealthCareCentreandPrisonersCell
Thepipesandtrapsusedinmentalhealthcarebuildingsandprisonercellsshallnotbeexposedandallfixtures
shallbesecurelyboltedthroughwalls.
6.15.1 Inspection
Thenewdrainageandsanitationsystemorpartoftheexistingsystemshallnotbecoveredorenclosedorput
into operation until it has been inspected, tested and approved by the Building Authority. The Authority may
examinetheappliancesandfittingsbeforetheirinstallationorduringtheprogressofthework.Aninstallation
of plumbing work, whether new or existing, which is found to be defective or unsafe shall not be allowed to
continueinuseunlesscorrectionshavebeenmadetocomplywiththeCoderequirements.
6.15.2 Testing
6.15.2.1 DrainageandVentingSystem:
Thepipingofdrainageandventingsystemshallbetestedfirstwithwater.Thefinaltestofcompleteddrainage
and venting system may be done by smoke test. The water and smoke tests shall be performed as described
below:
a) Water Test : The water test shall be applied to the drainage and venting system either for the whole
systemorpart(section)thereof.Fortheentiresystem,allopeningsinthepipingexceptthehighestopening
shall be closed, and the system filled with water to the point of overflow. For the system to be tested in
sections, each opening shall be tightly plugged except the highest opening of the section under test and each
section shallbefilledwithwaterbutnosectionshallbetestedwithlessthana3mheadofwater.Intesting
successivesections,atleasttheupper3mofthenextprecedingsectionshallbetestedsothatnojointorpipe
inthebuilding(exceptthetopmost3mofthesystem)shallhavebeensubmittedtoatestoflessthana3m
headofwater.Thewatershallbekeptinthesystemorintheportionundertestforatleast15minutesbefore
theinspectionstarts.Thesystemorthepartofthesystemundertestshallbewatertightatallpoints.
b) SmokeTest:Thefinaltestforgasandwatertightnessofthecompleteddrainageandventingsystemmay
be performed by smoke test. The test is performed by filling all traps with water and then introducing smoke
intothesystemproducedbyoneormoresmokemachines.Whenthesmokeappearsatthestackopeningson
theroof,theyshallbeclosedandapressureequivalentto25mmheadofwatershallbebuiltandmaintained
for15minutesbeforeinspectionstarts.
6.15.2.2 BuildingSewer:
TheConnectionbetweenbuildingsewerandpublicsewerorindividualsewagedisposalsystemshallbeclosed
byinsertingatestplug.Thebuilding sewershallbefilled withwater underapressureofnotlessthan30kPa
foratleast15minutes.Thesystemshallbeabletomaintainthetestpressure.
Aftertheinstallationofdrainageandsanitationsystem,thelicensedplumbershallgiveacompletioncertificate
to the authority in a prescribed form (Appendix 8.6.D) for inspection and testing. After testing, the Authority
will give the final approval (as presented in completion certificate form, in the Appendix 8.6.D) to use the
system.
Part8
BuildingServices
8288 Vol.3
6.16.1
Thedrainageandsanitationsystemshallbemaintainedinasanitaryandsafeoperatingconditionbytheowner
orhisdesignatedagent.AlldeviceorsafeguardsrequiredbytheCodeshallbemaintainedinworkingorder.
6.16.2
Thefollowingoperationsshallbecarriedoutduringperiodicalcleaningofadrainageandsanitationsystem:
a) The covers of inspection chambers and manholes shall be removed and the side benching and channels
shallbescrubbed.
b) All lengths of main and branch drains shall be rodded by means of drain rods and a suitable rubber or
leatherplunger.Afterrodding,thedrainsshallbethoroughlyflushedwithcleanwater.
c) Theladders/ringsindeepmanholesandthemanholecoversshallbepainted.
d) Allsurfacedrainsshallbecleaned.
e) Allsubsoildrainsshallbeexaminedforobstructionattheopenjoints.
f) Refusechutesystemshallbecleaned.
RelatedAppendices:
Appendix8.6.A ApplicationforPermittoConstructDrainageandSanitationSystem
Appendix8.6.B OnehourRainfall
Appendix8.6.C DesignGuidelineofaSepticTank
Appendix8.6.DCompletionCertificate(DrainageandSanitationWorks)
Part8
Chapter 7
Rainwatei Nanagement
7.1 PURPOSE
The purpose of this chapter is to set forth provisions for planning, design and installation of rainwater
managementsystemsinbuildings.
7.2 SCOPE
7.2.1
This chapter specifies the general requirements for rain water harvesting for different categories of buildings
according to their occupancy classification together with all ancillary works of ground water recharging such as
perforatedpiping,pitsandinspectionchambers.
7.2.2
This chapter also covers the design, installation and maintenance of elements for rain water drainage systems
aroundthebuildingandledtopublicstormsewersortonearbysuitablesurfacewatersystem.
7.2.3
ThestormwaterdrainageongroundisnotcoveredbythisCode.
7.3 TERMINOLOGY
This section provides an alphabetical list of all terms used and applicable to this chapter of the Code. In case of
anyconflictorcontradictionbetweenadefinitiongiveninthissectionandthatinanyotherchapterorpartofthe
Code,themeaningspecifiedinthischaptershallgovernforinterpretationoftheprovisionsofthischapter.
BEDDINGFACTOR:Theratiooftheproductofdesignloadandfactorofsafetytotheminimumcrushingstrength.
BRANCH:Anypartofthepipingsystemotherthanamainorriser.
BUILDING DRAIN : The building (house) drain is that part of the lowest piping or open channel of a drainage
systemwhichreceivesthedischargesfromsoil,waste,andotherdrainagesystemsinsidethewallsofthebuilding
andconveysthesametothebuilding(house)sewer,beginningat0.9moutsidethebuildingwall.
BUILDING SEWER : The building (house) sewer is that part of the horizontal piping of a drainage system which
extendsfromtheendofthebuildingdrainandwhichreceivesthedischargeofthebuildingdrainandconveysit
to a public sewer, private sewer, individual sewage disposal system, or other point of disposal. Also known as
SEWER.
BUILDING STORM DRAIN : A building (house) storm drain is a building drain used for conveying rain water,
surfacewater,groundwater,subsurfacewater,condensate,coolingwater,orothersimilardischargetoabuilding
stormseweroracombinedsewer,extendingtoapartnotlessthan0.9moutsidethebuildingwall.Alsoknown
asSTORMDRAIN.
DRAIN: A drain is any pipe or open channel which carries waste water or waterborne wastes in a building
drainagesystem.
DRAINAGESYSTEM:Adrainagesystem(drainagepiping)includesallthepipingwithinpublicorprivatepremises,
which conveys sewage, rain water, or other liquid wastes to a legal point of disposal, but does not include the
mainsofapublicsewersystemoraprivateorpublicsewagetreatmentordisposalplant.
DRINKINGFOUNTAIN:Afountainoratapraisedfromthefloorwithpotablewatersupplyconnection.
Part8
BuildingServices
6292 Vol.3
EXISTINGWORK:Theexistingworkisaplumbingsystemoranypartthereofwhichwasinstalledpriortothedate
ofenforcementofthisCode.
FIXTUREUNIT:Afixtureunitisaquantityintermsofwhichtheloadproducingeffectsontheplumbingsystemof
differentkindsofplumbingfixturesareexpressedonsomearbitrarilychosenscale.
FLUSH VALVES: A flush valve is a device located at the bottom of the tank for the purpose of flushing water
closetsandsimilarfixtures.
FRENCHDRAIN:Ashallowtrenchfilledwithcoarserubble,clinkerorsimilarmaterialwithorwithoutfielddrain
pipes.
GRADE:Thegradeistheslopeorfallofalineofpipeinreferencetoahorizontalplane.Indrainageitisusually
expressedasthefallinmmpermlengthofpipe.
HORIZONTAL BRANCH : A horizontal branch is a drain pipe extending laterally from a soil or waste stack or
building drain, with or without vertical sections or branches, which receives the discharge from one or more
fixturedrainsandconductsittothesoilorwastestackortothebuilding(house)drain.
HORIZONTALPIPE:Ahorizontalpipeisanypipeorfittingwhichisinstalledinahorizontalpositionorwhichmakes
anangleoflessthan45degreeswiththehorizontal.
INTERCEPTOR: An interceptor is a device designed and installed so as to separate and retain deleterious,
hazardous, or undesirable matter from normal wastes and permit normal or liquid wastes to discharge into the
disposalterminalbygravity.
INVERT:Thelowestpointoftheinternalsurfaceofapipeorchannelatanycrosssection.
LEADER : A vertical drainage pipe that carries rainwater from roof or gutter drain to building storm drain or
buildingdrainorprivatedisposalsystem.
LIQUIDWASTE:Theliquidwasteisthedischargefromanyfixture,appliance,orappurtenanceinconnectionwith
aplumbingsystemwhichdoesnotreceivefecalmatter.
LOAD FACTOR: The load factor is the percentage of the total connected fixture unit flow rate which is likely to
occuratanypointinthedrainagesystem.Itvarieswiththetypeofoccupancy,thetotalflowunitabovethepoint
beingconsidered,andwiththeprobabilityfactorofsimultaneoususe.
MAIN:Themainofanysystemofcontinuouspipingistheprincipalarteryofthesystem,towhichbranchesmay
beconnected.
MAINSEWER:SeePublicSewer.
MANHOLE : An opening by which a man may enter or leave a drain, a sewer or other closed structure for
inspection,cleaningandothermaintenanceoperations,fittedwithasuitablecover.
MANHOLECHAMBER:Achamberconstructedonadrainorsewersoastoprovideaccesstheretoforinspection,
testingortheclearanceofobstruction.
OFFSET:Anoffsetinalineofpipingisacombinationofelbowsorbendswhichbringsonesectionofthepipeout
oflinebutintoalineparallelwiththeothersection.
PUBLIC SEWER: A public sewer is a common sewer directly controlled by public authority. Also known as MAIN
SEWER.
RISER:Awatersupplypipethatextendsverticallyonefullstoreyormoretoconveywatertobranchesorfixtures.
SANITARY SEWER: A sanitary sewer is a pipe which carries sewage and excludes storm, surface, and ground
water.AlsoknownasSEWER.
SEEPAGEPIT:SeeSOAKPIT.
SEWAGE:Thesewageisanyliquidwastecontaininganimalorvegetablematterinsuspensionorsolutionandmay
includeliquidscontainingchemicalsinsolution.
SEWER:SeeBUILDINGSEWERorPUBLICSEWERorSANITARYSEWERorSTORMSEWER.
SLUDGE: A settled portion of the sewage or waste water effluent from a sedimentation tank in semisolid
condition.
SOAK PIT: A pit, dug into permeable soil lined to form a covered perforated chamber or filled with sand at the
bottom and gravel or broken bricks at the top into which effluent from a septic tank or storm water is led and
fromwhichthesemaysoakawayintotheground.AlsoknownasSEEPAGEPITorSOAKWELL.
SOAKWELL:SeeSOAKPIT.
RainwaterManagement Chapter7
SOILPIPE:Asoilpipeisanypipewhichconveysthedischargeofwaterclosets,urinals,orfixtureshavingsimilar
functions,withorwithoutthedischargefromotherfixtures,tothebuildingdrainorbuildingsewer.
STACK:Astackistheverticalmainofasystemofsoil,waste,orventpiping.
STORMDRAIN:SeeBuildingStormDrain.
STORM SEWER: A storm sewer is a sewer used for conveying rain water, surface water, condensate, cooling
water,orsimilarliquidwastes,exclusiveofsewageandindustrialwaste.AlsoknownasSEWER.
SUBSOIL DRAIN: A subsoil drain is a drain which receives only subsurface or seepage water and conveys it to a
placeofdisposal.
SULLAGE:Thedischargefromwashbasins,sinksandsimilarappliances,whichdoesnotcontainhumanoranimal
excreta.
SUMP: A sump is a tank or pit which receives sewage or liquid waste, located below the normal grade of the
gravitysystem,andwhichmustbeemptiedbymechanicalmeans.
SUPPORTS: The supports, hangers, and anchors are devices for supporting and securing pipe and fixtures to
walls,ceilings,floors,orstructuralmembers.
TRAP:Atrapisafittingordevicesodesignedandconstructedastoprovide,whenproperlyvented,aliquidseal
whichwillpreventthebackpassageofairwithoutmateriallyaffectingtheflowofsewageorwastewaterthrough
it.
TRAP SEAL: The trap seal is the maximum vertical depth of liquid that a trap will retain, measured between the
crownweirandthetopofthedipofthetrap.
VERTICAL PIPE: A vertical pipe is any pipe or fitting which is installed in a vertical position or which makes an
angleofnotmorethan45degreeswiththevertical.
WASTEPIPE:Awastepipeisapipewhichconveysonlyliquidwastefreeoffecalmatter.
7.4 RainwaterHarvestingRequirements
7.4.1 General
Every building proposed for constructing on plots having extent of 300 sqm or above shall have facilities for
conservingandharvestingrainwater.
7.5 RainwaterHarvestingPlans
Rainwaterharvestinganddrainagesystemshallnotbeinstalleduntilapermitforsuchworkhasbeenissuedby
theBuildingAuthorityforexisting(onlyforadditionorforalteration)ornewbuildingorforanyotherpremises.
7.5.2 ApplicationforPermit
Anapplicationforapermitforrainwaterharvestinganddrainageworkshallbemadeonaprescribedform(see
Appendix8.6.F)bythelicensedplumberandtheowner,orbyhisappointedpersonoragenttoinstallalloraself
contained or workable part of such work. The application shall accompany building rainwater harvesting and
drainage plans and adequate description of the proposed rainwater harvesting and drainage installation in a
drawing(drawntoascalenotlessthan1:100)withthefollowingdetails:
(a) Planofthebuildingandsitelayout;
(b) Rainwaterharvesting;
(c) Groundrechargingsystem;
(d) Stormdrainagesystem;
(e) Catchmentareas;
(f) Materials,sizesandgradientsofallproposedpiping;
Part8
BuildingServices
6294 Vol.3
(g) The position of manhole, rainwater pipe, gutters, rainwater inlets, etc. in the premises and their
connection with storm sewer system or surface waters; the following colours may be used to indicate sewers,
rainwaterpipesandexistingworks:
Proposedstormsewersanddisposalpipes violet
Existingnetwork black
(h) Theslopeofcatchments.
7.5.3
Inadditiontorainwaterharvestinganddrainageplanaseparatesiteplanofthebuildingshallbesubmittedwith
thefollowingparticulars:
(a) Adjoiningplotsandstreetswiththeiridentification;
(b) Thepositionandinvertlevelofthestormsewers,(ifany),surfacedrainwaterandthedirectionofflowin
it;
(c) Theleveloftheproposeddrainagepipeconnectingtothestormsewers(ifany);
(d) Thepositionandlayoutofprivatestormdrainagesystem(inabsenceofpublicstormsewers);and
(e) Thealignment,sizeandgradientsofallharvestinganddrainagepiping.
7.5.4
For high rise and public buildings, design calculations and specifications for various items of the work involved
shallbesubmittedalongwiththedrawings.
Thebuildingofficialshallexamineorcausetobeexaminedallapplicationsforpermitsand,amendmentsthereto
within 45 days. If the application does not conform to the requirements of all pertinent laws, such application
shall be rejected in writing, stating the reasons therefore. If the proposed work satisfies all the Code
requirements,theAuthorityshallissueanontransferablepermit.
7.6 LICENSINGOFPLUMBER
Noindividual,partnership,corporationorfirmshallengageinthebusinessofinstallation,repairoralterationof
rainwaterharvestinganddrainageworkwithoutobtainingalicensefromtheAuthority.
7.6.2 ExaminationandCertification
TheBuildingAuthorityshallestablishaplumbersexaminationboard.Theboardwilldeterminetherequirements
for the qualification and procedures forexamination ofapplicants for license.The Authority will issue license to
such applicants who meet the qualifications therefore and successfully pass the examination conducted by the
board.
ThelicenseofalicensedplumbermaybenullifiedbytheBuildingAuthority,ifitisprovedthataplumbingwork
has been completed and certified by the licensed plumber violating the provisions of this Code deliberately
settingasidetheapprovalsgiveninthepermitorwithoutreceivingthepermitfromtheBuildingAuthority.
7.7 RainwaterHarvesting
7.7.1 General
Rainwatercanbeconservedandusedinallusefulpurposesrelatedtouseofwater.Theamountofrainwaterto
be conserved depends upon the purpose of use, rainfall intensity at the locality and the available catchments
from whererainwater shall be collected. Rainwater can also be used for artificial ground water recharging. Two
majoraspectsofrainwaterharvestingareasfollows.
(a) Rooftoprainwaterharvesting,and
(b) Artificialgroundwaterrecharge.
7.8 RoofTopRainwaterHarvesting
Watercanbecollectedthroughroofguttersandrainwaterdownpipes.Provisionshallbemadetodivertthefirst
rainfall after dry spell to avoid dust, soot, and leaves etc. in the water to be collected into the water tank. The
capacityofthewatertankshouldbeenoughforstoringwaterrequiredforconsumptionbetweentwodryspells.
7.8.1 PrecautionsinRainwaterHarvesting
Followingprecautionsshallbewellcared
(a) Nosewageorwastewatershouldbeadmittedintothesystem.
(b) Wastewaterfromareaslikelytohaveoil,greaseorotherpollutantsshallnotbeconnectedtothesystem.
(c) Eachrainwaterseepagewellshallhaveaninletchamberwithasilttraptopreventanysiltfromfinding
itswayintothesubsoilwater.
(d) Thewellsshouldbeterminatedatleast5mabovethenaturalstaticsubsoilwateratitshighestlevelso
thattheincomingflowpassesthroughthenaturalgroundconditionandpreventscontaminationhazards.
(e) Norechargestructureorawellshallbeusedfordrawingwaterforanypurpose.
7.8.2 QualifyingRainwaterforHarvesting.
Rainwatershallbetreatedadoptingfollowingmethodsmentionedaccordingtothepurposeofuse:
(a) For using rainwater in drinking, cooking, washing utensils bathing and ablution it shall be disinfected
alongwithfiltration.
(b) Forclothwashing,floorwashing,fountain,waterfallcascadeetc,rainwatershallbefiltered.
(c) For using in sprinkler fire fighting, air conditioning etc sedimentation of suspended particles will be
required.
(d) For toilet flushing, gardening, cleaning artificial ground, parking lots etc screening floating materials are
needed.
7.8.3 CatchmentsareaforCollectingRainwater
Rainwatercanbecollectedfromfollowingbuiltupareasforharvesting.
(a) Rooftopsurfaces
(b) Externalwallsandotherverticalsurfaces
(c) Balconies,sunshadesetc.
(d) Metalsurfaceofplaygrounds,openyardsetc.
7.8.4 DeterminingCatchmentArea
For flat surface, the catchment area is its plan area plus 50 per cent of the adjoining vertical wall contributing
rainwateraccumulationontheconcernedcatchment.Seeappendix8.6.E.
Forslopingroof,catchmentisconsideredtobetheactualinclinedroofarea.
7.8.5 StoringRainwater
Where rainwater will be used for domestic purpose, rainwater from roof or terrace may be led straight from
conductor (or leader) to one or more storage tanks. Storage tanks shall be provided with ventilating covers. An
arrangement shall be made in the rainwater leader to divert the first washings from the roof or terrace
catchments as they will contain more undesirable materials. The open end of all pipes shall be covered with
mosquito(insect)proofwirenet.
Part8
BuildingServices
6296 Vol.3
7.8.6 FlushingoutFirstRainwater
Beforestoringinitialrainwater,justafterstartingraining,shallbedrainedoutforaperiodasmentionedbelow.
Location Time
Dhakametropolitanarea 20min
Sylhet 15min
Chittagong 15min
Otherurbanareas 15min
7.8.7 PrecautionsforRainwaterStorage
Followingprecautionarymeasuresshallbetakenforrainwaterstorage.
(a) Storagetankshallbemadewatertightinallrespect.
(b) Tankshallalwaysbekeptcovered.
(c) Regularcleaningatleastonceayear,preferablyatendofdryperiods,shallbedone.
(d) Disinfectionshallbedoneaftercleaningoperation.
(e) Tankshallbeventilatedandventpipeshallbecoveredbymosquitonet.
(f) Thetankmusthaveanoverflowpipeleadingtoanaturalwatercourse.
(g) If raw rainwater and potable water is to be stored in the same storage tank separated by a separating
wall,thentheseparatingwallshallhavenoopenings.
7.8.8 RainwaterTreatment
Forpotablesystems,aplaingalvanizedrooforametalroofwithepoxyorlatexpaintisrecommended.Composite
orasphaltshinglesarenotadvisable,toimprovewaterquality,disinfectionshallbedoneinthefollowingway.
7.8.8.1 Chlorination
Chlorine must be present in a concentration of 1 ppm to achieve disinfection. Liquid chlorine, in the form of
laundrybleach,usuallyhas6percentavailablesodiumhypochlorite.Fordisinfectionpurposes,2fluidounces(
cup) must be added per 1,000 gallons of rainwater. Bleach products, however, not labeled cannot be used in
water treatment. A purer form of chlorine, which comes in solid form, is calcium hypochlorite, usually with 75
percentavailablechlorine.Atthatstrength,0.85ouncesbyweightin1,000gallonsofwaterwouldresultinalevel
of 1 ppm. Chlorine contact times are shown in Table 8.7.1. To filter out Giardia and Cryptosporidum cysts, an
absolute1micronfiltershallbeused.
Table8.7.1:ContactTimewithChlorine
Water
pH
Watertemperature
50
o
Forwarmer 45
o
F 40
o
Forcolder
Contacttimeinminutes
6.0 3 4 5
6.5 4 5 6
7.0 8 10 12
7.5 12 15 18
8.0 16 20 24
7.8.9 DeterminingVolumeofRainwaterStorage
Determiningvolumeofrainwaterstorage
Rainwaterstoragevolumeincum= N
p
1uuu + Flooting
whereD=RainwaterdemandInliterpercapitaperday.
N=Populationnumber.
B
p
= Number of days for which water will be stored. Consider 90 days for drinking, cooking, utensils cleansing,
bathingandablutionpurposes;210daysforotherpurposes.
7.8.10 SizingofRainwaterDownPiping
Thesizeandnumberofverticalleadersorrainwaterdownpipesshallbebasedonthemaximumprojectedroof
area according to Table 8.7.2. Minimum two drains and vertical leaders shall be provided for any independent
roofsurface.
ThesizeofsemicircularguttershallbebasedonmaximumprojectedroofareaaccordingtoTable8.7.4.
7.8.11 INLETOFLEADERS
Inletofleadersonanyopensurfacesshallbeprovidedwithdomeshapedgratings.SizeoftheInletofanyvertical
leadershallbeonesizebiggerthanthesizeofthecorrespondingverticalleader.
7.8.12 DESIGNOFRAINWATERDISTRIBUTIONSYSTEM
Thedesignofrainwaterdistributionpipingshallbeinaccordancewithsec.5.10ofchapter5.
7.9 ArtificialGroundWaterRecharge
Storm runoff should be used for augmentation of ground water reservoir where ground water depletion rate is
more than one meter per year. Modifying the natural movement of surface water by constructing recharge
structures(seeFig.8.8.1)hasthefollowingobjectives:
(a) Enhancement of sustainable yield in areas where there is over development and depletion of the
aquifers.
(b) Conservationandstorageofexcessundergroundwaterintheaquifers.
(c) Improvementofthequalityoftheexistinggroundwaterthroughdilution.
(d) Maintaining the natural balance of the ground water and its usage as the rainwater is a renewable
supplysource
(e) Providingconstant,dependableandsafewatersupply.
7.9.1 DesigningRechargePit
Volume of recharge pit shall be on the basis of maximum intensity of rainfall in a shorter period of at least 15
minute.Itisaboutonefourthpeakhourlyrainfall
Capacityofrechargetank=AI
s
f/p
Where
A=Catchmentsarea
I
s
=Intensityofrainfallin15minutes
f=Runoffcoefficientand
p=Porosityoffilterbed=0.5

Part8
BuildingServices
6298 Vol.3
Fig8.7.1.ARTIFICIALGROUNDWATERRECHARGESTRUCTURE
Largedrywellcanbeconstructedinaccordancewiththerequirementsforseepagepit(Sec6.9.15).However,for
small dry wells handling limited quantities of rainwater, the pit may consist of a one meter depth length of 1.0
0.45mdiameterpipefilledwithcrushedbricksstone.
7.10 DRAINAGEANDSANITATIONREQUIREMENT
7.10.1 General
Theobjectofstormwaterdrainageistocollectandcarry,theexcessrainwateraccumulatingwithinthepremises
of the building, for suitable disposal. In rainwater drainage system there shall be safeguard against fouling,
deposition of solids and clogging and with adequate inspection chambers so arranged that the drains may be
readilycleanedwithouttheriskofhealthhazard.
7.10.2 DesignFactors
Estimationofthequantityofstormwatershallbebasedonthefollowingfactors
(a) Imperviousnessofthesurface
(b) Groundslopeandtimeofconcentration
(c) Intensityoftherainfallforadesignperiodand
(d) Durationoftherainfall.
7.10.3 ImperviousnessoftheSurface
Thepercentageofimperviousnessofthedrainageareamaybeobtainedfromavailabledataforaparticulararea.
Intheabsenceofsuchdata,thefollowingvaluesmayserveasaguide:
Inlet
Coarse sand
1.5 to 2mm
Gravel 5 to 10mm size
Boulder 5 to 20mm size
GL
3mm slot size
Ball plug
Imperviousnessfactorfordifferenttypeofareas
Typeofarea(percent) Imperviousnessfactor
Commercialandindustrialareas 70-90
Residentialareas(highdensity) 6075
Residentialareas(lowdensity) 3560
Parksandunderdevelopedareas 1020
7.10.4 TimeofConcentration
Time of concentration to reach the farthest point of any drainage system or the outfall under consideration
shouldbeconsideredbetween5minto30min.
7.10.5 IntensityoftheRainfall
Rainwater Intensity data for the locality of the building shall be studied to arrive at the design parameters for
rainwaterharvestinginaccordancewithAppendixS.
7.10.6 RainwaterDisposal
Rainwaterfromrooforfrombuildingpremisesshallnotbedischargedintoseptictank.Thisshallbedrainedinto
storm sewer or combined sewer system where available or into private disposal methods, water course or dry
well,Fig8.6.21and8.6.22.
7.10.6.1 Individual rain water traps shall be installed on the rainwater drain branch serving each leader or a
singletrapshallbeinstalledinthemainrainwaterdrain(buildingstormdrain)justbeforeitsconnection
withthecombinedbuildingsewer,maindrainorpublicsewer.
7.10.6.2 No traps shall be required for rainwater drains which will be used for rainwater collection and
connectedtoasewerdrainingrainwaterexclusively.
7.10.6.3 Subsurface drainage pipings for rainwater drainage shall not be less than 100 mm in diameter. The
subsoildrainagesystemshallbeprotectedbyanaccessiblylocatedbackwatervalveincasethebuilding
is subject to backwater or flooding. Subsoil drains shall discharge to a trapped area drain, sump, dry
welloranapprovedlocationabovegrade.
7.10.6.4 Rainwaterpipesshallnotbeusedassoil,wasteorventpipes.
7.10.6.5 All roof areas, except those draining to hanging gutters, shall be equipped with roof drains with
strainersextendingnotlessthan100mmabovethesurfaceoftheroofandshallhaveanavailableinlet
areanotlessthantwotimestheareaoftheleadertowhichthedrainwillbeconnected.
7.10.6.6 Itisrecommendedtohavemorethanonerainwaterdrainagepipeforprimaryroofdrainagesystemto
minimizeblockage.
7.10.6.7 It is recommended to provide secondary rainwater drainage system at a suitable elevation from the
roofthathasbeenconsideredinthecalculationofrainwaterloadtodesignthebuildingstructure.The
secondary drainage system shall be a separate drainage piping up to a storm sewer or private waste
(rainwater)disposalsystem.Thesizeofsecondaryrainwaterdrainagepipingshallnotbelessthanthe
sizerequiredforprimaryrainwaterdrainagepiping.
7.10.6.8 Frenchdrainsmaybeemployedassurfacewaterdrainsfordrainageofunpavedsurfaces.Construction
offrenchdrains(ifused)shallbeinaccordancewithestablishedengineeringpractices.
7.10.6.9 The design of such system shall be on the basis of location with respect to wells or other sources of
water, soil permeability, ground water elevation, area available and maximum occupancy of the
building.
Part8
BuildingServices
6300 Vol.3
7.11 MATERIALSANDAPPLIANCES
The piping, fixtures and equipment to be used for rainwater harvesting and drainage system shall be in
accordancewithSec6.7inChapter6.
7.12 ConstructionofRainwaterStorageTank
TheconstructionofstoragetanksforrainwaterstorageshallbeinaccordancewithSec5.7inchapter5.
7.13 InstallationandConstructionofRainwaterHarvestingandDrainageSystem
7.13.1
Alljunctionsandjointsofrainwaterharvestinganddrainagepipingshallbewatertight.
7.13.2
Roofguttersshallbeofsuitablematerialofrequiredthickness.Alljointsshallbewatertight.
7.13.3
ThedepthofcovershallbeinaccordancewithSec7.9.8.
7.13.4
Thepipeshallbelaidtoevengradientsandchangeofgradientshallbecombinedwithanaccesspoint(Sec7.9.6).
However,accesspointsshallbeprovidedonlyifblockagescouldnotbeclearedwithoutthem.
7.13.5
The joints and connection in drainage and venting system shall be gastight and watertight for the pressures
required by the test, with the exception of those portions of perforated or open joint piping which will be
installedforthepurposeofcollectingandconveyinggroundorseepagewatertotheundergroundstormdrains.
7.13.6
Piping in rainwater drainage and harvesting system shall be installed without undue strains and stresses and
provision shall be made for expansion, contraction and structural settlement. Vertical piping shall be secured at
sufficiently close intervals to keep the pipe in alignment and carry the weight of the piping and its content. The
horizontalpipingshallbesupportedatsufficientlycloseintervals(Sec7.8)tokeepitinalignmentandtoprevent
sagging.
7.14 HangersandSupport
The piping, fixtures and equipment used for rainwater harvesting and drainage system shall be provided with
sufficienthangersandsupportinaccordancewithSec5.13inChapter5.
7.15 PipeJoints
The joints between different piping and fittings shall conform to the standards in accordance with Sec 5.13 in
Chapter5.
7.16 ProtectionAgainstRodent
Installation of pipes through any walls ceilings etc shall be made rodent proof in accordance with sec. 6.9.8 of
chapter6.
7.17 GradientofPipes
Lesserslopeofrainwaterdrainagepipeshallbeprovided.Thecomputedvelocityinthestormwaterdrainsshall
not be less than 0.6 m per second. The maximum recommended velocity shall be 2.5 m per second. For drain
pipestobeusedforrechargingtheflowvelocityshouldbe0.6mpersecond.
7.18 InspectionChambersandManholes
InspectionchambersandmanholesshallIncorporatedandconstructedinaccordancewith6.9.7.3ofchapter6.
7.19 BeddingandBackfilling
Theoperationofbeddingandbackfillingshallbeinaccordancewithsec.6.9.9ofchapter6.
7.20 DesignofRainwaterorStormWaterDrainagePiping
Designingofrainwaterdownpipeandstormwaterdrainagepipeincludesdeterminingthenumberofrainwater
downpipeandsizesanddeterminingthesizeofdrainpipesaccordingtothefallofdrainpipe.
7.21 SizingandFindingTheNumberofRainwaterDrainagePiping
7.21.1
The size and number of vertical leaders shall be based on the maximum projected catchment area according to
Table8.7.4.Minimumtwonumbersofroofdrainsandverticalleadersshallbeprovidedforanyindependentroof
surface.
7.21.2 SizingofStormWaterDrainagePiping
Thesizeofbuildingstormdrain,stormseweroranyoftheirhorizontalbranchesshallbebasedonthemaximum
catchmentareaincludingprojectedrooforpavedareatobedrainedinaccordancewithTable8.7.3.
7.21.3
ThesizeofsemicircularguttershallbebasedonmaximumprojectedroofareaaccordingtoTable8.7.4.
Table8.7.2 SizeofVerticalLeaders*
SizeofLeader** MaximumProjectedRoofAreaandFlow
(mm) (m
2
) (l/min)
50
65
75
100
125
150
200
202
367
598
1287
2336
3790
8180
87
155
253
544
986
1602
3450
Part8
BuildingServices
6302 Vol.3
* Table8.7.2isbaseduponamaximumrainfallof25mmperhourfora1hourduration.Thefigurefor
drainageareashallbeadjustedtolocalconditions(Appendix8.6.E).
** Theequivalentdiameterofsquareleaderwillbethediameterofthatcirclewhichcanbeinscribed
withinthecrosssectionalarea.Theequivalentdiameteroftherectangularleaderwillbetheshort
dimensionoftherectangularleader.However,theratioofwidthtodepthofrectangularleadershallnot
exceed3:1.
Table8.7.3SizeofHorizontalBuildingStormDrainsandBuildingStormSewer*
Diameter
ofDrain
(mm)
MaximumCatchmentAreaandFlowforVariousSlopes
10mmperm 20mmperm 40mmperm
m
2
l/min m
2
l/min m
2
l/min
75
100
125
150
200
250
300
375
299
668
1215
1950
4185
7550
12140
21700
125
288
515
823
1765
3185
5100
9120
422
965
1715
2745
5940
10650
17140
30600
177
406
725
1157
2500
4500
7236
12900
599
1370
2430
3900
8380
15100
24280
43400
252
577
1030
1645
3540
6370
10250
18300
* Table8.7.3isbaseduponamaximumrainfallof25mmperhourfor1hourduration.Thefigurefor
drainageareashallbeadjustedtolocalconditionsinaccordancewithAppendix8.6.E.
Table8.7.4SizeofSemicircularRoofGutters*
Diaof
Gutter
(mm)
MaximumProjectedRoofAreaforGutterofVariousSlopes
5mmperm 10mmperm 20mmperm 40mmperm
m l/min m
2
l/min m
2
l/min m
2
l/min
75
100
125
150
175
200
250
61
130
227
350
503
725
1300
25
55
96
148
210
307
555
87
185
320
495
710
1020
1850
36
77
136
210
300
430
785
123
260
455
700
1000
1300
2610
51
110
192
296
425
610
1110
174
370
645
1010
1420
2040
3650
73
155
273
425
600
862
1540
* Table8.7.4isbaseduponamaximumrainfallof25mmperhourfor1hourduration.Thefigurefor
drainageareashallbesubjecttolocalconditionsinaccordancewithAppendix8.6.E.
The inspection, testing and completion certification of rainwater harvesting and drainage system or part of
existingsystemshallbeinaccordancewith7.14.
Themaintenanceofrainwaterharvestinganddrainageandsystemshallbeinaccordancewithsec6.15ofchapter
6.
RelatedAppendices
Appendix8.6.B OnehourRainfall
Appendix8.6.E Determiningcatchmentsareaforaflatsurface
Part8
Chapter 8
FUELGASSUPPLY
8.1 GENERAL
8.1.1 Scope
8.1.1.1 This Chapter provides the requirements aimed at safeguarding life and property in nonindustrial gas
pipingsystemsforusewithfuelgasessuchasnaturalgas(NG)andliquefiedpetroleumgas(LPG)inthe
vapourphaseusedforfuelorlightingpurposesinconsumerspremises.
8.1.1.2 This Chapter does not cover the safety requirements and rules for gas burning appliances. The
requirements of National Fuel Gas Code 2009 edition (NEPA54/ANSI Z223.1) and NFPA 582008
editionandInternationalFuelGasCode2009oftheUSAshallapplyforsuchappliances.
8.1.1.3 The requirements of this Chapter do not apply to gas piping systems for industrial installation and
applications.
8.1.1.4 This Chapter covers the aspects of design, fabrication, installation, test, operation, inspection and
maintenance of gas piping systems from the point of delivery to the connections with each utilization
device. The point of delivery is defined in this Chapter as the outlet of the service regulator or the
serviceshutoffvalvewherethereisnometer.
8.1.1.5 Piping systems covered here are limited to a maximum operating pressure of 3.45 kPa (14 inches of
watercolumnorpsig).
8.1.1.6 While applying the provisions of this Chapter, reference should also be made to the manufacturers'
instructions, gas supply company's regulations and other applicable codes and standards listed in this
Chapterorrequiredbytheauthorityhavingjurisdiction.
8.1.2 Terminology
This section provides definitions of terms used in this Chapter of the Code. Where terms are not defined in this
Chapter, they shall be defined using their ordinarily accepted meanings such as the context implies. The
definitions in the Chapter are the same as used in National Fuel Gas Code2009 edition (NFPA54/ANSI Z223.1),
InternationalFuelGasCode2009andLiquefiedPetroleumGasCode2008(NFPA58)andNationalBuildingCode
ofIndia2005.
Appliance:Anydevicethatutilizesgasasafuelorrawmaterialtoproducelight,heat,power,refrigeration,orair
conditioning.
ApplianceValve:Adevicethatwillshutoffthegassupplytoburners(s)
Approved:Acceptabletotheauthorityhavingjurisdiction
Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ): An organization, office, or individual responsible for enforcing the
requirementsofacodeorstandard,orforapprovingequipment,materials,andinstallation,oraprocedure.
BranchLine:Gaspipingthatconveysgasfromasupplylinetotheappliance
Burner/Cookers:Adeviceforthefinalconveyanceofgas,oramixtureofgasandair,tothecombustionzone.
ConcealedGasPiping:Gaspipingthat,wheninplaceinafinishedbuilding,wouldrequireremovalofpermanent
constructiontogainaccesstothepiping.
Part8
BuildingServices
8304 Vol.3
Consumers/CustomersConnection:Pipingtappedontherisertosupplygastoindividualcustomer/consumer
Cylinder: A portable container designed, fabricated, tested and marked (or stamped) in accordance with a
recognizedstandard/codesuchasASME,ortheregulationsof the USDepartmentofTransportation(DOT) used
fortransportingorstoringLPG.Themaximumsizepermittedinsidethebuildingis320kgwatercapacity.
DiversityFactor:Ratioofthemaximumprobabledemandtothemaximumpossibledemand.
Drip: The container placed at a low point in a system of piping to collect condensate and from which it may be
removed.
Equivalent: Nothing in this code is intended to prevent the use of system, methods or device of equivalent or
superiorquality,strength,fireresistance,effectiveness,durabilityandsafetyoverthoseprescribedbythiscode.
However, technical documentation shall be submitted to the authority having jurisdiction to demonstrate
equivalency; and the proposed method, system or device shall be approved for the intended use by the same
authority.
Fuel Gas: A natural gas, manufactured gas, liquefied petroleum gas or mixtures of the gases (This chapter only
recognizesnaturalgasandLPGasfuelgas).
Gases: Include natural gas, manufactured gas, liquefied petroleum (LP) gas in the vapor phase, liquefied
petroleum gasair mixtures and mixtures of these gases, plus gasair mixtures within the flammable range, with
thefuelgasortheflammablecomponentofamixturebeingacommerciallydistributedproduct.
GasFitter:Anemployeeofthegassupplyingcompany
GasManifold:Theconduitofanappliancethatsuppliesgastotheindividualburner(s).
Labeled: Equipment or materials to which has been attached a label, symbol or other identifying mark of an
organization that is acceptable to the authority having jurisdiction and concerned with product evaluation, that
maintains periodic inspection of production of labeled equipment or materials, and by whose labeling the
manufacturerindicatescompliancewithappropriatestandardsorperformanceinaspecifiedmanner.
Liquefied Petroleum Gas (LPG): Liquefied petroleum gas composed predominantly of propane, propylene,
butanesorbutylenesormixturesthereofthatisgaseousundernormalatmosphericconditionsbutiscapableof
beingliquefiedundermoderatepressureatnormaltemperatures.
Listed: Equipment, materials or services included in a list published by an organization that is acceptable to the
authority having jurisdiction and concerned with evaluation of products or services, that maintains periodic
inspection of production of listed equipment or materials or periodic evaluation of services, and whose listing
states either that the equipment, materials, or service meets appropriate designated standards or has been
testedandfoundsuitableforaspecifiedpurpose.
Meter:Aninstrumentinstalledtomeasurethevolumeofgasdeliveredthroughit.
Outlet:Thepointatwhichgasfiredapplianceconnectstothegaspipingsystem.
Pilot:Asmallflamethatisutilizedtoignitethegasatthemainburnerorburners.
Pipe:Rigidconduitofiron,steel,copper,brass,aluminum,orplastic.
Piping System: All piping, valves and fittings from the outlet of the point of delivery from the supplier to the
outletsoftheequipmentshutoffvalves.
PressureRegulator:Equipmentplacedinagaslineforreducing,controlling,andmaintainingthepressureinthat
portionofthepipingsystemdownstreamoftheequipment.
Pressure Test: An operation performed to verify the gastight integrity of gas piping following its installation or
modification.
Purge:Tofreeagasconduitofairorgas,oramixtureofgasandair.
QualifiedAgency:Anindividual,firm,corporation,orcompanythateitherinpersonorthrougharepresentativeis
engagedinandisresponsiblefor(a)theinstallation,testing,orreplacementofgaspipingor(b)theconnection,
installation, testing, repair, or servicing of appliances and equipment; that is experienced in such work; that is
familiar with all precautions required; and that has complied with all the requirements of the authority having
jurisdiction.
Riser:Averticalpipesupplyingfuelgas
SafetyShutoffDevice:Adevicethatwillshutoffthegassupplytothecontrolledburner(s)intheeventthesource
ofignitionfails.Thisdevicemayinterrupttheflowofgastomainburner(s)onlyortopilot(s)andmainburner(s)
underitssupervision.
FuelGasSupply Chapter8
Service MeterAssembly: The piping and fittings installed by theserving gas supplier to connect the inlet side of
themetertothegasserviceandtoconnecttheoutletsideofthemetertothecustomershouseoryardpiping.
Service Regulator: A pressure regulator installed by the serving gas supplier to reduce and limit the service line
gaspressuretodeliverypressure.
ServiceShutoffValve:Avalve,installedbytheservinggassupplierbetweentheservicemeterorsourceofsupply
andthecustomerpipingsystem,toshutoftheentirepipingsystem.
Shall:Indicatesamandatoryrequirement
Tubing:Semirigidconduitofcopper,steel,aluminum,CSST(corrugatedstainlesssteelstubing)orplastic
Valve:Adeviceusedinpipingtocontrolthegassupplytoanysectionofasystemofpipingortoanappliance.
Vent:Apassagewayusedtoconveyfluegasesfromappliancesortheirventconnectorstotheoutdoors.
WaterHeater:Anapplianceforsupplyhotwaterfordomesticorcommercialpurpose.
8.1.3 GeneralPrecautions
8.1.3.1 TurnGasOff:Allgaspipingworkorgasapplianceinstallationshallbeperformedwiththegasturnedoff
toeliminatehazardsfromleakageofgas.
8.1.3.2 NotificationofInterruptedService:Itshallbetheresponsibilityoftheinstallingagency,whenifthegas
supplyistobeturnedoff,tonotifyallaffectedconsumers.
8.1.3.3 Before Turning Gas Off: Before turning off the gas to premises for the purpose of installation, repair,
test,inspection,replacementormaintenanceofgaspipingorappliances,allburnersshallbeturnedoff.
Whentwoormoreconsumersareservedfromthesamesupplysystem,precautionsshallbetakento
ensurethatonlysupplytotheconcernedconsumeristurnedoff.
8.1.3.4 Checking for Gas Leaks: Soap and water solution or other material approved for the purpose, shall be
used in locating gas leakage. Use of matches, candles, flames or other sources of ignition shall be
prohibitedforthispurpose.
8.1.3.5 UseofLights:Artificialilluminationusedinconnectionwithasearchforgasleakageshallberestricted
tobatteryoperatedflashlights(preferablyofthesafetytype)orapprovedsafetylamps.Insearchingfor
leaks,electricswitchesshouldnotbeoperated.Ifelectriclightsarealreadyturnedon,theyshouldnot
beturnedoff.
8.1.3.6 WorkingAlone:Anindividualshallnotworkaloneinanysituationwhereworkingpracticedesiresthat
twoormorepersonsarenecessarytocarryouttheworksafely.
8.1.3.7 Handling Liquid from Drips: Liquid which is removed from a drip in an existing gas piping shall be
handledwithproperprecautions,andshallnotbeleftontheconsumers'premises.
8.1.3.8 NoSmoking:Whenworkingonpipingwhichcontainsorhascontainedgas,smokingshallbeprohibited.
8.1.3.9 Handling of Flammable Liquids: Flammable liquids used by the installer shall be handled with proper
precautionsandshallnotbeleftwithinthepremisesfromtheendofoneworkingdaytothebeginning
ofthenext.
8.1.3.10 WorkInterruption:Wheninterruptionsinworkoccur,thesystemshallbeleftinasafeandsatisfactory
condition.
8.1.3.11 CertainrequirementsrelatedtoworkonthegassupplysystemarelistedinAppendixA.
Part8
BuildingServices
8306 Vol.3
8.1.4 NotificationofCompletion
8.1.4.1 Whenregulationssorequire,thecompletionofinstallationshallbenotifiedtothegassupplycompany
ortheAuthority.
8.2 GASPIPINGINSTALLATION
8.2.1 PipingPlanandApproval
8.2.1.1 Plans for installation of gas piping system and gas appliances shall be prepared in accordance with
requirements of the gas supply company and the Authority. Necessary approva1s shall be obtained
from the gas supply company and the Authority before installation of the gas piping system and the
appliances.(SeeAppendixB).
8.2.1.2 Theplanshallincludeproposedlocationofthepiping,layoutandsketchofthepipingsystem,sizesof
differentbranches,andpresentandfuturegasdemands.
8.2.1.3 Approved plans shall bear the authorized seal and signatures of the gas supply company and the
Authority.
8.2.2 SizeofPipingtoGasAppliances
8.2.2.1 Gaspipingshallbeofsuchsizeandsoinstalledtoensureadequatesupplyofgastomeetthemaximum
demandwithoutunduepressuredropbetweenthemeter,orserviceregulatorwhenthereisnometer,
andtheapplianceorappliances.
8.2.2.2 Thesizeofgaspipingdependsuponthefollowingfactors:
(a) Allowablepressuredropfrommeterorserviceregulator,whenthereisnometer,toappliance
(b) Maximumgasconsumptiontobeprovided
(c) Lengthofpipingandnumberoffittings
(d) Specificgravityofthegas
(e) Diversityfactor
8.2.2.3 Thesizeofeachgaspipingsystemshallbedeterminedbystandardengineeringmethodsacceptableto
thegassupplycompanyandtheAuthority.
8.2.2.4 Gaspipessmallerthan12mmindiametershallnotbeused.
8.2.2.5 Straightlengthsofpipingshallbeusedasfaraspracticable.Wheretherearebendsinthepipeline,or
asapprovedbythegassupplycompany.Theinsideradiusofabendshallbenotlessthan6timesthe
outsidediameterofthepipe.
8.2.3 AcceptablePipingMaterials
8.2.3.1 Piping material shall be one of the materials listed in Table 8.8.1 conforming to the corresponding
standards,orothermaterialsasmaybeapprovedbythegassupplycompanyortheAuthority.Castiron
pipeshallnotbeused.
Table8.8.1FuelGasPipeMaterials
Material Standards
Blacksteelpipe*
Galvanizedsteelpipe*
Wroughtsteelandwroughtironpipe*
Corrugatedstainlesssteeltubing
Copperorcopperalloytubing(TypeKorL)
Aluminiumpipeandtubing
Plasticpipeandtubing
ASTMA106
ASTMA53
ANSIB36.10M
ANSILCI/CSA6.26
ASTMB88;ASTMB280
ASTMB210;ASTMB241
ASTMD2513
*MinimumSchedule40
8.2.3.2 Fittings shall be of an approved type and material for gas piping systems accepted to the gas supply
company.Bushingsshallnotbeemployed.
8.2.3.3 Alljointsandconnectionsshallbeofanapprovedtypeandmaterialforgaspipingsystemacceptableto
thegassupplycompany.Jointsandconnectionsshallbegastightatthetestpressure.(seeSec8.2.9.3
and8.2.9.4)
8.2.3.4 Flexiblemetalpipesorheavyrubberpressuretubingacceptedtothegassupplycompanymaybeused
onlyfordirectconnectionstoburners.
8.2.4 FabricationofPipingforInstallation
8.2.4.1 Gas pipe or tubing and fittings shall be clean and free from cutting burrs and defects in structure or
threading and shall be thoroughly brushed with chips and scale blown. Defects in pipe or tubing or
fittingsshallnotberepairedwhendefectivepipe,tubingorfittingshavebeenidentified.Thedefective
materialshallbereplaced.
8.2.4.2 Pipe,tubing,fittingsandvalvesremovedfromanyexistinginstallationshallnotbeusedagainuntilthey
havebeenthoroughlycleaned,inspectedandascertainedtobeequivalenttonewmaterial.
8.2.4.3 Metallicpipeswiththreadswhicharedamagedordefectiveshallnotbeused.
8.2.4.4 Metallicpipesshallbethreadedinaccordancewithapprovedstandardacceptabletosupplycompany.
8.2.4.5 When used in a corrosive environment, metallic pipes and fittings shall be protected with corrosion
resistantcoating.
8.2.4.6 Foranythreadjointpropersealantshallbeusedonthemadethreadsonly.
8.2.4.7 Joints and joining compounds if used in LPG installation shall be resistant to the action of liquid
petroleumgas.
8.2.5 InstallationofGasPipes
8.2.5.1 Installation, repair and replacement of gas piping or appliances shall be performed only by a qualified
installingagencyorgasfitter.
8.2.5.2 Protection of Piping: Piping shall be buried to a minimum depth of 1 m covered in a manner so as to
protect the piping from physical damage. It shall be protected from physical damage when it passes
throughflowerbeds,shrubbedsandothersuchcultivatedareas.
Part8
BuildingServices
8308 Vol.3
8.2.5.3 ProtectionagainstCorrosion:Gaspipingincontactwithearthorothermaterialswhichwillcorrodethe
piping shall be protected against corrosion in an approved manner. Whendissimilarmetals are joined
underground, an insulating coupling or fitting shall be used. Piping shall not be laid in contact with
cinderorash.
8.2.5.4 Allthepipingwithinthepremiseswhereithastorunonthewallshallbeexposedandshouldnotbein
contact with wall to ensure that no corrosion takes place. Epoxy sealant or polyethylene conduit shall
beusedtoensurenocontactofpipewiththewallinthesituationofpipecrossingthewall.Uncoated
threaded or socket welded joints shall not be used in piping in contact with soil or where internal or
externalcrevicecorrosionisknowntooccur.
8.2.5.5 Piping Through Foundation Wall: Underground gas piping, when installed below grade through the
outer foundation or basement wall of a building, shall be either encased in a protective sleeve or
protectedbyanapproveddeviceormethod.Thepipingorsleeveshallbesealedatthefoundationor
basementwalltoprevententryofgasorwater.
8.2.5.6 Piping Underground beneath Buildings: If the laying of gas piping underground beneath buildings
cannot be avoided, the piping shall be encased in an approved conduit designed to withstand super
imposed load. The conduit shall extend into a normally accessible portion of the building and, at the
pointwheretheconduitterminatesinthebuilding,thespacebetweentheconduitandthegaspiping
shall be sealed to prevent the entrance of gas from any possible leakage. The conduit shall extend at
least100mmoutsidethebuilding,beventedoutdoorsabovefinishedgroundlevelandbeinstalledin
suchawayastopreventtheentranceofwaterandinsects.
8.2.5.7 Building Structure: The building shall not be weakened by the installation of any gas piping. Existing
beamsorjoistsshallnotbecutornotched.
8.2.5.8 PipingSupports:Gaspipinginbuildings,shallbesupportedwithpipehooks,metalpipestraps,bondor
hangersofanapprovedtypeandmaterialsuitableforthesizeofpiping,andofadequatestrengthand
quality and located at specified intervals so that the piping cannot be moved accidentally from the
installedposition.Gaspipingshallnotbesupportedbyotherpiping.
8.2.5.9 Piping Entrance to Buildings: When gas pipe enters a building through a wall or floor of masonry or
concrete,itshallbesealedagainsttheentranceofwater,moistureorgas.
8.2.5.10 Piping in Floors: Piping in solid floors, such as concrete, shall be laid in channels in the floor suitably
coveredtoprovideaccesstothepipingwithaminimumdamagetothebuilding.
8.2.5.11 Singlepipewithoutjointsshallbeusedforwallcrossinginanybuilding.
8.2.5.12 Changes in direction of gas pipe shall be made by the use of approved fittings, factory bends or field
bends.Fieldbendsshallbemadebyemployingapprovedproceduresandequipment.
8.2.5.13 Gaspipinginsideanybuildingshallnotberuninorthroughanairduct,chimneyorgasvent,ventilating
ductorelevatorshaft.Gaspipingshallnotbetakenthroughinaccessibleorconcealedareaswhereits
condition cannot be inspected and accumulation of gas due to undetected leakage may create a
dangerouscondition.
8.2.5.14 Provide Drips where Necessary: A drip shall be provided at any point in the line of pipe where
condensatemaycollect.Whencondensationisexcessive,adripshouldbeprovidedattheoutletofthe
meterwhererequiredbytheauthorityorthegassupplycompany.Thisdripshallbesoinstalledasto
constituteatrapwhereinanaccumulationofcondensatewillshutofftheflowofgasbeforeitwillrun
back into the meter. All drips installed shall be readily accessible to permit cleaning, inspection or
emptying.
8.2.5.15 Cap All Outlets: Each outlet, including a valve or cock outlet, shall be firmly closed gas tight with a
threaded plug or cap immediately after installation and shall be left closed until an appliance is
connectedthereto.Similarly,whenanapplianceisdisconnectedfromanoutletandtheoutletisnotto
beusedagainimmediately,itshallbecappedorpluggedgastight.Theoutletshallnotbeclosedwith
tincaps,woodenplugs,corksorbyotherimprovisedmeansorobjects.Useofalistedquickdisconnect
deviceisacceptable.
8.2.5.16 Prohibited Devices:No device shall be placed inside the gas pipe or fittings that will reduce the cross
sectionalareaorotherwiseobstructthefreeflowofgas.
8.2.5.17 BranchPipeConnection:Allbranchpipeconnectionsandoutletsshallbetakenfromthetoporsidesof
horizontallinesandnotfromthebottom.
8.2.5.18 ElectricalBondingand Grounding: Thegas pipingshall be electrically continuousthroughout its length
and properly earthed except in stretches where cathodic protection system is used for protection
againstcorrosion.Thepipingshallnotbeusedtogroundanyelectricalequipment.
8.2.5.19 DistancefromElectricalWiring:Thedistancebetweenthegaspipingandelectricalwiringsystemshall
be at least 60 mm. They shall be securely fixed to prevent contact due to movement. The gas piping
should be installed below the electrical wiring for heavier gas like LPG and for natural gas the piping
shouldbeabovetheelectricalwiring.
8.2.5.20 DistancefromSteamPiping:Thegaspipingandsteampiping,ifinstalledparallel,shallbeatleast150
mmapart.Thegaspipingshouldpreferablybeinstalledbelowthesteampiping.
8.2.5.21 GasPipingtobeGraded:Allgaspipingshallbegradednotlessthan1in750topreventaccumulationof
condensate or liquids in the line. All horizontal lines shall grade to risers, and from the risers to the
meter,orserviceregulatorwhenthereisnometer,ortotheappliance.
8.2.5.22 The gas piping shall be painted red in order to differentiate it from other piping. Where the piping is
exposedtosunrays,itshallbepaintedsilvergray.
8.2.5.23 Documentationshallbemaintainedforallgassupplyinstallations.(SeeAppendixB).
8.2.6 PressureRegulators
8.2.6.1 Wherethepressureofgassuppliedtodomesticinstallationorotherlowpressuregaspipingsystemsin
buildingsisinexcessof3.45kPa,agaspressureregulatorofapprovedtypeandsizeshallbeinstalledin
the service pipe of each such system to prevent pressure in excess of 3.45 kPa from being introduced
intosuchabuildingpiping.Ifthebuildingpipeisofweldedconstructionthepressureregulatormaybe
locatedupstreamofthegasmeterineachconsumer'spremises.Inthesecases,thegaspressureinthe
pipingdownstreamofthegaspressureregulatorshallnotexceed3.45kPa.
8.2.6.2 Ifinstalledinsideabuilding,theregulatorshallcomplywiththefollowing:
(a) If any of the diaphragms of the regulator ruptures, the gas shall be directed to an outlet vent
pipe
made of brass or plastic in order to vent the gas out of the building. The vent pipe shall be
installed about 1m above the topmost story of the building in open air. Means shall be
employedtopreventwaterfromenteringthepipeandalsotopreventblockingitbyinsectsor
otherforeignbodies.
Part8
BuildingServices
8310 Vol.3
(b) If the gas pressure at the outlet of the regulator falls below 50 per cent of the operating gas
pressureorrisesabovetwicetheoperatingpressure,thegassupplytothepressureregulator
shallshutoff.
(c) Intheevent ofmalfunctioningofthissafetydevice,asupplementarydeviceshallconnect the
lowpressurecircuittotheventpipeassoonastheexitpressurereaches6.90kPa.
8.2.6.3 Thegassupplycompanyshallensurethattheheatingvalueandsupplypressureofgasshallnotexceed
thestatedvaluesforthetypeofgasbeingsupplied.
8.2.7 ServiceShutoffValves
8.2.7.1 Serviceshutoffvalvesshallbeprovidedonallnewservicesincludingreplacementsandshallbeinstalled
inareadilyaccessiblelocation.
8.2.7.2 Serviceshutoffvalvesshallbelocatedupstreamofthemeterifthereisnoregulatororupstreamofthe
regulatorifthereisone.
8.2.7.3 All gas services installation operating at pressure greater than 3.45 kPa shall be equipped and with
shutoffvalveofapprovedtypeinstalledontheservicepipeoutsidethebuilding.
8.2.7.4 Underground shutoff valves shall be located in a covered durable kerb box, manhole, vault, or stand
pipe which is designed to permit ready operation of the valve. The covers so provided shall be clearly
marked"GAS".
8.2.7.5 Everygasoutletshallhaveanindividualshutoffvalve.Theshutoffvalveshallbeaccessibleandadjacent
totheappliance.
8.2.8 ExistingWork
8.2.8.1 Nothing herein shall prohibit the continued use of an existing gas piping system without further
inspection or test unless the Authority has reason to believe that defects which make the system
dangeroustolifeorpropertyexist.
8.2.9 InspectionofServices
8.2.9.1 Nopersonshalluseorpermittheuseofanewsystemoranextensionofanoldsystemofgaspipingin
abuildingorstructurebeforethesamehasbeeninspectedandtestedtoensurethatthesystemissafe
andacertificatehasbeenissuedbytheAuthority.(SeeAppendixB).
8.2.9.2 TestofPipingforTightness:Beforeanysystemofgaspipingisfinallyputinservice,itshallbecarefully
tested to ensure that it is gas tight and safe. Where any part of the system is to be enclosed of
concealed, this test should precede the work of closing in. The test medium shall be air, nitrogen,
carbondioxideoraninertgas.OXYGENSHALLNEVERBEUSED.
8.2.9.3 Before appliances are connected, the piping systems shall be tested at a pressure of at least 159mm
mercury for a period not less than 10 minutes without showing any pressure drop. The source of
pressureshallbeisolatedbeforethepressuretestsareperformed.
8.2.9.4 The Authority shall, within a reasonable time after being requested to do so, inspect and test the gas
piping system that is ready for such inspection and test. If the system is found to comply with the
requirementsofinspectionandtestaslaiddown,itshallissuethecertificate.
8.2.9.5 Itshallbeunlawfultosupplygasinabuildingbeforetherequiredcertificatehasbeenissued(seeSec
8.2.9.4 above), except that the Authority may give temporary permission for a limited time to supply
andusegasbeforesuchaninstallationhasbeenfullycompletedandthecertificateissued.
8.2.10 CheckofLeakage
8.2.10.1 CloseAllGasOutlets:Beforeturninggasunderpressureintoanypiping,allopeningsandoutletsfrom
whichgascanescapeshallbeclosed.
8.2.10.2 Check for Leakage: No matches, flames or other sources of ignition shall be used to check for gas
leakage frommeters, piping or appliance. Checking for gas leakagewithsoapandwater solution shall
berecommended(seeSec8.1.3.4and8.1.3.5also).
8.2.10.3 Checking for Leakage with Meter: Immediately after turning gas into the piping, the system shall be
checkedtoascertainthatnogasisescaping.Thismaybecheckedbycarefullywatchingthetestdialof
themetertodeterminewhetherthegasisflowingthroughthemeter.Undernocircumstancesshalla
leakage test be made using a gas meter unless immediately prior to such test it has been determined
thatthemeterisinoperatingcondition.
8.2.10.4 Checking of Leakage not using a Meter: This maybe performed byattaching to an appliance orifice, a
manometerorequivalentdevice(gauge)sothatitcanbereadinincrementsof2.5mmwatercolumn
andmomentarilyturningonthegassupplyandobservingthegaugingdeviceforpressuredropwithgas
supplyshutoff.Nodropinpressureshalloccurduringaperiodof3minutes.
8.2.10.5 When Leakage is Indicated: If the meter test hand moves or a pressure drop on the gauge occurs, all
appliances or outlets supplied through the systems shall be checked to ensure that they are shut off
anddonotleak.Iftheyareshutofffirmlythereisaleakinthepipingsystem.Thegassupplyshallbe
shut off until the necessary repairs have been made, after which the test specified in Sec 8.2.10.3 or
8.2.10.4aboveshallberepeated.
8.2.11 Purging
8.2.11.1 Purging All Gas Piping: After piping has been checked, all gas piping shall be fully purged. Piping shall
not be purged into the combustionchamber of an appliance. A suggested method for purging the gas
pipingtoanapplianceistodisconnectthepilotpipingattheoutletofthepilotvalve.
8.2.11.2 LightingPilots:Afterthegaspipinghasbeenfullypurged,allappliancesshallbepurgedandthepilots
lighted.Theinstallingagencyshallsatisfyitselfthatallpipingandappliancesarefullypurgedandsafe
forusebeforeleavingthepremises.
8.2.12 RulesforTurningGasOn
8.2.12.1 A person, who is an employee of the gas supply company and authorized by the gas supply company,
shall turn on the gas at a service shutoff valve or at any valve that controls the supply of gas to more
thanoneconsumer.
8.2.12.2 Gasshallnotbeturnedonatanymetervalvewithoutspecificpermissionfromthegassupplycompany
ortheAuthorityifanyofthefollowingconditionsarefound:
(a) If the gas piping, appliances or meter supply through the meter valve are known to leak or
otherwisebedefective;
(b) Ifrequiredinspectionofthepipingorappliancehasnotbeenperformed;
Part8
BuildingServices
8312 Vol.3
(c) IfthegassupplycompanyortheAuthorityhasrequestedthatthegasbeleftturnedoff;
(d) Ifthemetervalveisfoundshutoffforsomereasonnotknowntothegasfitter.
8.2.12.3 Thegasshallnotbeturnedonintheeventoffire.
8.2.12.4 GasshallnotbeturnedonatanybranchlinevalveifanyoftheconditionslistedinSec8.2.12.2above
are found. Where a branch line valve is found closed, a gas fitter shall again turn the gas on at such
valve only. If proper precautions to prevent leakage are taken and no other unsafe conditions are
createdthereby.
8.2.12.5 Gas shall not be turned on at either the meter valve or the service line unless all gas keys/ cocks or
valves installed on all outlets in the piping system are closed or all outlets in the piping system are
cappedorplugged.
8.2.13 RulesforShuttingOfftheGas
8.2.13.1 Thegasfittershallputthegasofftoanyappliance,pipeorpipingsystemandshallleavethegasturned
off,untilthecauseforinterruptionofsupplyhasbeenremovedinanyonethefollowingcases:
(a) IforderedtodosobytheAuthority;
(b) If leakage of gas is found, which appears to be sufficient to cause fire, explosion or
asphyxiation;
(c) Ifaninstallationisfoundtobesuchastoseriouslyendangerlifeandproperty;
(d) Ifanyconditionexistswhichthreatensinterruptionofgassupplythatmaycauseburnerfailure
orotherwiseleadtodangerousconditions.
8.2.13.2 Before turning off the gas at the meter, for the purpose of installation, repair, replacement, test,
inspectionormaintenanceofpipingorappliances,allburnersandpilotvalvesonthepremisessupplied
withgasthroughthemetershallbeturnedoffandthemetertesthandobservedforasufficientlength
oftimetoascertainthatthereisnoflowofgasthroughthemeter.Wherethereismorethanonemeter
onthepremises,precautionsshallbeexercisedtoensurethattheconcernedmeteristurnedoff.
8.2.14 ProvisionforMeterLocation
8.2.14.1 The meter location shall be such that the meter can be easily read and the connections are readily
accessible for servicing. Location, space requirements, dimensions and type of installation shall be
acceptabletothegassupplycompanyandbeapprovedbythesame.
8.2.14.2 Meters shall be installed in such a way that there shall be no load transfer from the pipeline to the
inlet/outletofthemeter.
8.2.14.3 Gas piping at multiple meter installations shall be clearly marked by a metal tag or other permanent
means provided by the installing agency, designating the building or the part of the building being
supplied.
8.3 USEOFLIQUEFIEDPETROLEUMGAS(LPG)
(a) The cylinders used for the storage and transportation of liquefied petroleum gas (LPG) shall conform to
theacceptedstandardsapprovedbytheAuthority.
(b) Thehandling,use,storageandtransportationofliquefiedpetroleumgasincylindersexceeding500mlof
water capacity shall be done in accordance with the good practice approved by the Authority and the
guidelinesofthegassupplycompany.
(c) The cylinders shall be marked as provided in the regulations, rules or code under which they are
fabricated.
8.3.1 LPGCylinderInstallation
The following recommendations apply to installations in residential, commercial, industrial, educational and
institutionalpromises.
8.3.1.1 Personnel engaged and responsible for the installation of cylinders, equipment and piping should
understandthecharacteristicsofLPGandbetrainedingoodpracticeofhandling,installing,inspection,
testandmaintenanceofinstallation.
8.3.1.2 Thejoiningcompoundsusedinthepipingsystemshallberesistanttotheactionofliquefiedpetroleum
gas andshall be decided by the Qualified Installation Agency. Hemp and similar materials shallnot be
used at the joint. Inany joint in which the thread provides a gas tight seal,joining compoundshall be
usedonthemalethread.
8.3.1.3 Fire extinguishers of dry power or carbon dioxide type conforming to accepted standards shall be
provided in places where LPG cylinder installations are situated and shall be located near such
installations. Two buckets filled with sand and two with water shall also be installed nearby. The
guidelinesoftheLPGsupplycompanyandtheAuthorityshallbefollowedinthisrespect.Thenumber,
typeandsizeofthefireextinguishersshallbeasfollows:
ForinstallationwithLPG Number Type Capacity
40kgto200kg 2 Drypowder 10kg
morethan200kgupto320kg 2 Drypowder 10kg
8.3.1.4 Liquefiedpetroleumgasshallnotbetransferredfromthecylindersinwhichitissuppliedtoanyother
container.
8.3.2 CylinderLocation
8.3.2.1 StationaryInstallations
(a) Stationary installation not exceeding 40 kg of LPG may be installed indoors on any floor.
Recommendedminimumfloorareaperinstallationis5m
2
.
(b) Stationaryinstallationseachnotexceeding40kgofLPGmaybeinstalledindoorsonanyfloor
withinthesameworkspaceprovidedtheminimumdistancebetweentwosuchinstallationsis3
m. Recommended minimum floor area per installation is 5 m
2
and the aggregate of all such
installationsshouldnotexceed200kg.
(c) Stationary installation not exceeding 80 kg of LPG may be installed indoors on any floor
providedthefloorareaperinstallationisnotlessthan12m
2
.
(d) Stationaryinstallationseachnotexceeding80kgofLPGmaybeinstalledindoorsonanyfloor
and within the same workspace provided the minimum distance between two such
installations is 3 m. Recommended floor area per installation is 12 m
2
and the aggregate
quantityofallsuchinstallationsshouldnotexceed200kg.
Part8
BuildingServices
8314 Vol.3
(e) Stationary installation not exceeding 320 kg of LPG may be installed indoors in an enclosed
sectionofabuildingoraroomreservedexclusivelyforthispurposeandventilatedatlowlevel
directlytotheoutsideair.
(f) Stationaryinstallationabove320kg(200kgincaseprovisionasin(e)aboveisnotpossible)but
not exceeding 1000 kg shall be installed outdoors on the ground level only. A minimum
distanceof3mshallbemaintainedbetweensuchaninstallationandanybuilding,publicplace,
roadways and other surroundings. The installation shall be protected against weathering by
sun,rain,etc.andfromtamperingbyunauthorizedpersons.Asuitableshadeofapprovedtype
and material may be provided for the purpose. Adequate ventilation at ground level to the
outside air shall be provided. The distance between any two such installations shall be 3 m
unlessseparatedbyasolidwalloffireresistantmaterialuptoatleast1mabovetheheightof
themanifoldvalve.
(g) Thepositionofthecylindersshallfacilitate:changingandquickremovalofanycylinderincase
ofnecessity,andaccesstocylindervalveconnectionsandregulatingdevices
(h) Cylindersshallbeplaceduprightwiththevalveuppermost.
(i) Cylinders shall be placed on a firm and dry base such as concrete or brick floor. For outdoor
installationsthebaseshallbeelevated.
(j) Cylinders shall not be placed close to steam pipes or any other source of heat and shall be
protectedfromtheweatheranddirectsun.Cylindersshallbeplacedatadistanceof3mfrom
any other source of heat which is likely to raise the temperature of cylinders above the room
temperatureunlessseparatedbymetalsheetormasonrypartition.
(k) When cylinders are being connected or disconnected, there shall be no open flame or any
sourceofignitionnearbyandsmokingshallbeprohibited.
(l) Cylindersshallnotbeinstalledbelowgroundlevelandshallbeatleast1mawayfromdrains,
culvertsorentrancesandopeningsleadingtocellarsandotherdepressionsinwhichgasmight
accumulate.
(m) Cylinders shall not be installed at a place where they are likely to cause an obstruction, to be
damagedortobeexposedtoconditionslikelytoaffecttheirsafety.
(n) Cylinders which have safety relief valve or similar devices incorporated in them shall be so
positionedthatifthereliefdevicesoperates,escapinggasisnothazardous.
8.3.2.2 PortableInstallations
Whenportabilityofcylindersisdesired,thefollowingrequirementsshallbemet:
(a) The sum total capacity of the cylinders connected to each manifold shall not exceed 80 kg of
LPG.Thetotalquantityofgasthusinstalledinaworkspaceshallnotexceed200kg.
(b) Theregulatorshallbeconnecteddirectlytothecylindervalveortoamanifoldwhichshallbe
connected to the cylinder valve by means of rigid connections to have the regulator firmly
secured.
(c) At any time the total quantity of gas at portable installations shall not exceed the limits in
proportiontothefloorareaspecifiedinSec83.2.1(a)to(f).
(d) If cylinders are mounted on a trolley shall be stable, where necessary the cylinders shall be
securedtopreventthemfromfalling.
8.3.3 ManifoldsandPressureRegulators
8.3.3.1 Ifpressureregulators,manifoldheaders,automaticchangeoverdevices,etc.areconnectedtocylinders
byflexibleorsemiflexibleconnectors,theyshallberigidlysecured.Coppertubepigtailsandreinforced
highpressurehosesareconsideredtobeflexibleorsemiflexibleconnectorsforthisapplication.
8.3.3.2 Pressureregulatorfittedwithasafetyvalveshallbeeither:
(a) Installedintheopenairor
(b) Ventedtotheopenairbymeansofametalventpipeconnectedtothesafetyvalvedischarge
line.
8.3.3.3 Precautionsshallbetakenthatsafetyvalveoutletsdonotgetblockedwithdustorothersubstances.
8.3.3.4 Suitable line shutoff valves shall be provided with each appliance or burner when more than one
appliance is connected to the gas supply. Both ends of the connection to portable appliances shall be
firmlyattachedwithclips.HoseshallberesistanttotheactionofLPG.
8.3.3.5 The manifold headers which do not have to be taken off in normal use should be brazed or welded
usingmaterialconformingtoapprovedstandardsandhavingameltingpointnotlessthan540oC.
8.3.3.6 Allmaterials,fittings,etc.usedincylindermanifoldsystemshallcomplywiththedistributingcompanys
stipulations.
8.3.3.7 The individual component parts of manifolds, that is, piping, fittings,pigtails, etc,which are subject to
cylinderpressureshallbecapableofwithstandingatestpressurewithoutburstingof2.5N/mm2orone
and half times the maximum pressure corresponding in the maximum assessed temperature of the
cylinder,whicheverismore.
8.3.3.8 Where cylinder installations are made up with service and reserve batteries of cylinders, suitable
changeoverdevicesorvalvesshallbeincorporatedinthemanifoldheadertopreventundueescapeof
thegaswhencylindersarechanged.
8.3.3.9 Itisrecommendedthatjointsinmanifoldheaderswhichdonothavetobetakeninnormaluseshould
beweldedorbrazedusingamaterialandwhichshallhavemeltingpointofatleast540oC.
8.3.3.10 Alljointsbetweenmanifoldheadersandcylinderconnectorsshallbereadilyaccessible.
8.3.3.11 Pressure regulators and other devices used to control the gas shall comply with the distributing
companysstipulationsandacceptedstandards.
8.3.3.12 Care shall be taken that safety of a metal vent pipe connected to the safety valve outlets do not
becomechokedwithdustorotherforeignmatter.
8.3.3.13 If the regulator is fitted with a relief valve, care should be taken in positioning the regulator to avoid
unnecessaryhazardsifthereliefvalvefunctions.
8.3.3.14 Pressureregulatorsandothercontroldevicesshallbeadequatelysupported.
8.3.3.15 Instructions to Consumers: Necessary instructions dealing with the following aspects shall be supplied
bytheLPGsupplycompanytoeachconsumerintheformofamanual:
Part8
BuildingServices
8316 Vol.3
(a) Operationofthewholesystem;
(b) Howtorecognizeanddetectgasleakage;
(c) Actiontobetakenincaseofleakage;
(d) Actiontobetakenincaseoffire;and
(e) Actiontobetakenincaseofdamageto,orfailureofanypartoftheinstallation.
8.3.3.16 For detailed information regarding installation of LPG cylinders in commercial, educational and
institutionalpremises,theLPGsupplycompanyshallbeconsulted.
8.4 LPGBulkStorageInstallations
NFPA 58: Liquefied Petroleum Gas Code2008 edition shall be followed along with approval of the gas supply
companyandtheAuthorityhavingjurisdictionforLPGforbulkstorageinstallationswherestoragetanksover450
literswatercapacityareusedfordomesticconsumerspremises.
Themaximumcapacityanindividualtankandgroupsoftanksatdomesticpremisesshallbeasfollows:
Maximumwatercapacityofanindividualtank
Maximumwatercapacityofgroupoftanks
20,000litre
80,000litre
The LPG Bulk Storage Installations shall strictly adhere to the provisions laid down in NFPA 58: Liquefied
PetroleumGasCode2008editionoritsequivalentforthefollowings:
Locationandspacingofstoragetanks
(a) Bunding
(b) ProtectionandSafety
(c) Goodhousekeeping
(d) WarningSigns
(e) Fireprotectionandfireextinguishers
(f) Watersupply
(g) Soundengineeringpracticefordesign,layoutandoperationoftheentireinstallations
(h) Trainingofpersonnelonbothoperationsandonactiontobetakeninanemergency
(i) ThegassupplycompanyandtheAuthorityhavingjurisdictionshallapproveeveryitemmentionedaboveand
canaddanythingmorethatwillimprovesafetyoftheinstallationandpeoplelivingaroundit.
8.5 INSTALLATIONOFSPECIFICAPPLIANCES
8.5.1 General
8.5.1.1 Gasappliances,accessories,andequipmentshallbe"Approved".Listedandlabeledappliancesshallbe
installedinaccordancewiththemanufacturersinstallationinstruction.
8.5.1.2 Itshallbedeterminedwhethertheappliancehasbeendesignedforusewiththegastowhichitwillbe
connected. No attempt shall be made to convert the appliance from the gas specified on the rating
plate for use with a different gas without consulting the gas supply company or the appliance
manufacturerforcompleteinstructions.
8.5.1.3 Safety shutoff devices of the complete shutoff type shall be installed on manually controlled water
heatersandautomaticallycontrolledappliances,exceptdomesticranges.
8.5.1.4 Gasappliancesshallnotbe installedinanylocationwhereflammablevapoursarelikelytobepresent
or accumulate, unless the design, operation and installation are such as to eliminate the possibility of
ignitionoftheflammablevapours.
8.5.1.5 Appliancesshallbeventedinaccordancewiththeinstructionsoftheirmanufacturersortheprocedures
ofthegassupplycompany.
8.5.1.6 Gasappliancesshallbefirmlysupported.Theyshallnotexertunduestrainontheconnectedpipingand
connections.
8.5.1.7 The installing agency shall conform with the appliance manufacturer's specific recommendations in
completing an installation that will provide satisfactory performance and serviceability. The installing
agency shall also leave the manufacturer's installation, operating and maintenance instructions in a
readily accessible location on the premises for reference and guidance of the Authority, servicemen,
andtheconsumeroroperator.
8.5.1.8 All appliances shall be located with respect to building construction and other equipment so as to
permit ready access to the appliance. Sufficient clearance shall be maintained to permit cleaning of
heatingsurfaces,replacementofparts,adjustment,cleaningofburnersandpilotsandmaintenance.
8.5.1.9 Connecting Appliances and Equipment: Appliances and equipment shall be connected to the building
pipingsystembyoneofthefollowing:
(a) Rigidmetallicpipeandfittings
(b) Semirigid metallic tubing and metallic fittings. Aluminumalloy tubing shall not be used in
exteriorlocations.
(c) Listedapplianceconnectorsandonlyoneconnectorshallbeusedperappliance
(d) Semirigidtubinginlengthsupto2mthatareinthesameroomastheappliance
(e) Listedgashoseconnectorstobeusedasapproved.
(f) Theconnectorortubingshallbeprotectedagainstphysicalandthermaldamages.
(g) Aluminumalloy tubing and connectors shall be factory coated to protect against external
corrosion where they are in contact with masonry, plaster or insulation or are subject to
frequentwettingsbysuchliquidsaswater(exceptrainwater),detergentsorsewage.
8.5.1.10 Any appliance connected to a piping system shall have an accessible approved manual shutoff valve
withadisplaceablevalvememberoralistedgasconvenienceoutletandshallbelocatedwithin2mof
theapplianceitservesexceptaspermittedbytheAuthority.
8.5.1.11 Appliance connectors may be connected to the building piping by means of a listed quick disconnect
device, and when installed indoors, a manual shutoff valve shall be installed upstream of the quick
disconnectdevice.
8.5.1.12 Electrical connection between gas appliances and the building wiring shall conform to the approved
electricalcode.
8.5.1.13 Nodevicesusingordependentuponelectricityshallbeusedtocontrolorigniteagassupplyifofsuch
typethatfailureoftheelectricitywouldresultintheescapeofunburnedgas,orinfailuretoreducethe
supply of gas under conditions which would normally result in its reduction, unless other means are
providedtopreventthecreationofdangeroustemperatures,pressuresorthereleaseofgas.
Part8
BuildingServices
8318 Vol.3
8.5.2 Cookers/Burners
8.5.2.1 Domestic cooking appliances shall be installed be listed and labeled as household type appliances for
domesticuse.Theseareinstalledinaccordancewithitslistingandthemanufacturer'sinstruction.
8.5.2.2 Listed cookers/burners when installed on combustible floors shall be set on their own bases or legs
firmly and shall be installed in accordance with their listing and the manufacturer's instructions. In
absence of clearance information the appliances shall be installed in consultation with the gas supply
company.Theclearancesshallnotinterferewiththeflowofcombustionair,accessibilityforoperation
andservicing.
8.5.2.3 Unlisted appliances when acceptable with the authority shall be installed with at least a 150 mm
clearance at the back andsides to combustiblematerial.Combustible floors underunlistedappliances
shallbeprotectedinanapprovedmanner.GuidelinesoftheAuthorityshallbefollowed.
8.5.2.4 Appliances shall have a vertical clearance above the cooking top of not less than 750 mm to
combustiblematerialormetalcabinets.
8.5.2.5 Appliancesshallbeinstalledsothatthetoporovenracksarelevel.
8.5.3 IlluminatingAppliances
8.5.3.1 Listed (labeled) illuminating appliances shall be installed in accordance with their listing and
manufacturer'sinstructions.
8.5.3.2 Unlisted illuminating appliances may be used when acceptable to the Authority and they shall be
installedinaccordancewiththeguidelinesoftheAuthority.
8.5.3.3 Illuminating appliances designed for wall or ceiling mounting shall be firmly attached to substantial
structuresinsuchamannerthattheyarenotdependentonthegaspipingforsupport.
8.5.3.4 Illuminating appliance designed for postmounting shall be firmly attached to a post which has proper
strengthandrigidity.Postsshallberigidlyerected.
8.5.4 WaterHeaters
8.5.4.1 Waterheaterinstallationinbedroomsandbathroomsshallcomplywithoneofthefollowing:
(a) Water heaters shall be installed in a closet equipped with a weatherstripped door with no
openings and with a selfclosing device. All combustion air shall be obtained from the outdoors
through one or two permanent openings having crosssectional area 1 in
2
/3000 Btu/hr (700
mm
2
/kW).Theminimumdimensionofairopeningshallnotbelessthan3in(80mm).
(b) Waterheatershallbeofdirectventtype
8.5.4.2 Listed (labeled) water heaters shall be installed in accordance with their listing and manufacturer's
instructions.Theclearancesshallnotbesuchastointerferewithcombustionair,drafthoodclearance
andrelief,andaccessibilityforservicing.
8.5.4.3 Unlistedwaterheatersshallbeinstalledwithaclearanceof300mmonallsidesandrearandtheyshall
beinstalledwiththeapprovaloftheauthorityfollowingitsguidelines.
8.5.4.4 Water heaters shall be connected in a manner to permit observation, inspection, maintenance and
servicing.
8.5.4.5 Water heaters shall be fitted with limiting switches for pressure and temperature and also with
temperature, pressure and vacuum relief devices in accordance with nationally recognized standards
forsuchdevices.
8.5.5 StationeryGasEngineGenerators
Stationary gas engine generators for generating power to meet emergency needs during power outage shall be
installed in accordance with the manufacturers installation instructions and shall meet the requirements of UL
220004(StandardforStationaryEngineGeneratorAssemblies2004)ofUSAorequivalent.
The Equipment powered by internal combustion engines and turbines shall not be rigidly connected to the gas
supplypiping.
Installation of stationary gas engine generators in the building shall be approved by the Authority and the gas
supplycompany;andalltheirregulationsapplicableshallbecompliedwithforinstallation,testing,operationand
maintenance.
8.6 ListofCodesandStandards
The list includes those codes and standards that are acceptable as good practice and accepted codes and
standards for complying with the requirements of this code. The latest version of a code or standard shall be
used.Thelistmaybeusedbytheauthorityasaguidetofulfilltherequirementsmentionedinthiscode.
NationalFuelGasCode2009edition(NFPA54/ANSIZ2231)
LiquefiedPetroleumGasCode2008edition(NFPA58)
InternationalFuelGasCode2009
NationalBuildingCodeofIndia2005(Part9,Section2,Gassupply)
ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section; VIII; Rules for the Construction of Unfired Pressure Vessels,
2004
ASTMA53, StandardSpecificationforPipe,Steel,BlackandHotDipped,ZincCoatedWeldedandSeamless,2007
ASTMA106, StandardSpecificationforSeamlessCarbonSteelPipeforHighTemperatureServices,2006a
ASTM A539, StandardSpecificationforElectricResistanceWeldedCoiledSteal
TubingforGasFuelOilLines,1999
ASTMB43,StandardSpecificationforSeamlessRedBrassPipe,Standardsizes
ASTMB88, StandardSpecificationforSeamlessCopperWaterTube,2003
ASTMB210, StandardSpecificationforAluminumandAluminumAlloyDrawnSeamlessTubes,2004
ASTMB210, StandardSpecificationforAluminumandAluminumAlloyDrawnSeamlessTubes,2004
ASTMB241, StandardSpecificationforAluminumandAluminumAlloySeamlessPipeandSeamlessExtruded
Tube,2002
ASTMB280, Standard Specification for Seamless Copper Tube Air Conditioning and Refrigeration Field
Service,2008
ASTMD2513, StandardSpecificationforThermoplasticGasPressurePipe,TubingandFittings,2008a
ANSI/ASMEB36.10M,WeldedandSeamlessWroughtStealPipe,2004
ANSILC1/CSA6.26,FuelGasPipingSystemsUsingCorrugatedStainlessSteelTubing(CSST),2005
ANSIZ21.1HouseholdCookingGasAppliances,2005
NFPA37, Standard for the Installation and Use of Stationary Combustion Engines and Gas Turbines, 2006
edition
NFPA10, StandardforPortableFireExtinguishers,2007edition
Title49,CodeofFederalRegulations,Parts191,192and195,TransportationofHazardousLiquidsbyPipeline.

Bangladesh National Building Code 2012 Part 08 - Building Services

Încărcat de

Informații document

Titlu original

Drepturi de autor

Formate disponibile

Partajați acest document

Partajați sau inserați document

Opțiuni de partajare

Vi se pare util acest document?

Este necorespunzător acest conținut?

Drepturi de autor:

Formate disponibile

Bangladesh National Building Code 2012 Part 08 - Building Services

Încărcat de

Drepturi de autor:

Formate disponibile

Part8

Ordinarydomestic orofficebuilding, factories andworkshops not

Office building in a locality

Hotel building (height 31m)

Structure, such as hydro

Sl.No. Refrigerant GWPvalues

PACKAGED AIR CONDITIONER: An encased assembly of equipment/machinery for thermal conditioning

Guardstations 2.5 0.3 15

Bedroom/livingroom 2.5 0.3 10

Placesofreligiousworship 2.5 0.3 120

Museums/galleries 3.75 0.3 40

Lobbies 2.5 0.3 150

Copy,printingrooms 2.5 0.3 4 2.5

iii) General: Condensing units or combinations of refrigerant interconnected condensing units

2.90 3.16 ARI550/590

1000 1400 1800 2300 2100 1400

TypeofBuildingOccupancy WaterClosets* Urinals WashBasins* BathtubsorShower DrinkingFountains OtherFixtures

TypeofBuildingOccupancy WaterClosets* Urinals WashBasins* BathtubsorShower DrinkingFountains OtherFixtures

TypeofBuildingOccupancy WaterClosets* Urinals WashBasins* BathtubsorShower DrinkingFountains OtherFixtures

(m) (m) (m) (m)

30 40 50 65 75 100 125 150 200 250

S-ar putea să vă placă și